LADISH CO INC
S-1, 1997-12-23
METAL FORGINGS & STAMPINGS
Previous: ESSEF CORP, 10-K405, 1997-12-23
Next: LADISH CO INC, 8-A12G, 1997-12-23




    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 1997

                                            Registration No. 333-            

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                               ___________________
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               ___________________

                                Ladish Co., Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Wisconsin                 3462                31-1145953
     (State of incorporation)       (Primary           (I.R.S. Employer
                                    Standard          Identification No.)
                                   Industrial
                                 Classification
                                  Code Number)

                            5481 South Packard Avenue
                             Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110
                                 (414) 747-2611
               (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
        including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                             _______________________

                                 Wayne E. Larsen
                    Vice President Law/Finance and Secretary
                                Ladish Co., Inc.
                            5481 South Packard Avenue
                             Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110
                                 (414) 747-2611
                            Facsimile (414) 747-2963
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                         ______________________________
                                   Copies to:

          John M. Olson                                 Gary L. Sellers
         Foley & Lardner                          Simpson Thacher & Bartlett
    777 East Wisconsin Avenue                        425 Lexington Avenue
    Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202                     New York, New York  10017
          (414) 271-2400                                (212) 455-2000
    Facsimile:  (414) 297-4900                    Facsimile:  (212) 455-2502

                          ____________________________

        Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As
   soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
   offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
   Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  [_]
        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
   offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check
   the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the
   earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
   [_]   _________________
        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
   Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
   Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
   registration statement for the same offering. [_] _______________________
        If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
   Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
   Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration
   statement for the same offering. [_] __________________________________
        If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
   Rule 434, please check the following box. [_]

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                                       Proposed
                                        maximum    Proposed
                                       offering    maximum
    Title of each class    Amount to     price    aggregate     Amount of
    of securities to be       be          per      offering    registration
         registered       registered   share(2)   price (2)        fee

    Common Stock ($.01     3,852,500    $18.00   $69,345,000    $20,456.78
      par value)  . . .   shares (1)

   (1)  Includes 502,500 shares issuable upon exercise of an option granted
        to the Underwriters by the Selling Shareholders to cover over-
        allotments.
   (2)  Estimated in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of
        1933 solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
        pursuant to Section 6(b) thereunder.
                             ______________________

        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date
   or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the
   Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that
   this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in
   accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the
   Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the
   Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   <PAGE>
   INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.  A
   REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH
   THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD
   NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION
   STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN
   OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE
   ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,
   SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR
   QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.


                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER __, 1997
                                3,350,000 Shares
                                Ladish Co., Inc.
                                  Common Stock
                                ($.01 par value)
                                 _______________

        Of the 3,350,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share
   (the "Common Stock"), offered hereby (the "Offering"), 2,336,000 shares
   are being sold by Ladish Co., Inc. (the "Company") and 1,014,000 shares
   are being sold by the Selling Shareholders.  See "Principal and Selling
   Shareholders".  The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the
   sale of Common Stock being sold by the Selling Shareholders.  The
   Company's Common Stock is thinly traded and is quoted on the OTC
   Electronic Bulletin Board, a quotation system, in the over-the-counter 
   market under the symbol "LDSH".  On December 15, 1997, the reported closing
   price for the Common Stock was $18 per share.  It is anticipated that the 
   initial public offering price will be between $15.00 and $18.00 per 
   share.  For information relating to factors to be considered in 
   determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting".  
   Application will be made for the quotation of the Common Stock on 
   The Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market under the symbol "LDSH".

        For a discussion of certain factors that should be considered in
   connection with an investment in the Common Stock, see "Risk Factors"
   beginning on page 9 herein.

   THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
   PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY
   REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                            Underwriting
                             Discounts                  Proceeds to 
                 Price to       and       Proceeds to     Selling
                  Public    Commissions   Company (1)   Shareholders

    Per Share      $           $             $               $    

    Total (2)      $           $             $               $    
   __________

   (1)  Before deduction of expenses payable by the Company estimated at
        $550,000.

   (2)  Certain of the Selling Shareholders have granted the Underwriters an
        option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to
        purchase a maximum of 502,500 additional shares to cover
        over-allotments of the Common Shares.  If such option is exercised in
        full, the total Price to Public will be $     , Underwriting
        Discounts and Commissions will be $     , proceeds to Company will be
        $    and proceeds to Selling Shareholders will be $     .


        The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters
   when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject
   to their right to reject orders in whole or in part.  It is expected that
   the shares of Common Stock will be ready for delivery on or about          
      , 1998, against payment in immediately available funds.

   Credit Suisse First Boston                                  BT Alex. Brown


                        Prospectus dated         , 1998.


   <PAGE>



                              [inside front cover]







        Certain persons participating in this Offering may engage in
   transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of
   the Securities offered hereby, including over-allotment, stabilizing
   transactions, syndicate short covering transactions and penalty bids.  For
   a description of these activities, see "Underwriting".

   <PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be
   read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial
   statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this
   Prospectus.  As used in this Prospectus, unless the context otherwise
   requires, the term "Ladish" or "Company" means Ladish Co., Inc.  Except as
   otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus has been adjusted
   to give effect to a one for six reverse split of the Common Stock which
   occurred effective December 12, 1997.  Information in this Prospectus
   concerning the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding does not,
   except where otherwise indicated, assume the exercise of currently
   outstanding and exercisable warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,608,932
   shares, and assumes that the Underwriters have not exercised their over-
   allotment option.


                                   The Company

        Ladish Co., Inc. ("Ladish" or the "Company") is a leading producer of
   highly engineered, technically advanced components for the jet engine,
   aerospace and general industrial markets.

        Ladish engineers, produces and markets high-strength, high-technology
   forged and formed metal components for a wide variety of load-bearing and
   fatigue-resisting applications in the jet engine, aerospace and industrial
   markets.  The Company has been engaged in producing parts for aircraft
   engines and other military, aerospace and general industrial applications
   for over 50 years.  Products developed by Ladish include (i) rotating jet
   engine parts, such as fan, compressor and turbine discs, and jet engine
   casings, (ii) other aerospace products, including structural aircraft
   components, landing gear components, flap tracks, helicopter rotor parts
   and shafts and large missile components and (iii) general industrial
   forgings such as large crankshafts for power generation equipment.  These
   products require a high degree of engineering skill and technical
   expertise and are generally manufactured from titanium, high-temperature
   alloys, steel or aluminum.  Components for such rigorous applications
   often necessitate manufacture through forging, which yields a seamless
   product with a high strength-to-weight ratio relative to castings. 
   Principal customers include all of the major jet engine manufacturers, as
   well as both commercial and government aircraft and satellite
   manufacturers, power plants and manufacturers of farm and heavy-duty off-
   road equipment.  For the nine months ended September 30, 1997,
   approximately 89% of the Company's sales were to the aerospace industry.

        Since late 1995, demand for forged components has strengthened,
   primarily due to increased demand from the commercial aerospace industry. 
   The Company believes the principal reasons for the recent improvement in
   new aircraft orders include increased demand for air travel in Asia, the
   recent improved profitability of U.S. commercial airlines and U.S.
   Environmental Protection Agency rules requiring airlines to reduce noise,
   which, in turn, have prompted airlines to modernize their fleets. 
   Accordingly, airlines have been retrofitting existing aircraft or
   purchasing new jet engines.

        In addition to the favorable trends in commercial aviation discussed
   above, world airframe manufacturers are seeking to improve the
   affordability and efficiency of their products by reducing the number of
   engines on airplanes.  Newer engines, therefore, must be bigger and run
   faster and at higher temperatures, which in turn has increased demand for
   components that are structurally larger and more metallurgically complex. 
   The Company believes that it is well positioned to capitalize on the
   current upturn in the commercial aerospace industry in wide-body aircraft
   as well as regional and business jets.  The Company believes that the
   combination of its unique equipment, metallurgical expertise and leading-
   edge computer process modeling of forging, heat treating and machining
   operations, together with its industry-recognized core competencies in 
   large and complex forgings, will enable the Company to compete effectively
   for this demand.


                                Business Strategy

        The Company's goal is to generate profitable growth and to enhance
   shareholder value by capitalizing on Ladish's reputation for quality and
   value and its unique manufacturing equipment.  To accomplish this goal,
   management intends to continue pursuing the following strategies:

        Maximize Benefits from Industry Upturn

        Ladish intends to capitalize on the current upturn in the aerospace
   industry by continuing to manufacture components that meet the demand by
   airframe manufacturers for stronger, larger and more metallurgically
   complex parts.  The Company believes that it is well positioned to benefit
   from the reduction in excess capacity in the U.S. airline industry, the
   other trends in the commercial aerospace industry and the corresponding
   increase in demand for new aircraft and parts.

        Make Strategic Acquisitions

        As a part of the global consolidation of the aerospace industry,
   management believes there are numerous opportunities to grow and enhance
   the Company through strategic acquisitions.  As an example of these
   opportunities, in June 1997, Ladish acquired substantially all of the
   assets and assumed a portion of the liabilities of Stowe Machine Co., Inc.
   ("Stowe").  Located in Windsor, Connecticut, Stowe provides finish
   machining services and products to the jet engine industry.  Operating
   Stowe will further Ladish's efforts to capitalize on the upturn in the jet
   engine industry through the value-added services provided by Stowe to the
   Company's existing customer base and the vertical integration
   opportunities offered through Stowe.  With a customer list which mirrors
   that of Ladish, Stowe provides Ladish with the ability to integrate
   vertically and offer further value-added services to its core markets.

        Leverage Core Competencies into New Products and Markets

        The Company's growth strategy also includes continuing to identify
   new products and markets where it can become a leading supplier by using
   its core competencies in metallurgy, precision metal-working and the
   management of complex manufacturing processes.  The Company has expanded
   its processing technology to alloys such as aluminum-lithium in order to
   compete for both solid and liquid fuel motor cases for future generations
   of launch vehicles such as the Expendable Extended Launch Vehicle
   ("EELV").  In addition, the Company's ability to shear-form various alloys
   has enabled it to develop technically advanced domes, rings and cylinders
   for launch vehicles and seamless titanium drums used to manufacture copper
   foil for use by the telecommunications industry.  Ladish's metallurgical
   expertise, combined with the world's largest counterblow hammer, has
   enabled it to become the leading supplier of titanium hemispheres in the
   commercial satellite industry and large steel crankshafts in the power
   generation industry.

        Additionally, the Company believes that its manufacturing,
   engineering and technical expertise gives it the ability to develop and
   process next generation jet engine components for increased performance of
   high-temperature materials as well as to develop products for non-
   aerospace applications such as farm and heavy-duty off-road machinery. 
   For example, the Company is currently producing what the Company believes
   is the world's largest crankshaft in a closed-die for use in the
   international power generation market.

        Enhance Market Access Through Customer Cooperation and Strategic
   Alliances

        Ladish intends to continue its long-standing practice of working
   closely with its customers and strategic participants in the forging
   industry.  The Company works closely with customers by using its
   manufacturing and technical expertise to engineer, tool and manufacture
   new products according to customer specification.  In exchange, the
   Company is often designated as the sole-source supplier by its customers
   for the life of the program.  In addition, Ladish's well-respected
   research and development departments have enabled the Company to establish
   and maintain strong relationships with GE, Rolls-Royce PLC ("Rolls-
   Royce"), Pratt & Whitney, Lockheed Martin Corp. and the United States Air
   Force on a number of development projects, many of which are customer
   funded.  Management believes that these projects position the Company to
   win early production contracts on new equipment.

        In addition to working closely with customers, Ladish has developed
   strategic alliances with other participants in the forging industry to
   take advantage of synergy opportunities.  In September 1995, the Company
   entered into a joint venture with Weber Metals, Inc. ("Weber"), a
   subsidiary of German conglomerate Otto Fuchs Metallwerke KG, whereby the
   Company combines its engineering and metallurgical expertise with the
   capabilities of Weber's 38,000 ton hydraulic press.  The product which
   results from the combination of the Company's technology with Weber's
   press frees up Company capacity, reduces manufacturing costs and gives the
   Company access to high-temperature niches of the jet engine market.

        Improve Profitability Through Operating Efficiencies and Lower Costs

        Since mid-1995, the Company has significantly reduced overhead costs,
   improved worker productivity, shortened production cycle times and
   rationalized its product mix in order to improve operating margins and
   lower its break-even point.  During this time, management has invested in
   new technologies, developed more efficient manufacturing processes and
   focused on selling higher value-added products.  By reducing lot sizes,
   set-up times and process times throughout its facility, the Company has
   reduced its average cycle time by approximately 75% from 1994 to 1996.  In
   addition, pieces per man-hour increased 11% in 1996 from 1995.  Sales per
   employee have increased 11% from December 31, 1996 to September 30, 1997. 
   As a result of the implementation of process improvement techniques
   coupled with applied synchronous manufacturing concepts, the Company has
   reduced its costs and improved product quality as measured by the
   reduction of rework and scrap.  In addition, the Company is currently
   computerizing the operation of its hammers, which the Company believes
   will lead to additional operational efficiency and further improve the
   quality of its forgings.  Ladish is also implementing cellular
   manufacturing techniques in an effort to further decrease production times
   and reduce costs.

        Focus on Core Business

        In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company decided to focus its
   efforts on its core forging business and the markets it serves. 
   Consequently, Ladish determined that its Industrial Products Division
   ("IPD"), with its commodity fitting and valve business, was not strategic
   to the future direction of the Company.  In May 1997, the Company sold
   substantially all of the assets of IPD to a subsidiary of Trinity
   Industries, Inc. for cash consideration of $36.5 million and the
   assumption of certain liabilities.  Ladish utilized proceeds from the sale
   of IPD to reduce debt and fund the Stowe acquisition, and intends to use
   the remainder of the proceeds to fund a significant portion of its
   underfunded pension liability.  The sale has also allowed management to
   focus its time and energy on the growth of the core business and to
   identify strategic acquisition opportunities such as Stowe.

                                     History

        The Ladish forge shop was founded in 1905.  For the next 75 years,
   Ladish Co. continued to grow its operations under the control of the
   Ladish family.  During this period, Ladish Co. supplied forged products to
   virtually every industry, including the aerospace industry beginning in
   the 1930s, and became a leader within the commercial and military
   aerospace industry for forged products and material application.

        Beginning in 1981, Ladish Co. experienced a series of ownership
   changes.  The Company was incorporated as the successor to Ladish Co. in
   connection with one of these transactions.  From 1991 until the middle of
   1995, the aerospace industry experienced a severe cyclical downturn.  This
   decline resulted from a combination of reduced demand from the commercial
   airline industry, which was suffering from weak passenger revenues and
   overcapacity, and reduced military budgets as a result of the end of the
   Cold War.  At the same time, the Company faced substantial debt service on
   $110 million of subordinated debentures issued in connection with a 1987
   leveraged buyout.  In February 1993, the Company filed a voluntary
   petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 
   Under this "pre-packaged" plan, the subordinated debentures were converted
   to equity, including the debentures held by the Company's largest current
   shareholder; no other class of creditor was affected.  The plan was
   confirmed and the Company emerged from reorganization in April 1993.

        Beginning in 1995, the Company implemented a program to reduce
   overhead costs, improve worker productivity, shorten production cycle
   times and rationalize product mix.  This program has resulted in improved
   operating margins and a lower break-even point.  Over the same time
   period, the market for forged components strengthened due primarily to
   increased demand from the commercial airline industry.  This resurgence in
   demand, which the Company believes is attributable to a number of factors
   affecting airlines in the U.S. and throughout the world, has resulted in
   strong revenue growth for the Company.  The Company's income before taxes
   increased from $2.2 million in the first nine months of 1996 to
   $14.9 million in the first nine months of 1997, due principally to the
   substantial increase in net sales.

                                  The Offering

    Common Stock offered by:

         The Company  . . . . . . . . . . .       2,336,000 shares

         Selling Shareholders(1)  . . . . .       1,014,000 shares

              Total . . . . . . . . . . . .       3,350,000 shares

    Common Stock and equivalents to be
      outstanding after the Offering(2) . .      15,260,405 shares

    Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . .  The proceeds to the Company
                                             from the sale of Common Stock
                                             by the Company are expected to
                                             be approximately $35 million
                                             (net of underwriting discounts
                                             and estimated expenses payable
                                             by the Company and assuming an
                                             offering price per share of 
                                             $16.50, the midpoint of the 
                                             range set forth on the cover
                                             page of this Prospectus).  The
                                             net proceeds from the sale of
                                             shares by the Company will be
                                             used primarily to repay
                                             subordinated debt and a portion
                                             of outstanding indebtedness
                                             under the Company's senior
                                             credit facility, and to
                                             contribute to certain
                                             underfunded pension plans.  Any
                                             remaining funds will be used
                                             for general corporate purposes,
                                             which may include acquisitions. 
                                             The Company will not receive
                                             any proceeds from the sale of
                                             shares by the Selling
                                             Shareholders.  See "Use of
                                             Proceeds" and "Principal and
                                             Selling Shareholders".

    Dividend policy . . . . . . . . . . . .  The Company currently intends
                                             to retain all of its earnings
                                             to finance its operations and
                                             future growth and does not
                                             expect to pay any dividends for
                                             the foreseeable future.  See
                                             "Dividend Policy".

    Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol . "LDSH".

    _______________
    (1)  Does not include up to 502,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
         exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option in full.

    (2)  Includes 7,608,932 shares subject to outstanding common stock
         purchase warrants, but excludes (i) 322,500 shares issuable
         pursuant to outstanding options under the Incentive Plan (as
         hereinafter defined) and (ii) 496,188 shares reserved for issuance
         upon exercise of outstanding options previously granted to former
         employees and others.  See "Management--Incentive Stock Option
         Plan", "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions", and
         Note 4 to Financial Statements.


                             Summary Financial Data

        The following table sets forth certain historical financial data for
   the fiscal years 1994 through 1996, and the nine-month periods ended
   September 30, 1996 and 1997.  The historical financial data for the fiscal
   years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 were derived from the audited
   financial statements of the Company included elsewhere herein.  The
   historical financial data for the nine-month periods ended September 30,
   1996 and September 30, 1997 have not been audited.  The Company's
   Industrial Products Division, which was sold during 1997, has been treated
   as a discontinued operation and its results of operations are excluded
   from the table.

        In the opinion of management, the historical financial data for the
   nine-month periods ending September 30, 1996 and 1997 include all
   adjusting entries (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments)
   necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein.  The
   historical financial data are not necessarily indicative of the results of
   operations for any future period.  Furthermore, the results of operations
   for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1997 should not be
   regarded as indicative of the results that may be expected for the full
   year.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
   and Results of Operations".

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                                                           Nine Months Ended
                                    Years Ended December 31,                  September 30,    
                                1994         1995          1996           1996            1997   
    Results of Operations:             (Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share)

     <S>                       <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>             <C> 
     Net sales                 $121,803     $115,738       $162,002       $124,068        $157,072 
     Cost of sales              130,537      128,351        149,637        114,154         134,055 
                               --------     --------       --------       --------        -------- 
     Gross profit (loss)         (8,734)     (12,613)        12,365          9,914          23,017 

     Selling, general &
       administrative
       expenses                   5,966        6,139          6,556          4,888           5,607 
                               --------     --------       --------       --------        -------- 
     Income (loss) from
       operations               (14,700)     (18,752)         5,809          5,026          17,410 

     Interest expense             2,466        3,339          3,703          2,870           2,659 

     Other income    
       (expense), net               138          (55)            29              7             143 
                               --------     --------       --------       --------       --------- 
     Income (loss) from
       operations before
       provision for
       income taxes             (17,028)     (22,146)         2,135          2,163          14,894 

     Provision for income
       taxes                          -            -              -              -           1,132 
                               --------     --------       --------       --------        -------- 
     Net income (loss)
       from continuing
       operations              $(17,028)    $(22,146)     $   2,135      $   2,163       $  13,762 
                               ========     ========      =========       ========        ======== 
     Earnings per share
       from continuing
       operations(1)           $  (3.39)    $  (4.40)      $   0.20      $    0.21       $    1.09

    Operating Data:
     EBITDA(2)                  $(5,837)    $ (9,899)      $ 14,974       $ 11,963        $ 24,931 
     Capital expenditures         2,549        2,865          4,997          2,747           6,255 
     Depreciation expense         8,725        8,908          9,136          6,930           7,365 

    Balance Sheet (at end
     of period):

     Total assets              $164,347     $164,696       $170,270       $182,623        $171,092 
     Total debt                  31,665       43,932         51,848         48,516          33,235 
     Stockholders' equity
       (deficit)                 11,141       (9,751)       (16,287)        (7,331)         (1,416)

    Backlog(3)                 $100,648     $150,493       $233,730       $216,811        $277,712 

   _______________
   (1)  Calculated in accordance with Note 14 to Financial Statements.
   (2)  EBITDA from continuing operations for any relevant period presented
        above represents net income (loss) from continuing operations, plus
        income taxes and interest expense, plus depreciation and amortization
        of goodwill and other intangibles.  While EBITDA should not be
        construed as a substitute for operating income or a better indicator
        of liquidity than cash flow from operating activities, which is
        determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
        principles, it is included herein to provide additional information
        with respect to the ability of the Company to meet its future debt
        service, capital expenditure and working capital requirements. 
        EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of the Company's ability to fund
        its cash needs.  See the Company's Financial Statements and the
        related notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.
   (3)  Backlog represents unfilled purchase orders received by the Company as
        of the end of each period.

   </TABLE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

        Prior to making any investment decision, prospective investors should
   carefully consider the risk factors set forth below in addition to the
   other information presented in this Prospectus.

   History of Recent Losses

        Although the Company reported net income from continuing operations
   of $2.1 million in 1996 and $13.8 million for the nine months ended
   September 30, 1997, the Company reported net losses for each of the years
   ended December 31, 1991 through 1995.  In addition, the Company reported
   gross losses for 1994 and 1995 and had an accumulated deficit of
   approximately $38.0 million at September 30, 1997.  In 1993, the Company
   was unable to service its subordinated debt and consequently underwent a
   financial restructuring pursuant to Chapter 11 of the United States
   Bankruptcy Code, in which the subordinated debt was converted into Common
   Stock.  The Company has implemented changes designed to improve its cost
   structure and increase efficiency and productivity at its facilities,
   which the Company believes have enabled it to increase profitability and to
   withstand better the volatility inherent in its primary markets.  There
   can be no assurance, however, that the Company's operations will be
   profitable in the future.

   Cyclicality of the Aerospace and Jet Engine Industries

        Substantially all of the Company's revenues are derived from the
   aerospace and jet engine industries, which are cyclical in nature and
   subject to changes based on general economic conditions, airline
   profitability and international relations.  The duration and severity of
   upturns and downturns in these industries are influenced by a variety of
   factors, including those set forth herein.  Accordingly, they cannot be
   predicted with any certainty.  Historically, orders for new commercial
   aircraft and related commercial aerospace components have been driven by
   the operating profits or losses of commercial airlines.  Purchases by
   customers in the military aerospace sector are dependent upon defense
   budgets.  The commercial aerospace industry experienced a greatly reduced
   volume of orders between 1992 and early 1995, although this decline has
   been reversed in 1996 and the first nine months of 1997.  Events adversely
   affecting the aircraft industry, such as cyclical overcapacity and
   inability to maintain profitable fare structures, would likely have a
   material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of
   operations of the Company.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

   Reductions in Government Spending

        Since 1990, almost one-quarter of the Company's revenue has been
   derived from the government-sponsored aerospace industry, an industry that
   is dependent upon government budgets and, in particular, the United States
   government budget.  In general, defense and space budgets in the United
   States have been declining in recent years, resulting in reduced demand
   for new aircraft and spare parts.  While the effect of U.S. defense and
   space budget reductions may be offset in part by foreign military sales,
   such sales are affected by U.S. governmental regulation, regulation by the
   purchasing government and political uncertainties in the United States and
   abroad.  There can be no assurance that U.S. defense and space budgets and
   the related demand for defense and space equipment will not continue to
   decline or that sales of defense and space equipment to foreign
   governments will continue at present levels.

   Competition

        The sale of metal components for the aerospace, jet engine and
   industrial markets is highly competitive.  Many Ladish products are
   readily interchangeable with the products manufactured by Ladish's
   competitors.  Many of the Company's products are sold under long-term
   contracts which are bid upon by several suppliers.  Ladish's principal
   competitor, Wyman-Gordon Company, is substantially larger than Ladish and
   has greater financial resources.  See "Business--Competition".

   Reliance on Major Customers

        The Company's three largest customers accounted for approximately 54%
   of the Company's revenues in 1996 and 60% during the nine months ended
   September 30, 1997.  Because of the small number of customers for some of
   the Company's principal products, those customers exercise significant
   influence over the Company's prices and other terms of trade.  The loss of
   any of the Company's largest customers could have a material adverse
   effect on the Company's financial condition and results of operations. 
   See "Business--Customers".

   Dependence on Key Personnel

        The Company has been and continues to be dependent on certain key
   management personnel.  The Company's ability to maintain its competitive
   position will depend, in part, upon its ability to retain these key
   managers and to continue to attract and retain highly qualified
   managerial, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel.  There can be
   no assurance that the loss of key personnel would not have a material
   adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or that the Company
   will be able to recruit and retain such personnel.  See "Management".

   Product Liability Exposure

        The Company produces many critical engine and structural parts for
   commercial and military aircraft and for other specialty applications.  As
   a result, the Company has an inherent risk of exposure to product
   liability claims.  The Company currently maintains product liability
   insurance, but there can be no assurance that insurance coverage will
   continue to be available on terms acceptable to the Company or that such
   coverage will be adequate for any liabilities that might be incurred.

   Availability and Price of Raw Materials

        The largest single component of the Company's cost of goods sold is
   raw material costs.  The Company manufactures products in a wide variety
   of specialty metals and alloys, some of which can only be purchased from a
   limited number of suppliers.  The Company holds limited quantities of raw
   materials in inventory but, for the principal part of its business, seeks
   to procure delivery of raw materials in quantities and at times matching
   customers' orders.  The Company, along with other entities in the
   industry, has experienced periods of increased delivery times for
   nickel-based and titanium alloys and certain stainless steels, which
   account for a significant portion of the Company's raw materials. 
   Significant scarcity of supply of raw materials used by the Company could
   have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations by
   affecting both the timing of delivery and the cost of purchasing such
   materials.  Many of the Company's products are sold pursuant to long-term
   agreements with its customers, which currently provide the Company the
   right to pass through material cost increases.  Any inability to obtain
   such rights in future long-term agreements could have a material adverse
   effect on the Company's results of operations.  See "Business--Raw
   Materials".

   Labor Contracts

        Approximately 83% of the Company's employees are represented by eight
   collective bargaining units.  Contracts are typically renegotiated every
   three years with each union.  While management does not expect that work
   stoppages will arise in connection with the renewal of labor agreements
   expiring in the foreseeable future, no assurance can be given that work
   stoppages will not occur.  An extended or widespread work stoppage could
   have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. 
   See "Business--Employees".

   Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations

        The Company's employees are eligible to participate in various
   Company-sponsored pension plans.  In addition to pension benefits, the
   Company provides health care and life insurance benefits to its eligible
   employees and retirees.  The pension benefits have been and will continue
   to be funded through contributions to pension trusts, while health care
   and life insurance benefits are paid as incurred.

        The Company has several pension plans, certain of which are
   underfunded.  The aggregate liability recorded for the Company's pension
   plans on the balance sheet at September 30, 1997 was approximately $48
   million.  The Company has entered into an agreement with the Pension
   Benefit Guarantee Corporation requiring minimum contributions to the
   underfunded plans of $18 million in 1997, $7.4 million in 1998 and $7.8
   million in 1999 in order to substantially reduce this liability.  In
   addition, approximately $15 million of the net proceeds from the Offering
   will be used to make a further contribution to these plans.  See 
   "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
   of Operations--Pensions" and Note 8 to Financial Statements.

        The liability recorded for postretirement health care and life
   insurance benefits on the balance sheet at September 30, 1997 was
   approximately $50 million on an actuarial basis and will be paid as
   incurred annually.  See Note 9 to Financial Statements.

   Compliance with Environmental and Other Government Regulations

        The Company's operations are subject to extensive environmental,
   health and safety laws and regulations promulgated by federal, state and
   local governments.  Many of these laws and regulations provide for
   substantial fines and criminal sanctions for violations.  The nature of
   the Company's business exposes the Company to risks of liability due to
   the use and storage of materials that can cause contamination or personal
   injury if released into the environment.  In addition, environmental laws
   may have a significant effect on the nature, scope and cost of cleanup of
   contamination at operating facilities.  It is difficult to predict the
   future development of such laws and regulations or their impact on future
   earnings and operations, but the Company anticipates that these standards
   will continue to require increased capital expenditures.  There can be no
   assurance that the Company will not incur material costs and liabilities
   in the future relating to environmental matters.

        Based upon information presently available, the Company does not
   expect that costs for future environmental compliance and remediation will
   have a material adverse effect on its competitive or financial position or
   its ongoing results of operations.  However, it is not possible to predict
   accurately the amount or timing of costs of any future environmental
   remediation requirements.  Such costs could be material to future results
   of operations.  In addition, the "Superfund" statutes may impose joint and
   several liability for the costs of remedial investigations and actions on
   the entities that arranged for disposal of the wastes, the waste
   transporters that delivered materials to the disposal sites and the past
   and present owners and operators of such sites; responsible parties may be
   required to bear all costs, regardless of fault, legality of the original
   disposal or ownership of the disposal site.  The Company has been named a
   potentially responsible party at three sites and has reserved
   approximately $300,000 for such liability.  The Company believes that the
   amount for which it is liable at such sites will not be material; however,
   there can be no assurances that the amount for which the Company will be
   responsible will not be significantly greater than anticipated.  See
   "Business--Environmental, Health and Safety Matters".

   Significant Shareholders

        After the Offering, ING Equity Partners, L.P. I and affiliated
   entities (collectively "ING") will continue to own           shares of
   Common Stock, which will represent approximately    % of the outstanding
   shares of Common Stock.  ING will also own warrants to purchase another
             shares of Common Stock which, if exercised, would increase ING's
   ownership to    % of the then outstanding shares.  Grace Brothers, Ltd.
   ("Grace") will also own warrants to purchase           shares of Common
   Stock which, if exercised, would represent     % of the then outstanding
   shares.  (If both ING and Grace exercised their warrants, they would own   
     % and    %, respectively, of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
   immediately after the Offering.)  Consequently, ING and Grace have and
   will continue to have significant influence over the affairs of the
   Company.  See "Principal and Selling Shareholders" and "Certain
   Relationships and Related Transactions".

   Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

        At January 1, 1997, the Company had approximately $73.1 million of
   net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") for federal income tax purposes,
   of which approximately $24.2 million are restricted due to the 1993 change
   of ownership of the Company in connection with the Company's financial
   restructuring through Chapter 11 proceedings.  To the extent the Company
   generates taxable income, these NOLs will reduce the federal income taxes
   of the Company in future years, and therefore increase its after-tax cash
   flow.  Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
   (the "Code"), certain restrictions on the utilization of NOLs or credit
   carryforwards will apply in the event of an ownership change of a
   corporation entitled to use such carryforwards.  It is likely that the
   sale of Common Stock pursuant to the Offering, combined with sales of
   Common Stock within the past three years, will cause an ownership change
   of the Company (within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code), resulting
   in restrictions on the Company's ability to utilize its NOLs during all
   taxable years (including partial taxable years) after the date of such
   ownership change.

        Based on the limitations noted above, and the Company's recent
   history of losses, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against
   the entire amount of these NOLs.  The Company will continue to evaluate
   the ultimate realizability of the NOLs in the future.  See "Management's
   Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--
   Net Operating Loss Carryforwards" and Note 7 to Financial Statements.

   Dilution

        Purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering will experience immediate
   dilution of $13.74 per share of Common Stock purchased, assuming an
   offering price of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth
   on the cover page of this Prospectus) and exercise of all of the Company's
   outstanding warrants.  See "Dilution".  In connection with the Company's
   December 1995 and February 1996 private offering of senior subordinated
   secured notes (the "Subordinated Notes"), the Company issued warrants to
   acquire 7,775,722 shares of Common Stock.  Each warrant entitles the
   holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at a price of $1.20 per
   share.  The exercise price may be paid in cash, or by the surrender of
   outstanding Common Stock, Subordinated Notes or other warrants having a
   fair value equal to the exercise price.  An aggregate of 166,790 of such
   warrants have subsequently been exercised.  Additionally, there are
   options to acquire 322,500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
   $6.00 per share pursuant to the Company's Incentive Stock Option Plan, and
   options to purchase an additional 496,188 shares at exercise prices
   ranging from $12.00 to $21.00 per share issued in 1993 in consideration of
   consulting services.  The exercise of all outstanding options would result
   in the issuance by the Company of up to 818,688 additional shares of
   Common Stock, and would result in substantial additional dilution to
   investors purchasing Common Stock in the Offering.

   Limited Prior Market for Common Stock; Possible Volatility of Common Stock
   and the Securities Markets

        Although the Common Stock of the Company has been quoted on the OTC
   Electronic Bulletin Board prior to the Offering, trading has been
   sporadic.  Application will be made to have the Common Stock quoted on the
   Nasdaq National Market.  The initial public offering price of the Common
   Stock will be determined through negotiations among the Company, the
   Selling Shareholders and the representatives of the Underwriters.  There
   can be no assurance that the initial public offering price will correspond
   to the price at which the Common Stock will trade in the public market
   subsequent to the Offering or that an active trading market for the Common
   Stock will develop and continue after the completion of the Offering.  See
   "Underwriting".  In addition, the market price of the Common Stock upon
   the completion of the Offering could be subject to significant
   fluctuations in response to variations in the Company's quarterly
   financial results or other developments, such as announcements of new
   products by the Company or the Company's competitors, enactment of
   legislation or regulation affecting the aerospace industry, interest rate
   movements or general economic conditions.

   Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Registration Rights; Possible Adverse
   Effect on Future Market Prices

        Upon completion of the Offering, there will be 7,651,473 shares of
   Common Stock outstanding.  An additional 8,427,620 shares have been
   reserved against the exercise of outstanding warrants and options which
   are currently exercisable.  The 3,350,000 shares sold in the Offering will
   be immediately tradeable without restriction by persons other than those
   who may be deemed "affiliates" of the Company, as that term is defined in
   Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  Substantially all the 5,315,473 shares
   of Common Stock outstanding prior to the Offering were issued in 1993 in
   connection with the reorganization of the Company.  Of these shares, those
   held by persons who are not "affiliates" of the Company (believed by
   management to number approximately 3,193,638 shares) will be immediately
   tradeable.  The remaining shares (believed to number approximately
   2,121,835) are held by "affiliates" and may be sold only pursuant to a
   registration statement under the Securities Act or under Rule 144 or
   another available exemption.  The Underwriters have conditioned the 
   Offering on the receipt of agreements of the holders of substantially
   all Common Stock purchase warrants, all persons selling shares in the 
   Offering, all holders of registration rights with respect to the Company's
   securities and all executive officers and directors of the Company, that
   they will not sell any shares of Common Stock without the consent of
   Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, on behalf of the Underwriters, for
   a period of 180 days following the date of this Prospectus.  After the
   Offering, the holders of an aggregate of 25% of the Company's then 
   outstanding warrants and shares then issued upon exercise of such warrants
   will have the right to require the Company to register all or a portion of
   the shares underlying such warrants under the Securities Act to permit the
   public sale of such shares.

        The shares issuable upon the exercise of the Company's outstanding
   options and warrants will be "restricted shares" as that term is defined
   in Rule 144.  As a result, such shares, if and when issued, will only be
   subject to resale pursuant to a registration statement under the
   Securities Act or under Rule 144 or other available exemption.

        Significant sales of shares of Common Stock under a registration
   statement, pursuant to Rule 144 or otherwise in the future, or the
   prospect of such sales, may depress the price of the shares of Common
   Stock or any market that may develop.  See "Shares Eligible for Future
   Sale" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party
   Transactions--Registration Rights".

                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements. 
   Forward-looking statements are statements other than historical
   information or statements of current condition.  Some forward-looking
   statements may be identified by use of terms such as "believes",
   "anticipates", "intends" or "expects".  The forward-looking statements
   contained and incorporated by reference in this Prospectus are generally
   located in the material set forth under the headings "Prospectus Summary",
   "Risk Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" but may be found in
   other locations as well.  These forward-looking statements relate to the
   plans and objectives of the Company for future operations.  In light of
   the risks and uncertainties inherent in all future projections, including
   but not limited to those set forth under the heading "Risk Factors", the
   inclusion of the forward-looking statements in this Prospectus should not
   be regarded as a representation by the Company or any other person that
   the objectives or plans of the Company will be achieved.  Many factors
   could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially from those
   in the forward-looking statements, including in particular unanticipated
   fluctuation in demand for the Company's products which are sold in markets
   subject to severe cyclicality.  The foregoing review of important factors
   should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction
   with other cautionary statements that are included in this Prospectus. 
   The Company undertakes no obligation to release publicly the results of
   any future revisions it may make to forward-looking statements to reflect
   events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence
   of unanticipated events.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

        The declaration of dividends is within the discretion of the
   Company's Board of Directors.  The Company has not paid a dividend on its
   Common Stock since 1987.  The Company currently intends to retain all of
   its earnings from periods following the Offering to finance its operations
   and future growth and, accordingly, does not expect to pay any dividends
   for the foreseeable future.  The Board of Directors will review this
   dividend policy from time to time in light of the conditions then
   existing, including the Company's financial condition, results of
   operations, capital requirements, restrictions (if any) contained in
   financing or other agreements binding upon the Company, and such other
   factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant.  The Company's senior
   credit facility currently prohibits the payment of dividends.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        The proceeds to the Company from the sale of shares of Common Stock
   by the Company are estimated to be approximately $35 million (net of
   underwriting discounts and estimated expenses payable by the Company
   and assuming an offering price per share of $16.50, the midpoint of the
   range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus).  The net proceeds 
   from the sale of shares by the Company will be used primarily (i) to repay
   all of the Company's senior subordinated secured notes, due in February 
   2000, $11 million aggregate principal amount of which was outstanding at 
   September 30, 1997, and which bear interest at the rate of 12% per year, 
   (ii) to repay a portion of outstanding indebtedness under the Company's 
   current senior credit facility, and (iii) to make contributions in the 
   amount of approximately $15 million to certain pension plans to reduce 
   their underfunded status.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
   Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Pensions".  Some of these 
   uses of proceeds will require the consent of the Company's lender under 
   the senior credit facility, which consent is anticipated prior to the date
   of the Offering.  Any remaining funds will be used for general corporate 
   purposes, which may include one or more strategic business acquisitions.  
   See "Business--Business Strategy".  The Company currently has no plans or 
   agreements with respect to specific acquisitions.  The Company will not 
   receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Shareholders.  
   See "Principal and Selling Shareholders".

                             MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

        Prior to the Offering, limited trading of Common Stock has occurred
   in the over-the-counter market.  The Common Stock has not previously been
   registered under either the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
   "Securities Act") or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
   "Exchange Act"), nor is such stock listed on any exchange or on Nasdaq. 
   The Company has been informed that three market-makers in the Common Stock
   regularly publish bid quotations.

        The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the
   high and low bid prices for the Common Stock in the over-the-counter
   market as reported on the OTC Electronic Bulletin Board.  Such quotations 
   have been adjusted to reflect the 1 for 6 reverse split of the Common 
   Stock and reflect inter-dealer bid prices, without retail mark-up, mark-
   down or commission, and do not necessarily represent actual transactions.

                                        Bid Price
                                     High         Low

    1996
         First Quarter  . . . . .    $ 4.50     $ 3.90
         Second Quarter . . . . .     11.40       3.90
         Third Quarter  . . . . .     11.40       8.70
         Fourth Quarter . . . . .     12.00       9.60
    1997
         First Quarter  . . . . .     12.60       9.90
         Second Quarter . . . . .     13.50       9.90
         Third Quarter  . . . . .     22.80      12.60

        On December 15, 1997, the last reported sale price of the Common
   Stock, as reported on the OTC Electronic Bulletin Board was $18.00 per 
   share.  As of December 8, 1997, there were approximately 100 record 
   holders of the Common Stock.

        Application will be made to have the Common Stock quoted on the
   Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "LDSH".  There can be no assurance 
   that an active market for the Common Stock will develop or, if developed, 
   will continue.  See "Risk Factors--Limited Prior Market for Common Stock; 
   Possible Volatility of Common Stock Price and the Securities Markets" and 
   "Underwriting".

                                    DILUTION

        At September 30, 1997, the Company had a net tangible book value of
   $6.5 million (assuming exercise of all warrants as described below) or 
   $.50 per share of Common Stock.  Net tangible book value per share is 
   determined by dividing the Company's tangible net book value (total 
   tangible assets less total liabilities) by the total number of shares of
   Common Stock outstanding.  After giving effect to the sale of the 2,336,000
   shares offered by the Company hereby, at an assumed initial offering price
   of $16.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
   of the Prospectus), and deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions
   and estimated Offering expenses payable by the Company, the net tangible
   book value of the Company at September 30, 1997 would have been
   approximately $41.8 million, or $2.76 per share. This represents an
   immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.26 per share to the
   existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value
   of $13.74 per share to new investors purchasing Common Stock in the
   Offering.  The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share
   basis:

    Assumed initial public offering price per share . . .  $16.50

       Net tangible book value per share,
         without giving effect to the
         Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . .   $ .50
       Increase in net tangible book value
         per share attributable to new
         investors  . . . . . . . . . . . .    2.26
                                               ----

    Net tangible book value per share after the Offering     2.76
                                                           ------

    Dilution per share to new investors . . . . . . . . .  $13.74
                                                           ======


        The following table sets forth the number of shares of Common Stock
   purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average
   price per share paid by the Company's existing shareholders and to be paid
   by new investors in the Offering (assuming an initial public offering
   price of $16.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the
   cover page of this Prospectus) and before deduction of estimated
   underwriting discounts and commissions:


                               Shares of
                             Common Stock              Total           Average
                               Purchased           Consideration        Price
                                                                         Per
                            Number   Percent    Amount      Percent      Share

 Existing
   shareholders(1) . . . 12,805,239    84.6%  $44,511,000(2)   53.6%    $ 3.48

 New investors(1)  . . .  2,336,000    15.4%   38,544,000      46.4      16.50
                         ----------   -----    ----------     -----  
      Total  . . . . . . 15,141,239   100.0%  $83,055,000     100.0% 
                         ==========   =====    ==========     =====

   _______________

   (1)  Sales by the Selling Shareholders in the Offering will reduce the
        number of shares held by existing shareholders to 11,791,239 or
        approximately 77.9% of the total number of shares of Common Stock
        outstanding after the Offering, and will increase the number of
        shares held by new investors to 3,350,000 or approximately 22.1% of
        the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the
        Offering.

   (2)  Amount represents the fair value of the Company's net assets as
        of the financial reorganization, plus all consideration received
        for subsequent stock issuances.

        The foregoing tables assume exercise of all 7,608,932 outstanding
   warrants to purchase Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.20 per share,
   but no exercise of outstanding options and no exercise of any options that
   may be granted under the Incentive Plan.  See "Executive Compensation--
   Incentive Stock Option Plan".  At September 30, 1997, there were
   outstanding options to purchase 929,521 shares of Common Stock at a
   weighted average exercise price of $11.34 per share.  Based on the pro
   forma net tangible book value of $2.76 per share after the Offering and
   the assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share, dilution 
   to new investors would be $13.25 per share if all of the outstanding 
   options were exercised.

                                 CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the
   Company as of September 30, 1997, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of
   2,336,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an
   assumed initial public offering price of $16.50 per share, the mid-point
   of the range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus) and the
   application of the proceeds therefrom, net of estimated underwriting
   discounts and expenses of the Offering.  See "Use of Proceeds".  This
   table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
   Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the
   Company's Financial Statements and the Notes thereto, included elsewhere
   in this Prospectus.

                                                 As of September 30, 1997
                                                                      As
                                                    Actual         Adjusted(1)

                                                   (Dollars in thousands)
    Credit Agreement, including
      current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 21,220        $ 11,939(2)

    Notes payable, including current
      portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1,000           1,000
    Subordinated debt . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11,015              --

    Stockholders' equity:

      Common Stock, $0.01 par value,
        100,000,000 shares authorized,
        5,196,307 actual shares issued
        and outstanding, and 7,532,307
        shares issued and outstanding,
        as adjusted (3) . . . . . . . . . . . .        52              75
      Additional paid in capital  . . . . . . .    36,506          71,779
                                               
      Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . .   (37,974)        (37,974)
                                                 --------         -------
                                               
         Total stockholders' equity . . . . . .    (1,416)         33,880
                                                 --------         -------

         Total capitalization . . . . . . . . .  $ 31,819         $46,819
                                                 ========         =======

   ____________________
   (1)  Does not reflect the contribution of approximately $15 million of
        net proceeds to certain pension plans to reduce their underfunded 
        status.  See "Use of Proceeds."
   (2)  The Company may borrow approximately another $38 million under this 
        facility.
   (3)  Does not include 7,608,932 shares reserved against the exercise of
        warrants.

   <PAGE>

                   PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


        The following Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income
   for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the nine months ended
   September 30, 1997 have been prepared to reflect the following
   transactions as if such transactions occurred on January 1, 1996: (i) the
   June 16, 1997 acquisition of Stowe, and (ii) the Offering and the
   application of the estimated net proceeds to the Company from the Offering
   to repay certain indebtedness and fund certain pension obligations.

        The pro forma information set forth below is unaudited and not
   necessarily indicative of the results that would actually have occurred if
   the transactions had been consummated as of such dates or results that may
   be attained in the future.

        The pro forma adjustments, as described in the Notes to the Unaudited
   Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income, are based upon available
   information and upon certain assumptions that the Company believes are
   reasonable.  The Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Information should be
   read in conjunction with the "Selected Historical Consolidated Financial
   Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and
   Financial Condition" and the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements
   and related notes included elsewhere herein.

                                       Stowe 
                                     Adjustments    Offering
                         Historical      (1)      Adjustments    Pro Forma
    Nine months ended
      September 30,
      1997                              (Dollars in thousands)

      Net sales         $ 157,072     $  3,703     $  -         $ 160,775
      Cost of sales       134,055        3,037     (1,041)(2)     136,051
                          -------      -------     ------        --------
      Gross profit         23,017          666      1,041          24,724

      Selling, general
       & administrative                       
       expenses             5,607          279       -              5,886
                          -------      -------    -------        --------
      Income from
       operations          17,410          387      1,041          18,838

      Interest expense      2,659          590     (1,369)(3)       1,880

      Other (income),
       net                   (143)           -       -               (143)
                          -------      -------    -------        --------
      Income (loss)        14,894         (203)     2,410          17,101

      Provision
       (credit) for
       income taxes         1,132          (15)       183(4)        1,300
                          -------      -------    -------         -------
      Net income (loss)  $ 13,762     $   (188)  $  2,227        $ 15,801
                          =======      =======    =======         =======

    Year Ended
     December 31, 1996

      Net sales         $162,002       $7,888      $    -        $169,890
      Cost of sales      149,637        6,432      (1,388)(2)     154,681
                         -------       ------      ------         -------
      Gross profit        12,365        1,456       1,388          15,209

      Selling, general
       & administrative                                  
       expenses            6,556          469           -           7,025
                         -------       ------      ------         -------
      Income from
       operations          5,809          987       1,388           8,184

      Interest expense     3,703          914      (1,671)(3)       2,946

      Other (income),        (29)           -           -             (29)
                         -------       ------     -------          ------
      Income before
       income taxes        2,135           73       3,059           5,267

      Provision for
       income taxes            -           32           -              32

      Net income         $ 2,135     $     41     $ 3,059         $ 5,235
                         =======      =======     =======         =======

                  
   (1)  Reflects the historical results of operations of Stowe, adjusted for
        1996 and for the period from January 1997 through the acquisition date
        as follows: 

                                            1996          1997

      Additional depreciation expense       $ 260       $ 119
      Elimination of employment costs of
        former owners                        (334)         (5)
      Additional interest expense             470         386
      Amortization of goodwill                 43          21

   (2)  Reflects the reduction of pension expense due to the additional
        funding of $15,000 to be contributed from the proceeds of the
        Offering.

   (3)  Reflects the reduction of interest expense based on the repayment of
        the Subordinated Notes and a portion of the indebtedness under the
        Credit Agreement from the proceeds of the Offering.

   (4)  Reflects the pro forma tax effects of all adjustments.


                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth certain historical financial data for
   fiscal years (or periods) 1992 through 1996, and the nine-month periods
   ended September 30, 1996 and 1997.  The historical financial data for the
   years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 were derived from the audited
   financial statements included elsewhere herein.  The historical financial
   data for the periods ended December 31 and April 30, 1993 and the year
   ended December 31, 1992 were derived from the audited financial statements
   of the Company not included herein.  The historical financial data for the
   nine-month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1997 have not been
   audited.  The Company's Industrial Products Division, which was sold
   during 1997, has been treated as a discontinued operation and its results
   of operations are excluded from the table.

        In the opinion of management, the historical financial data for the
   nine-month periods ending September 30, 1996 and 1997 include all
   adjusting entries (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments)
   necessary to present fairly the information set forth therein.  The
   historical financial data are not necessarily indicative of the results of
   operations for any future period.  Furthermore, the results of operations
   for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1997 should not be
   regarded as indicative of the results that may be expected for the full
   year.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
   and Results of Operations". 

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                            Year Ended                                                                      Nine Months Ended
                           December 31,         Periods From               Years Ended December 31,           September 30, 
                                          January 1 to    May 1 to
                                           April 30,    December 31,
                               1992        1993(1)(2)      1993(1)       1994       1995        1996        1996        1997
                                                                   (Dollars in thousands, except earnings per share)

    <S>                      <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C> 
    Results of
      Operations:

     Net sales               $148,701       $ 54,261     $ 86,628     $121,803   $115,738    $162,002    $124,068     $157,072
     Cost of sales            164,338         57,145       88,843      130,537    128,351     149,637     114,154      134,055
                             --------       --------     --------     --------   --------     -------     -------     --------
     Gross profit (loss)      (15,637)        (2,884)      (2,215)      (8,734)   (12,613)     12,365       9,914       23,017
     Selling, general &
       administrative
       expenses                 8,623          2,644        5,212        5,966      6,139       6,556       4,888        5,607
     Restructuring
       charges                  2,250          2,115           --           --         --          --          --           --
                             --------       --------     --------     --------   --------     -------     -------     --------
     Income (loss) from
       operations             (26,510)        (7,643)      (7,427)     (14,700)   (18,752)      5,809       5,026       17,410
     Interest expense          13,548          3,314        1,528        2,466      3,339       3,703       2,870        2,659
     Other income
       (expense), net          (1,385)           (32)          (4)         138        (55)         29           7          143
                             --------       --------     --------     --------   --------     -------     -------     --------
     Income (loss) from
       operations
       before provision
       for income
       taxes &
       cumulative items       (41,443)       (10,989)      (8,959)     (17,028)   (22,146)      2,135       2,163       14,894
     Reorganization
       credit                      --         15,703           --           --         --          --          --           --
     Provision (credit)
       for income taxes          (992)            --           --           --         --          --          --        1,132
                             --------       --------     --------     --------   --------     -------     -------     --------
     Net income (loss)
       from continuing
       operations            $(40,451)      $  4,714    $  (8,959)    $(17,028)  $(22,146)  $   2,135    $  2,163    $  13,762
                             ========       ========     ========     ========   ========     =======     =======     ========
     Earnings per share
       from continuing
       operations(3)             N/A            N/A          N/A        $(3.39)    $(4.40)      $0.20       $0.21        $1.09

    Operating Data:

     EBITDA(4)               $(18,144)       $(4,096)     $(1,742)     $(5,837)   $(9,899)    $14,974     $11,963      $24,931
     Capital
       expenditures             5,598            965        3,181        2,549      2,865       4,997       2,747        6,255
     Depreciation
       expense                  9,751          3,579        5,689        8,725      8,908       9,136       6,930        7,365

    Balance Sheet (end of period)

     Total assets            $188,515       $208,815     $182,235     $164,347   $164,696    $170,270    $182,623     $171,092
     Total debt               148,493         39,200       29,108       31,665     43,932      51,848      48,516       33,235
     Stockholders'
       equity (deficit)      (103,244)        35,180       27,904       11,141     (9,751)    (16,287)     (7,331)      (1,416)

    Backlog(5)               $254,480       $236,901     $109,935     $100,648   $150,493    $233,730    $216,811     $277,712

   _______________

   (1)  As a result of the Company's emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy
        proceedings, the Company adopted "fresh start" accounting on April
        30, 1993.  As a result of the application of "fresh start"
        accounting, the financial condition and results of operations of the
        Company for the dates and periods subsequent to April 30, 1993 are
        not comparable to those prior to May 1, 1993.

   (2)  The results of operations for the period from January 1 to April 30,
        1993 do not include a $95,518 extraordinary gain on the forgiveness
        of indebtedness and related interest thereon.

   (3)  Calculated in accordance with Note 14 to Financial Statements.  The
        EPS would not be meaningful for the year ended December 31, 1992 or
        the periods ended April 30, 1993 and December 31, 1993 due to changes
        in the Company's capital structure following the restructuring and
        change of ownership.

   (4)  EBITDA from continuing operations for any relevant period presented
        above represents net income (loss) from continuing operations, plus
        income taxes and interest expense, plus depreciation and amortization
        of goodwill and other intangibles.  While EBITDA should not be
        construed as a substitute for operating income or a better indicator
        of liquidity than cash flow from operating activities, which are
        determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
        principles, it is included herein to provide additional information
        with respect to the ability of the Company to meet its future debt
        service, capital expenditure and working capital requirements. 
        EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of the Company's ability to fund
        its cash needs.  See the Company's Financial Statements and the
        related notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.

   (5)  Backlog represents unfilled purchase orders received by the Company as
        of the end of each period.

   </TABLE>

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   Overview

        Substantially all of the Company's revenue is generated from the jet
   engine, aerospace and general industrial markets.  Approximately 53%, 59%,
   67% and 73% of the Company's revenues during 1994, 1995, 1996 and the nine
   months ended September 30, 1997, respectively, was derived from the jet
   engine industry, an industry that is cyclical in nature and subject to
   changes based on general economic conditions, airline profitability and
   government spending.  During the period from 1992 through 1994, the
   Company experienced a significant deterioration in its core forging
   business.  The economic recession combined with an unprecedented decline
   in air traffic in 1992 led to a prolonged downturn in the jet engine and
   aerospace markets which adversely impacted the Company's performance. 
   Additionally, a reduction by the U.S. government in military spending and
   reductions in the NASA budget compounded the effects of the downturn in
   the jet engine and aerospace markets.

        Beginning in 1995, the Company implemented a program to reduce
   overhead costs, improve worker productivity, shorten production cycle
   times and rationalize product mix.  This program has resulted in improved
   operating margins and a lower break-even point.  Over the same time
   period, the market for forged components strengthened due primarily to
   increased demand from the commercial airline industry.  This resurgence in
   demand, which the Company believes is attributable to a number of factors
   affecting airlines in the U.S. and throughout the world, has resulted in
   strong revenue growth for the Company.  The Company recorded net sales of
   $162 million and net income of $2.1 million from continuing operations in
   1996, and net sales of $157 million and net income of $13.8 million from
   continuing operations in the first nine months of 1997.

        The Company's sales are not subject to significant seasonal
   fluctuations.  However, production and resulting sales are subject to the
   number of "working days" in any given period, with the fourth quarter
   containing more holidays than each of the first three quarters of the
   year.  Therefore, results for various periods may vary materially due to
   the number of working days available in any period, with the fourth
   quarter results typically lower than the first three periods in any given
   year.

   Recent Events

        On May 30, 1997, the Company sold substantially all of the assets,
   and transferred a portion of the liabilities, of its Industrial Products
   Division ("IPD") to a subsidiary of Trinity Industries, Inc.  As a part of
   the consideration for the transaction, the Company received approximately
   $36.5 million in cash proceeds.  The Company elected to dispose of IPD in
   order to better focus on its core forging business for the jet engine,
   commercial and general industrial markets.  IPD had been primarily focused
   on the production of commodity fitting and flange products.  The proceeds
   from the sale were used to repay approximately $12 million of outstanding
   senior debt, fund working capital requirements, and finance $8.5 million
   of the Stowe acquisition and a portion will be applied to reduce the level
   of the Company's unfunded pension liability.  IPD has been treated as a
   discontinued operation and its results of operations are excluded from
   those of the continuing operations in the accompanying financial
   statements.  See Note 13 to Financial Statements.

        In June 1997, the Company acquired the assets and assumed certain of
   the liabilities of Stowe.  The acquisition price for Stowe was
   approximately $9.5 million.  Located in Windsor, Connecticut, Stowe
   provides finish machining services for jet engine components.  With a
   customer list which mirrors that of Ladish, Stowe provides Ladish with the
   ability to integrate vertically and offer further value-added services to
   its core markets.  See Note 15 to Financial Statements.

   Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth for the periods indicated certain
   income statement data from continuing operations of the Company expressed
   as a percentage of net sales.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                          Year Ended December 31,         Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                        1994         1995        1996             1996            1997   

    <S>                                 <C>          <C>         <C>              <C>             <C>
    Net sales                           100.0%       100.0%      100.0%           100.0%          100.0% 

    Cost of sales                       107.2        110.9        92.4             92.0            85.3  
                                        -----        -----       -----            -----           -----  
    Gross profit (loss)                  (7.2)       (10.9)        7.6              8.0            14.7  

    Selling, general &
      administrative expenses             4.9          5.3         4.0              3.9             3.6  
                                        -----        -----       -----            -----           -----  

    Income (loss) from operations       (12.1)       (16.2)        3.6              4.1            11.1  

    Interest expense                      1.9          2.9         2.3              2.4             1.6  
                                        -----        -----       -----            -----           -----  

    Income (loss) from continuing
      operations before provision
      for income taxes                  (14.0)       (19.1)        1.3              1.7             9.5  
    Provision for income taxes            0.0          0.0         0.0              0.0             0.7  
                                        -----        -----       -----            -----           -----  

    Net income (loss) from
      continuing operations             (14.0)%      (19.1)%       1.3%             1.7%            8.8% 
                                        =====        =====       =====            =====           =====  

   </TABLE>

        Nine Months Ended September 30, 1997 Compared to Nine Months Ended
        September 30, 1996

        Net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 were $157.1
   million compared to $124.1 million for the comparable period in 1996, an
   increase of 27%.  The increase in sales in the first nine months of 1997
   was largely the result of a continued resurgence in the jet engine market
   with steady volume in the aerospace and general industrial markets. 
   Ladish also benefitted in the first nine months of 1997 as a result of
   increased sales and improved pricing due to significant improvement in on-
   time deliveries and manufacturing productivity.  Gross profit increased by
   132% in the 1997 period due to improved operating efficiencies, greater
   absorption of fixed costs by higher sales volumes and improved pricing in
   the commercial aerospace industry.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses, as a percentage of
   sales, were 3.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 compared to
   3.9% for the comparable period in 1996.  This reduced percentage, which
   resulted primarily from the increase in sales, occurred even though
   foreign sales, which involve greater commission expense than domestic
   sales, increased from 39% of net sales in the 1996 period to 42% in the
   1997 period.

        Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 was
   $2.7 million compared to $2.9 million for the nine months ended September
   30, 1996, a decrease of 7%.  The decrease in interest expense was
   attributable to lower loan balances of senior debt along with reduced
   interest rates.  Approximately $0.9 million of the interest expense in the
   first nine months of 1997 and $0.8 million in the first nine months of
   1996 was attributable to non-cash payment-in-kind ("PIK") payments on
   certain Subordinated Notes issued in late 1995 and early 1996.  See "--
   Liquidity and Capital Resources".  As of September 30, 1997, the Company's
   senior debt had an effective interest rate equal to the commercial paper
   rate plus 2.0% per annum (reduced from 2.5% as of December 31, 1996).  
   Effective interest rates averaged 8.4% during the nine months ended
   September 30, 1997 compared to 10.3% during the same period of 1996.

        The Company's income before taxes increased from $2.2 million in the
   first nine months of 1996 to $14.9 million in the first nine months of
   1997, due principally to the substantial increase in net sales.

        The $1.1 million provision for taxes for the nine-month period ending
   September 30, 1997 represented a non-cash accounting charge.  The use of
   pre-restructuring NOLs requires the Company to record a tax provision and
   to reflect the offset as an addition to paid-in capital.  The Company
   intends to continue to use its NOLs in the future to reduce actual payment
   of federal income taxes.  The future use of the NOLs is subject to certain
   statutory restrictions.  See "--Liquidity and Capital Resources--Net
   Operating Loss Carryforwards".

        Contract backlog at September 30, 1997 was $278 million, compared to
   $217 million at September 30, 1996, an increase of 28%, due primarily to
   an increase in orders.

        Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995

        The year 1996 represented a turn-around year for the Company as sales
   increased 40%, to $162 million from $115.7 million in 1995 and operating
   earnings returned to a positive position for the first time in five years. 
   The return to profitability was attributable to a significant increase in
   sales to the jet engine market, a better product mix and improved
   operating efficiencies throughout the Company.  Gross profit increased by
   $25 million in 1996 over 1995 due to the increased volume of business in
   the jet engine market, internal improvements accelerating the movement of
   product and pricing increases associated with improved product mix and
   selection.

        In 1996, selling, general and administrative expenses dropped to 4.0%
   of sales from 5.3% in 1995.  This reduction reflected improved cost
   controls within the Company and an increased level of sales.

        Interest expense for 1996 was $3.7 million compared to $3.3 million
   in 1995, due to higher levels of indebtedness resulting from increased
   demands for working capital in 1996.  Approximately $1.0 million of the
   interest expense in 1996 was attributable to non-cash PIK payments on the
   Subordinated Notes.  Effective interest rates averaged 9.9% during 1996
   compared with 11.1% during 1995.

        The Company's income before taxes increased from a $22.1 million loss
   in 1995 to earnings of $2.1 million in 1996.  This turnaround was
   attributable principally to the increase in net sales, allowing fuller
   absorption of the Company's fixed costs.

        Contract backlog at December 31, 1996 was $234 million, compared to
   $150 million at December 31, 1995, an increase of 56%, due primarily to an
   increase in orders.

        Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1994

        Net sales for 1995 were $115.7 million compared to $121.8 million for
   1994, a decrease of 5%.  However, 1994 sales had the benefit of
   approximately $11 million of contract settlement payments for a NASA
   program terminated in the fourth quarter of 1993.  Operations for the
   first half of 1995 were similar to 1994.  In the second half of the year,
   however, the Company experienced a considerable improvement in operating
   results over the prior year after excluding the contract settlement from
   the prior year.  This improvement resulted from an overall increase in
   demand in the jet engine and aerospace markets.  For the six-month period
   from July through December 1995, sales were $57.7 million, up 12.7% over
   the $51.2 million of sales during the same period of the prior year. 
   Gross profit (loss) for the same six-month period showed an improvement,
   from $(8.1) million in 1994 to $(4.7) million in 1995.  Income in 1995
   includes $1.6 million received in the settlement of litigation with a
   former owner of the Company.  Customer orders exceeded shipments during
   every month in 1995.

        Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 5.3% of
   sales in 1995 from 4.9% in 1994, primarily due to increased consulting
   services and commissions and other expenses related to international
   shipments.

        Interest expense for 1995 was $3.3 million compared to $2.5 million
   in 1994, due to higher loan balances during 1995 and higher average
   interest rates.  Average loan balances on senior debt were $38.1 million
   in 1995 versus $32.2 million in 1994.  Effective interest rates averaged
   11.1% during 1995 compared with 9.5% during 1994.

        The Company's pretax loss increased from $17.0 million in 1994 to
   $22.1 million in 1995, due principally to a contract settlement received
   by the Company in 1994.

        The Company's contract backlog at December 31, 1995 was approximately
   $150 million, compared to $101 million at December 31, 1994, an increase
   of 49%, due primarily to an increase in orders.

   Liquidity and Capital Resources

        In July 1995, the Company entered into a credit agreement (the
   "Credit Agreement") with General Electric Capital Corporation which
   expires on June 30, 2000.  The Credit Agreement currently consists of two
   facilities:  (i) a $45 million revolving line of credit (the "Revolving
   Credit Facility") and (ii) an $8 million term loan (the "Term Loan").  All
   of the Company's assets have been pledged to secure borrowings under the
   Credit Agreement.  An affiliated party of the senior lender is also a
   significant customer of the Company.

        Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a
   rate equal to the commercial paper rate plus 2.0% per annum (reduced from
   2.5% as of December 31, 1996).  Availability under the Revolving Credit
   Facility is subject to a borrowing base limitation which is calculated
   based upon eligible accounts receivable and inventories reduced by the
   amount of any letters of credit.  At September 30, 1997, approximately $24
   million was available and undrawn under the Revolving Credit Facility.

        The Term Loan is payable in 16 consecutive quarterly installments
   which commenced on September 30, 1996.  The first four quarterly
   installments were $375,000 each, the next eight installments are $500,000
   each beginning September 30, 1997, and the last four installments are
   $625,000 each, with the first installment due on September 30, 1999 and
   the last installment due on June 30, 2000.  Borrowings under the Term Loan
   bear interest at a rate equal to the commercial paper rate plus 2.0% per
   annum.  The Company may, at any time, prepay the outstanding balance of
   the Term Loan, in whole or in part, subject to a prepayment fee of 1% of
   the outstanding balance (or in the case of a partial prepayment, of the
   amount prepaid) if the Term Loan is prepaid on or before July 1, 1999. 
   The balance of the Term Loan as of September 30, 1997 was $6.0 million.

        The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants, including, but not
   limited to, restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and
   operations and capital expenditures.  In addition, the Company is required
   to maintain an interest coverage ratio of 1.5 to 1 for 1997 and 2.0 to 1
   thereafter and to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.  At
   September 30, 1997, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under
   the Credit Agreement and believes that it will remain in compliance with
   such covenants for the foreseeable future.

        Transaction fees incurred in connection with the Credit Agreement
   were approximately $1.1 million, $645,000 of which was refunded to the
   Company as a result of its offering of Subordinated Notes in December 1995
   and February 1996.  In addition, the Company is required to pay an unused
   facility fee of 0.25% per annum on the average daily unused balance.

        In December 1995, the Company issued a total of $4.0 million of its
   12% senior subordinated secured notes due December 22, 2000 (the
   "Subordinated Notes") to ING and Grace.  In February 1996, the Company
   completed a second offering of Subordinated Notes when it issued an
   additional $5.3 million of Subordinated Notes to ING, Grace and certain
   other stockholders.  The Subordinated Notes bear interest at a rate of 12%
   per annum, are due in December 2000 and include detachable ten-year
   warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,775,722 shares of Common Stock at
   an exercise price of $1.20 per share.  Interest on the Subordinated Notes
   is payable quarterly in the form of additional Subordinated Notes.  The
   Subordinated Notes are secured by a second security interest in
   substantially all of the Company's assets, and are subordinated to
   indebtedness under the Credit Agreement.  The Subordinated Notes include a
   number of affirmative and negative covenants, including, but not limited
   to, restrictions on the incurrence of indebtedness junior to obligations
   under the Credit Agreement and senior to the Subordinated Notes.  Upon a
   change in control of the Company, the Company is required to redeem the
   outstanding Subordinated Notes at a price equal to the outstanding
   principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.  At September 30, 1997
   the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Subordinated
   Notes.  Proceeds from the sale of the Subordinated Notes were used to fund
   working capital requirements associated with an increase in customer
   orders.  See Note 3 to Financial Statements.

        Due to the significant increase in the Company's shipments and
   backlog, accounts receivable increased to $33.1 million at September 30,
   1997 from $21.8 million at December 31, 1996.  During the same period, the
   Company's inventories increased from $36.0 million to $48.5 million. 
   Ladish funded this growth in working capital through internally generated
   cash and a portion of the proceeds from the sale of IPD.

        Capital expenditures for the first nine months of 1997 were $6.3
   million versus $2.7 million for the same period in 1996.  For all of 1997,
   Ladish anticipates its capital expenditures will increase to approximately
   $9.5 million, which will reflect the efforts of the Company to reinvest
   and improve its operations.  For 1998, Ladish anticipates increasing its
   capital investment level to approximately $12.0 million.  In addition, a
   portion of the proceeds of the Offering may be used to improve and expand
   the Company's operations.  See "Use of Proceeds".

        Net Operating Loss Carryforwards

        At January 1, 1997, the Company had approximately $73.1 million of
   net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs") for federal income tax purposes,
   of which approximately $24.2 million are restricted due to the 1993 change
   of ownership of the Company.  To the extent that the Company generates
   taxable income, these NOLs will reduce the federal income taxes of the
   Company in future years, and therefore increase its after-tax cash flow. 
   Under Section 382 of the Code, certain restrictions on the utilization of
   NOLs or credit carryforwards will apply in the event of an ownership
   change of a corporation entitled to use such carryforwards.  Such an
   ownership change occurs when there is a change in the ownership of the
   stock of such corporation of more than 50 percentage points over a period
   of not more than three years.  Those restrictions, if applicable, would
   permit the utilization of only a specified portion of the NOLs in any
   taxable year following the ownership change.

        It is likely that the sale of Common Stock pursuant to the Offering,
   combined with sales of Common Stock by the Company's shareholders during
   the past two years, will cause an ownership change of the Company (within
   the meaning of Section 382 of the Code).  If such an ownership change
   occurs, the ability of the Company to fully utilize the NOLs could be
   adversely affected, depending on factors such as the time at which the
   ownership change occurs, the equity value of the Company at the time of
   such ownership change, prevailing interest rates at the time of such
   change, the ability of the Company to generate income to utilize the NOLs
   both before and after the ownership change and the realization of any
   built-in gains.  Based on the limitations noted above, and the Company's
   recent history of losses, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance
   against the entire amount of these NOLs.  The Company will continue to
   evaluate the ultimate realizability of the NOLs in the future.  See Note 7
   to Financial Statements.

        Pensions

        On June 17, 1996, the Company and the Pension Benefit Guarantee
   Corporation (the "PBGC") entered into a Payment and Security Agreement
   (the "PBGC Agreement") whereby the Company was able to defer the immediate
   payment of the minimum funding for plan year 1995 for certain of the
   Company's defined benefit pension plans.  The PBGC Agreement also granted
   a third lien to the PBGC on certain of the Company's physical assets in
   Wisconsin.

        The Company and the PBGC entered into an Amended Payment and Security
   Agreement on October 14, 1997 (the "Amended PBGC Agreement").  Pursuant to
   the Amended PBGC Agreement, the Company has agreed to increase the funding
   of six underfunded pension plans by an aggregate of approximately $18
   million.  Of this amount, the Company has discharged $4 million through a
   cash contribution, and intends to discharge approximately another $4
   million through the merger into the underfunded plans of certain
   overfunded plans.  The remaining $10 million will be contributed prior to
   the end of 1997 from the proceeds from the sale of IPD.  The PBGC has
   agreed that the above increases in the funding levels for those plans will
   satisfy the Company's funding obligation for plan years 1995-1997 and will
   satisfy the Company's obligation under the PBGC Agreement which will in
   turn obligate the PBGC to release its third lien on the Company's physical
   assets in Wisconsin.

        In addition to the amounts specified above and the $15 million of
   proceeds from the Offering which the Company intends to contribute to the
   underfunded plans, the Company intends to make cash contributions into the
   pension trust for the underfunded plans of approximately $7.4 million in
   1998 and $7.8 million in 1999.

        Impact of Inflation

        The Company's operating income is affected by changes in price levels
   and in particular pricing from its raw material suppliers.  The Company's
   contracts with customers generally provide for fixed prices with limited
   protection against cost increases.  Gross margins, therefore, are affected
   by supplier price changes during the duration of its customer contracts. 
   The Company attempts to minimize its risk by entering into fixed price
   contracts with its raw material suppliers.

                                    BUSINESS

   General

        Ladish Co., Inc. ("Ladish" or the "Company") is a leading producer of
   highly engineered, technically advanced components for the jet engine,
   aerospace and general industrial markets.

        Ladish engineers, produces and markets high-strength, high-technology
   forged and formed metal components for a wide variety of load-bearing and
   fatigue-resisting applications in the jet engine, aerospace and industrial
   markets.  The Company has been engaged in producing parts for aircraft
   engines and other military, aerospace and general industrial applications
   for over 50 years.  Products developed by Ladish include (i) rotating jet
   engine parts, such as fan, compressor and turbine discs, and jet engine
   casings, (ii) other aerospace products, including structural aircraft
   components, landing gear components, flap tracks, helicopter rotor parts
   and shafts and large missile components and (iii) general industrial
   forgings such as large crankshafts for power generation equipment.  These
   products require a high degree of engineering skill and technical
   expertise and are generally manufactured from titanium, high-temperature
   alloys, steel or aluminum.  Components for such rigorous applications
   often necessitate manufacture through forging, which yields a seamless
   product with a high strength-to-weight ratio relative to castings. 
   Principal customers include all of the major jet engine manufacturers, as
   well as both commercial and government aircraft and satellite
   manufacturers, power plants and manufacturers of farm and heavy-duty off-
   road equipment.  For the nine months ended September 30, 1997,
   approximately 89% of the Company's sales were to the aerospace industry.

   History

        The Ladish forge shop was founded in 1905.  For the next 75 years,
   Ladish Co. continued to grow its operations under the control of the
   Ladish family.  During this period, Ladish Co. supplied forged products to
   virtually every industry, including the aerospace industry beginning in
   the 1930s, and became a leader within the commercial and military
   aerospace industry for forged products and material application.

        Beginning in 1981, Ladish Co. experienced a series of ownership
   changes.  The Company was incorporated as the successor to Ladish Co. in
   connection with one of these transactions.  From 1991 until the middle of
   1995, the aerospace industry experienced a severe cyclical downturn.  This
   decline resulted from a combination of reduced demand from the commercial
   airline industry, which was suffering from weak passenger revenues and
   overcapacity, and reduced military budgets as a result of the end of the
   Cold War.  At the same time, the Company faced substantial debt service on
   $110 million of subordinated debentures issued in connection with a 1987
   leveraged buyout.  In February 1993, the Company filed a voluntary
   petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 
   Under this "pre-packaged" plan, the subordinated debentures were converted
   to equity; no other class of creditor was affected.  The plan was
   confirmed and the Company emerged from reorganization in April 1993.

        Since late 1995, demand for forged components has strengthened,
   primarily due to increased demand from the commercial aerospace industry. 
   The Company believes the principal reasons for the recent improvement in
   new aircraft orders include increased demand for air travel in Asia, the
   recent improved profitability of U.S. commercial airlines, and U.S.
   Environmental Protection Agency rules requiring airlines to reduce noise,
   which, in turn, have prompted airlines to modernize their fleets. 
   Accordingly, airlines have been retrofitting existing aircraft or
   purchasing new jet engines.

        In addition to the favorable trends in commercial aviation discussed
   above, world airframe manufacturers are seeking to improve the
   affordability and efficiency of their products by reducing the number of
   engines on airplanes.  Newer engines, therefore, must be bigger and run
   faster and at higher temperatures, which in turn has increased demand for
   components that are structurally larger and more metallurgically complex. 
   The Company believes that it is well positioned to capitalize on the
   current upturn in the commercial aerospace industry in wide-body aircraft
   as well as regional and business jets.  The Company believes that the
   combination of its unique equipment, metallurgical expertise and leading-
   edge computer process modeling of forging, heat treating and machining
   operations, together with its industry-recognized core competencies in 
   large and complex forgings, will enable the Company to compete effectively
   for this demand.

   Business Strategy

        The Company's goal is to generate profitable growth and to enhance
   shareholder value by capitalizing on Ladish's reputation for quality and
   value and its unique manufacturing equipment.  To accomplish this goal,
   management intends to continue pursuing the following business strategies:

        Maximize Benefits from Industry Upturn

        Ladish intends to capitalize on the current upturn in the aerospace
   industry by continuing to manufacture components that meet the demand by
   airframe manufacturers for stronger, larger and more metallurgically
   complex parts.  The Company believes that it is well positioned to benefit
   from the reduction in excess capacity in the U.S. airline industry, the
   other trends in the commercial aerospace industry and the corresponding
   increase in demand for new aircraft and parts.

        Make Strategic Acquisitions

        As a part of the global consolidation of the aerospace industry,
   management believes there are numerous opportunities to grow and enhance
   the Company through strategic acquisitions.  As an example of these
   opportunities, in June 1997, Ladish acquired substantially all of the
   assets and assumed a portion of the liabilities of Stowe.  Located in
   Windsor, Connecticut, Stowe provides finish machining services and
   products to the jet engine industry.  Operating Stowe will further
   Ladish's efforts to capitalize on the upturn in the jet engine industry
   through the value-added services provided by Stowe to the Company's
   existing customer base and the vertical integration opportunities offered
   through Stowe.  With a customer list which mirrors that of Ladish, Stowe
   provides Ladish with the ability to integrate vertically and offer further
   value-added services to its core markets.

        Leverage Core Competencies into New Products and Markets

        The Company's growth strategy also includes continuing to identify
   new products and markets where it can become a leading supplier by using
   its core competencies in metallurgy, precision metal-working and the
   management of complex manufacturing processes.  The Company has expanded
   its processing technology to alloys such as aluminum-lithium in order to
   compete for both solid and liquid fuel motor cases for future generations
   of launch vehicles such as the Expendable Extended Launch Vehicle
   ("EELV").  In addition, the Company's ability to shear-form various alloys
   has enabled it to develop technically advanced domes, rings and cylinders
   for launch vehicles and seamless titanium drums used to manufacture copper
   foil for use by the telecommunications industry.  Ladish's metallurgical
   expertise, combined with the world's largest counterblow hammer, has
   enabled it to become the leading supplier of titanium hemispheres in the
   commercial satellite industry and large steel crankshafts in the power
   generation industry.

        Additionally, the Company believes that its manufacturing,
   engineering and technical expertise gives it the ability to develop and
   process next generation jet engine components for increased performance of
   high-temperature materials as well as to develop products for non-
   aerospace applications such as farm and heavy-duty off-road machinery. 
   For example, the Company is currently producing the largest known
   crankshaft in a closed-die for use in the international power generation
   market.

        Enhance Market Access Through Customer Cooperation and Strategic
   Alliances

        Ladish intends to continue its long-standing practice of working
   closely with its customers and strategic participants in the forging
   industry.  The Company works closely with customers by using its
   manufacturing and technical expertise to engineer, tool and manufacture
   new products according to customer specification.  In exchange, the
   Company is often designated as the sole-source supplier by its customers
   for the life of the program.  In addition, Ladish's well-respected
   research and development effort has enabled the Company to establish and
   maintain strong relationships with GE, Rolls-Royce PLC ("Rolls-Royce"),
   Pratt & Whitney, Lockheed Martin Corp. and the United States Air Force on
   a number of development projects, many of which are customer funded. 
   Management believes that these projects position the Company to win early
   production contracts on new equipment.

        In addition to working closely with customers, Ladish has developed
   strategic alliances with other participants in the forging industry to
   take advantage of synergy opportunities.  In September 1995, the Company
   entered into a joint venture with Weber Metals, Inc. ("Weber"), a
   subsidiary of German conglomerate Otto Fuchs Metallwerke KG, whereby the
   Company combines its engineering and metallurgical expertise with the
   capabilities of Weber's 38,000 ton hydraulic press.  The product which
   results from the combination of the Company's technology with Weber's
   press frees up Company capacity, reduces manufacturing costs and gives the
   Company significantly improved access to high-temperature niches of the
   jet engine market.

        Improve Profitability Through Operating Efficiencies and Lower Costs

        Since mid-1995, the Company has significantly reduced overhead costs,
   improved worker productivity, shortened production cycle times and
   rationalized its product mix in order to improve operating margins and
   lower its break-even point.  During this time, management has invested in
   new technologies, developed more efficient manufacturing processes and
   focused on selling higher value-added products.  By reducing lot sizes,
   set-up times and process times throughout its facility, the Company has
   reduced its average cycle time by approximately 75% from 1994 to 1996.  In
   addition, pieces per man-hour increased 11% in 1996 from 1995.  Sales per
   employee have increased 11% from December 31, 1996 to September 30, 1997. 
   As a result of the implementation of process improvement techniques
   coupled with applied synchronous manufacturing concepts, the Company has
   reduced its costs and improved product quality as measured by the
   reduction of rework and scrap.  In addition, the Company is currently
   computerizing the operation of its hammers, which the Company believes
   will lead to additional operational efficiency and further improve the
   quality of its forgings.  Ladish is also implementing cellular
   manufacturing techniques in an effort to further decrease production times
   and reduce costs.

        Focus on Core Business

        In the fourth quarter of 1996, the Company decided to focus its
   efforts on its core forging business and the markets it serves. 
   Consequently, Ladish determined that IPD, with its commodity fitting and
   valve business, was not strategic to the future direction of the Company. 
   In May 1997, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of IPD to a
   subsidiary of Trinity Industries, Inc. for cash consideration of $36.5
   million and the assumption of certain liabilities.  Ladish utilized the
   proceeds from the sale of IPD to reduce debt, fund the Stowe acquisition
   and fund a significant portion of its underfunded pension liability.  The
   sale has also allowed management to focus its time and energy on the
   growth of the core business and to identify strategic acquisition
   opportunities such as Stowe.

   Products and Markets

        The Company markets its forging products primarily to manufacturers
   of jet engines, commercial business and defense aircraft, helicopters,
   satellites, heavy-duty off-road vehicles and industrial and marine
   turbines.  The principal forging markets served by the Company are jet
   engine, commercial aerospace (defined by Ladish as satellite, rocket and
   aircraft components other than jet engines) and general industrial
   forgings.  The amount of revenue and the revenue as a percentage of total
   revenue by market were as follows for the periods indicated:

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                          Years Ended December 31,                    Nine Months Ended September 30,

    (Dollars in millions)         1994              1995              1996               1996                 1997 

    <S>                        <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>
    Jet Engine Forgings        $ 65     53%     $ 69      59%     $108      67%      $ 83       67%       $115       73%

    Aerospace Forgings           34     28        24      21        31      19         23       19          25       16

    General Industrial
      Forgings                   23     19        23      20        23      14         18       14          17       11
                               ----   ----      ----    ----      ----    ----       ----     ----        ----     ----
    Total                      $122    100%     $116     100%     $162     100%      $124      100%       $157      100%
                               ====   ====      ====    ====      ====    ====       ====     ====        ====     ====
   </TABLE>

        Jet Engine Forgings

        The Company is a market leader in manufacturing large, complex forged
   components for use in jet engines.  Products include fan, compressor and
   turbine discs, shafts for large and small jet engines, and containment
   cases for larger jet engines.  The Company manufactures a variety of jet
   engine forgings for virtually every active commercial and military jet
   engine program in existence today, including those of GE, Rolls-Royce,
   Pratt & Whitney and Allison.

        Because jet engines may produce in excess of 100,000 pounds of thrust
   and may subject components to temperatures exceeding 1,350 degrees
   Fahrenheit, producing components for such extreme conditions requires
   precision manufacturing and expertise with titanium, nickel-based
   superalloys and powder metallurgy alloys.  In addition, rotating parts
   such as fan, compressor and turbine discs and shafts must be manufactured
   to precise quality specifications.  These products all require forging,
   which imparts structural integrity into key engine parts and allows them
   to withstand high temperatures and stress.  Further, newer jet engines are
   bigger, run hotter and spin faster.  As this market shift continues, the
   demand for even larger forged components utilizing materials that must
   withstand ever-greater stress at higher operating temperatures is expected
   to grow.  The Company believes it possesses the industry's largest
   isothermal press, shear forming machine, ring rolling machine and
   counterblow hammer.  The Company believes combining these unique pieces of
   equipment with years of material process technology expertise and computer
   process modeling of the forging, heat treating, and machining operations
   positions the Company to compete effectively for parts for these newer
   engines.  Furthermore, the Company's joint venture with Weber allows the
   Company to free up Company capacity and reduce manufacturing costs, while
   providing the Company access to a technically demanding niche of the jet
   engine market.

        Aerospace Forgings

        The Company manufactures products utilized in commercial and military
   aircraft (including both airplanes and helicopters), such as landing gear
   components, rotors, hubs, shafts and wing structurals and beams.  Critical
   structural components must be strong, yet lightweight.  Many of these
   forgings, therefore, are made from titanium and high-alloy steels.  The
   Company believes that given its expertise in material process technology
   and its unique equipment, Ladish is well positioned to meet the increasing
   demand by air carriers and corporate users for new aircraft and the U.S.
   military's demand for helicopter spare parts.  For example, as a result of
   the Company's strong relationship with Sikorsky, the Company is
   manufacturing all of the large titanium power transmission components for
   Sikorsky's next generation helicopter.

        The Company also manufactures components for solid and liquid motors
   for launch vehicles, as well as forgings for satellite fuel tanks.  The
   Company has produced the cylinders, skirts and domes for the solid rocket
   motor cases for every Titan IV and Space Shuttle launch recorded to date. 
   As programs such as the EELV have developed, the Company has expanded its
   processing technology to alloys other than steel, such as aluminum-
   lithium, in order to compete for both solid and liquid cylinders for
   future launch platforms.  The Company also produces titanium hemisphere
   fuel tanks that are forged on its largest counterblow hammer.  Satellite
   fuel systems use two of these hemispheres, welded together, for storing
   liquid propellant for the life of each satellite.  The Company expects
   that the satellite launch industry will grow significantly, primarily to
   service the global needs of the telecommunications industry.  Launch
   vehicles are evolving in an effort to service this demand.

        General Industrial Forgings

        The Company manufactures a number of key industrial components in
   which structural integrity, product strength and toughness drive the need
   for a forged product.  These components include large crankshafts, axles,
   gears, reaction hubs, links and yokes for such customers as Caterpillar,
   Inc. ("Caterpillar") and Allison.  As the components become larger and
   more complex, the Company can utilize its full range of equipment,
   knowledge and technical expertise to manufacture these products.  Using
   the Company's expertise in forging engineering and its unique
   manufacturing equipment, the Company has recently expanded into
   manufacturing large crankshafts for land-based and marine power generation
   equipment.  The Company believes this market will continue to grow based
   upon the need to develop the infrastructure of emerging nations.

   Marketing and Sales

        The forging product sales force (consisting of 14 engineers), based
   in Cudahy, Wisconsin, is supported by the Company's metallurgical staff of
   97 engineers and technicians.  These technically trained sales engineers,
   organized along product line and customer groupings, work with customers
   on an ongoing basis to monitor competitive trends and technological
   innovations.  Additionally, sales engineers consult with customers
   regarding potential projects and product development opportunities. 
   During the past few years, the Company has refocused its marketing efforts
   on the jet engine components market and the commercial aerospace industry.

        The Company is actively involved with key customers in joint
   cooperative research and development, engineering, quality control, just-
   in-time inventory control and computerized process modeling programs.  The
   Company has entered into strategic life-of-the-program contracts for a
   number of sole-sourced products with each of Allison, Sikorsky and Thyssen
   for major programs.  The Company believes that these contracts are a
   reflection of the aerospace and industrial markets' recognition of the
   Company's manufacturing and technical expertise.

        The research and development of jet engine components is actively
   supported by the Company's Advanced Materials and Process Technology
   Group.  The Company's long-standing commitment to research and development
   is evidenced by its industry-recognized materials and process advancements
   such as processing aluminum-lithium, Udimet 720 and titanium aluminides. 
   The experienced staff and fully equipped research facilities support
   Ladish sales through customer-funded projects.  Management believes that
   these research efforts position the Company to participate in future
   growth in demand for critical advanced jet engine components.

   Customers

        The Company's top three customers, Rolls-Royce, United Technologies
   and General Electric, accounted for approximately 44% of the Company's
   revenues in 1994, 48% of the Company's revenues in 1995, 54% of the
   Company's revenues in 1996 and 60% of the Company's revenues during the
   nine months ended September 30, 1997.  No other customer accounted for ten
   percent or more of the Company's sales.

        Caterpillar, Volvo and Allison are also significant customers of the
   Company.  Because of the relatively small number of customers for some of
   the Company's principal products, the Company's largest customers exercise
   significant influence over the Company's prices and other terms of trade. 
   See "Risk Factors--Reliance on Major Customers".

        A substantial portion of the Company's revenues are derived from
   long-term, fixed price contracts with major engine and aircraft
   manufacturers.  These contracts are typically "requirements" contracts
   under which the purchaser commits to purchase a given portion of its
   requirements of a particular component from the Company.  Actual purchase
   quantities are typically not determined until shortly before the year in
   which products are to be delivered.  The Company attempts to minimize its
   risk by entering into fixed-price contracts with its raw material
   suppliers.  Additionally, a portion of the Company's revenue is directly
   or indirectly related to government spending, particularly military and
   space program spending.  See "Risk Factors--Reductions in Government
   Spending".

   Backlog

        The average amount of time necessary to manufacture the Company's
   products is five to six weeks from the receipt of raw material.  The
   timing of the placement and filling of specific orders may significantly
   affect the Company's backlog figures, which are subject to cancellation
   for a variety of reasons.  As a result, the Company's backlog may not be
   indicative of actual results or provide meaningful data for period-to-
   period comparisons.  The following table provides certain information with
   respect to the Company's total firm backlog as of September 30, 1996 and
   1997:

                                            As of September 30,
                                       1996                       1997
                                           (Dollars in millions)

    Jet Engine                      $155     71%           $211       76%
    Aerospace                         49     23              53       19
    General Industrial                13      6              14        5
                                    ----   ----            ----     ----
         Total                      $217    100%           $278      100%
                                    ====   ====            ====     ====

        At September 30, 1997, approximately $208 million of total firm
   backlog was scheduled to be shipped within one year and the remainder in
   subsequent years in comparison to September 30, 1996 backlog of
   approximately $175 million which was scheduled for shipment within one
   year.  Sales during any period may include sales which were not part of
   the backlog at the end of the prior period.

   Manufacturing Process

        Forging

        Forging is the process by which desired shapes, metallurgical
   characteristics and mechanical properties are imparted to metal by heating
   and shaping it through hammering, pressing, extruding or ring rolling. 
   Cold forming of cylindrical shapes is performed utilizing a proprietary
   shear forming process.  The Company forges alloys of titanium, aluminum
   and steel as well as high-temperature nickel-based superalloys.

        The Company forges its products at its facilities in Cudahy,
   Wisconsin.  Much of the Company's forging business is capital intensive,
   requiring large and sophisticated hydraulic and mechanical presses,
   single-action and counterblow hammers and extensive facilities for heat
   treatment, machining inspection and testing of components after forging. 
   The Company has independently designed and built much of its unique and
   specialized equipment.  The Company considers its manufacturing equipment
   to be in good operating condition and adequate for the purposes for which
   it is being used.

        The Company employs all major forging methods, including the
   following:

        Open-Die Forging.  In this process, the metal is hammered or pressed
   between dies that never completely surround the metal, thus allowing the
   metal to be observed during the process.  Typically, open-die forging is
   used to create relatively simple, preliminary shapes to be further
   processed by closed-die forging or for simple low-quantity orders.

        Closed-Die Forging.  Closed-die forging involves hammering or
   pressing heated metal into the required shapes and size determined by
   machined impressions in specially prepared dies which exert three
   dimensional control on the metal.  The Company's multiple-ram process
   featured on the Company's 15,000 ton press enables the Company to produce
   extremely large, complex-shaped forgings in a single heating and pressing
   cycle.  In hot-die forging, a unique type of closed-die process, the dies
   are heated to a temperature approaching the transformation temperature of
   the materials being forged which allows the metal to flow more easily
   within the die cavity, producing forgings with superior surface
   conditions, stronger metallurgical structures, tighter tolerances,
   enhanced repeatability of the part shapes and greater metallurgical
   control.  Both titanium and nickel-based superalloys are forged using this
   process, in which the dies are heated to a temperature of approximately
   1,300 degrees Fahrenheit.

        Isothermal Forging.  Isothermal forging is a closed-die pressing
   process in which the dies are heated to the same temperature as the metal
   being forged, typically in excess of 1,700 degrees Fahrenheit.  The forged
   material typically consists of nickel-based superalloy and powder
   metallurgy alloys.  Because of the extreme temperatures necessary for
   forming these alloys, the dies must be made of refractory metal (such as
   molybdenum) so that the die retains its strength and shape during the
   forging process.  Because the dies may oxidize at these elevated
   temperatures, the forging process is carried on in a vacuum or inert gas
   atmosphere.  The Company's two isothermal presses allow it to produce
   near-net shape components (requiring less machining by the customer) made
   from nickel-based superalloys.  The Company believes that its 10,000 ton
   isothermal press is the largest in the industry, allowing it to press
   larger, more complex parts than the Company's competitors.

        Ring Rolling.  Ring rolling involves rotating heated metal rings
   through presses to produce seamless cylindrical and/or contoured products. 
   The Company believes that it has the largest ring-rolling machine in the
   industry, with the capability of producing metal rings that weigh up to
   350,000 pounds with outside diameters as large as 28 feet and face heights
   up to 10 feet.  This process is also utilized to extrude large, heavy wall
   preforms used in the manufacture of roll form cylinders.

        Shear Forming.  Shear forming is a process whereby metal cylinders
   are formed by thinning the cylinder walls while increasing the length of
   the cylinder without heating the metal.  The process yields uniform
   metallurgical properties and maximizes metal usage allowing formation of
   cylinders much longer than those capable of being formed by conventional
   forge methods.  The Company believes that it has the largest shear forming
   machine in the industry, which allows the Company to produce larger and
   more complex thin-walled components for the missile and rocket industry.

        Conversion

        The Company converts ingot material, primarily titanium, into a range
   of billet sizes through a proprietary forging process.  This yields
   superior metallurgical properties utilized in the manufacture of jet
   engine components.  The Company utilizes its conventional press
   capabilities and subjects the material to high sensitivity ultrasonic
   testing performed on an exclusive multi-zone ultrasonic unit, which
   management believes is one of only three in the aerospace industry.  This
   unit provides state-of-the-art material testing to meet the most stringent
   customer requirements.

        Modeling

        For the successful engineering of highly complex forged shapes and
   demanding metallurgical specifications, the Company uses computer-based
   modeling.  This modeling has enabled the Company to improve die design,
   improve predictability of metal flow and enhance grain flow
   characteristics.  The Company has embarked upon a program with the
   assistance of the United States Air Force and the cooperation of several
   major universities to advance its modeling capabilities to the next
   generation of modeling with three-dimensional models.  A number of
   Ladish's major customers rely on the Company's unique expertise in this
   area to assist them with processing issues.

        Support Operations

        The Company manufactures most of its own forging dies out of high-
   strength steel and molybdenum.  These dies can weigh in excess of 50 tons
   and can be up to 20 feet in length.  In manufacturing its dies, the
   Company utilizes its customers' drawings and engineers the dies using
   CAD/CAM equipment and sophisticated metal flow computer models that
   simulate metal flow during the forging process.  This activity improves
   die design and process control and permits the Company to enhance the
   metallurgical characteristics of the forging and reduce lead times.

        Ladish has machine shops with computer-aided profiling equipment,
   vertical turret lathes and other equipment that it employs to rough
   machine products to a shape allowing inspection of the products.  The
   Company also operates rotary and car-bottom heat treating furnaces that
   enhance the performance characteristics of the forgings.  These furnaces
   have sufficient capacity to handle all the Company's forged products.

        Testing

        Because the Company's products endure high performance end uses,
   rigorous testing is necessary and is performed internally by Company
   engineers.  Throughout the manufacturing process, numerous tests and
   inspections are performed to insure the final quality of each product;
   statistical process control ("SPC") techniques are also applied throughout
   the entire manufacturing process.  The Company subjects its products to
   extensive quality inspection and contract qualification procedures
   involving zyglo, chemical etching, ultrasonic, red dye and electrical
   conductivity testing facilities.

   Raw Materials

        Raw materials used by the Company in its forgings include alloys of
   titanium, nickel, steel, aluminum, tungsten and other high temperature
   alloys.  The major portion of metal requirements for forged products are
   purchased from major metal suppliers producing forging quality material as
   needed to fill customer orders.  The Company has two or more sources of
   supply for all significant raw materials.

        The titanium and nickel-based superalloys used by the Company have a
   relatively high dollar value.  Accordingly, the Company recovers and
   recycles scrap materials such as machine turnings, forging flash, solids
   and test pieces.

        The Company's most significant raw materials consist of nickel and
   titanium alloys.  Its principal suppliers of nickel alloys include Special
   Metals Corporation and Allvac Corporation.  Its principal suppliers of
   titanium alloys are Titanium Metals Corporation of America, Oregon
   Metallurgical Corp. and Reactive Metals, Inc.  Each of these suppliers has
   experienced increases in the market prices of the elements (e.g. nickel,
   titanium, cobalt) that they use in manufacturing their products.  The
   Company often has fixed-price contracts with its suppliers.  Because
   aerospace suppliers generally have alternative markets for their products
   where they may have greater ability to increase their prices, suppliers
   have in some cases diverted materials away from the aerospace industry in
   favor of alternative markets.  During 1996, the Company's lead time for
   deliveries from its suppliers increased from 20 weeks to 45 weeks in the
   case of titanium alloys and from 22 weeks to 48 weeks in the case of
   nickel-based alloys.  In the event of cancellation by its customer because
   of production delays, the Company may, under certain circumstances, obtain
   reimbursement from the customer if the material cannot be diverted to
   other uses.  Costs of material already on hand, along with any conversion
   costs incurred, are usually billed to the customer unless transferable to
   another order.  As demand for the Company's products grew during fiscal
   year 1995, and prices of raw materials rose, the Company experienced
   certain raw material shortages and production delays.  Although this
   situation improved during the first nine months of 1996, it had a negative
   impact on overall revenues.  Availability of titanium, due to limited mill
   capacity, has yet to recover to the level demanded by the jet engine
   industry.  To counter this situation, the Company has established long-
   term relationships and technical support with the mills in an effort to
   secure its position for raw material.  See "Risk Factors".

        The Company has successfully sought price increases and other
   financial considerations from its customers which have allowed it to meet
   the rising prices demanded by suppliers.  In addition, the Company, its
   customers and suppliers have undertaken active programs for supply chain
   management which are reducing overall lead times and the total cost of raw
   materials.

   Energy

        Energy is required by the Company primarily for heating metals to be
   forged, heat treating materials after forging, operating equipment, die-
   sinking and machining.  The Company uses natural gas and electricity in
   varying amounts at its manufacturing facilities; however, natural gas is
   traditionally the largest energy source.  Supplies of natural gas and
   electricity have been sufficient and there is no anticipated shortage for
   the future.  In the event of shortages of natural gas, the Company
   maintains back-up supplies of propane for heating and processing.

   Employees

        As of September 30, 1997, the Company had approximately 1,075
   employees, of whom 770 were engaged in manufacturing functions, 90 in
   executive and administrative functions, another 165 in technical
   functions, and 45 in sales and sales support.  At such date, approximately
   890 employees, principally those engaged in manufacturing, were
   represented by labor organizations under collective bargaining agreements. 
   The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
   Company's collective bargaining agreements with its employees:

                                                               Number of
                                                               Employees
                                                             Represented by
                                                               Collective
                                                               Bargaining
    Union                               Expiration Date        Agreement

    International Association of
    Machinists & Aerospace Workers,
    Local 1862                         February 20, 2000          378

    International Brotherhood of
    Boilermakers, Iron Ship Builders,
    Blacksmiths, Forgers & Helpers,
    Subordinate Lodge 1509             September 24, 2000         212

    International Federation of
    Professional & Technical
    Engineers, Technical Group, Local
    92                                  August 20, 2000           118

    International Association of
    Machinists & Aerospace Workers,
    Die Sinkers, Local 140               March 26, 2000            81

    Office & Professional Employees
    International Union, Clerical
    Group, Local 35                       July 1, 2001             45

    International Federation of
    Professional & Technical
    Engineers, Professional Group,
    Local 92                             March 1, 1998             26

    International Brotherhood of
    Electrical Workers, Local 662       October 15, 2000           26

    Service Employees International,
    Local 150                            April 23, 2000            4


   Research and Development

        The Company maintains a research and development department which is
   engaged in applied research and development work primarily relating to the
   Company's forging operations.  The Company works closely with customers,
   universities and government technical agencies in developing advanced
   forgings, materials and processes.  The Company spent approximately $3.9
   million, $3.8 million, $3.4 million, and $2.2 million on applied research
   and development work during 1994, 1995, 1996 and the nine months ended
   September 30, 1997, respectively.

        Although the Company owns patents covering certain of its processes,
   the Company does not consider these patents to be of material importance
   to the Company's business as a whole.  The Company considers certain other
   information that it owns to be trade secrets and the Company takes
   measures to protect the confidentiality and control the disclosure and use
   of such information.  The Company believes that these safeguards
   adequately protect its proprietary rights and the Company vigorously
   defends these rights.

        The Company owns or has obtained licenses for various trademarks,
   trademark registrations, service marks, service mark registrations, trade
   names, copyrights, copyright registrations, patent applications,
   inventions, know-how, trade secrets, confidential information and any
   other intellectual property that are necessary for the conduct of its
   businesses (collectively, "Intellectual Property").  The Company is not
   aware of any claim (or of any facts that would reasonably be expected to
   result in any such claim) or challenge by any third party that would
   significantly limit the rights of the Company with respect to any such
   Intellectual Property or to the validity or scope of any such Intellectual
   Property.  The Company has no pending claim against a third party with
   respect to the infringement by such third party of any such Intellectual
   Property that, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually
   or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the Company's
   financial condition or results of operations.  While the Company considers
   all of its proprietary rights as a whole to be important, the Company does
   not consider any single right to be essential to its operations as a
   whole.

   Competition

        The sale of forged metal components is highly competitive.  Certain
   of the Company's competitors are larger than the Company, and have
   substantially greater capital resources.  Although the Company is the sole
   supplier of several sophisticated components required by prime contractors
   under a number of governmental programs, many of the Company's products
   could be replaced with other similar products of its competitors. 
   However, the significant investment in tooling, the time required and the
   cost of obtaining the status of a "certified supplier" are barriers to
   entry.  Competition is based on quality (including advanced engineering
   and manufacturing capability), price and the ability to meet delivery
   requirements. See "Risk Factors--Competition".

   Product Liability Exposure

        The Company produces many critical engine and structural parts for
   commercial and military aircraft.  As a result, the Company faces an
   inherent business risk of exposure to product liability claims.  The
   Company maintains insurance against product liability claims, but there
   can be no assurance that such coverage will be adequate for liabilities
   actually incurred.  The Company has not experienced any material loss from
   product liability claims and believes that its insurance coverage is
   adequate to protect it against any claims to which it may be subject.

   Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

        The Company's operations are subject to many federal, state and local
   regulations relating to the protection of the environment and to workplace
   health and safety.  In particular, the Company's operations are subject to
   extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations governing waste
   disposal, air and water emissions, the handling of hazardous substances,
   environmental protection, remediation, workplace exposure and other
   matters.  Management believes that the Company is presently in substantial
   compliance with all such laws and does not currently anticipate that the
   Company will be required to expend any substantial amounts in the
   foreseeable future in order to meet current environmental, workplace
   health or safety requirements.  However, additional costs and liabilities
   may be incurred to comply with current and future requirements, which
   costs and liabilities could have a material adverse effect on the
   Company's results of operations or financial condition.

        There are no known pending remedial actions or claims relating to
   environmental matters that are expected to have a material effect on the
   Company's financial position or results of operations.  Both of the
   properties owned by the Company, however, are located in industrial areas
   and have a history of heavy industrial use.  These properties may
   potentially incur environmental liabilities in the future that could have
   a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or results
   of operations.  The Company has been named a potentially responsible party
   at three "Superfund" sites.  Although the Company does not believe that
   the amount for which it may be held liable will be material and has
   reserved approximately $300,000 for such loss, no assurance can be given
   that the amount for which the Company will be held responsible will not be
   significantly greater than expected.  In connection with the sale of IPD,
   the Company has agreed to indemnify Trinity Industries, Inc. until May 29,
   2001 against certain environmental liabilities that may arise with respect
   to the properties and operations of IPD relating to the period prior to
   closing.

   Properties

        The following table sets forth the location and size of the Company's
   two facilities:

                                                     Approximate Square
           Location          Approximate Acreage           Footage

    Cudahy, Wisconsin               184.5                 1,650,000
    Windsor, Connecticut             8.2                   20,000

        The above facilities are owned by the Company.  The Company also owns
   approximately 4 acres of land in Houston, Texas, which is currently vacant
   and for sale.

        The Company believes that its facilities are well maintained, are
   suitable to support the Company's business and are adequate for the
   Company's present and anticipated needs.  While the rate of utilization of
   the Company's manufacturing equipment is not uniform, the Company
   estimates that its facilities overall are currently operating at
   approximately 60% of capacity.  The Company-owned facilities have been
   pledged as collateral to its senior lender, with a secondary lien on the
   Wisconsin facility granted to the holders of the Subordinated Notes and a
   third lien on the Wisconsin facility to the PBGC.  The PBGC lien will be
   released pursuant to the Amended PBGC Agreement.

        The principal executive offices of the Company are located at
   5481 South Packard Avenue, Cudahy, Wisconsin  53110.  Its telephone number
   at such address is (414) 747-2611.

   Legal Proceedings

        From time to time the Company is involved in legal proceedings
   relating to claims arising out of its operations in the normal course of
   business.  The Company believes that there are no material legal
   proceedings pending or threatened against the Company or any of its
   properties.

                                   MANAGEMENT

   Directors and Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth certain information concerning the
   current directors and executive officers of the Company:

    Name                         Age                Position

    Kerry L. Woody  . . . .       46      President and Director

    Wayne E. Larsen . . . .       43      Vice President Law/Finance &
                                          Secretary

    Gene E. Bunge . . . . .       51      Vice President, Engineering

    Robert J. Noel  . . . .       57      Vice President, Quality &
                                          Technology

    James K. Sorenson . . .       60      Vice President, Materials
                                          Management

    Gary J. Vroman  . . . .       37      Vice President, Sales &
                                          Marketing

    Lawrence C. Hammond . .       49      Vice President, Human
                                          Resources

    Ronald O. Wiese . . . .       63      Treasurer

    Thomas S. Plichta . . .       54      Corporate Controller

    Gregory P. Flynn  . . .       41      Director

    Robert W. Sullivan  . .       38      Director

    Fred W. Whitridge, Jr.        42      Director

        Kerry Woody has served as President since October 1994.  Prior to
   that time he was Vice President, Operations; Vice President, Manufacturing
   Services; Production Manager; and an industrial engineer.  Mr. Woody
   joined the Company in 1975 from General Electric.  He has a B.S. in
   Engineering from Milliken University.  He has served as a Director of the
   Company since August 1997.

        Wayne Larsen has been Vice President Law/Finance and Secretary of the
   Company since September 1995, and a Director since December 1997.  He served
   as General Counsel and Secretary since May 1989 and as its Corporate Counsel
   and Secretary since February 1987.  Mr. Larsen has been with the Company 
   since 1981.  He has a B.A. from Marquette University and a J.D. from 
   Marquette Law School.

        Gene Bunge has served as Vice President, Engineering since November
   1991.  From 1985 until that time he was General Manager of Engineering. 
   Mr. Bunge has been with the Company since 1973.  He has a B.S.E.E. from
   the Milwaukee School of Engineering.

        Robert Noel has been Vice President, Quality and Technology since
   March 1991.  He has been Manager of Metallurgy since 1985 and prior to
   that period was a Product Metallurgist for jet engine components.  Mr.
   Noel has been with the Company since 1963.  He has a B.S. in Mechanical
   Engineering from Marquette University.

        James Sorenson has served as Vice President, Materials Management
   since March 1991.  Prior to that time he had been Purchasing Manager,
   Production Manager, and Head Buyer.  Mr. Sorenson has been with the
   Company since 1963.  He has a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the
   University of Wisconsin.

        Gary Vroman has served as Vice President, Sales and Marketing since
   December 1995.  From January 1994 to December 1995 he was General Manager
   of Sales.  Prior to that period he had been the Product Manager for jet
   engine components.  Mr. Vroman has been with the Company since 1982.  He
   has a B.S. in Engineering from the University of Illinois and a M.S. in
   Engineering Management from the Milwaukee School of Engineering.

        Lawrence Hammond has served as Vice President, Human Resources since
   January 1994.  Prior to that time he had served as Director of Industrial
   Relations at the Company and he had been Labor Counsel at the Company. 
   Mr. Hammond has been with the Company since 1980.  He has a B.A. and a
   Masters in Industrial Relations from Michigan State University and a J.D.
   from the Detroit College of Law.

        Ronald Wiese has served as Treasurer since May 1989.  He was
   Assistant Treasurer of the Company since 1986 and was its Tax Manager from
   1982 to 1986.  Mr. Wiese has been with the Company since 1955.  He holds a
   B.S. in Accounting from Marquette University.

        Thomas Plichta has served as Corporate Controller since May 1989.  He
   served as Assistant Corporate Controller for more than five years prior to
   that time.  Mr. Plichta has been with the Company since 1965.  He has a
   B.S. in Accounting from Marquette University.

        Gregory Flynn has served as a Director of the Company since May 1993. 
   Mr. Flynn is a Managing Partner of ING Equity Partners, L.P. I, an
   investment partnership.  Mr. Flynn also serves as a director of The
   Presley Companies, a home building firm.

        Robert Sullivan has served as a Director of the Company since May
   1993.  Mr. Sullivan is President of The Martec Group, a sales and
   marketing consulting group.

        Fred Whitridge, Jr. has served as a Director of the Company since
   August 1997.  Mr. Whitridge is President of Archipelago Corporation, an
   investment firm.  He also serves as a Director of California Microwave
   Inc., a producer of communications equipment.

        In connection with the Offering, the Board of Directors will add
   additional independent director(s) as soon as practicable after completion
   of the Offering, which directors will not be officers or employees of the 
   Company or have a relationship with the Company's principal shareholders
   or their affiliates.

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The following table summarizes all compensation paid to the Company's
   five most highly compensated executive officers (the "Named Executive
   Officers") for services rendered in all capacities to the Company during
   the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

                           Summary Compensation Table

                                            Annual Compensation
    Name and
    Principal Position               Salary        Bonus       Other(1)

    Kerry L. Woody                 $151,366       $64,000       $1,608
      President

    Robert J. Noel                  116,110        26,000        1,608
      Vice President,
      Quality & Technology

    Gary J. Vroman                  112,216        26,000        1,608
      Vice President,
      Sales & Marketing

    Wayne E. Larsen                 111,879        30,000        1,608
      Vice President
      Law/ Finance & Secretary

    Lawrence C. Hammond             112,937        26,000        1,608
      Vice President
      Human Resources
   ______________________

   (1) This sum represents the imputed value of additional life insurance
   benefits provided to certain officers
       of the Company.

   Employment Agreements

        The Company has entered into employment agreements with Messrs.
   Woody, Noel, Vroman, Larsen and Hammond which are substantially similar in
   all respects.  The basic employment agreement provides for a number of
   benefits, all of which vest after ten years of employment, including group
   term life insurance, health and dental coverage and long-term disability
   coverage.

        The agreements provide that, upon the involuntary termination of the
   employee other than for cause, the Company is required to pay the employee
   up to 24 months of severance pay, determined by multiplying the employee's
   years of service by the employee's base monthly salary at the time of
   termination.  In the case of Messrs. Woody and Larsen, should they be
   terminated due to a change of control or ownership, they are entitled to
   24 months of severance pay.  Upon retirement at age 65, the employee will
   receive his normal retirement benefits.  Such benefits include a monthly
   payment equal to 52.5% of the employee's average compensation (i.e.,
   monthly average of compensation for the five years of highest compensation
   over the ten years prior to retirement) multiplied by a fraction, the
   numerator of which is the length of service of the employee and the
   denominator of which is 35.  There are also provisions adjusting this
   calculation in the event of early retirement.  Disabled employees can also
   be eligible for certain retirement benefits.  All retirement benefits are
   tolled during any period of re-employment.  Each agreement further
   provides that any compensation paid by the Company shall be reduced by any
   benefit paid under the Company's salaried employees retirement plan.

   Pension Benefits

        Defined Benefit Plan.  The Ladish Co., Inc. Salaried Pension Plan
   (the "Pension Plan") is a "defined benefit" pension plan generally
   covering salaried, non-union employees of the Company who are not covered
   by any other defined benefit plan to which the Company makes contributions
   pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement.

        Upon reaching normal retirement at or after age 65, a participant is
   generally entitled to receive an annual retirement benefit for life.  The
   Pension Plan provides alternative actuarially equivalent forms of benefit
   payment.  Vesting under the Pension Plan occurs after five years of
   continued service.

        The monthly retirement benefit at the normal retirement age of at
   least 65 is determined pursuant to a formula as follows:  1.1% of the
   average monthly base salary (exclusive of bonuses or other incentive or
   special compensation) of the individual during the consecutive five year
   period of service within the ten years preceding termination of employment
   (or after age 45, if longer) that his/her earnings were highest is
   multiplied by the number of years of Benefit Service (as defined). 
   Monthly normal retirement benefits are payable on a straight life annuity
   basis and such amounts are not subject to any deduction for Social
   Security or other offset amounts.

        The following table sets forth the annual benefits payable to a
   participant who qualifies for normal retirement in 1996, with the
   specified highest average earnings during the consecutive five year period
   of service within the ten years prior to retirement and the specified
   years of Benefit Service:

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
        Average Annual                           Years of Benefit Service
     Earnings for Highest
     5-Year Period Within      10         15          20         25          30         35
         the 10-Years
     Preceding Retirement

           <S>                <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
           $50,000            $ 5,500    $ 8,250     $11,000    $13,750     $16,500    $19,250
           $95,000            $10,450    $15,675     $20,900    $26,125     $31,350    $36,575
           $100,000           $11,000    $16,500     $22,000    $27,500     $33,000    $38,500
           $150,000           $16,500    $24,750     $33,000    $41,250     $49,500    $57,750
           $200,000           $22,000    $33,000     $44,000    $55,000     $66,000    $77,000
           $250,000           $27,500    $41,250     $55,000    $68,750     $82,500    $96,250
   </TABLE>


        The years of Benefit Service for Messrs. Woody, Noel, Vroman, Larsen
   and Hammond as of January 1, 1997 were 22, 35, 15, 16 and 17,
   respectively.

        Deferred Compensation Agreements.  The Company has entered into
   deferred compensation agreements (the "Agreements") with nine current
   officers of the Company, including Messrs. Woody, Noel, Vroman, Larsen and
   Hammond.  Each employee covered by the Agreements (an "Employee"), upon
   full vesting, is entitled to receive supplemental disability or retirement
   benefits; provided that in no event may a person's total retirement
   benefits under the Agreements exceed 52.5% of the monthly average base
   salary (inclusive of bonuses or other compensation) during the five
   calendar years immediately preceding retirement.

        The retirement benefit at the normal retirement age of at least 65 is
   determined pursuant to a formula as follows:  52.5% of the monthly average
   of the Employee's base salary during the five calendar years immediately
   preceding retirement multiplied by years of service, up to 35, and divided
   by 35.  If an Employee suffers a disability (as defined), he is entitled
   to benefits paid under the same formula as in the preceding sentence (with
   his years of service calculated as if he had retired at age 65), reduced
   by other disability benefits paid by the Company or through workers'
   compensation (unless he is receiving fixed statutory payments for certain
   bodily injuries).

        Any amount to be paid under the Agreement shall be reduced by any
   benefit paid to an Employee or his beneficiary pursuant to the Pension
   Plan.

        Defined Contribution Plan.  The Ladish Co., Inc. Savings and Deferral
   Investment Plan ("SDIP"), which has been qualified under section 401(k) of
   the Code, provides that salaried, non-union employees with six months'
   service may contribute 1% to 18% of their annual base salary to SDIP and
   the Company will provide a matching contribution in an amount to be
   determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.  Employee's
   contributions of 1% to 18% can be "before tax" contributions, "after tax"
   contributions or a combination of both.  The employees' contributions and
   the matching Company contribution may be placed by the employee in a fixed
   income fund, an equity investment fund or various combinations of each.

   Incentive Stock Option Plan

        The Ladish Co., Inc. 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Incentive
   Plan") has been established by the Company to promote the long-term
   financial interest of the Company by providing for the award of equity-
   based incentives to key employees and other persons providing material
   services to the Company.  The Incentive Plan provides a means whereby such
   individuals may acquire shares of Common Stock through the grant of stock
   options and stock appreciation rights.

        The Incentive Plan is not subject to any provision of ERISA or
   qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

        The number of shares of Common Stock subject to awards under the
   Incentive Plan may not exceed 833,333, of which 433,333 have been issued or
   are subject to outstanding options and 400,000 have been reserved for
   issuance under future grants.  The number of shares underlying awards made
   to any one individual in any one-year period may not exceed 166,667 shares.
   The Common Stock issued under the Incentive Plan may be shares currently
   authorized but unissued or currently held or subsequently acquired by the
   Company as treasury shares.

        The number of shares subject to the Incentive Plan and the terms of
   any outstanding award may be adjusted as described in the Incentive Plan
   to reflect certain changes in the capitalization of the Company.

        The authority to manage and control the operation and administration
   of the Incentive Plan is vested in a committee selected by the Board of
   Directors of the Company (the "Committee") which shall consist of two or
   more members of the Board.  The Committee has the authority and discretion
   to determine the individuals who will receive awards under the Incentive
   Plan and to determine the time of receipt, type of award, the number of
   shares covered by such award and the terms, conditions, performance
   criteria, restrictions and other provisions applicable to such award.  The
   Committee also has the authority and discretion to interpret the Incentive
   Plan and to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations
   relating to the Incentive Plan.  Any interpretation of the Incentive Plan
   by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Incentive Plan is
   final and binding on all persons.

        Subject to the terms and provisions of the Incentive Plan, a
   participant to whom a stock option is granted will have the right to
   purchase the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the option. 
   Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Incentive Plan, the
   Committee shall determine all of the terms and conditions of such grant,
   including without limitation, the option price, any vesting schedule and
   the period of exercisability.

        No option may be exercised after its expiration date.  The expiration
   date shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, but may
   not be later than the earliest to occur of: (i) the ten-year anniversary
   of the grant date; (ii) if the participant's termination of employment
   with the Company and its affiliates occurs by reason of death or
   disability (as defined in the Incentive Plan), the one-year anniversary of
   such termination of employment; (iii) if the participant's termination of
   employment with the Company and its affiliates occurs by reason of
   retirement, the three-month anniversary of such termination of employment;
   or (iv) if the participant's termination with the Company and its
   affiliates occurs for any other reason, the date of such termination.

        The full purchase price of each share of Common Stock purchased upon
   the exercise of an option shall be paid at the time of such exercise in
   cash or in shares of Common Stock (valued at fair market value as of the
   date of exercise) that have been held by the participant at least six
   months, or in any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.  To
   the extent provided by the Committee, a participant may elect to pay the
   purchase price upon the exercise of an option through a cashless exercise
   arrangement.

        Options awarded under the Incentive Plan may be nonqualified options
   or incentive stock options, as determined in the discretion of the
   Committee.  Under the terms of the Incentive Plan, the Committee may also
   issue stock appreciation rights ("SARs").  Upon exercise, a SAR entitles
   the holder thereof to a payment equal to the excess of the fair market
   value of a share of stock on the exercise date over the fair market value
   of a share of stock on the grant date.  If the committee so determines,
   SARs may be issued in tandem with stock options.

        Generally, options and SARs are not transferable prior to the
   participant's death.  However, the Committee may provide that an option or
   SAR award may be transferred to an immediate family member or to a trust
   for the benefit of an immediate family member.

        Upon a change in control of the Company (as defined in the Incentive
   Plan), all options and SARs shall become immediately exercisable.

        The Board of Directors of the Company may amend or terminate the
   Incentive Plan at any time, provided that no such amendment or termination
   may materially adversely affect the rights of any participant or
   beneficiary under any award made under the plan prior to the date such
   amendment is adopted by the Board.

        The following tables set forth certain information as of December 31,
   1996 and for the fiscal year then ended with respect to stock options
   granted to the Named Executive Officers.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                               Option Grants in Fiscal Year 1996


                                          Percent of                                                   Potential
                            Number of    Total Options                                        Realizable Value at Assumed
                           Securities     Granted to                                          Annual Rates of Stock Price
                           Underlying      Employees     Exercise or                                  Appreciation
                             Options       in Fiscal     Base Price                                For Option Term(4)
            Name           Granted (1)       Year       ($/Share)(2)   Expiration Date(3)        5%               10%     

    <S>                     <C>               <C>           <C>        <C>                    <C>              <C>  
    Kerry L. Woody          100,000           23.0%         $6.00      September 30, 2006     $977,337         $1,55,245
    Wayne E. Larsen          50,000           11.5          $6.00      September 30, 2006     $488,668          $778,123
    Robert J. Noel           50,000           11.5          $6.00      September 30, 2006     $488,668          $778,123
    Gary J. Vroman           50,000           11.5          $6.00      September 30, 2006     $488,668          $778,123
    Lawrence C. Hammond      33,333            7.7          $6.00      September 30, 2006     $325,776          $518,743

   _________________

   (1)  The right to exercise these stock options vests over a four-year
        period.

   (2)  The exercise price is equal to 100% of the fair market value on the
        date of grant.

   (3)  The options have a term of 10 years, subject to earlier termination
        in certain events related to termination of employment.

   (4)  The 5% and 10% assumed rates of appreciation are suggested by the
        rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent
        the Company's estimate or projection of the future Common Stock
        price.  There can be no assurance that any of the values reflected in
        the table will be achieved.
   </TABLE>


   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                 Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
                       and Fiscal Year-End Options Values

                           Number of                     Number of Shares
                             Shares                   Underlying Unexercised          Value of Unexercised
                            Acquired                    Options at Fiscal             In-the-Money Options
                               on        Value             Year-End                    at Fiscal Year-End
            Name          Exercise      Realized    Exercisable/Unexercisable      Exercisable/Unexercisable

    <S>                        <C>         <C>            <C>                            <C>
    Kerry L. Woody  . .        -           -              25,000/75,000                  $75,000/$225,000
    Wayne E. Larsen . .        -           -              12,500/37,500                  $37,500/$112,500
    Robert J. Noel  . .        -           -              12,500/37,500                  $37,500/$112,500
    Gary J. Vroman  . .        -           -              12,500/37,500                  $37,500/$112,500
    Lawrence C. Hammond        -           -               8,333/25,000                  $25,000/$75,000

   </TABLE>


   Directors' Compensation

        Directors currently receive an annual retainer of twenty thousand
   dollars ($20,000) and a fee of one thousand dollars ($1,000) per meeting
   attended in person and two hundred fifty dollars ($250) per telephonic
   meeting.

   Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company established a
   Compensation Committee consisting of Messrs. Flynn, Sullivan and Woody. 
   Executive compensation levels during 1996 were established by the Board of
   Directors.

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding
   beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of December 12, 1997,
   and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Common Stock in the Offering, by
   (i) each person who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than
   5% of the Company's Common Stock, (ii) each Named Executive Officer, (iii)
   each Director, and (iv) each Selling Shareholder.

        For purposes of this filing, the Company has assumed that ING Equity 
   Partners L.P. I and/or Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation
   will sell all 1,014,000 shares offered by the Selling Shareholders.  In the
   event other shareholders having registration rights elect to participate in 
   the Offering, the foregoing entities' participations will be reduced.

   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>

                                          Beneficial Ownership                     Beneficial Ownership
                                          Prior to the Offering                     After the Offering
                                                                     Number
                                                                       of
                                                                     Shares
                   Name                  Number(1)    Percent(2)    Offered     Number(1)     Percent(2)

    <S>                                 <C>             <C>            <C>        <C>              <C> 
    Kerry L. Woody  . . . . . . . . .      29,167         *            -          29,167           *
    Wayne E. Larsen . . . . . . . . .      12,500         *            -          12,500           *
    Robert J. Noel  . . . . . . . . .      14,353         *            -          14,353           *
    Gary J. Vroman  . . . . . . . . .      14,833         *            -          14,833           *
    Lawrence C. Hammond . . . . . . .       8,500         *            -           8,500           *
    Gregory P. Flynn(3) . . . . . . .   2,259,320       34.05%
    Robert W. Sullivan  . . . . . . .          83         *            -              83           *
    Fred Whitridge, Jr. . . . . . . .           -         *            -               -           *

    All Directors and executive
    officers as a group
    (13 persons)  . . . . . . . . . .   2,388,673       34.85

    ING Equity Partners L.P. I
    ("ING")(4)  . . . . . . . . . . .   2,259,320       34.05

    Grace Brothers, Ltd.
    ("Grace")(5)  . . . . . . . . . .   2,862,573       35.50

    Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.)
    Capital Corporation ("INCC")(6) .   2,246,820       33.86
    Franklin Principal Maturity                  
    Trust(7)  . . . . . . . . . . . .   1,220,096       20.50

   ____________________

   *    Less than 1%


   (1)  Includes, in the case of each Named Executive Officer and Directors
        and executive officers as a group, options granted under the
        Incentive Plan which are exercisable within 60 days.

   (2)  In accordance with regulations of the Securities and Exchange
        Commission, the percentage of shares beneficially owned by each named
        shareholder in the accompanying table assumes the prior exercise of
        all options, warrants and similar rights owned by such shareholder
        which are exercisable within 60 days but does not assume the exercise
        of options, warrants or rights owned by any other shareholder.

   (3)  Consists of 828,033 shares of Common Stock and 1,431,287 warrants
        held by ING Equity Partners L.P. I, of which Mr. Flynn is a partner. 
        Mr. Flynn disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to
        the extent of his financial interest in such partnership.  Mr.
        Flynn's address is 135 East 57 Street, New York, New York 10022.

   (4)  Consists of 828,033 shares of Common Stock and 1,431,287 shares of
        Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, but does not include
        815,533 shares beneficially owned by Internationale Nederlanden
        (U.S.) Capital Corporation, as to which beneficial ownership is
        disclaimed.  ING Equity Partners L.P. I's address is 135 East 57
        Street, New York, New York 10022.

   (5)  Consists of 2,862,573 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise
        of warrants.  Grace Brothers, Ltd.'s address is 1560 Sherman Avenue,
        Suite 900, Evanston, Illinois 60201.

   (6)  Consists of 815,533 shares of Common Stock and 1,431,287 shares of
        Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants, but does not include
        828,033 shares beneficially owned by ING Equity Partners L.P. I, as
        to which beneficial ownership is disclaimed.  Internationale
        Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation's address is 135 East 57
        Street, New York, New York 10022.

   (7)  Includes 746,096 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
        warrants.  Franklin Principal Maturity Trust's address is 777
        Mariner's Island Boulevard, San Mateo, California 94404.
   </TABLE>


              CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   Letter of Credit

        On June 30, 1994, the Company issued 12,500 shares of Common Stock
   to ING in exchange for ING causing INCC to issue a $2 million letter of
   credit in favor of the Company.  The letter of credit was canceled in
   June 1995 with the establishment of the Credit Agreement.

   Subordinated Note Offering

        In December 1995, the Company issued $2 million of senior
   subordinated secured notes ("Subordinated Notes") to each of ING and
   Grace.  In February 1996, the Company issued an additional $1.435 million
   of Notes to each of ING and Grace.  The Notes purchased by ING and Grace
   were each accompanied by warrants to purchase 2,862,573 shares of Common
   Stock at a price of $1.20 per share.  Pursuant to the terms of the Notes,
   in 1996 and the first nine months of 1997, ING (and its affiliates) and
   Grace were issued an aggregate of $1,395,507 principal amount of
   additional Notes as interest payments.  The Notes were offered in a
   private placement to all shareholders of the Company that represented that
   they were "accredited investors" as defined in Rule 501 under the
   Securities Act.

   Certain Options

        In April 1993, the Company issued options to purchase 496,188 shares
   of Common Stock, at exercise prices ranging from $12.00 to $21.00 per
   share, to Anchor Industries International, Inc. ("AII"), in connection
   with an agreement to perform certain consulting services.  AII was owned
   by Vincent J. Naimoli, who, at the time of issuance of the options, was
   Chairman of the Board of Directors of Ladish.  The Company believes that
   the fair market value of its Common Stock on the date of issuance was
   substantially below the exercise price of the options.  Such options,
   which are still outstanding and currently exercisable, expire ten years
   from the date of grant.

   Registration Rights

        In connection with the offering of the Subordinated Notes, the
   Company entered into an agreement granting certain registration rights
   with respect to (i) all Common Stock held at any time by ING and Grace and
   (ii) all Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants
   (collectively, the "Registerable Stock").  At any time beginning six
   months after the effective date of a registration statement covering a
   public offering of securities of the Company, the holders of Registerable
   Stock constituting at least 25% of the shares of Registerable Stock then
   outstanding may require the Company to register all or any portion of
   their shares for sale.  In addition, all holders of Registerable Stock
   have certain "piggyback" rights in the event the Company proposes to
   register any of its securities for sale to the public.  All registration
   rights are subject to certain conditions and limitations.  The Company is
   required to bear the expenses of such registrations, other than
   underwriting discounts and selling commissions.  The registration rights
   expire at such time as all Registerable Shares have been effectively
   registered and disposed of pursuant to such registration or sold pursuant
   to Rule 144.


                           DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

   General

        Under the Articles of Incorporation, the authorized capital stock of
   the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par
   value.  Except as provided by Section 180.0662(2)(b) of the Wisconsin
   Business Corporation Law ("WBCL"), all outstanding shares of Common Stock
   are, and all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be, legally
   issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  WBCL Section 180.0662(2)(b)
   provides that shareholders of every corporation, other than railroad
   corporations, are personally liable to an amount equal to the par value of
   shares owned by them, or to the consideration for which their shares
   without par value were issued, for all debts owing to employees of the
   corporation for services performed for such corporation, but not exceeding
   six months' service in any one case.

   Common Stock

        Voting Rights.  The holders of Common Stock have one vote per share
   on all matters submitted to a vote by the shareholders of the Company. 
   Shares of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights.

        Dividend Rights.  Each share of Common Stock is entitled to dividends
   if, as and when dividends are declared by the Board of Directors.

        Liquidation Rights.  The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to
   participate equally on a share for share basis in all distributions to the
   holders of Common Stock in any liquidation, distribution or winding up of
   the Company.

        Preemptive Rights.  The holders of Common Stock do not have
   preemptive rights to purchase shares of any class of the Company's capital
   stock.

        Subscription or Conversion Rights.  The holders of Common Stock have
   no statutory subscription or conversion rights.

        Redemption and Sinking Fund Privileges.  The holders of the Common
   Stock do not have any redemption or sinking fund privileges.

        Transfer Agent.  Firstar Trust Company will be the transfer agent for
   the Common Stock.

   Common Stock Warrants

        In 1995 and 1996, the Company issued warrants to purchase an
   aggregate of 7,775,722 shares of Common Stock, at a purchase price of
   $1.20 per share.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
   Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources". 
   Such warrants expire ten years after issuance.  The holders of unexercised
   warrants are entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions
   made to holders of Common Stock, as if such warrants had been previously
   exercised.  In addition, the holders of the warrants have certain rights
   to require the Company to register the warrant shares for resale.  See
   "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions-Registration
   Rights".

   Anti-Takeover Effects of Wisconsin Law and Articles of Incorporation and
   By-Laws

        The Articles of Incorporation, the By-Laws and the Wisconsin Business
   Corporation Law ("WBCL") contain certain provisions that may make more
   difficult the acquisition of control of the Company by means of a tender
   offer, open market purchase, a proxy contest or otherwise.  These
   provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of
   the Company to negotiate with the Board of Directors.  However, these
   provisions could have the effect of discouraging a prospective acquiror
   from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of
   the Company.  To the extent that these provisions discourage takeover
   attempts, they could deprive shareholders of opportunities to realize
   takeover premiums for their shares or could depress the market price of
   the shares of the Common Stock.

        Control Share Voting Restrictions

        Section 180.1150 of the WBCL provides that the voting power of shares
   of a "resident domestic corporation" held by any person, including shares
   issuable upon conversion of convertible securities or upon exercise of
   options or warrants, in excess of 20% of the voting power in the election
   of directors shall be limited to 10% of the full voting power of those
   shares.  This statute is a scaled voting rights or control share
   acquisition statute, designed to protect corporations against uninvited
   take-over bids.  This voting restriction is not applicable to securities
   acquired prior to April 22, 1986, shares acquired directly from the
   Company or shares acquired in other circumstances described in Section
   180.1150(3) of the WBCL.  A "resident domestic corporation" is defined as
   a domestic corporation (i) whose principal offices are located in
   Wisconsin, (ii) which has significant business operations in Wisconsin,
   (iii) more than 10% of whose holders of record are residents of Wisconsin,
   and (iv) more than 10% of whose shares are held of record by residents of
   Wisconsin.  Based upon the Company's stock transfer records as of the date
   of this Prospectus, management believes that the Company is not a
   "resident domestic corporation".  The Company may, however, through
   securities transfers occurring in the future and beyond the Company's
   control, become a "resident domestic corporation".

        Business Combination Restrictions

        Sections 180.1140 to 180.1144 of the WBCL provide that a "resident
   domestic corporation" may not engage in a business combination with an
   interested stockholder (a person beneficially owning 10% or more of the
   aggregate voting power of the stock of such corporation) for three years
   after the interested stockholder's stock acquisition date unless the board
   of directors of the corporation has approved such business combination or
   purchase of stock prior to the stock acquisition date.  After the three-
   year period, any such business combination may be consummated only if it
   is approved by a vote of the majority of the voting stock not beneficially
   owned by the interested stockholder, or made at a certain statutory
   formula price intended to provide a fair price for the shares held by
   disinterested shareholders. 

        Sections 180.1130 to 180.1134 of the WBCL provide that certain
   business combinations of a "resident domestic corporation" not meeting
   specified statutory adequacy-of-price standards must be approved by 80% of
   the votes entitled to be cast by shareholders, and two-thirds of the votes
   entitled to be cast by holders of voting shares other than voting shares
   beneficially owned by a "significant shareholder" (generally including a
   person that is a beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of
   the shares of the corporation) or an affiliate or associate thereof who is
   a party to the transaction.

        Availability of Shares of Capital Stock for Future Issuance

        The availability for issue of shares of authorized but unissued
   Common Stock by the Company without further action by shareholders (except
   as may be required by applicable stock exchange or Nasdaq National Market
   regulations) could be viewed as enabling the Board of Directors to make
   more difficult a change in control of the Company.  The issuance of
   warrants or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock may discourage or
   defeat unsolicited stock accumulation programs and acquisition proposals,
   and the issuance of shares in a private placement or public offering to
   dilute or deter stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of
   the Company may have a similar effect.  The Company has no present plans
   to issue any shares of Common Stock other than as contemplated under the
   Incentive Plan and pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options or
   warrants.


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to the Offering, there has been only a limited market for the
   Common Stock of the Company and no prediction can be made as to the
   effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of such
   shares for sale will have on the market price of the Common Stock
   prevailing from time to time.  Future sales of substantial numbers of
   shares of Common Stock in the public market, however, could adversely
   affect prevailing market prices and impair the Company's future ability to
   raise capital through the sale of its equity securities.

        Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding
   7,651,473 shares of Common Stock.  Of these shares, the 3,350,000 sold in
   the Offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further
   registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by
   "affiliates" of the Company (as defined under the Securities Act).  Shares
   purchased by affiliates may not be sold unless the sale is registered
   under the Securities Act or unless they are sold pursuant to Rule 144
   under the Securities Act or another exemption from registration.

        Of the 5,315,473 shares of Common Stock outstanding at the date of
   this Prospectus, 3,193,638 are held by persons not deemed by the Company
   to be affiliates.  The Underwriters have conditioned the Offering on the
   receipt of agreements of the holders of substantially all Common Stock
   purchase warrants, all persons selling shares in the Offering, all holders
   of registration rights with respect to the Company's securities and all
   executive officers and directors of the Company, that they will not sell
   any shares of Common Stock without the consent of Credit Suisse First
   Boston Corporation, on behalf of the Underwriters, for a period of 180
   days following the date of this Prospectus.  See "Underwriting" and "Risk
   Factors--Shares Eligible in Future Sale; Registration Rights; Possible
   Adverse Effects on Future Market Prices".  Any such shares will be
   tradeable without restriction under Rule 144(k) after the end of the
   180 day lock-up period.  The remaining             shares held by non-
   affiliates are, and immediately after the Offering will be, freely
   tradeable without restriction.  The remaining 2,121,835 outstanding shares
   of Common Stock are held by persons deemed to be affiliates of the
   Company.  These shares will be available for sale in the public market 
   beginning 180 days after the date of this Prospectus (or earlier with 
   the consent of the Underwriters), subject to the restrictions imposed by 
   Rule 144.  The holders of certain of the foregoing shares have rights to 
   require the Company to register such shares for resale.  See "Certain 
   Relationships and Related Party Transactions".

        In general, under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this
   Prospectus, an affiliate of the Company, or any other person (or persons
   whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted
   securities for at least one year, will be entitled to sell in any
   three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of
   (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company
   (approximately 76,500 shares immediately after the Offering) or (ii) the
   average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks immediately
   preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the
   Securities and Exchange Commission.  Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are
   subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and
   availability of current public information about the Company.  A person
   (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an
   affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days immediately
   preceding the sale and who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at
   least two years is entitled to sell shares pursuant to Rule 144(k) without
   regard to the limitations above.

        In addition to the foregoing, there are outstanding at the date of
   this Prospectus (i) options to purchase 322,500 shares of Common Stock
   held by persons who are employees of the Company, (ii) options to purchase
   496,188 shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by persons who were
   formerly employees or executives of the Company, and (iii) warrants to
   purchase 7,608,932 shares of Common Stock issued in connection with
   certain financing provided to the Company by the Company's controlling
   shareholders.  See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".  The
   foregoing options and warrants were issued in unregistered transactions,
   and the shares issuable upon exercise will constitute "restricted
   securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 and therefore be subject to a
   one-year holding period from the date such shares are deemed to have been
   acquired.  The holders of the warrants have certain rights to require the 
   Company to register such shares for resale.  See "Certain Relationships 
   and Related Party Transactions".  Such demand rights may not be exercised 
   within 120 days after the date of this Prospectus.


                                  UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an
   Underwriting Agreement dated                  , 1998 (the "Underwriting
   Agreement") among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the
   underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom Credit Suisse
   First Boston Corporation ("CSFBC") and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated are
   acting as representatives (the "Representatives"), the Underwriters have
   severally but not jointly agreed to purchase from the Company and the
   Selling Shareholders the following respective numbers of shares of Common
   Stock.

                     Underwriter                        Number of
                                                         Shares     

    Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation  . . .
    BT Alex. Brown Incorporated . . . . . . . . .











         Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       3,350,000
                                                        =========

        The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
   Underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the
   Underwriters will be obligated to purchase all of the shares of Common
   Stock offered hereby (other than those shares covered by the over-
   allotment option described below) if any are purchased.  The Underwriting
   Agreement provides that, in the event of a default by an Underwriter, in
   certain circumstances the purchase commitments of non-defaulting
   Underwriters may be increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be
   terminated.

        Certain of the Selling Shareholders have granted to the Underwriters
   an option, exercisable by CSFBC on behalf of the Underwriters, expiring at
   the close of business on the 30th day after the date of this Prospectus,
   to purchase up to 502,500 additional shares of the Common Stock at the
   initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and
   commissions, all as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.  Such
   option may be exercised only to cover over-allotments, if any, in the sale
   of the shares of Common Stock.  To the extent such option is exercised,
   each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to
   purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares of
   Common Stock as it was obligated to purchase pursuant to the Underwriting
   Agreement.  

        The Company and the Selling Shareholders have been advised by the
   Representatives that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares of
   Common Stock to the public initially at the public offering price set
   forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and, through the Underwriters,
   to certain dealers at such price less a concession of $       per share,
   and the Underwriters and such dealers may allow a discount of $       per
   share on sales to certain other dealers.  After the initial public
   offering, the public offering price and concession and discount to dealers
   may be changed by the Representatives.

        The Representatives have informed the Company that they do not expect
   discretionary sales by the Underwriters to exceed 5% of the shares being
   offered hereby.

        The Underwriters have conditioned the Offering on the agreement of the
   Company, its executive officers and directors, the holders of substantially
   all Common Stock purchase warrants, all persons holding registration rights
   with respect to the Company's securities and the Selling Shareholders 
   that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, announce their intention 
   to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or otherwise 
   dispose of, directly or indirectly, or, in the case of the Company, file 
   with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a 
   registration statement under the Securities Act relating to any additional 
   shares of the Company's Common Stock or securities convertible into or 
   exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of the Company's Common Stock, 
   without the prior written consent of CSFBC for a period of 180 days after 
   the date of this Prospectus, except, in the case of the Company, issuances 
   pursuant to the exercise of stock options granted under the Incentive 
   Plan.

        The Company and the Selling Shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
   Underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities
   under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments which the
   Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

        Prior to the Offering, there has been a limited public market for the
   Common Stock.  The initial public offering price for the shares of Common
   Stock has been negotiated between the Company and the Representatives. 
   Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering
   price of the Common Stock were the Company's historical performance,
   estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company
   and its industry in general, an assessment of the Company's management,
   the market valuation of companies in related businesses, the general
   condition of the equity securities market, the limited trading history
   of the Common Stock and other relevant factors.  There can be no assurance 
   that the initial public offering price of the Common Stock will correspond 
   to the price at which the Common Stock has traded in the past or will trade
   in the public market subsequent to the Offering, or that an active
   public market for the Common Stock will develop and continue after the
   Offering.  

        CSFBC, on behalf of the Underwriters, may engage in over-allotment,
   stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids
   in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.  Over-allotment
   involves syndicate sales in excess of the offering size, which creates a
   syndicate short position.  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to
   purchase shares of Common Stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not
   exceed a specified maximum.  Syndicate covering transactions involve
   purchases of Common Stock in the open market after the distribution has
   been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.  Penalty bids
   permit CSFBC, on behalf of the Underwriters, to reclaim a selling
   concession from a dealer when the shares originally sold by such dealer
   are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short
   positions.  Such over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, syndicate
   covering transactions and penalty bids may cause the price of shares of
   Common Stock to be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of
   such transactions.  These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq
   National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any
   time.

        Certain of the Underwriters have provided certain financial, advisory
   and investment banking services to the Company and ING in the past.


                          NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

   Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the Common Stock in Canada is being made only on
   a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that the Company and
   the Selling Shareholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities
   regulatory authorities in each province where trades of Common Stock are
   effected.  Accordingly, any resale of the Common Stock in Canada must be
   made in accordance with applicable securities laws which will vary
   depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to
   be made in accordance with available statutory exemptions or pursuant to a
   discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities
   regulatory authority.  Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior
   to any resale of the Common Stock.  

   Representations of Purchasers

        Each purchaser of Common Stock in Canada who receives a purchase
   confirmation will be deemed to represent to the Company, the Selling
   Shareholders and the dealer from whom such purchase confirmation is
   received that (i) such purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial
   securities law to purchase such Common Stock without the benefit of a
   prospectus qualified under such securities laws, (ii) where required by
   law, that such purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent and
   (iii) such purchaser has reviewed the text above under "Resale
   Restrictions."  

   Rights of Action (Ontario Purchasers) 

        The securities being offered are those of a foreign issuer and
   Ontario purchasers will not receive the contractual right of action
   prescribed by section 32 of the Regulation under the Securities Act
   (Ontario).  As a result, Ontario purchasers must rely on other remedies
   that may be available, including common law rights of action for damages
   or rescission or rights of action under the civil liability provisions of
   the U.S. federal securities laws.  

   Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of the issuer's directors and officers as well as the experts
   named herein and the Selling Shareholders may be located outside of Canada
   and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect
   service of process within Canada upon the issuer or such persons.  All or
   a substantial portion of the assets of the issuer and such persons and the
   Selling Shareholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it
   may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against the issuer or such
   persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts
   against the issuer or such persons outside of Canada.  

   Notice to British Columbia Residents

        A purchaser of Common Stock to whom the Securities Act (British
   Columbia) applies is advised that such purchaser is required to file with
   the British Columbia Securities Commission a report within ten days of the
   sale of any Common Stock acquired by such purchaser pursuant to the
   Offering.  Such report must be in the form attached to British Columbia
   Securities Commission Blanket Order BOR #95/17, a copy of which may be
   obtained from the Company.  Only one such report must be filed in respect
   of Common Stock acquired on the same date and under the same prospectus
   exemption.

   Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Certain purchasers of Common Stock should consult their own legal and
   tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the
   Common Stock in their particular circumstances and with respect to the
   eligibility of the Common Stock for investment by the purchaser under
   relevant Canadian Legislation.

                                     EXPERTS

        The financial statements of Ladish Co., Inc. as of December 31, 1995
   and 1996 and for each of the three years ending December 31, 1996 included
   in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been
   audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as
   indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are included herein in
   reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving such
   reports.

        The financial statements of Stowe Machine Company Incorporated at
   December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the years then ended, appearing in
   this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst &
   Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon
   appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report
   given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and
   auditing.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock offered
   hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Foley & Lardner, Milwaukee,
   Wisconsin.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters
   by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (a partnership which includes professional
   corporations), New York, New York.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
   (the "Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (herein, together
   with all amendments thereto, called the "Registration Statement") under
   the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. 
   Reference is made to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits
   thereto and the financial statements, notes and schedules filed as a part
   thereof.  This Prospectus, which is a part of the Registration Statement,
   does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
   Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, certain items of which
   are omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. 
   For further information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock
   offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement and to the
   financial statements, schedules, and exhibits filed as a part thereof. 
   The Registration Statement, including all schedules and exhibits thereto,
   may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities
   maintained by the Commission at its principal office at Judiciary Plaza,
   450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. and at the Commission's regional
   offices at 7 World Trade Center, 13th floor, New York, New York, and 500
   West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois.  Copies of such
   material may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
   Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549 at
   prescribed rates or may be accessed electronically by means of the
   Commission's home page on the Internet at http:\\www.sec.gov.

        Statements contained in this Prospectus concerning the contents of
   any contract or other document are not necessarily complete and, in each
   instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document
   filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise with the
   Commission, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such
   reference.

   <PAGE>

                                LADISH CO., INC.

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   LADISH CO., INC.

   Report of Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-2

   Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996
   and (unaudited) September 30, 1997  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-3

   Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31,
   1994, 1995 and 1996 and (unaudited) for the nine months ended
   September 30, 1996 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-4

   Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended
   December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and (unaudited) for nine
   months ended September 30, 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-5

   Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31,
   1994, 1995 and 1996, and (unaudited) for nine months ended
   September 30, 1996 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-6

   Notes to Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-7



   STOWE MACHINE COMPANY INCORPORATED

   Report of Independent Auditors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-21

   Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996  . . . . . . . . . . . . F-22

   Statements of Operations for the two years ended 
   December 31, 1995 and 1996  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-24

   Statements of Cash Flows for the two years ended December 31,
   1995 and 1996 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-25

   Notes to Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-26

   Statements of Operations (unaudited) for the nine months
   ended September 30, 1996 and 1997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-31

   <PAGE>


                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


   To the Stockholders
   of Ladish Co., Inc.:

   We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Ladish Co., Inc., a
   Wisconsin corporation, as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related
   statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of
   the years in the three year period ended December 31, 1996.  These
   financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. 
   Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
   based on our audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
   standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
   obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
   free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test
   basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
   statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
   used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
   the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits
   provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
   in all material respects, the financial position of Ladish Co., Inc. as of
   December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash
   flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31,
   1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                      ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



   Milwaukee, Wisconsin,
   June 16, 1997,
   except for matters discussed
   in Note 17, as to which
   the date is December 12, 1997.


   <PAGE>

                                LADISH CO., INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                  (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Data)

                                             December 31,     September 30,
                                            1995       1996        1997
                   ASSETS                                      (Unaudited)

    CURRENT ASSETS:                                            
      Cash                                  $337       $102          $693
      Accounts receivable, less
       allowance of $450, $300 and
       $300, respectively                 16,066     21,757        33,135
      Inventories                         27,795     36,006        48,509
      Prepaid expenses and other
       current assets                        378        368         2,117
      Net assets of IPD (Note 13)         14,772     31,640            --
                                        --------   --------      --------
         Total current assets             59,348     89,873        84,454

    NET ASSETS OF IPD (Note 13)           20,505         --            --

    PROPERTY, PLANT AND
      EQUIPMENT:
      Land and improvements                4,156      4,156         3,855
      Building and improvements           11,785     12,504        13,165
      Machinery and equipment             87,815     90,418        98,802
      Construction in progress             3,708      5,267         7,301
                                        --------   --------      --------
                                         107,464    112,345       123,123
      Less-Accumulated depreciation      (23,255)   (32,361)      (39,718)
                                        --------   --------      --------

        Net property, plant and
         equipment                        84,209     79,984        83,405

    DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS AND OTHER
      ASSETS                                 634        413         3,233
                                        --------   --------      --------
         Total assets                   $164,696   $170,270      $171,092
                                        ========   ========      ========


              LIABILITIES AND
            STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    CURRENT LIABILITIES:
      Current portion of senior bank
        loan                               $750     $22,498       $2,000
      Notes payable                           --         --          250
      Accounts payable                    16,894     17,719       22,828
      Accrued liabilities-
         Pensions                            878     15,300       15,629
         Postretirement benefits           6,290      5,790        5,790
         Wages and salaries                4,695      5,174        5,474
         Taxes, other than income taxes      358        295          264
         Interest                            184        153          145
         Profit sharing                       --      2,780        2,400
         Other                             4,894      4,689        6,622
                                        --------   --------     --------
              Total current liabilities   34,943     74,398       61,402

    LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
      Senior bank loan-less current
        portion                           39,210     19,197       19,220
      Subordinated debt                    3,972     10,153       11,015
      Notes payable                           --         --          750
      Pensions                            45,236     33,295       31,991
      Postretirement benefits             46,757     45,315       43,965
      Officers' deferred compensation      2,246      2,224        2,206
      Other noncurrent liabilities         2,083      1,975        1,959
                                        --------   --------     --------
         Total long term liabilities     139,504    112,159      111,106
                                        --------   --------     --------
         Total liabilities               174,447    186,557      172,508

    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
      Common stock-authorized
        100,000,000, issued and
        outstanding 5,029,517,
        5,139,993 and 5,196,307 shares
        in each period of no par,
        $.01 par and $.01 par,
        respectively                      35,224         51           52
      Additional paid-in capital              40     35,398       36,506
      Accumulated deficit                (45,015)   (51,736)     (37,974)
                                        --------   --------     --------
         Total stockholders' equity       (9,751)   (16,287)      (1,416)
                                        --------   --------     --------
         Total liabilities and
           stockholders' equity         $164,696   $170,270     $171,092
                                        ========   ========     ========


         The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral
                          part of these balance sheets.

   <PAGE>

   <TABLE>
                                LADISH CO., INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                  (Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Data)
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                                       (Unaudited)
                                                         Years Ended December 31,           Nine Months Ended September 30,
                                                       1994          1995           1996           1996           1997

    <S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C> 
    NET SALES                                      $121,803       $115,738       $162,002       $124,068       $157,072
                 
    COST OF SALES                                   130,537        128,351        149,637        114,154        134,055
                                                    -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
       Gross profit (loss)                           (8,734)       (12,613)        12,365          9,914         23,017

      SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
       EXPENSES                                       5,966          6,139          6,556          4,888          5,607
                                                    -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
        Income (loss) from operations               (14,700)       (18,752)         5,809          5,026         17,410

      OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE:

        Interest expense                              2,466          3,339          3,703          2,870          2,659
        Other, net                                     (138)            55            (29)            (7)          (143)
        Income (loss) from continuing operations
         before provision for income taxes          (17,028)       (22,146)         2,135          2,163         14,894

    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES                           --             --             --             --          1,132
                                                    -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
      Income (loss) from continuing operations      (17,028)       (22,146)         2,135          2,163         13,762

    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (Note 13):
      Income (loss) from operations of IPD (net
       of tax effect of $-- for all periods)            221          1,214           (262)            72             --

      Loss on disposal of IPD (net of tax effect
       of $--)                                           --             --         (8,594)            --             --
                                                    -------        -------        -------        -------        -------
         Net income (loss)                         $(16,807)      $(20,932)       $(6,721)        $2,235        $13,762
                                                    =======        =======        =======        =======        =======
    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

      From continuing operations                     $(3.39)        $(4.40)       $  0.20        $  0.21        $  1.09
      From discontinued operations                      .04            .24           (.73)            --             --
                                                    -------        -------        -------        -------         ------
         Net income (loss)                           $(3.35)        $(4.16)         $(.53)       $  0.21        $  1.09
                                                    =======        =======        =======        =======         ======
    </TABLE>


    The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of these
    statements.


   <PAGE>


   <TABLE>
                                LADISH CO., INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                    (Dollars in Thousands Except Share Data)
   <CAPTION>

                                                   Common Stock           Additional
                                                                            Paid-In      Accumulated
                                               Shares        Amount         Capital        Deficit         Total

    <S>                                      <C>              <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>  
    BALANCE, December 31, 1993               5,017,017        $5,017        $30,163        $(7,276)       $27,904
      Net loss                                      --            --             --        (16,807)       (16,807)
      Issuance of common stock                  12,500            13             31             --             44
                                             ---------       -------        -------        -------        -------
    BALANCE, December 31, 1994               5,029,517         5,030         30,194        (24,083)        11,141

      Net loss                                      --            --             --        (20,932)       (20,932)
      Change in par value of common stock
       from $1 to no par                            --        30,194        (30,194)            --             --
      Issuance of warrants on senior
       subordinated notes                           --            --             40             --             40
                                             ---------       -------        -------        -------        -------
    BALANCE, December 31, 1995               5,029,517        35,224             40        (45,015)        (9,751)

      Net loss                                      --            --             --         (6,721)        (6,721)
      Change in par value of common stock
       from no par to $.01                          --       (35,174)        35,174             --             --
      Issuance of warrants on senior
       subordinated notes                           --            --             53             --             53
      Exercise of warrants                     110,476             1            131             --            132
                                             ---------       -------        -------        -------        -------
    BALANCE, December 31, 1996               5,139,993            51         35,398        (51,736)       (16,287)

      Net income                                    --            --             --         13,762         13,762
      Reduction in valuation allowance
       related to pre-fresh start NOLs              --            --          1,040             --          1,040
      Exercise of warrants                      56,314             1             68             --             69
                                             ---------       -------        -------        -------        -------
    BALANCE, September 30, 1997
     (Unaudited)                             5,196,307           $52        $36,506       $(37,974)       $(1,416)
                                            ==========      ========        =======       ========       ========
    </TABLE>


                The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral
                part of these statements.

   <PAGE>

   <TABLE>
                                LADISH CO., INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Dollars in Thousands)
   <CAPTION>
                                                                                               (Unaudited)
                                                                                             Nine Months Ended
                                                            Years Ended December 31,           September 30,
                                                           1994       1995        1996        1996        1997

    <S>                                                <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>   
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
      Net income (loss)-                               $(16,807)  $(20,932)    $(6,721)     $2,235     $13,762
      Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to
       net cash provided by (used for) operating
       activities-
         Depreciation                                     8,725      8,908       9,136       6,930       7,365
         Amortization                                         5        121         151         119         113
         Deferred interest on subordinated debt              --         12       1,035         773         931
         Deferred tax provision                              --         --          --          --       1,040
         Loss on disposal of IPD                             --         --       8,594          --          --
      Changes in assets and liabilities-
         Accounts receivable                              1,128     (3,166)     (5,691)     (7,474)    (10,886)
         Inventories                                      5,501     (2,925)     (8,211)     (7,008)     (8,886)
         Net assets of IPD                                3,422     (1,091)     (5,768)     (5,086)         --
         Other assets                                        64       (650)         96         516        (156)
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities        (3,244)     7,494      17,707      22,117       1,793
         Other liabilities                                 (438)     1,480     (12,702)    (11,194)     (2,688)
                                                        -------    -------     -------     -------     -------
              Net cash provided by (used for)
              operating activities                       (1,644)   (10,749)     (2,374)      1,928       2,388
                                                        -------    -------     -------     -------     -------
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
      Additions to property, plant and equipment         (2,549)    (2,865)     (4,997)     (2,747)     (6,255)
      Proceeds from sale of property, plant and
       equipment                                          1,877      1,018          70          70         612
      Acquisition of business                                --         --          --          --      (8,529)
      Net proceeds from sale of IPD                          --         --          --          --      32,850
                                                       --------   --------    --------    --------    --------
              Net cash provided by (used for)
              investing activities                         (672)    (1,847)     (4,927)     (2,677)     18,678

    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
      Repayment of senior bank loan                          --    (31,665)         --          --          --
      Net proceeds from (repayments of) senior bank
       loan                                               2,557     39,960       1,735      (1,335)    (20,475)
      Proceeds from issuance of (retirement of)
       subordinated debt and warrants                        --      4,000       5,199       5,199         (69)
      Issuance of common stock                               44         --         132         132          69
                                                        -------   --------     -------     -------     -------
              Net cash provided by (used in) financing
              activities                                  2,601     12,295       7,066       3,996     (20,475)
                                                        -------   --------     -------     -------     -------
    INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH:                            285       (301)       (235)      3,247         591
                             
    CASH, beginning of period                               353        638         337         337         102
                                                        -------   --------     -------     -------     -------
    CASH, end of period                                    $638       $337        $102      $3,584        $693
                                                        =======   ========     =======     =======     =======
    SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
      Income taxes paid                                     $21        $20         $14         $14        $297
      Interest paid                                      $3,110     $4,560      $4,087      $3,309      $2,216

    </TABLE>

    The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of
    these statements.

   <PAGE>

                                LADISH CO., INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

             (Dollars in Thousands Except Share and Per Share Data)

   (1)  Business Information-

        Through May 30, 1997, Ladish Co., Inc. (the "Company") operated
        facilities located in Cudahy, Wisconsin; Russellville, Arkansas; and
        Cynthiana, Kentucky.  On May 30, 1997, the Company disposed of its
        Industrial Products Division ("IPD") which includes the facilities
        located in Arkansas and Kentucky.  (See Note 13.)

        The Company engineers, produces and markets high-strength, high-
        technology forged and formed metal components for a wide variety of
        load-bearing and fatigue-resisting applications in the aerospace,
        defense and industrial markets, for both domestic and international
        customers.  Net sales to the aerospace, defense and industrial
        markets were approximately 71%, 15% and 14%, respectively, of total
        Company net sales in 1996 from continuing operations.

        Customers which individually accounted for more than 10% of net sales
        from continuing operations in the periods presented is summarized as
        follows:

                                         Years Ended December 31,
                                        1994       1995      1996

             Number of customers          2         2          3
             Percentage of net sales     34%       41%        54%

        Exports accounted for approximately 28%, 31%, and 40% of the Company
        sales for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
        respectively.  Sales to Europe constituted approximately 18%, 19% and
        31% for the periods ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
        respectively.  Of the European sales, 11%, 8% and 17% were to the
        United Kingdom for the same periods.

        As of September 30, 1997, approximately 83% of the Company's
        employees are represented by one of eight collective bargaining
        units.  The collective bargaining agreements with most of these units
        will expire during 2000.  The Company does not anticipate that work
        stoppages will arise in connection with the renewal of these
        agreements in the future.

   (2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies-

        (a)  Outstanding checks-

             Outstanding payroll and accounts payable checks related to
             certain bank accounts are recorded as accounts payable in the
             accompanying balance sheets.  These checks amounted to $2,071
             and $2,171 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

        (b)  Inventories-

             Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
             first-in, first-out (FIFO) valuation method.  Inventory costs
             include material, labor and overhead.

             Inventories consist of the following:

                                                           (Unaudited)
                                       December 31,       September 30,
                                     1995        1996         1997

    Raw materials                  $11,836     $10,867        $19,272
    Work-in-process and finished    18,375      28,723         32,251
                                   -------     -------        -------
                                    30,211      39,590         51,523
    Less progress payments          (2,416)     (3,584)        (3,014)
                                   -------     -------        -------
    Total inventories              $27,795     $36,006        $48,509
                                   =======     =======        =======


        (c)  Property, plant and equipment-

             Additions to property, plant, and equipment are recorded at
             cost.  Tooling costs are expensed as incurred.  Depreciation is
             provided using the straight-line method over the estimated
             useful lives of the assets, as follows:

                  Land improvements                  39 years
                  Buildings and improvements         39 years
                  Machinery and equipment            5 to 12 years

        (d)  Revenue recognition-

             Sales revenue is recognized when products are shipped or in
             other instances when the customer accepts legal title.  Net
             sales include reductions for returns and allowances, sales
             discounts and freight out.  Progress payments on contracts are
             generally recognized as a reduction of the related inventory
             costs.

        (e)  Contract settlement adjustments-

             Settlement adjustments applicable to long-term contracts are
             recognized as an adjustment to sales revenue in the year
             agreement is reached on the amounts to be received or paid. 
             Settlement amounts for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995
             and 1996, were not significant, except for the contract
             termination set forth below.

             On October 28, 1993, the Company was notified by its customer,
             Babcock & Wilcox, that NASA had terminated the Advanced Solid
             Rocket Motor ("ASRM") program.  A termination claim was filed
             with Babcock & Wilcox by the Company in 1993 and was
             subsequently settled during 1994.  This termination settlement
             resulted in the realization of net revenue of $6,228, which is
             reflected in gross profit in the statement of operations for the
             year ended December 31, 1994.

        (f)  Income taxes-

             Deferred income taxes are provided at the enacted marginal rates
             on the difference between the financial statement and income tax
             basis of assets and liabilities.  Deferred income tax provisions
             or benefits are based on the change in the deferred tax assets
             and liabilities from period to period.  See Note 7 for further
             discussion.

        (g)  Use of estimates-

             The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
             generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
             make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts
             of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
             and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
             reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
             periods.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        (h)  Fair value of financial instruments-

             Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company
             for loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair value of
             long-term debt of the Company approximates book value as of
             December 31, 1996.

   (3)  Debt-

        Senior bank loan-

        In 1993, the Company and its lenders entered into an Amended and
        Restated Loan & Security Agreement (the "Amended Loan Agreement").

        On May 10, 1994, the First Amendment to the Amended Loan Agreement
        provided the Company with a total credit facility of $45,000 which
        included a term loan of $3,950 with scheduled amortization payments
        under the term loan of $600 per year.  On July 7, 1995, the Company
        entered into a credit agreement with a new lender which provided for
        a $45,000 total credit facility which included an $8,000 term loan. 
        On November 12, 1996, the total credit facility was increased to
        $53,000.  All personal and real property of the Company has been
        pledged as collateral under the new credit agreement.  An affiliated
        party of this lender is also a significant customer of the Company.

        As of December 31, 1996, the $45,000 revolving credit facility
        carried an interest rate of commercial paper plus 2-1/2%,
        approximately 8.6% at December 31, 1996.  The credit facility expires
        on June 30, 2000.  To the extent the Company meets certain cash flow
        provisions of the credit agreement in the future, the interest rate
        on the revolving credit facility will be reduced by 0.5% effective
        the month following achievement of the cash flow provisions.  The
        credit line availability is subject to a borrowing base limitation
        which is calculated based on eligible accounts receivable and
        inventories reduced by any letters of credit.  Letters of credit
        outstanding total $884 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996,
        respectively.  As of December 31, 1996, the amount available for
        future borrowing under the revolving credit facility was
        approximately $10,000.

        The $8,000 term loan is payable in sixteen quarterly installments and
        commenced on September 30, 1996.  The first four quarterly
        installments were $375 each, the next eight installments are $500
        each and the last four installments beginning September 30, 1999 will
        be $625 each with the last installment due on June 30, 2000.  The
        Company may, at any time, prepay the outstanding balance, but will be
        subject to a prepayment fee of 1% if the prepayment is prior to
        July 1, 1999.  The term loan carries an interest rate of commercial
        paper plus 2-1/2%.  As of December 31, 1996, the interest rate was
        approximately 8.6%.  To the extent the Company meets certain cash
        flow provisions of the credit agreement in the future, the interest
        rate on the term loan will also be reduced by 0.5% effective the
        month following achievement of the cash flow provisions.

        The revolving credit facility and term loan contain covenants
        including but not limited to restrictions on indebtedness,
        operations, change in control and the requirement that interest
        coverage and fixed charge coverage ratios, as defined, be maintained. 
        As of December 31, 1996, the Company was in compliance with all
        covenants under the credit facility and term loan.  Transaction fees
        incurred in connection with this refinancing were approximately
        $1,115.  The credit agreement provided for a refund of up to $645 of
        the transaction fees if the Company received an acceptable infusion
        of capital prior to June 30, 1996.  The Company obtained refunds of
        transaction fees of $344 in December, 1995 and the remaining $301 in
        February, 1996 as a result of the issuance of senior subordinated
        notes described below.  In addition, the revolving credit facility
        requires that the Company pay an unused facility fee of 0.25% per
        annum on the average daily unused balance.

        The annual maturities of the Company's term loan are as follows:

                       1997          $1,750
                       1998           2,000
                       1999           2,250
                       2000           1,250
                                     ------
                                     $7,250
                                     ======


        Senior subordinated secured notes and warrants-

        In December 1995, the Company issued a total of $4,000 of senior
        subordinated notes ("Notes") to two of the Company's largest
        stockholders.  In February 1996, in a second offering of these notes,
        additional proceeds of $5,331 ($132 of these proceeds related to the
        purchase of common stock under the rights attached to warrants as
        discussed later in this note) were received by the Company.  These
        Notes carry interest at 12%, are due in December 2000, and include
        detachable warrants to purchase shares of common stock.  Interest is
        payable quarterly in the form of additional notes also carrying
        interest at 12%.

        The Notes are secured by a second security interest in substantially
        all of the Company's assets, and are subordinated to the $53,000
        Credit Agreement.  The Company has undertaken a number of affirmative
        and negative covenants including but not limited to restrictions on
        indebtedness, operations and change in control.  The Subordinated
        Notes include a number of affirmative and negative covenants,
        including, but not limited to, restrictions on the incurrence of
        indebtedness junior to obligations under the Credit Agreement and
        senior to the Subordinated Notes.  Upon a change in control of the
        Company, the Company is required to redeem the outstanding
        Subordinated Notes at a price equal to the outstanding principal
        amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.  At September 30, 1997 the
        Company was in compliance with all covenants under the Subordinated
        Notes.

        As stated above, the noteholders also received warrants with each
        Note purchased.  Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase common
        stock for $1.20 per share.  The exercise price may be paid in cash,
        or by the surrender of already outstanding Ladish common stock, Notes
        or other warrants having a fair value equal to the exercise price. 
        Based on the total proceeds of $9,331 from the private placement,
        warrants were issued, which, when exercised, would entitle the
        holders to purchase 7,775,722 shares of common stock.  The warrants
        expire ten years from the date of issuance.  The warrants were
        recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital at their stated
        value which is considered to approximate fair value at the date of
        issuance.

   (4)  Stockholders' Equity-

        In November 1995, the Company's stockholders approved an amendment to
        the articles of incorporation which increased the number of
        authorized shares to 100,000,000 and changed the par value of a share
        of common stock from $1 to "no par".  This amendment increased common
        stock  by $30,194 and reduced additional paid-in capital by $30,194.

        In June 1996, the Company's stockholders approved an amendment to the
        articles of incorporation which changed the par value of a share of
        common stock from "no par" to $.01 par.  This amendment decreased
        common stock by $35,174 and increased additional paid-in-capital by
        $35,174.

        In addition to the common stock outstanding, the Board of Directors
        entered into an agreement in 1993 to issue to a former executive
        496,188 options to purchase common stock at an average exercise price
        of $16.00 per share.  All of these options are exercisable but remain
        outstanding.

        In 1996, the Company adopted the Ladish Co., Inc. 1996 Long-Term
        Incentive Plan (the "Plan").  Under the Plan, incentive stock options
        may be granted to employees of Ladish Co., Inc. which expire ten
        years from the vesting date.  The options vest over four years.  In
        September 1996, the Company issued 433,333 options under the Plan,
        and has reserved 400,000 shares for future issuance under the Plan.

        The Company accounts for its option grants using the intrinsic value
        based method pursuant to APB Opinion No. 25 and Statement of
        Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS 123") under which no
        compensation expense was recognized in 1995 and 1996.  Had
        compensation cost for these options been determined pursuant to the
        fair value method under SFAS 123, the Company's net loss and earnings
        per share from continuing operations would have been reduced by the
        following pro forma amounts:

                                   1995                     1996
                         As Reported  Pro Forma   As Reported   Pro Forma

    Net Income (Loss)     $(22,146)  $(22,146)       $2,135     $1,523

    Earnings (Loss)
      Per Share             $(4.40)    $(4.40)        $0.20      $0.13


        Because the SFAS 123 method of accounting has not been applied to
        options granted prior to January 1, 1995, and additional awards in
        future years are anticipated, the effects of applying SFAS 123 in
        these pro forma disclosure are not indicative of future amounts.

        The fair value of the 1995 and 1996 option grants used to compute the
        pro forma amounts above was estimated on the date of the grant using
        the Minimum Value option pricing model with the following assumptions
        used for grants in 1995 and 1996 respectively:  risk free interest
        rate of 6%, expected remaining lives of 10 years, and market value of
        $3.00 and $9.00.  The weighted average minimum value of options
        granted in 1995 and 1996 was zero and $5.64 respectively.


   <TABLE>
   <CAPTION>
                                      1994                    1995                     1996
                                         Weighted                 Weighted                 Weighted
                                          Average                 Average                   Average
                                         Exercise                 Exercise                 Exercise
                              Options      Price      Options      Price       Options       Price

    <S>                       <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
    Outstanding at
      beginning of Period     220,528      $12.00     220,528     $  12.00     385,924      $  14.57
        Granted                     -           -     165,396        18.00     543,597          9.04
        Exercised                   -           -           -            -           -             -
        Canceled                    -           -           -            -           -             -
                              -------    --------     -------     --------     -------      --------
    Outstanding at end
      of Period               220,528       12.00     385,924        14.57     929,521         11.34

    Exercisable at end of
      Period                  220,528       12.00     385,924        14.57     604,521         14.21
    </TABLE>

   (5)  Research and Development-

        Research and Development costs are expensed as incurred.  These costs
        of continuing operations were $3,908, $3,783 and $3,384 in 1994, 1995
        and 1996, respectively.  Research and Development costs funded by
        customers, amounting to $1,328, $1,535 and $885 from continuing
        operations in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, have been recorded
        as sales.

   (6)  Leases-

        Certain office and warehouse facilities and equipment are leased
        under noncancelable operating leases expiring on various dates
        through 2001.  Rental expense from continuing operations was $292,
        $266 and $284 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

        Minimum lease obligations under noncancelable operating leases are as
        follows:

                  1997                           $279
                  1998                            226
                  1999                            213
                  2000                            152
                  2001 and thereafter             146
                                               ------
                       Total                   $1,016
                                               ======

   (7)  Income Taxes-

        As a result of a financial restructuring completed on April 30, 1993,
        tax net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards generated prior to the
        financial restructuring are limited under the Internal Revenue Code
        by a formula based upon the Company's stockholders' equity of $35,180
        as of April 30, 1993, which was calculated in conjunction with fresh
        start reporting.  The annual use of this NOL carryforward is limited
        to the lesser of the Company's taxable income or the NOL allowed to
        be used under the formula.  Each year under the formula,
        approximately $2,100 of the NOL generated prior to the financial
        restructuring is available for use.  Any amount not used in the
        current or previous years is allowed to be used in subsequent years. 
        These NOL carryforwards may be used to offset taxable income through
        the year 2007.  Based on these limitations and certain other factors,
        a valuation allowance has been recorded against the entire amount of
        the NOL carryforward and other deferred tax assets.  Any tax benefit
        that is realized in subsequent years from the reduction of the
        valuation allowance established at or prior to the financial
        restructuring will be recorded as an addition to paid-in capital.

        In addition, NOL carryforwards generated subsequent to the financial
        restructuring of approximately $14,000, $20,000 and $15,000 for the
        eight months ended December 31, 1993, and for the years ended
        December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively, are available to offset
        future taxable income through the years 2008, 2009 and 2010,
        respectively.  The Company has also recorded a valuation allowance
        against the entire amount of these NOL carryforwards.  Any tax
        benefit that is realized in subsequent years from the utilization of
        these NOL carryforwards will be recorded as a reduction of future
        income tax provisions.

        There is no provision for Federal income taxes in 1994, 1995 and 1996
        due to the utilization of the NOL carryforwards.

        Components of the deferred income taxes are as follows:

                                                 December 31,
                                             1995           1996
    Deferred tax liabilities-
                                   
      Property, plant and equipment        $(24,267)      $(21,700)
                                           --------       --------
         Total deferred tax
         liabilities                        (24,267)       (21,700)
                                           --------       --------
    Deferred tax assets-
      Postretirement health care
        benefits                             21,219         20,442
      Pension benefits                       19,327         16,968
      Tax operating loss carryforwards       33,619         32,984
      Inventory adjustments                     646          1,048
      Accrued employee costs                  1,615          1,606
      Other, net                             (1,008)         2,454
                                           --------       --------
         Total deferred tax assets           75,418         75,502
                                           --------       --------
    Valuation allowance                     (51,151)       (53,802)
                                           --------       --------
         Net deferred taxes               $      --      $      --
                                           ========       ========

   (8)  Pension Plans-

        The Company has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans
        ("Plans") covering substantially all employees.  Plans covering
        salaried and management employees provide pension benefits that are
        based on the highest five consecutive years of an employee's
        compensation during the last ten years prior to retirement.  Plans
        covering hourly employees and union members generally provide
        benefits of stated amounts for each year of service.  The Company's
        funding policy is to contribute annually the minimum amount required
        under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  The
        Plans' assets are primarily invested in U.S. Government securities,
        corporate bonds and common stocks.

        A summary of the Plans' funded status and amounts reflected in the
        balance sheets is as follows:

                                                 December 31, 1995
                                            Assets Exceed   Accumulated
                                             Accumulated     Benefits
                                              Benefits     Exceed Assets
    Actuarial present value of benefit
     obligations:
                                
      Vested benefit obligations              $(66,872)      $(99,300)
                                               =======       ========
                                     
      Accumulated benefit obligations         $(70,043)     $(108,379)
                                               =======       ========
      Projected benefit obligations           $(71,763)     $(108,379)
                               
      Plan assets at fair value                 82,804         67,765
                                              --------       --------
         Plan assets in excess of (less
          than) projected benefit
          obligations                           11,041        (40,614)

      Unrecognized net gain                    (10,593)        (8,964)
      Unrecognized prior service cost              302          2,757
      Adjustment to recognize minimum
        liability                                   --            (43)
                                               -------       --------
         Prepaid (accrued) pension cost         $  750       $(46,864)
                                               =======       ========


                                                 December 31, 1996
                                            Assets Exceed   Accumulated
                                             Accumulated     Benefits
                                              Benefits     Exceed Assets
    Actuarial present value of benefit
     obligations:
      Vested benefit obligations              $(71,985)      $(86,073)
                                              ========       ========
      Accumulated benefit obligations         $(75,053)      $(93,508)
                                              ========       ========
      Projected benefit obligations           $(76,480)      $(93,508)
      Plan assets at fair value                 94,998         56,263
                                              --------       --------
         Plan assets in excess of (less
          than) projected benefit
          obligations                           18,518        (37,245)

      Unrecognized net gain                    (19,043)       (13,188)
      Unrecognized prior service cost              242          2,163
      Adjustment to recognize minimum
       liability                                    --            (42)
                                               -------       --------
         Accrued pension cost                    $(283)      $(48,312)
                                               =======       ========


        Net periodic pension cost includes the following components:

                                                 December 31,
                                          1994       1995       1996
    Service cost-benefits earned
      during the period                $ 2,095   $ 1,624     $ 1,595
    Interest cost on projected benefit
      obligation                        13,626    14,469      14,013
    Actual return on plan assets           352   (28,029)    (17,303)
    Net amortization and deferral      (13,038)   16,164       5,501
    Curtailment gain                        --        --        (445)
                                       -------   -------     -------
         Net periodic pension cost     $ 3,035   $ 4,228     $ 3,361
                                       =======   =======     =======


        Assumptions used in the determination of net periodic pension cost
        for these periods are:

                                               December 31,
                                        1994       1995       1996

    Discount rate                      7.00%     8.25%      7.75%
    Rate of increase in compensation
     levels                            4.50%     4.50%      2.00%
    Expected long-term rate of
     return on assets                  8.00%     8.00%      8.00%

        The actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation was
        determined utilizing a discount rate of 7.75% and 8.25% as of
        December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.  The increase in the
        discount rate resulted in a decrease in the accumulated benefit
        obligation of approximately $6,895 as of December 31, 1996.

        Certain employees are covered by union-sponsored, collectively-
        bargained, multi-employer pension plans.

        The actuarial calculation of the Company's minimum funding pension
        payment due in 1997 for 1996 and 1997 is $15,300.  This amount is
        shown as a current liability on the balance sheet as of December 31,
        1996.

        Due to the sale of IPD, the Company experienced a gain of $445
        related to the pension benefit plans that are being placed in
        curtailment.  The Company will remain liable for the plans and will
        continue to administer the plans.  This gain is reflected as a
        component of the loss on the sale of IPD.

   (9)  Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Benefits-

        In addition to pension benefits, employees are provided certain
        postretirement health care and life insurance benefits. 
        Substantially all of the employees may become eligible for these
        benefits when they retire.  The Company accrues, as current costs,
        the future lifetime retirement benefits for both active and retired
        employees and their dependents.  Steps have been taken by the Company
        to reduce the amount of the future obligation for postretirement
        benefits of future retirees by capping the amount of funds payable on
        behalf of the retirees.

        Amounts reflected in the balance sheets for postretirement benefit
        obligations are as follows:

                                                December 31,
                                              1995        1996

    Retirees                                $43,951    $37,838
    Fully eligible active plan
     participants                             3,366      2,984
    Other active plan participants            6,585      6,034
                                            -------    -------
         Accumulated postretirement
         benefit obligation                  53,902     46,856
    Unrecognized net gain (loss)               (855)     4,615
    Curtailment gain                             --       (366)
                                            -------    -------
         Postretirement liability           $53,047    $51,105
                                            =======    =======


        Net periodic postretirement benefit cost includes the following
        components:

                                                        December 31,
                                                   1994     1995      1996
    Service cost benefits earned during
     the period                                   $476     $369      $380
    Interest cost on accumulated
     postretirement benefit obligation           3,758    4,015     3,890
    Net amortization and deferral                   --      (38)      (56)
    Curtailment gain                                --       --      (366)
                                                ------   ------    ------
         Net periodic postretirement benefit
         cost                                   $4,234   $4,346    $3,848
                                                ======   ======    ======



        Assumptions used in the determination of net periodic postretirement
        benefit cost for these periods are:

                                                  December 31,
                                            1994      1995       1996
    Discount rate                         7.00%      8.25%      7.75%
    Inflation-
      Retirees as of 1991
      Pre-65 Medical trending rate
        -initial                         14.00%     13.00%     12.00%
        -ultimate                         7.00%      7.00%      7.00%

      Post-65 Medical trending rate
        -initial                          8.50%      8.00%      7.50%
        -ultimate                         5.00%      5.00%      5.00%

      Retirees Subsequent to 1991
        -initial and ultimate medical
          trending rate                   3.00%      3.00%      3.00%


        The initial rates used for the retirees as of 1991, are estimated to
        decrease at a rate of 1% and .5% for the pre-65 and post-65 retiree
        populations, respectively, until they reach the ultimate medical
        trending rate.

        An increase of one percentage point in the assumed medical trending
        rate for each future year would increase the accumulated
        postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 1995 and 1996,
        by approximately $2,930 and $2,342, respectively, and the aggregate
        of the service and interest cost components of net periodic
        postretirement benefit cost by approximately $265 for the year ended
        December 31, 1996.

        The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was determined
        utilizing a discount rate of 7.75% and 8.25% as of December 31, 1995
        and 1996, respectively.  The increase in the discount rate resulted
        in a decrease of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation of
        approximately $1,695 as of December 31, 1996.

        Due to the sale of IPD, the Company experienced a gain of $366
        related to the postretirement benefits that are being placed in
        curtailment.  This gain is reflected as a component of the loss on
        the sale of IPD.

   (10) Officers' Deferred Compensation Plan-

        Certain officers have deferred compensation agreements which, upon
        retirement,  provide them with, among other things, supplemental
        pension and other postretirement benefits.  An accumulated liability
        of $2,246 and $2,224 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively,
        has been recorded under these agreements as actuarially determined. 
        The expense was $186, $208 and $169 in 1994, 1995 and 1996,
        respectively.

   (11) Profit Sharing-

        Effective January 1, 1996, the Company initiated a profit sharing
        program in which substantially all of the employees are eligible to
        participate.  The profit sharing payout is derived from a formula
        based on pretax income and is payable no later than February 15th of
        the subsequent year.  The expense was $2,780 for the year ended
        December 31, 1996.

   (12) Commitments and Contingencies-

        The Company is involved in various stages of investigation relative
        to environmental protection matters relating to various waste
        disposal sites.  The potential costs related to such matters and the
        possible impact thereof on future operations are uncertain due in
        part to uncertainty as to the extent of the pollution, the complexity
        of government laws and regulations and their interpretations, the
        varying costs and effectiveness of alternative cleanup technologies
        and methods, and the questionable level of the Company's involvement. 
        The Company has made provisions in the financial statements for
        potential losses related to these matters.  The Company does not
        anticipate such losses will have a material impact on the financial
        statements beyond the aforementioned provisions.

        Various other lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of
        business are pending against the Company and such losses are not
        expected to be material to the financial statements.

        In 1995, the Company resolved a dispute with a previous owner of the
        Company.  The resolution of this dispute resulted in the Company
        recovering $1,650 of costs incurred in prior years associated with
        the indemnification of another lawsuit.  This recovery was recorded
        as other income in the 1995 statement of operations.

   (13) Discontinued Operations-

        Subsequent to year end, the Board of Directors approved of the
        disposition of the Company's Industrial Products Division ("IPD")
        which includes two facilities located in Arkansas and Kentucky.  The
        disposal date was May 30, 1997 and substantially all IPD assets were
        sold to a third party buyer for approximately $36,500 in cash subject
        to a working capital adjustment.  Ten percent of the cash proceeds
        ($3,650) was placed in an escrow account to secure certain
        representations made by the Company in connection with the sale. 
        $1,825 of the total escrow is reflected on the balance sheet as other
        current assets and $1,825 as other noncurrent assets.  The proceeds
        from the sale of IPD will be used for minimum pension funding
        requirements and to reduce the outstanding bank debt.

        The net results of these operations prior to December 31, 1996 are
        included in the consolidated statements of operations under
        "discontinued operations."  Sales for IPD were $43,506, $44,348 and
        $46,034 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
        respectively.

        The operating results of IPD include an interest allocation based
        upon net assets of IPD.  Interest expense allocated to the
        discontinued operation was $821, $1,178 and $1,422 for the years
        ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

        The loss on disposal of IPD reflected in the consolidated statements
        of operations includes the write-down of the assets of IPD to
        estimated net realizable value, estimated operating losses incurred
        by IPD during the period of January 1, 1997 through May 30, 1997 and
        the estimated disposal costs of these operations.  Subsequent to year
        end, the Kentucky facility of IPD sustained significant flood damage
        which, in management's opinion, is covered by insurance, less a
        $1,300 deductible.  The deductible related to the flood damage is
        included in the loss on disposal of IPD.

        The net assets of IPD as shown on the balance sheet consist of the
        following:

                                                    December 31,
                                                 1995          1996
    Current assets (primarily
      receivables and inventory)               $18,298        $23,838
    Property and equipment, net                 20,505         19,933
    Current liabilities                         (3,526)        (2,726)
    Writedown of IPD net assets to net
      realizable value                              --         (4,545)
                                               -------        -------
                                                35,277         36,500

    Provision for operating losses and
      disposal costs of IPD                         --         (4,860)
                                               -------        -------
         Total IPD net assets                  $35,277        $31,640
                                               =======        =======

   (14) Earnings Per Share-

        Earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average
        number of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding
        during the periods.  The weighted average number of common stock and
        common stock equivalents outstanding for the years ended December 31,
        1994, 1995 and 1996, were 5,023, 5,030, and 5,092, respectively.

        In February, 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per
        Share" ("SFAS 128").  The Company will adopt SFAS 128 effective for
        the year ending December 31, 1997.  On a pro forma basis, if the
        Company had adopted SFAS 128 for the three years ended December 31,
        1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the nine months ended September 30, 1996
        and 1997 (unaudited), the reported earnings per share on continuing
        operations would be:

                                                              (Unaudited)
                                   December 31,              September 30,
                            1994       1995       1996       1996     1997
    Earnings per share:
      Basic              $ (3.39)   $ (4.40)     $0.42     $0.43    $2.66
      Diluted              (3.39)     (4.40)      0.20      0.21     1.09

   (15) Acquisition-

        On June 16, 1997, the Company completed the purchase of certain
        assets and assumption of certain liabilities of Stowe Machine Co.,
        Inc. (Stowe).  The purchase price was composed of approximately
        $8,500 in cash and a note payable for $1,000.

        The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of
        accounting.  Accordingly, the net assets are included in the
        Company's Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30,
        1997 based upon their estimated fair values at the acquisition's
        effective date of June 16, 1997.  The Company's Consolidated
        Statements of Operations do not include the revenues and expenses of
        Stowe prior to this date.  The excess of the purchase price over the
        estimated fair value of the net assets acquired (goodwill) of
        approximately $870 will be amortized on a straight-line basis over 20
        years.  The purchase price allocation is based on preliminary
        estimates of the fair value of the net assets acquired and is subject
        to adjustment as additional information becomes available during 1997
        and 1998.

        Supplemental pro forma results of operations (Unaudited)-

        The following unaudited pro forma summary presents the consolidated
        results of operations as if the acquisition had occurred at the
        beginning of the periods presented and does not purport to be
        indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition actually
        been made as of such date or of results which may occur in the
        future.

                                                             Nine-Month
                                              Year Ended    Period Ended
                                             December 31,   September 30,
                                                 1996           1997

    Net sales                                 $169,890        $160,775
    Net income from continuing operations        2,176          13,574
    Net income per share from continuing
      operations                                  0.18            1.07

   (16) Valuation and Qualifying Accounts-

                                                         Payments
                                             Provision      and
                                 Balance at   Charged    Accounts    Balance
                                 Beginning   to Profit    Written    at End
                                  of Year     and Loss      Off      of Year

    Year ended December 31,
     1994
      Allowance for doubtful
       accounts                     $450         $3           $3     $450
                                   =====      =====        =====    =====

    Year ended December 31,
     1995
      Allowance for doubtful
       accounts                     $450        $44          $44     $450
                                   =====      =====        =====    =====

    Year ended December 31,
     1996
      Allowance for doubtful
       accounts                     $450      $(121)         $29     $300
                                   =====      =====        =====    =====


   (17) Events Subsequent to December 31, 1996-

        a)   Effective December 12, 1997, the Company effected a 1 for 6
             reverse stock split.  All share and per share data have been
             retroactively restated.

        b)   In October 1997, the Company reached an agreement with the
             Pension Benefit Guarantee Corporation whereby the Company's
             minimum funding requirements for 1996 were adjusted.  The
             adjusted amounts are expected to be paid during the fourth
             quarter of 1997.

   <PAGE>

                         Report of Independent Auditors

   Stockholders and Board of Directors
   Stowe Machine Company Incorporated

   We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Stowe Machine Company
   Incorporated as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related statements
   of operations and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial
   statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
   responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
   based on our audits.

   We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
   standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
   obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
   free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test
   basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
   statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
   used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
   the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
   provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
   in all material respects, the financial position of Stowe Machine Company
   Incorporated at December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of its
   operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with
   generally accepted accounting principles.

                                                Ernst & Young LLP
   Hartford, Connecticut
   March 24, 1997

   <PAGE>

                       Stowe Machine Company Incorporated

                                 Balance Sheets


                                                   December 31,
                                              1995               1996
    Assets
    Current assets:
      Cash                                  $102,405             $59,987
      Accounts receivable                    569,109             651,519
      Inventories                          3,278,411           3,463,044
      Deferred state income taxes              5,210              10,587
      Prepaid expense                         12,658              13,356
                                           ---------           ---------
    Total current assets                   3,967,793           4,198,493

    Property, plant and equipment:
      Land and land improvements             255,881             279,924
      Buildings                              731,595             731,595
      Machinery and equipment              5,266,146           5,354,874
      Furniture, fixtures and
       automobiles                            72,573              72,573
                                           ---------           ---------
                                           6,326,195           6,438,966

      Less accumulated depreciation        4,186,713           4,373,767
                                           ---------           ---------
                                           2,139,482           2,065,199

    Intangible assets, net of
      accumulated amortization of
      $93,301 in 1995 and $106,349 in
      1996                                    65,964              52,916
                                           ---------           ---------
    Total assets                          $6,173,239          $6,316,608
                                           =========           =========


     Liabilities and stockholders'
       equity
     Current liabilities:
       Demand notes payable to officers      $80,000             $80,000
       Accounts payable                      406,818             748,312
       Accrued expenses                      495,416             552,146
       Interest payable                       27,609              20,282
       State income taxes payable                -                27,496
       Current portion of long-term debt     963,938             620,947
                                           ---------           ---------
     Total current liabilities             1,973,781           2,049,183

     Long-term debt:
       Notes payable, less current
        portion                            2,877,490           2,656,543
       Notes payable to officers             383,333             283,334
                                           ---------           ---------
                                           3,260,823           2,939,877

     Deferred state income taxes             104,949             111,420

     Stockholders' equity:
       Common stock, $100 par value:
         Authorized--10,000 shares
         Issued and outstanding--577
          shares                              57,700              57,700
       Additional paid-in capital            242,300             242,300
       Retained earnings                     533,686             916,128
                                           ---------           ---------
     Total stockholders' equity              833,686           1,216,128
                                           ---------           ---------
     Total liabilities and stockholders'
         equity                           $6,173,239          $6,316,608
                                           =========           =========



   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of
   these financial statements.

   <PAGE>

                       Stowe Machine Company Incorporated

                            Statements of Operations


                                        Year ended December 31,

                                          1995             1996

    Net Sales                         $ 6,854,037     $7,887,583
    Cost of sales                       5,592,343      6,470,349
    Selling, general and
     administrative expenses              477,217        473,583
                                        ---------      ---------
                                        6,069,560      6,943,932
                                        ---------      ---------
    Income from operations                784,477        943,651

    Interest expense                      494,536        444,183
                                       ----------      ---------
    Income before provision for
      income taxes and
      extraordinary charge                289,941        499,468

    State income taxes                     18,209         31,992
                                       ----------      ---------
    Income before extraordinary
     charge                               271,732        467,476

    Extraordinary charge                  (75,702)       (85,034)
                                       ----------      ---------
    Net income                           $196,030       $382,442
                                       ==========      =========

   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of
   these financial statements.

   <PAGE>

                       Stowe Machine Company Incorporated

                            Statements of Cash Flows


                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                             1995              1996
    Cash flows from operating
     activities:
    Net income                              $196,030         $382,442
    Adjustments to reconcile net income
      to net cash provided by operating
      activities:
      Depreciation and amortization          181,812          200,102
      Changes in assets and
        liabilities:
        Accounts receivable                   58,505          (82,410)
        Inventories and prepaid
          expenses                           267,728         (185,331)
        Accounts payable, accrued
          expenses, interest payable
          and state income taxes
          payable                           (179,369)         418,393
        Deferred state income taxes           12,109            1,094
                                           ---------        ---------
    Net cash provided by operating
     activities                              536,815          734,290

    Cash flows used by investing 
     activities:

    Additions for property, plant and
     equipment                              (589,692)        (112,771)
                                           ---------        ---------
    Net cash used by investing
     activities                             (589,692)        (112,771)

    Cash flows used by financing
     activities:
    Principal borrowings on long-term
     debt                                    575,865            --   
    Principal payments on notes payable
     to officers                            (100,000)         (99,999)
    Principal payments on long-term
     debt                                   (503,156)        (563,938)
                                           ---------        ---------
    Net cash used by financing
     activities                              (27,291)        (663,937)
                                           ---------        ---------
    Net (decrease) increase in cash          (80,168)         (42,418)
                             
    Cash, beginning of period                182,573          102,405
                                           ---------        ---------
    Cash, end of period                     $102,405          $59,987
                                           =========        =========



   The accompanying notes to financial statements are an integral part of
   these financial statements.

   <PAGE>


                       Stowe Machine Company Incorporated

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                                December 31, 1996


   1. Business and Significant Accounting Policies

   Description of Business

   Stowe Machine Company Incorporated (the Company) is a manufacturer of
   machined components for the jet engine industry. It has special machining
   capabilities which are applied to cylindrical forgings of titanium or
   nickel alloy. The Company's three primary customers, one of which is the
   U.S. Government, account for approximately eighty-five percent of sales,
   and the Company has not experienced losses related to accounts receivable
   in the past.

   Inventories

   Inventories are stated at the lower cost or market. Cost is determined by
   the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. 

   On orders where the Company is either the prime contractor or a
   subcontractor for the U.S. Government, the Company is entitled to receive
   progress payments prior to shipment. Inventories are reduced for payments
   received on orders which have not been shipped at year-end.

   Property, Plant and Equipment

   Property, plant and equipment is stated on the basis of cost. Depreciation
   is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful
   lives of the assets.

   Income Taxes

   The Company operates under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code, and
   consequently, it is not subject to federal income tax; the stockholders
   include the Company's income in their own income for federal income tax
   purposes.

   Deferred state income taxes are provided on the temporary differences
   between financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using
   enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which such differences are
   expected to reverse.

   Intangible Assets

   Intangible assets consist of deferred financing costs which are being
   amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the related
   agreements (seven years).

   Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
   accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
   assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
   contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements
   and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
   period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   2. Long-Term Debt and Extraordinary Charge 

   Long-term debt consisted of the following:
                                                     1995       1996
    People's term note A, prime plus
     1.25%, payable October 1, 2001.         $ 1,333,334     $ 1,104,762

    People's term note B, prime plus
     1.25%, payable October 1, 2001.             368,850         342,150

    People's term note C, prime plus
     1.25%, payable October 1, 2001.             832,565         689,705

    People's revolving credit note,
     prime plus 1.25%, payable July
     31, 1998.                                   360,000         300,000

    Mortgage note payable, 15%
     interest, maturing March 1, 2001.
     Secured by the mortgage on
     property and is subordinate to
     the above People's debt.                    796,679         690,873

    Promissory notes payable to
     officers, prime plus 1.25%,
     payable October 1, 1999.                    383,333         283,334

    Promissory note payable, 12%
     interest, payable April 1, 1999.            150,000         150,000
                                               ---------       ---------
                                               4,224,761       3,560,824

    Less current portion                         963,938         620,947
                                               ---------       ---------
                                             $ 3,260,823     $ 2,939,877
                                               =========       =========

   The Company has three term promissory notes and a revolving line of credit
   with People's Bank (People's). Term note A is to be repaid commencing
   November 1, 1994 in eighty-four consecutive monthly principal payments of
   $19,048. Term note B is to be repaid commencing on November 1, 1994 in
   eighty-three consecutive monthly principal payments of $2,225, followed by
   a single payment of $215,325. Term note C is to be repaid commencing on
   November 1, 1994 in eighty-four consecutive monthly principal payments of
   $11,905. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of all the loans is due
   monthly at People's base rate plus 1.75% (10.25% at December 31, 1995).
   The People's notes are secured by accounts receivable, inventory and
   property, plant and equipment. Additionally, repayment of up to 75% of the
   total amount borrowed on term note C has been guaranteed by the Small
   Business Administration.

   In July 1996, the term promissory notes and revolving credit note
   agreement with People's Bank was amended, changing the interest rate to
   the People's base rate plus 1.25% (9.5% at December 31, 1996) and
   increasing the borrowing capacity and expiration date under the revolving
   credit note to $800,000 and July 1998, respectively.

   Aggregate scheduled annual maturities of long-term debt during each of the
   five years subsequent to 1996 are as follows:


    1997                            $   620,947
    1998                                940,690
    1999                                796,940
    2000                                590,208
    2001                                612,039
                                     ----------
                                    $ 3,560,824
                                     ==========


   In 1989, the Company retired outstanding senior secured notes early. The
   related agreement required the Company, among other things, to pay an
   amount equal to 6% of the gross profit each year, up to and including
   fiscal 1998, or until the total paid equals $550,545, whichever comes
   first. As of December 31, 1996 the total amount paid or accrued was
   $520,537, of which $397,537 is included in accrued expenses. The early
   extinguishment of the debt resulted in extraordinary charges of $85,034 in
   1996 and $75,702 in 1995; there were no state income tax effects.

   Interest paid on the above obligations in 1996 and 1995 was $429,130 and
   $477,670, respectively.

   3. Inventories

   The components of inventories were as follows:

                                               December 31,
                                            1995         1996

    Raw materials                     $   241,185   $   490,196
    Work in process                     1,260,901     1,263,738
    Finished goods                      1,973,077     1,977,482
    Inventory owned by U.S.
       Government                         (25,303)          -
                                        ---------     ---------
                                        3,449,860     3,731,416

    Less LIFO reserve                     171,449       268,372
                                        ---------     ---------
                                      $ 3,278,411   $ 3,463,044
                                        =========     =========


   4. Demand Notes Payable to Officers

   F. Robert and William R. Petricone, executive officers, have loaned the
   Company $80,000 for working capital purposes. The notes are payable on
   demand and bear interest at Shawmut Bank Connecticut, N.A. prime rate plus
   1 1/2% (9.75% at December 31, 1996 and 10% at December 31, 1995).

   Interest paid on the above obligations amounted to $8,149 in 1996 and
   $8,548 in 1995.


   5. State Income Taxes

   State income taxes for the years ended December 31 consisted of the
   following:

                                     1995         1996

    Current                       $  6,100       $30,898
    Deferred                        12,109         1,094
                                   -------        ------
                                  $ 18,209       $31,992
                                   =======        ======


   Significant components of the net deferred state income tax liability
   follow:

                                            December 31,
                                         1995          1996
    Current asset:
     Inventory                       $   5,210       $10,587
                                      --------        ------
                                         5,210        10,587

     Noncurrent liability:
     Property, plant and              (105,400)     (109,744)
       equipment
     Intangible assets                     451        (1,676)
                                     ---------      --------
                                      (104,949)     (111,420)
                                     ---------      --------
    Net deferred liability          $  (99,739)    $(100,833)
                                     =========      ========



   Income taxes paid in 1996 and 1995 were $12,500 and $21,250, respectively.

   6. Employee 401(k) Plan

   Under the Company's 401(k) plan, all employees may contribute up to 15% of
   their salary to a retirement account up to the maximum amount allowed by
   law. The Company contributes an amount equal to 30% of the amount
   contributed by each participant. The Company's contribution to the plan
   was $27,308 in 1996 and $21,373 in 1995.

   <PAGE>

                       Stowe Machine Company Incorporated

                            Statements of Operations

                             (Dollars in Thousands)

                                                         (unaudited)
                                                       Nine Months Ended
                                                        September 30,
                                                     1996          1997    
 
    NET SALES                                       $5,506        $6,052
    COST OF SALES                                    4,392         4,623
                                                    ------        ------
      Gross profit                                   1,114         1,429

    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES       229           269
                                                    ------        ------
      Income from operations                           885         1,160

    INTEREST EXPENSE                                   355           204
                                                    ------        ------

      Income before provision for income taxes
         and extraordinary item                        530           956

    PROVISION (CREDIT) FOR INCOME TAXES                 (8)           92
                                                    ------        ------
      Income before extraordinary item                 538           864

    EXTRAORDINARY ITEM                                 (67)           (8)
                                                    ------        ------
      Net income                                   $   471       $   856
                                                    ======        ======


                      Notes To Interim Financial Statements
                                   (Unaudited)

   NOTE A - BASIS OF PRESENTATION

   The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in
   accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
   financial information.  Accordingly, they do not include all of the
   information and footnotes required for complete financial statements.  In
   the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for a fair
   presentation have been included.  Adjustments consisted of only normal
   recurring accruals.  Operating results for the nine months ended September
   30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
   expected for the entire year.

   <PAGE>

        No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give
   any information or to make any representation not contained in this
   Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representation must
   not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company, any Selling
   Shareholder or any Underwriter.  This Prospectus does not constitute an
   offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities
   offered hereby in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to
   make such offer in such jurisdiction.  Neither the delivery of this
   Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances,
   create any implication that the information herein is correct as of any
   time subsequent to the date hereof or that there has been no change in the
   affairs of the Company since such date.

                                  _____________

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                            Page

   Prospectus Summary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3
   Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      9
   Forward-Looking Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13
   Dividend Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
   Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
   Market for Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
   Dilution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15
   Capitalization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17
   Pro Forma Consolidated
     Statements of Income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     18
   Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     20
   Management's Discussion and
     Analysis of Financial Condition
     and Results of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23
   Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     29
   Management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     40
   Executive Compensation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     42
   Principal and Selling Shareholders  . . . . . . . . . .     47
   Certain Relationships and
     Related Party Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     48
   Description of Common Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     49
   Shares Eligible for Future Sale . . . . . . . . . . . .     51
   Underwriting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     52
   Notice to Canadian Residents  . . . . . . . . . . . . .     54
   Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     55
   Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     55
   Additional Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     55
   Index to Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . .    F-1


          Until             , 1998 (25 days after the commencement of the
   Offering), all dealers effecting transactions in the registered
   securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be
   required to deliver a Prospectus.  This is in addition to the obligation
   of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
   respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

   <PAGE>


                                     [LOGO]



                                LADISH CO., INC.


                                3,350,000 Shares

                                  Common Stock

                                ($0.01 par value)





                                   PROSPECTUS











                           Credit Suisse First Boston 

                                 BT Alex. Brown



   <PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

   Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

   The following are the estimated expenses in connection with the
   distribution of the securities being registered:

    Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee .         $20,457
    NASD Filing Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           7,435
    Printing and Engraving Expenses . . . . . . . . . . .
    Accounting Fees and Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
    Attorneys' Fees and Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
    Transfer Agent's and Registrar's Fees . . . . . . . .
    Blue Sky Fees and Expenses (including attorneys'
     fees)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
    Nasdaq Listing Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          36,629
    Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 
                                                                ---------
     Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $          
                                                                =========

   Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

   (a)   The Company is incorporated under the Wisconsin Business Corporation
   Law ("WBCL").  Under Section 180.0851(1) of the WBCL, the Company is
   required to indemnify a director or officer, to the extent that such
   person is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of a
   proceeding, for all reasonable expenses incurred in the proceeding if such
   person was a party because he or she was a director or officer of the
   Company.  In all other cases, the Company is required by
   Section 180.0851(2) to indemnify a director or officer against liability
   incurred in a proceeding to which such a person was a party because he or
   she was a director or officer of the Company, unless it is determined that
   he or she breached or failed to perform a duty owed to the Company and the
   breach or failure to perform constitutes:

   (i)   a willful failure to deal fairly with the Company or its
   shareholders in connection with a matter in which the director or officer
   has a material conflict of interest;

   (ii)  a violation of criminal law, unless the director or officer had
   reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or no reasonable
   cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful;

   (iii)    a transaction from which the director or officer derived an
   improper personal profit; or

   (iv)  willful misconduct.

   Section 180.0858(1) provides that, subject to certain limitations, the
   mandatory indemnification provisions do not preclude any additional right
   to indemnification or allowance of expenses that a director or officer may
   have under the Company's articles of incorporation, by-laws, a written
   agreement or a resolution of the Board of Directors or shareholders.

   Section 180.0859 of the WBCL provides that it is the public policy of the
   State of Wisconsin to require or permit indemnification, allowance of
   expenses and insurance to the extent required to be permitted under
   Sections 180.0850 to 180.0858 of the WBCL, for any liability incurred in
   connection with a proceeding involving a federal or state statute, rule or
   regulation regulating the offer, sale or purchase of securities.

   Section 180.0828 of the WBCL provides that, with certain exceptions, a
   director is not liable to a corporation, its shareholders, or any person
   asserting rights on behalf of the corporation or its shareholders, for
   damages, settlements, fees, fines, penalties or other monetary liabilities
   arising from a breach of or failure to perform, any duty resulting solely
   from his or her status as a director, unless the person asserting
   liability proves that the breach or failure to perform constitutes any of
   the four exceptions to mandatory indemnification under Section 180.0851(2)
   referred to above.

   Under Section 180.0833 of the WBCL, directors of the Company against whom
   claims are asserted with respect to the declaration of improper dividends
   or distributions to shareholders or certain other improper acts which they
   approved are entitled to contribution from other directors who approved
   such actions and from shareholders who knowingly accepted an improper
   dividend or distribution, as provided therein.

   (b)   Article XIII of the By-Laws of the Registrant provides for
   indemnification of directors, to the maximum extent allowed or mandated by
   the laws of the State of Wisconsin and of officers and employees to the
   maximum extent allowed or mandated by the laws of the State of Wisconsin
   except that no indemnification shall be made in respect to any issue or
   matter as to which such officer or employee shall have been adjudged to be
   liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of duty to the
   corporation unless the court in which such action or suit is brought shall
   determine that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
   circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled
   to indemnity for such expenses.

   (c)   Reference is made to Section     of the Underwriting Agreement (the
   form of which is included as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement)
   for provisions regarding the indemnification under certain circumstances
   of the Registrant, its directors and certain of its officers by the
   Underwriters.

   Item 15.  Recent Sale of Unregistered Securities

   On June 30, 1994 the Company issued 12,500 shares of Common Stock to ING
   in exchange for ING causing INCC to issue a $2 million letter of credit in
   favor of the Company.  The letter of credit was canceled in June 1995 with
   the establishment of the Credit Agreement.

   In December 1995, the Company issued $4.0 million of its Subordinated
   Notes to ING and Grace.  In February 1996, in a second private placement
   of Subordinated Notes, the Company issued an additional $5.3 million of
   Notes to ING, Grace and other shareholders.  The Subordinated Notes were
   accompanied by detachable ten-year warrants to purchase an aggregate of
   7,775,722 shares of Common Stock.  During 1996 and the first nine months
   of 1997, the Company has issued another $1.6 million of Subordinated Notes
   as interest upon the outstanding Subordinated Notes.

   In addition, during 1996 and 1997 the Company has issued an aggregate of
   166,790 shares upon exercise of outstanding Warrants, and 110,833 shares
   upon exercise of outstanding stock options granted to officers of the
   Company.

   In October 1997, the Company issued 8,333 shares of Common Stock to a
   former employee in partial settlement of certain litigation.

   The foregoing sales were exempt from registration under the Securities Act
   pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof.

   Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   (a)   Exhibits:

   A list of the exhibits included as part of this Registration Statement is
   set forth in the Exhibit Index which immediately precedes such exhibits
   and is incorporated herein by reference.

   (b)   Financial Statement Schedules:

   None.

   Item 17.  Undertakings

   The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
   underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreements
   certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as
   required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
   Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
   persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
   otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
   Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
   policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the
   event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
   than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a
   director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
   successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
   director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
   being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
   counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
   court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
   indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
   will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

   (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
   of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
   of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
   a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
   (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
   registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

   (2)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
   of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
   shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
   securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
   time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

   <PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
   the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on
   its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
   Cudahy, State of Wisconsin, on December 23, 1997.

   LADISH CO., INC.


   By    /s/  Wayne E. Larsen                            
         Wayne E. Larsen, Vice President


   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
   this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
   the capacities indicated on December 23, 1997.  Each person whose
   signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kerry L. Woody and
   Wayne E. Larsen, and each of them individually, his or her true and lawful
   attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and
   resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name,place and stead, in
   any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including
   post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any
   additional registration statement to be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b)
   under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits
   thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
   and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents,
   and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
   every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection
   therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or
   could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
   attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute
   or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

                     Name                                 Title



    /s/  Kerry L. Woody                      President (Principal Executive
    Kerry L. Woody                           Officer), Director


    /s/  Wayne E. Larsen                     Vice President, Law/Finance and
    Wayne E. Larsen                          Secretary (Principal Financial
                                             and Accounting Officer)



    /s/  Gregory P. Flynn                    Director
    Gregory P. Flynn



    /s/ Robert W. Sullivan                   Director
    Robert W. Sullivan



    /s/  Fred W. Whitridge, Jr.              Director
    Fred W. Whitridge, Jr.


   <PAGE>

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS
                                                                Sequentially
                                                                  Numbered
      Number                       Exhibit                          Page

        1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement  . . . . . . .

        3.1     Restated Articles of Incorporation of the
                Registrant, as amended  . . . . . . . . . . .

        3.2     By-Laws of the Registrant . . . . . . . . . .

        4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate  . . . . . .

        4.2     Amended and Restated Note and Warrant
                Purchase Agreement dated February 22, 1996
                among Ladish Co., Inc. and the Purchasers
                named therein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

        4.3     Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated
                February 22, 1996 among Ladish Co., Inc. and
                the purchasers named therein  . . . . . . . .

        4.4     Amended and Restated Registration Rights
                Agreement dated February 22, 1996 among
                Ladish Co., Inc. and certain note and warrant
                purchasers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

         5      Form of Opinion of Foley & Lardner  . . . . .

       10.1     Credit Agreement dated June 30, 1995 among
                Ladish Co., Inc. and General Electric Capital
                Corporation, as amended . . . . . . . . . . .

       10.2*    Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 14, 1997
                between Ladish Co., Inc. and Stowe Machine
                Co., Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

       10.3*    Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 24, 1997
                between Ladish Co., Inc. and Trinity Fitting
                & Flange Group, Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . .

       10.4     Ladish Co., Inc. 1996 Long-Term Incentive
                Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

       10.5*    Form of Employment Agreement between Ladish
                Co., Inc. and certain of its executive
                officers, together with a schedule of parties
                thereto.  Such agreements are materially
                different only as to the signing officers,
                the compensation of such officers and the
                dates of execution  . . . . . . . . . . . . .

       10.6*    Amended Payment and Security Agreement dated
                October 14, 1997 between Ladish Co., Inc. and
                the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation  . . 

        11      Statement re: Computation of Per Share
                Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

        21      Subsidiaries of the Registrant  . . . . . . .

       23.1     Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP  . . . . . . .

       23.2     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP  . . . . . . . .

       23.3     Consent of Foley & Lardner (contained in
                their Opinion filed as Exhibit 5 to this 
                Registration Statement)  

        24      Powers of Attorney (appearing on the
                signature page hereof)  . . . . . . . . . . .

        27      Financial Data Schedule . . . . . . . . . . .



   _______________
   *To be filed by amendment.




                                LADISH CO., INC.

                       RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION,
                                 as amended


                                    ARTICLE 1

        The name of the corporation is Ladish Co., Inc.


                                    ARTICLE 2

        The period of existence of the corporation shall be perpetual.


                                    ARTICLE 3

        The purposes shall be to engage in any lawful activities authorized
   by Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.


                                    ARTICLE 4

        The number of shares of common stock the corporation shall be
   authorized to issue is 100,000,000.  The common stock shall have a par
   value of $.01 per share.  As of the effective date hereof, each previously
   outstanding share of common stock of the corporation shall be converted to
   one-tenth of a share of common stock of the corporation.  If as a result
   of the foregoing conversion any fractional shares would otherwise be issued,
   such fraction, if equal lto one-half or a greater percentage of a share, 
   shall be rounded to the next higher integral shar; otherwise, such fraction
   shall be rounded to the next lower integral share.


                                    ARTICLE 5

        There are no preferences, limitations, designations or relative
   rights with respect to the common stock of the corporation.


                                    ARTICLE 6

        The registered office of the corporation is located in Milwaukee
   County, Wisconsin and the address of such registered office is:

                            5481 South Packard Avenue
                             Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110
                                 (414) 747-2611


                                    ARTICLE 7

        The registered agent for the corporation at the above address is:
                           Wayne E. Larsen, Secretary

                                    ARTICLE 8

        The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the
   corporation is fixed by the By-Laws of the corporation.


                                    ARTICLE 9

                                      None


                                   ARTICLE 10

                                      None


                                   ARTICLE 11

        These restated articles of incorporation may be amended in the manner
   authorized by law at the time of such amendment.




                                LADISH CO., INC.

                                     BY-LAWS


                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES


           Section 1.  The registered office shall be located in Cudahy,
   Wisconsin.

           Section 2.  The corporation may also have offices at such other
   places both within and without the State of Wisconsin as the board of
   directors may from time to time determine or the business of the
   corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                         ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

           Section 1.  All meetings of shareholders for the election of
   directors shall be held at the registered office of the corporation, in
   the State of Wisconsin, or at such place, within or without the State of
   Wisconsin as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

           Section 2.  Annual meetings of shareholders, shall be held on each
   anniversary of the beginning of the corporation's existence, or at such
   other time as the board of directors may designate, at which they shall
   elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other
   business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

           Section 3.  Written or printed notice of the annual meeting
   stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be delivered not less
   than ten nor more than fifty days before the date of the meeting, either
   personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the president, the
   secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each
   shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.


                                   ARTICLE III

                        SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS


           Section 1.  Special meetings of shareholders for any purpose other
   than the election of directors may be held at such time and place within
   or without the State of Wisconsin as shall be stated in the notice of the
   meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

           Section 2.  Special meetings of the shareholders, for any purpose
   or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of
   incorporation, may be called by the president, the board of directors, or
   the holders of not less than one-tenth of all the shares entitled to vote
   at the meeting.

           Section 3.  Written or printed notice of a special meeting stating
   the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for
   which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten nor more
   than fifty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by
   mail, by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or the
   officer or persons calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record
   entitled to vote at such meeting.

           Section 4.  The business transacted at any special meeting of
   shareholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                           QUORUM AND VOTING OF STOCK

           Section 1.  The holders of a majority of the shares of stock
   issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, represented in person or by
   proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for
   the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by
   the articles of incorporation.  If, however, such quorum shall not be
   present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, the
   shareholders present in person or represented by proxy shall have power to
   adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
   announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or
   represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present
   or represented any business may be transacted which might have been
   transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

           Section 2.  If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a
   majority of the shares of stock represented at the meeting shall be the
   act of the shareholders unless the vote of a greater number of shares of
   stock is required by law or the articles of incorporation.

           Section 3.  Each outstanding share of stock, having voting power,
   shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a
   meeting of shareholders.  A shareholder may vote either in person or by
   proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly
   authorized attorney-in-fact.

           Section 4.  Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the
   shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing,
   setting forth the action so taken is provided to all shareholders, shall
   be signed by a majority of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect
   to the subject matter thereof.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    DIRECTORS

           Section 1.  The number of directors shall be one or more, as fixed
   from time to time by resolution of the board of directors.  Directors need
   not be residents of the State of Wisconsin nor shareholders of the
   corporation.  The directors, other than the first board of directors,
   shall be elected at the annual meeting of the shareholders, and each
   director elected shall serve until the next succeeding annual meeting and
   until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified.  The
   first board of directors shall hold office until the first annual meeting
   of shareholders.

           Section 2.  Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting
   from any increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority
   of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and the
   directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and
   until their successors are duly elected and qualified.  Providing,
   however, a vacancy created by the removal of a director by the
   shareholders may be filled by the shareholders.

           Section 3.  The business affairs of the corporation shall be
   managed by its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of
   the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by
   statute or by the articles of incorporation or by these by-laws directed
   or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

           Section 4.  The directors may keep the books of the corporation,
   except such as are required by law to be kept within the state, outside of
   the State of Wisconsin, at such place or places as they may from time to
   time determine.

           Section 5.  The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a
   majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal
   interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish
   reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation
   as directors, officers or otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                       MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

           Section 1.  Meetings of the board of directors, regular or
   special, may be held either within or without the State of Wisconsin.

           Section 2.  The first meeting of each newly elected board of
   directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the
   vote of the shareholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such
   meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally
   to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present, or it may
   convene at such place and time as shall be fixed by the consent in writing
   of all the directors.

           Section 3.  Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held
   upon such notice, or without notice, and at such time and at such place as
   shall from time to time be determined by the board.  The board of
   directors may conduct meetings telephonically, provided that a quorum of
   directors are telephonically connected and the secretary has confirmed the
   identity of each director by having him/her state their respective birth
   date.

           Section 4.  Special meetings of the board of directors may be
   called by the president on five days' notice to each director, either
   personally or by mail or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by
   the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the
   written request of two directors.

           Section 5.  Attendance of a director at any meeting shall
   constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director
   attends for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any
   business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither
   the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or
   special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice
   or waiver of notice of such meeting.

           Section 6.  A majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum
   for the transaction of business unless a greater number is required by law
   or by the articles of incorporation.  The act of a majority of the
   directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the
   act of the board of directors, unless the act of a greater number is
   required by statute or by the articles of incorporation.  If a quorum
   shall not be present at any meeting of directors, the directors present
   may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than
   announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

           Section 7.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a
   meeting of the directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in
   writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the
   directors entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

           Section 1.  The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a
   majority of the number of directors fixed by the by-laws or otherwise, may
   designate three or more directors to constitute an executive committee,
   which committee, to the extent provided in such resolution, shall have and
   exercise all of the authority of the board of directors in the management
   of the corporation, except as otherwise required by law.  Vacancies in the
   membership of the committee shall be filled by the board of directors. 
   The executive committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and
   report the same to the board when required.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                     NOTICES

           Section 1.  Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of
   the articles of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to
   be given to any director or shareholder, it shall not be construed to mean
   personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail,
   addressed to such director or shareholder, at his or her address as it
   appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid,
   and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same
   shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Notice to directors may
   also be given by telegram.

           Section 2.  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
   provisions of the statutes or under the provisions of the articles of
   incorporation or these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the
   person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the
   time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such
   notice.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    OFFICERS

           Section 1.  The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the
   board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary
   and a treasurer.  The board of directors may also choose additional vice-
   presidents, and one or more assistant secretaries and assistant
   treasurers.

           Section 2.  The board of directors at its first meeting after each
   annual meeting of shareholders shall choose a president, one or more vice-
   presidents, a secretary and a treasurer, none of whom need be a member of
   the board.

           Section 3.  The board of directors may appoint such other officers
   and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for
   such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall
   be determined from time to time by the board of directors.

           Section 4.  The salaries of all officers and agents of the
   corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

           Section 5.  The officers of the corporation shall hold office
   until their successors are chosen and qualified.  Any officer elected or
   appointed by the board of directors may be removed at any time by the
   affirmative vote of a majority of the board of directors.  Any vacancy
   occurring in any office at the corporation shall be filled by the board of
   directors.

                                  THE PRESIDENT

           Section 6.  The president shall be the chief executive officer of
   the corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and the
   board of directors, shall have general and active management of the
   business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions
   of the board of directors are carried into effect.

           Section 7.  The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other
   contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except
   where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and
   except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly
   delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the
   corporation.

                               THE VICE PRESIDENTS

           Section 8.  The vice-president, or if there shall be more than
   one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of
   directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president, perform
   the duties and exercise the powers of the president and shall perform such
   other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from
   time to time prescribe.

                     THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

           Section 9.  The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board
   of directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the
   proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of
   directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like
   duties for the standing committees when required.  He or she shall give,
   or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and
   special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other
   duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or president, under
   whose supervision he or she shall be.  He or she shall have custody of the
   corporate seal of the corporation and he or she, or an assistant
   secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument
   requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her
   signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary.  The board of
   directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the
   seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

           Section 10.  The assistant secretary, or if there be more than
   one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of
   directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform
   the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such
   other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from
   time to time prescribe.

                     THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

           Section 11.  The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate
   funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts
   and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit
   all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the
   corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of
   directors.

           Section 12.  The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the
   corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper
   vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the
   board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of
   directors so requires, an account of all his or her transactions as
   treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

           Section 13.  If required by the board of directors, the treasurer
   shall give the corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or
   sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the
   faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the
   restoration to the corporation, in case of his or her death, resignation,
   retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money
   and other property of whatever kind in his or her possession or under his
   or her control belonging to the corporation.

           Section 14.  The assistant treasurer, or, if there shall be more
   than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of
   directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform
   the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such
   other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from
   time to time prescribe.

                                    ARTICLE X

                             CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

           Section 1.  The shares of the corporation shall be represented by
   certificates signed by the president or a vice-president and the secretary
   or an assistant secretary of the corporation, and may be sealed with the
   seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof.

           When the corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than
   one class, every certificate shall set forth upon the face or back of such
   certificate a statement of the designations, preferences, limitations and
   relative rights of the shares of each class authorized to be issued, as
   required by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

           Section 2.  The signatures of the officers of the corporation upon
   a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually
   countersigned on behalf of a transfer agent, or a registrar, other than
   the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation.  In case any
   officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon
   such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such
   certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same
   effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of its issue.

                                LOST CERTIFICATES

           Section 3.  The board of directors may direct a new certificate to
   be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the
   corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed.  When authorizing such
   issue of a new certificate, the board of directors, in its discretion and
   as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may prescribe such terms
   and conditions as it deems expedient, and may require such indemnities as
   it deems adequate, to protect the corporation from any claim that may be
   made against it with respect to any such certificate alleged to have been
   lost or destroyed.

                               TRANSFERS OF SHARES

           Section 4.  Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer
   agent of the corporation of a certificate representing shares duly
   endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or
   authority to transfer, a new certificate shall be issued to the person
   entitled thereto, and the old certificate cancelled and the transaction
   recorded upon the books of the corporation.

                            CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS

           Section 5.  For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled
   to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or any adjournment
   thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to
   make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the
   board of directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be
   closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, fifty days.  If
   the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining
   shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
   shareholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten days immediately
   preceding such meeting.  In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the
   board of directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any
   such determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more
   than fifty days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than
   ten days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such
   determination of shareholders, is to be taken.  If the stock transfer
   books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of
   shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of
   shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend,
   the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the
   resolution of the board of directors declaring such dividend is adopted,
   as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of
   shareholders.  When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at
   any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section,
   such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.


                             REGISTERED SHAREHOLDERS


           Section 6.  The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the
   exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares
   to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for
   calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of
   shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim
   to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person,
   whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as
   otherwise provided by the laws of Wisconsin.


                             RECORD OF SHAREHOLDERS

           Section 7.  The officer or agent having charge of the stock
   transfer books for shares of a corporation shall before each meeting of
   shareholders, make a complete record of the shareholders entitled to vote
   at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, with the address of and the
   number of shares held by each, with record shall be produced and kept open
   at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the
   inspection of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting for the
   purpose of the meeting.  The original stock transfer books shall be prima
   facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such
   record or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                    DIVIDENDS

           Section 1.  Subject to the provisions of the articles of
   incorporation relating thereto, if any, dividends may be declared by the
   board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. 
   Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital
   stock, subject to any provisions of the articles of incorporation.

           Section 2.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside
   out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or
   sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion,
   think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing
   dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the
   corporation, or for such other purpose as the directors shall think
   conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify
   or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.


                                     CHECKS

           Section 3.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the
   corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other
   person or persons as the board of directors may from time to time
   designate.


                                   FISCAL YEAR

           Section 4.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by
   resolution of the board of directors.


                                      SEAL

           Section 5.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the
   name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words
   "Corporate Seal, Wisconsin".  The seal may be used by causing it or a
   facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any manner reproduced.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                   AMENDMENTS

           Section 1.  These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or
   new by-laws may be adopted (a) at any regular or special meeting of
   shareholders at which a quorum is present or represented, by the
   affirmative vote of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, provided
   notice of the proposed alteration, amendment or repeal be contained in the
   notice of such meeting, or (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of
   the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board. 
   However, the shareholders shall have authority to change or repeal any by-
   laws adopted by the directors.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION

           Section 1.  The corporation shall indemnify any of its directors
   who is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened or
   pending action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
   administrative or investigative (other than an action by or on behalf of
   the corporation) by reason of the fact that he/she is or was a director of
   the corporation, to the maximum extent allowed or mandated by the laws of
   the State of Wisconsin.

           Section 2.  The corporation shall indemnify any officer or
   employee of the corporation who is a party or threatened to be made a
   party to any threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding, whether
   civil, criminal or investigative (other than an action by or on behalf of
   the corporation) by reason of the fact that he/she is or was an officer or
   employee of the corporation, against expenses, including attorneys' fees,
   judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
   incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding except that no
   indemnification shall be made in respect to any issue or matter as to
   which such officer or employee shall have been adjudged to be liable for
   negligence or misconduct in the performance of duty to the corporation
   unless the court in which such action or suit is brought shall determine
   that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all
   circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled
   to indemnity for such expenses.

             (a)  In order to invoke the indemnification provisions of this
           Section, an officer or employee must provide written notification
           to the board of directors (or the executive committee) of the
           corporation, of that individual's request for indemnification.  By
           requesting indemnification, an officer or employee shall agree to
           allow the corporation to participate in, and/or assume the defense
           of, any action, suit or proceeding.

             (b)  Expenses, including attorneys' fees incurred in defending
           an action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in
           advance of final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as
           authorized in this Section upon receipt of an undertaking by or on
           behalf of an officer or employee to repay such amount should it
           ultimately be determined that the individual was not entitled to
           be indemnified by the corporation pursuant to this Section.

           Section 3.  The indemnification provided by this Article shall not
   be deemed exclusive of any other right to which an indemnified person may
   be entitled as a matter of law, and shall continue as to a person who has
   ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall inure to the
   benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.





                              AMENDED AND RESTATED 

                      NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT,


                          dated as of February 22, 1996


                                      among


                                LADISH CO., INC.,

                                 as the Company,


                                       and


                   THE PURCHASERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO


                                 with respect to


                        U.S. $9,330,866 principal amount

                                       of

                            Senior Subordinated Notes

                              Due December 22, 2000

                                       and

             Warrants to Purchase 46,654,330 Shares of Common Stock




                              AMENDED AND RESTATED 
                       NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE AGREEMENT




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         Page

                                    ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINED TERMS

    SECTION 1.1.     Defined Terms   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
    SECTION 1.2.     Additional Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
    SECTION 1.3.     Use of Defined Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
    SECTION 1.4.     Cross-References  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
    SECTION 1.5.     Accounting and Financial Determinations   . . . . .   16
    SECTION 1.6.     Construction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

                                   ARTICLE II

                         PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

    SECTION 2.1.     Issue of Securities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
    SECTION 2.2.     Purchase and Sale of Securities   . . . . . . . . .   18
    SECTION 2.2.1.   Purchase and Sale   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
    SECTION 2.2.2.   Closing   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
    SECTION 2.2.3.   Fees and Expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
    SECTION 2.3.     Registration of Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
    SECTION 2.4.     Delivery Expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
    SECTION 2.5.     Issue Taxes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
    SECTION 2.6.     General Provisions Regarding Payments   . . . . . .   20
    SECTION 2.7.     Lost Securities, etc.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
    SECTION 2.8.     Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
    SECTION 2.9.     Use of Proceeds   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
    SECTION 2.10.    Margin Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
    SECTION 2.11.    Taxes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23

                                   ARTICLE III

                               CLOSING CONDITIONS

    SECTION 3.1.     Organic Documents, Resolutions, etc   . . . . . . .   24
    SECTION 3.2.     Execution of this Agreement and each other
                       Transaction Document  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
    SECTION 3.3.     Capitalization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.4.     Necessary Consents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.5.     Financials; Pro Forma Balance Sheets  . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.6.     Closing Expenses, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.7.     Approvals   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.8.     Investment by Other Purchasers  . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.9.     Representations and Warranties  . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.10.    Opinions of Counsel to Company  . . . . . . . . . .   26
    SECTION 3.11.    Satisfactory Legal Form   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27

                                   ARTICLE IV

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

    SECTION 4.1.     Corporate Existence   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
    SECTION 4.2.     Power and Authority   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
    SECTION 4.3.     Binding Obligation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
    SECTION 4.4.     Capitalization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
    SECTION 4.5.     Consents, Approvals and Non-Contravention   . . . .   29
    SECTION 4.6.     Pro Forma Balance Sheet   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
    SECTION 4.7.     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
    SECTION 4.8.     No Material Adverse Effect  . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
    SECTION 4.9.     Events Subsequent to the Date of the Last Financial
                       Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
    SECTION 4.10.    Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities  . . . . . . . .   30
    SECTION 4.11.    Taxes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
    SECTION 4.12.    Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   31
    SECTION 4.13.    Insurance   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
    SECTION 4.14.    Licenses; Compliance with Laws, Other Agreements,
                       etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
    SECTION 4.15.    Investment Company Act  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
    SECTION 4.16.    Brokers, etc.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
    SECTION 4.17.    Private Sale  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
    SECTION 4.18.    Disclosure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
    SECTION 4.19.    Subsidiaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
    SECTION 4.20.    Ownership of Properties   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
    SECTION 4.21.    Pension and Welfare Plans   . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
    SECTION 4.22.    Environmental Warranties  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
    SECTION 4.23.    Securities Activities   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
    SECTION 4.24.    Solvency  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35

                                    ARTICLE V

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASERS

    SECTION 5.1.     Purchase for Own Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
    SECTION 5.2.     Accredited Investor   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

    SECTION 6.1.     Financial Statements and Other Reports  . . . . . .   36
    SECTION 6.2.     Corporate Existence, etc.   . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
    SECTION 6.3.     Compliance with Laws, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
    SECTION 6.4.     Maintenance of Properties   . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
    SECTION 6.5.     Insurance   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
    SECTION 6.6.     Books and Records   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
    SECTION 6.7.     Environmental Covenant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
    SECTION 6.8.     The Company's Remedial Action Regarding Hazardous
                       Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
    SECTION 6.9.     Maintenance of Office or Agency   . . . . . . . . .   42
    SECTION 6.10.    Private Offering  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
    SECTION 6.11.    Information to Prospective Purchasers   . . . . . .   43
    SECTION 6.12.    Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
    SECTION 6.13.    Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

    SECTION 7.1.     [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
    SECTION 7.2.     [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
    SECTION 7.3.     [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
    SECTION 7.4.     Modification of Certain Agreements  . . . . . . . .   44
    SECTION 7.5.     Transactions with Affiliates  . . . . . . . . . . .   44
    SECTION 7.6.     Inconsistent Agreements   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
    SECTION 7.7.     Fiscal Year   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
    SECTION 7.8.     Limitation of Ranking of Future Indebtedness  . . .   44
    SECTION 7.9.     Stay, Extension and Usury Laws  . . . . . . . . . .   44

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   REDEMPTION

    SECTION 8.1.     Mandatory Redemption  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
    SECTION 8.2.     The Company's Right to Redeem   . . . . . . . . . .   45
    SECTION 8.3.     Selection of Notes and Portions of Notes to Be
                       Redeemed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
    SECTION 8.4.     Notice of Redemption  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
    SECTION 8.5.     Effect of Notice of Redemption  . . . . . . . . . .   46
    SECTION 8.6.     Payment of Redemption Price   . . . . . . . . . . .   46

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    SECTION 9.1.     Listing of Events of Default  . . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.1.1.   Non-Payment of Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.1.2.   Breach of Warranty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.1.3.   Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations  
                                                                           47
    SECTION 9.1.4.   Non-Performance of Other Covenants and Obligations    47
    SECTION 9.1.5.   Default on Other Indebtedness   . . . . . . . . . .   47
    SECTION 9.1.6.   Judgments   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
    SECTION 9.1.7.   Pension Plans   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
    SECTION 9.1.8.   Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . .   48
    SECTION 9.1.9.   Dissolution   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49
    SECTION 9.1.10.  Impairment of Transaction Documents, etc.   . . . .   49
    SECTION 9.2.     Action if Bankruptcy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49
    SECTION 9.3.     Action if Other Event of Default  . . . . . . . . .   49

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  SUBORDINATION

    SECTION 10.1.    Agreement to Subordinate  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
    SECTION 10.2.    General Subordination to Senior Debt  . . . . . . .   50
    SECTION 10.3.    Subordination on Dissolution, Liquidation or
                       Reorganization of the Company . . . . . . . . . .   50
    SECTION 10.4.    Limitation on Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
    SECTION 10.4.1.    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
    SECTION 10.5.    Amendments and Exchanges of Subordinated Debt   . .   52
    SECTION 10.6.    Payments Received in Contravention of Subordination
                       Provisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
    SECTION 10.7.    Subrogation   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
    SECTION 10.8.    Relative Rights   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
    SECTION 10.9.    Reliance on Judicial Order or Decree or Senior Agent
                       Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
    SECTION 10.10.   Proof of Claim  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 11.1.    Amendments and Waivers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
    SECTION 11.2.    Transfers   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57
    SECTION 11.3.    Notices   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
    SECTION 11.4.    Independence of Covenants   . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
    SECTION 11.5.    Survival of Representations, Warranties and
                       Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
    SECTION 11.6.    Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies
                       Cumulative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
    SECTION 11.7.    Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
    SECTION 11.8.    Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Senior
                       Debtholders' Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
    SECTION 11.9.    Headings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
    SECTION 11.10.   APPLICABLE LAW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
    SECTION 11.11.   Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
    SECTION 11.12.   Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process  . .   60
    SECTION 11.13.   Waiver of Jury Trial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
    SECTION 11.14.   Counterparts; Effectiveness   . . . . . . . . . . .   61
    SECTION 11.15.   Understanding Among the Purchasers  . . . . . . . .   61
    SECTION 11.17.   Entire Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   67


   SCHEDULE I   -    Disclosure Schedule


   EXHIBIT A    -    Form of Note
   EXHIBIT B    -    Form of Warrant Agreement




                THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED NOTE AND WARRANT PURCHASE
   AGREEMENT, dated as of February 22, 1996 (this "Agreement"), by and among
   LADISH CO., INC., a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), the Purchasers
   listed on Schedule I hereto (together with their respective successors and
   assigns, the "Purchasers").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Purchasers are
   parties to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of December
   22, 1995 (the "Existing Purchase Agreement");

                WHEREAS, the parties to the Existing Agreement desire that
   such agreement be amended and restated as set forth in this Agreement;

                WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Purchasers purchase
   U.S.$9,330,866 principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes (such
   capitalized term and other capitalized terms used in these recitals
   without definition shall have the meanings provided for in Article I) of
   the Company, the proceeds of which will be used to refinance certain
   outstanding trade indebtedness of the Company and for general corporate
   purposes (including capital expenditures); and

                WHEREAS, the Company desires that the Purchasers purchase the
   Warrants exercisable for 46,654,330 shares of the Common Stock of the
   Company, representing on a fully-diluted basis as of the date hereof
   approximately 61% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company;

                NOW, THEREFORE, based upon the foregoing and the mutual
   covenants and agreements herein contained, and for other good and
   sufficient consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
   acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby
   agree (i) that the Existing Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and
   restated, and (ii) further as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINED TERMS

                SECTION 1.1.  Defined Terms.  The following terms (whether or
   not underscored) when used in this Agreement, including its preamble and
   recitals, shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the
   following meanings:

                     "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any
                other Person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is
                under common control with, or is owned or controlled by, such
                Person.  For purposes of this definition, (i) "control"
                means, with respect to any Person, either (x) the beneficial
                ownership of five percent (5%) or more of any class of
                equity, securities or other beneficial Interests of such
                Person or (y) the power to direct the management and policies
                of such Person through the ownership of voting securities, by
                contract or otherwise, (ii) "controlling", "control with" and
                "controlled by", and similar terms shall have meanings
                correlative to the foregoing and (iii) the officers,
                directors and shareholders of such Person shall be deemed to
                be Affiliates of such Person.

                     "Agreement" means this Note and Warrant Purchase
                Agreement, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or
                otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to Section
                11.1.

                     "Authorized Officer" means, relative to the Company,
                those of its officers whose signatures and incumbency shall
                have been certified to the Purchasers pursuant to Section
                3.1.

                     "Bankruptcy Code" shall mean Title 11 of the United
                States Code, as amended from time to time, and all rules and
                regulations promulgated thereunder.

                     "Business Day" means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday
                and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the
                State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions
                located in such state are authorized or required by law or
                other governmental action to close.

                     "Capitalized Lease Liabilities" means, with respect to
                any Person, all monetary obligations of such Person or any of
                its Subsidiaries under any leasing or similar arrangement
                which, in accordance with GAAP, would be classified as
                capitalized leases, and, for purposes of this Agreement, the
                amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount
                thereof, determined in accordance with GAAP, and the stated
                maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of
                rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the
                first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the
                lessee without payment of a penalty.

                     "Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person, any
                and all shares, interests, participations or other
                equivalents (however designated) of such Person's capital
                stock or equity, whether now outstanding or issued after the
                date hereof, including all common stock, preferred stock,
                partnership interests and member interests.

                     "Cash Equivalents" means, as at any time, 

                       (a)  marketable securities (i) issued or directly and
                     unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal
                     by the United States Government or (ii) issued by any
                     agency of the United States the obligations of which
                     are backed by the full faith and credit of the United
                     States, in each case maturing within one year after
                     such date; 

                       (b)  marketable direct obligations issued by any
                     state of the United States of America or any political
                     subdivision of any such state or any public
                     instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within
                     one year after such date and having, at the time of the
                     acquisition thereof, one of the two highest ratings
                     obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Group,
                     a division of McGraw-Hill, Inc. ("S&P") or Moody's
                     Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's");

                       (c)  commercial paper maturing no more than one year
                     from the date of creation thereof and having, at the
                     time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least
                     A-1 (or the equivalent) from S&P or at least P-1 (or
                     the equivalent) from Moody's; 

                       (d)  certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances
                     maturing within one year after such date and issued or
                     accepted by any commercial bank organized under the
                     laws of the United States of America or any state
                     thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at
                     least "adequately capitalized" (as defined in the
                     regulations of its primary federal banking regulator)
                     and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such
                     regulations) of not less than $100,000,000; and 

                       (e)  shares of any money market mutual fund that
                     (i) has at least 95% of its assets invested
                     continuously in the types of investments referred to in
                     clauses (a) and (b) above, (ii) has net assets of not
                     less than $500,000,000, and (iii) has one of the two
                     highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody's.

                     "CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental
                Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

                     "CERCLIS" means the Comprehensive Environmental
                Response Compensation Liability Information System List.

                     "Change in Control" means any event, transaction or
                occurrence as a result of which, without the consent of the
                Requisite Holders (which consent shall not be unreasonably
                withheld), either (i) (x) Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.)
                Capital Corporation and its Affiliates shall cease to own or
                control at least 15% or (y) Grace Brothers, Ltd. and its
                Affiliates shall cease to own or control at least 10%, of the
                outstanding shares of Capital Stock, on a fully diluted
                basis, or (ii) any other Person and its Affiliates shall own
                or control, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate 51% or
                more of the shares of Capital Stock on a fully diluted basis.

                     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
                amended, reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.

                     "Collateral" shall mean all property of the Company
                that at the time is security for the Senior Debt.

                     "Common Stock" means the Common Stock, no par value per
                share, of the Company.

                     "Controlled Group" means all members of a controlled
                group of corporations and all members of a controlled group
                of trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under
                common control which, together with the Company, are treated
                as a single employer under Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the
                Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.

                     "Credit Agreement" means, collectively, (i) the Credit
                Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995, among the Company, the
                lenders named therein and General Electric Capital
                Corporation, as agent, as amended on September 15, 1995,
                December 22, 1995 and as such agreement may be further
                amended, restated, extended, renewed, supplemented or
                otherwise modified from time to time, or replaced through
                refinancing and (ii) all other agreements, documents and
                instruments evidencing, governing, securing or pertaining to
                all or any portion of the Senior Debt.

                     "Default" means any Event of Default or any condition,
                occurrence or event which, after notice or lapse of time or
                both, would constitute an Event of Default.

                     "Disclosure Schedule" means the Disclosure Schedule
                attached hereto as Schedule II, as it may be amended,
                supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time by the
                Company with the written consent of the Requisite Holders.

                     "Dollars" and the sign "$" mean the lawful money of the
                United States of America.

                     "Environmental Claim" means any accusation, allegation,
                notice of violation, claim, demand, abatement order or other
                order or direction (conditional or otherwise) by any
                governmental authority or any Person for any damage,
                including personal injury (including sickness, disease or
                death), tangible or intangible property damage, contribution,
                indemnity, indirect or consequential damages, damage to the
                environment, nuisance, pollution, contamination or other
                adverse effects on the environment, or for fines, penalties
                or restrictions, in each case relating to, resulting from or
                in connection with Hazardous Materials and relating to the
                Company, any of their respective Affiliates or any Facility.

                     "Environmental Laws" means all statutes, ordinances,
                orders, rules, regulations, guidance documents or decrees
                relating to (i) environmental matters, including those
                relating to fines, injunctions, penalties, damages,
                contribution, cost recovery compensation, losses or injuries
                resulting from the Release or threatened Release of Hazardous
                Materials, (ii) the generation, use, storage, transportation
                or disposal of Hazardous Materials, or (iii) occupational
                safety and health, industrial hygiene, or the protection of
                human, plant or animal health or welfare from injury as a
                result of exposure to Hazardous Materials or loss of
                ecological resources, in any manner applicable to the
                Company, any of their respective Affiliates or predecessors
                or any of their respective properties, including the
                Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
                Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section  9601 et seq.), the
                Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section
                 1801 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
                (42 U.S.C. Section  6901 et seq.), the Federal Water
                Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section  1251 et seq.), the
                Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section  7401 et seq.), the Toxic
                Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. Section  2601 et seq.), the
                Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C.
                Section  136 et seq.), the Occupational Safety and Health Act
                (29 U.S.C. Section  651 et seq.) and the Emergency Planning
                and Community Right-to-Know Act (42 U.S.C. Section  11001 et
                seq.), each as amended or supplemented, and any analogous
                future or present local, state and federal statutes and
                regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, each as in effect
                as of the date of determination.

                     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security
                Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor
                statute, and any successor statute of similar import,
                together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in
                effect from time to time.  References to sections of ERISA
                also refer to any successor sections.

                     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of
                1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor
                statute.

                     "Facilities" means any and all real property (including
                all buildings, fixtures or other improvements located
                thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated
                or used by the Company or any of its predecessors or
                Affiliates.

                     "Fiscal Quarter" means any quarter of a Fiscal Year.

                     "Fiscal Year" means any period of twelve consecutive
                calendar months ending on December 31; references to a Fiscal
                Year with a number corresponding to any calendar year (e.g.,
                the "1995 Fiscal Year") refer to the Fiscal Year ending on
                the December 31 occurring during such calendar year.

                     "fully diluted basis" means, as applied to the
                calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock
                outstanding at any time, after giving effect to (a) all
                shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time of
                determination, (b) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon
                the conversion, exercise or exchange of any convertible
                security, warrant, option, subscriptions, calls or other
                rights to acquire Common Stock outstanding at the time of
                determination, irrespective of whether such conversion,
                exercise or exchange is permitted, restricted or vested at
                the time of determination, and irrespective of the price or
                consideration required by such conversion, exercise or
                exchange, and (c) all other commitments, promises or
                understandings to issue any shares of Common Stock or any
                convertible security, warrant, option, subscription, call or
                other rights outstanding at the time of determination.  Such
                calculation will reflect the Warrants, and will not be made
                in accordance with the "treasury method in accordance with
                GAAP".

                     "Governmental Authorization" means any permit, license,
                authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent
                decree of or from any federal, state or local governmental
                authority, agency or court.

                     "guaranty" means any agreement, undertaking or
                arrangement by which any Person guarantees, endorses or
                otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct
                or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide
                funds for payment, to supply funds to or otherwise to invest
                in a debtor or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss)
                the debt, obligation or other liability of any other Person
                (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of
                collection) or guarantees the payment of dividends or other
                distributions upon the shares of any other Person.  The
                amount of the obligor's obligation under any guaranty shall
                (subject to any limitation set forth therein) be deemed to be
                the outstanding principal amount (or maximum outstanding
                principal amount, if larger) of the debt, obligation or other
                liability guaranteed thereby.

                     "Hazardous Materials" means (i) any chemical, material
                or substance at any time defined as or included in the
                definition of "hazardous substances", "hazardous wastes",
                "hazardous materials", "extremely hazardous waste",
                "restricted hazardous waste", "infectious waste", "toxic
                substances" or any other formulations intended to define,
                list or classify substances by reason of deleterious
                properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity,
                carcinogenicity, toxicity, reproductive toxicity, "TCLP
                toxicity" or "EP toxicity" or words of similar import under
                any applicable Environmental Laws or publications promulgated
                pursuant thereto; (ii) any oil, petroleum, petroleum fraction
                or petroleum derived substance; (iii) any drilling fluids,
                produced waters and other wastes associated with the
                exploration, development or production of crude oil, natural
                gas or geothermal resources; (iv) any flammable substances or
                explosives; (v) any radioactive materials; (vi) asbestos in
                any form; (vii) urea formaldehyde foam insulation;
                (viii) electrical equipment which contains any oil or
                dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated
                biphenyls in excess of fifty parts per million;
                (ix) pesticides; and (x) any other chemical, material or
                substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or
                regulated by any governmental authority or which may or could
                pose a hazard to the health and safety of the owners,
                occupants or any Persons in the vicinity of the Facilities.

                     "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any
                Person, all liabilities of such Person under interest rate
                swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements, interest rate
                collar agreements, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap
                agreements, futures contracts, option contracts, and
                synthetic cap agreements and all other agreements or
                arrangements designed to protect such Person against
                fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates.

                     "Holder" means each Purchaser (or any of its permitted
                designees, successors or assigns, other than the Company or
                any of its Subsidiaries) who continues to hold any of the
                Securities and any other holder of any of the Securities;
                provided, that for the purposes of Article X and Section
                11.16, "Holder" includes the Company or any of its
                Subsidiaries to the extent that such entity holds any of the
                Securities or otherwise would be deemed a Purchaser
                hereunder.

                     "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without
                duplication:

                       (a)  all obligations of such Person for borrowed
                     money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by
                     bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments
                     (including Redeemable Capital Stock);

                       (b)  all obligations, contingent or otherwise,
                     relative to the face amount of all letters of credit,
                     whether or not drawn, and banker's acceptances issued
                     for the account of such Person;

                       (c)  all obligations of such Person as lessee under
                     leases which have been or should be, in accordance with
                     GAAP, recorded as Capitalized Lease Liabilities;

                       (d)  all other items which, in accordance with GAAP,
                     would be included as liabilities on the liability side
                     of the balance sheet of such Person as of the date at
                     which Indebtedness is to be determined;

                       (e)  net liabilities of such Person under all Hedging
                     Obligations;

                       (f)  whether or not so included as liabilities in
                     accordance with GAAP, all obligations of such Person to
                     pay the deferred purchase price of property or
                     services, and indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest
                     thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being
                     purchased by such Person (including indebtedness
                     arising under conditional sales or other title
                     retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness
                     shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in
                     recourse; and

                       (g)  all guaranties of such Person in respect of any
                     of the foregoing.

                For all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any
                Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or
                joint venture in which such Person is a general partner or a
                joint venturer.

                     "Joint Venture" means a joint venture, partnership or
                other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership
                or other legal form; provided that in no event shall any
                corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a
                Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

                     "Lien" means any security interest, mortgage, pledge,
                hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance,
                lien (statutory or otherwise), charge against or interest in
                property to secure payment of a debt or performance of an
                obligation or other priority or preferential arrangement of
                any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale
                or other title retention agreement, any financing lease
                involving substantially the same economic effect as any of
                the foregoing or the filing of any financing statement under
                the Uniform Commercial Code or comparable law of any
                jurisdiction).

                     "Margin Stock" has the meaning assigned to that term in
                Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
                System as in effect from time to time.

                     "Material Adverse Effect" means (i) a material adverse
                effect upon the business, assets, liabilities, condition
                (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties
                or prospects of the Company, or (ii) the impairment of the
                ability of the Company to perform, or the Holders to enforce,
                any obligation of the Company under any Transaction Document
                to which it is party (including the Obligations).

                     "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any
                applicable period, the net income (or loss) of such Person
                and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period
                determined in conformity with GAAP, exclusive of any
                extraordinary gains or non-cash extraordinary losses.

                     "Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as at any
                date of determination, the sum of the capital stock and
                additional paid-in capital plus retained earnings (or minus
                accumulated deficits) of such Person and its Subsidiaries on
                a consolidated basis determined in conformity with GAAP.

                     "Note" means each promissory note of the Company, dated
                the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit A
                hereto (as such promissory note may be amended, endorsed or
                otherwise modified from time to time), all other promissory
                notes accepted from time to time in substitution, replacement
                or renewal therefor, and any payment-in-kind note issued to
                pay interest thereunder.

                     "Obligations" means all obligations (monetary or
                otherwise) of every nature of the Company from time to time
                owed to the Purchasers, Holders or any of them under the
                Transaction Documents, whether for principal, interest, fees,
                expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

                     "Officers' Certificate" means, as applied to any
                corporation, a certificate executed on behalf of such
                corporation by its chairman of the board (if an officer) or
                its president or one of its vice presidents and by its chief
                financial officer or its treasurer; provided that any
                Officers' Certificate with respect to the compliance with a
                condition precedent to the issuance and sale of the
                Securities hereunder shall include (i) a statement that the
                officer or officers making or giving such Officers'
                Certificate have read such condition and any definitions or
                other provisions contained in this Agreement relating
                thereto, (ii) a statement that, in the opinion of the
                signers, they have made or have caused to be made such
                examination or investigation as is necessary to enable them
                to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
                condition has been complied with and (iii) a statement as to
                whether, in the opinion of the signers, such condition has
                been complied with.

                     "Organic Document" means, relative to any Person, such
                Person's certificate of incorporation, by-laws and all
                shareholder agreements, voting trusts and similar
                arrangements applicable to any of such Person's authorized
                shares of Capital Stock.

                     "Other Subordinated Securities" means equity and debt
                securities subordinated at least to the same extent as the
                Notes to the payment of all outstanding Senior Debt and which
                do not contain terms in respect of affirmative and negative
                covenants, events of default or amortization that are more
                onerous, as a whole, to the Company than the initial terms of
                the Notes.

                     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
                and any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions
                under ERISA.

                     "Pension Plan" means a "pension plan", as such term is
                defined in section 3(2) of ERISA, which is subject to
                Title IV of ERISA (other than a multiemployer plan as defined
                in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA), and to which the Company or
                any corporation, trade or business that is, along with the
                Company, a member of a Controlled Group, may have liability,
                including any liability by reason of having been a
                substantial employer within the meaning of section 4063 of
                ERISA at any time during the preceding five years, or by
                reason of being deemed to be a contributing sponsor under
                section 4069 of ERISA.

                     "Person" means any individual, corporation, general or
                limited partnership, joint venture, association, limited
                liability company, joint stock company, trust, business
                trust, land trust, bank, trust company, estate (including any
                beneficiaries thereof), unincorporated organization,
                cooperative, association or government branch, agency or
                political subdivision thereof.

                     "Redeemable Capital Stock" means, as applied to any
                Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, either by its
                terms, by the terms of any security into which it is
                convertible or exchangeable or otherwise, (i) is or upon the
                happening of an event or passage of time would be required to
                be redeemed (for consideration other than shares of the
                common equity capital of such Person) on or prior to December
                20, 2000, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder
                thereof (for consideration other than shares of the common
                equity capital of such Person) at any time prior to such date
                or (iii) is convertible into or exchangeable for debt
                securities at any time prior to such date.

                     "Redemption Date" means (i) in the case of a redemption
                of Notes pursuant to Section 8.1 in connection with a Change
                in Control, the date 30 days following the occurrence of such
                Change in Control, unless such date is a day which is not a
                Business Day, in which case the Redemption Date shall be the
                next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) in the case of a
                redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 8.2, the date
                selected by the Company for such redemption.

                     "Redemption Price" means, when used with respect to any
                Note to be redeemed, the redemption price fixed for such
                redemption pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2.

                     "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Amended and
                Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the
                Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C to the
                Warrant Agreement, as the same may be amended, restated,
                supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
                accordance with the terms thereof.

                     "Regulation D" means Regulation D of the Board of
                Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from
                time to time.

                     "Release" means any release, spill, emission, leaking,
                pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal,
                discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of
                Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment
                (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels,
                containers or other closed receptacles containing any
                Hazardous Materials), or into or out of any Facility,
                including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the
                air, soil, surface water, groundwater or property.

                     "Requisite Holders" means the Holders of at least a
                majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
                outstanding Notes.

                     "Requisite Senior Debtholders" means, with respect to
                any action which may be taken by the Senior Debtholders in
                connection with any term of this Agreement, the Senior
                Debtholder or Senior Debtholders necessary to approve or
                consent to such action pursuant to the terms of the Credit
                Agreement.

                     "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
                amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

                     "Senior Agent" means General Electric Capital
                Corporation, in its capacity as agent for the lenders under
                the Credit Agreement, and its successors in such capacity,
                or, if there is then no acting agent under the Credit
                Agreement, financial institutions holding a majority in
                principal amount of the Senior Debt outstanding thereunder,
                or if no debt is outstanding, a majority in amount of the
                loan commitments outstanding thereunder.

                     "Senior Debt" means all loans, advances, debts,
                liabilities and obligations, for the performance of
                covenants, tasks or duties or for the payment of monetary
                amounts (whether or not such performance is then required or
                contingent, or amounts are liquidated or determinable) owing
                by the Company to the Senior Agent or any lender under the
                Credit Agreement, and all covenants and duties regarding such
                amounts, of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or
                not evidenced by any note, agreement or other instrument,
                arising under the Credit Agreement.  Senior Debt includes all
                principal, interests, fees, expenses, attorneys' fees and any
                other sum chargeable to the Company under the Credit
                Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, together with,
                subject to the last sentence hereof, (a) all complete or
                partial refinancings of the Senior Debt, (b) any amendments,
                modifications, renewals or extensions of any of the foregoing
                and (c) any interest accruing on the foregoing after the
                commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
                proceeding, without regard to whether or not such interest
                accrues in any such proceeding or is an allowed claim in any
                such proceeding.  Senior Debt shall be considered to be
                outstanding whenever any loan commitment under the Credit
                Agreement is outstanding.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                however, "Senior Debt" shall not include any loans, advances,
                debts, liabilities, obligations or other amounts arising out
                of any partial or complete refinancing of Senior Debt if both
                (i) such refinancing is with a party or parties other than
                the existing Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders for whom
                the Senior Agent is at the time serving as agent under the
                Credit Agreement and (ii) the final stated maturity date of
                such refinancing is later than December 22, 2003.

                     "Senior Debtholder" means a holder of Senior Debt.

                     "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person, that as of
                the date of determination both (a) (i) the then fair saleable
                value of the property of such Person is (A) greater than the
                total amount of liabilities (including contingent
                liabilities) of such Person and (B) not less than the amount
                that will be required to pay the probable liabilities on such
                Person's then existing debts as they become absolute and
                matured considering all financing alternatives and potential
                asset sales reasonably available to such Person; (ii) such
                Person's capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its
                business or any contemplated or undertaken transaction; and
                (iii) such Person does not intend to incur, or believe (nor
                should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts
                beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due; and
                (b) such Person is "solvent" within the meaning given that
                term and similar terms under applicable laws relating to
                fraudulent transfers and conveyances.  For purposes of this
                definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any
                time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of
                the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents
                the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an
                actual or matured liability.

                     "Stated Maturity Date" means December 20, 2000.

                     "Subordinated Debt" means all of the obligations of the
                Company to the Holders evidenced by the Subordinated Debt
                Documents, all other amounts now or hereafter owed by the
                Company to the Holders under the Subordinated Debt Documents,
                and all  other obligations of the Company to the Holders now
                or hereafter arising, including without limitation, all
                principal (and premium, if any) and interest outstanding
                under the Subordinated Debt Documents and all claims relating
                to the Subordinated Debt Documents arising from rescission,
                misrepresentation, breach of warranty, indemnification, taxes
                or securities law violations.

                     "Subordinated Debt Documents" means this Agreement and
                the Notes and all agreements, documents and instruments
                securing the Subordinated Debt pursuant to Section 11.16
                hereof.

                     "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any specified
                Person, any corporation, partnership, association, joint
                venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of
                the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership
                interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any
                contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons
                (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons
                performing similar functions) having the power to direct or
                cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is
                at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
                such specified Person or one or more of the other
                Subsidiaries of such specified Person or a combination
                thereof.

                     "Tax" or "Taxes" means any present or future tax, levy,
                impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or withholding of any
                nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and
                wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed;
                provided that "Tax on the overall net income" of a Person
                shall be construed as a reference to a tax imposed by the
                jurisdiction in which that Person's principal office is
                located (and/or, in the case of a Holder, the jurisdiction in
                which the office through which its investment in the
                Securities is being maintained is located) or in which that
                Person is deemed to be doing business on all or part of the
                net income, profits or gains of that Person (whether
                worldwide, or only insofar as such income, profits or gains
                are considered to arise in or to relate to a particular
                jurisdiction, or otherwise).

                     "Transaction Costs" means the fees, costs and expenses
                payable by the Company in connection with the transactions
                contemplated hereby.

                     "Transaction Documents" means the Subordinated Debt
                Documents and the Warrant Documents and each other agreement,
                document, certificate or instrument delivered in connection
                with and such agreements and documents, whether or not
                specifically mentioned herein or therein.

                     "Undertaking" means the undertaking of the Company as
                set forth in Section 6.13, relating to, among other things,
                the commitment of the Company to (i) by January 10, 1996,
                complete and distribute to the accredited investor
                stockholders of the Company, a Private Placement Memorandum
                for the offer of notes and warrants of the Company on terms
                substantially similar to those contained in the Transaction
                Documents, and (ii) by February 29, 1996, complete the
                transactions described in the Private Placement Memorandum.

                     "United States" or "U.S." means the United States of
                America, its fifty States and the District of Columbia.

                     "Warrant Documents" means the Warrant Agreement, the
                Warrant Certificates and the Registration Rights Agreement.

                     "Warrants" is defined in the Warrant Agreement.

                     "Welfare Plan" means a "welfare plan", as such term is
                defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA.

                SECTION 1.2.  Additional Terms.  The following terms shall
   have the meanings indicated or referred to in the following Sections of
   this Agreement:

             Term                                 Section

             Audited Financial Statements         3.7
             Blue Sky Laws                        4.2
             Closing                              2.2.2
             Closing Date                         2.2.2
             Company                              Preamble
             Event of Default                     9.1
             Existing Purchase Agreement          First Recital
             Financial Statements                 3.7
             GAAP                                 1.5
             Indemnified Parties                  2.8
             Indemnifying Party                   2.8
             Interim Financial Statements         3.7
             Intellectual Property                4.17
             Licenses                             4.16
             Losses                               2.8
             Note Register                        2.3
             Notice of Redemption                 8.4
             Offering                             6.13
             Purchasers                           Preamble
             Securities                           2.1
             Senior Payment Default               10.2
             Warrant Agreement                    2.1
             Warrant Certificate                  2.1(c)
             Warrant Register                     2.3
             Warrant Shares                       2.1(c)

        SECTION 1.3.  Use of Defined Terms.  Unless otherwise defined or the
   context otherwise requires, terms for which meanings are provided in this
   Agreement shall have such meanings when used in the Disclosure Schedule,
   in each Note, in each other Transaction Document, and in each other notice
   and other communication delivered from time to time in connection with
   this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

        SECTION 1.4.  Cross-References.  Unless otherwise specified,
   references in this Agreement and in each other Transaction Document to any
   Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of this
   Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, and,
   unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or
   definition to any clause are references to such clause of such Article,
   Section or definition.

        SECTION 1.5.  Accounting and Financial Determinations.  Unless
   otherwise specified, all accounting terms used herein or in any other
   Transaction Document shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations
   and computations hereunder or thereunder shall be made, and all financial
   statements required to be delivered hereunder or thereunder shall be
   prepared in accordance with, those generally accepted accounting
   principles ("GAAP") set forth in opinions and pronouncements of the
   Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
   Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
   Standards Board, in each case as applied in the preparation of the
   financial statements referred to in Section 4.7.

        SECTION 1.6.  Construction.  When used herein, the masculine form of
   words includes the feminine and the neuter and vice versa, and, unless the
   context otherwise requires, the singular form of words includes the plural
   and vice versa.


                                   ARTICLE II

                         PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES

        SECTION 2.1.  Issue of Securities.  (a)  On or before the Closing
   Date,

             (i)  the Company will have authorized the issue and sale of
        U.S.$[_______] aggregate principal amount of the Notes; and

             (ii)  the Company will have authorized the issue and sale of the
        Warrants pursuant to an Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement
        substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (as amended or
        otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms
        thereof, the "Warrant Agreement").

   The Notes and the Warrants shall individually be referred to herein as a
   "Security" and collectively referred to herein as the "Securities".

        (b)  The Notes shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as
   Exhibit A and shall include such notations, legends or endorsements set
   forth therefor or required by law.  Each Note shall be dated the date of
   its issuance.  The aggregate principal amount of the Notes shall be due
   and payable on the Stated Maturity Date.  The terms and provisions
   contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a
   part of this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the
   Purchasers, by their execution and delivery of this Agreement, expressly
   agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

        (c)  Each Warrant shall be evidenced by a certificate substantially
   in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Warrant Agreement (each such
   certificate being referred to herein as a "Warrant Certificate").  Each
   Warrant Certificate shall be dated the date of its issuance.  The Warrants
   will be exercisable, in the manner provided in the Warrant Agreement and
   the applicable Warrant Certificate, for a number of shares of Common Stock
   as provided therein (the "Warrant Shares").  The Holders of Warrant Shares
   will have certain rights with respect to the Warrant Shares as provided in
   the Registration Rights Agreement.  The terms and provisions contained in
   the Warrant Agreement and the Warrant Certificates shall constitute, and
   are hereby expressly made, a part of this Agreement and, to the extent
   applicable, the Company and the Purchasers, by their execution and
   delivery of this Agreement, expressly agree to such terms and provisions
   and to be bound thereby.

        SECTION 2.2.  Purchase and Sale of Securities.

        SECTION 2.2.1.  Purchase and Sale.  (a)  The Company agrees to sell
   and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in reliance
   on the representations and warranties of the Company contained or
   incorporated herein, each of the Purchasers agrees, severally but not
   jointly, to purchase the Securities set forth below such Purchaser's name
   on Schedule I hereto, at a purchase price of $990 per $1000 principal
   amount of Notes and $10 per Warrant unit, for an aggregate purchase price
   of $1000 per each unit of Notes and Warrants.

        (b)  The Company and each Purchaser hereby acknowledge and agree that
   the Notes and Warrants are part of an investment unit within the meaning
   of Section 1273(c)(2) of the Code.  Any other provision of this Agreement
   to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company and each Purchaser hereby
   further acknowledge and agree that the total issue price of the investment
   unit consisting of the Notes and Warrants for all federal, state and local
   income tax purposes is $1,000 per investment unit comprised of $990 per
   $1,000 principal amount of Notes and $10 per Warrant unit.  All federal,
   state and local income tax returns shall be filed by the Company and each
   Purchaser in a manner consistent in all material respects with the
   provisions of this Section 2.2.1.

        SECTION 2.2.2.  Closing.  The purchase and sale of the Notes and
   Warrants shall take place at a closing (the "Closing") at the offices of
   the Company located at 5481 South Packard Avenue, Cudahy, Wisconsin on
   February 22, 1996 or such other Business Day, as may be agreed upon by the
   Purchasers and the Company (the "Closing Date").  At the Closing, the
   Company will deliver to each Purchaser the Securities to be delivered to
   such Purchaser (in such permitted denomination or denominations and
   registered in such Purchaser's name or the name of such nominee or
   nominees as such Purchaser may reasonably request), dated the Closing
   Date, against payment of the purchase price therefor by intra-bank or
   federal funds bank wire transfer of same day funds to such bank account as
   the Company shall designate at least one Business Day prior to the
   Closing.

        SECTION 2.2.3.  Fees and Expenses.  After the Notes and Warrants are
   sold, the Company agrees to pay or reimburse all reasonable expenses
   relating to this Agreement, including:

             (a)  the reasonable fees and other charges of one counsel for
        the Purchasers appointed by the Requisite Holders in connection
        herewith;

             (b)  any reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including
        the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for the Purchasers
        appointed by the Requisite Holders) in connection with any
        registration or qualification of the Securities required in
        connection with the offer and sale of the Securities pursuant to this
        Agreement under the securities or Blue Sky Laws of any jurisdiction
        requiring such registration or qualification or in connection with
        obtaining any exemptions from such requirements; and

             (c)  the reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel for the
        Purchasers appointed by the Requisite Holders relating to any
        amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver, consent,
        enforcement or preservation of rights under, this Agreement, the
        Securities, the Warrant Agreement or any other Transaction Document,
        or any other documents contemplated hereby or thereby, including any
        refinancing or restructuring of the Obligations in the nature of a
        "work-out" or pursuant to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings.

        The Company shall deliver to such Purchaser or to such other Persons
   as such Purchaser shall direct, at Closing, by intra-bank or federal funds
   bank wire transfer of same day funds payment for the reasonable fees and
   expenses of one counsel for the Purchasers appointed by the Requisite
   Holders, or at Purchasers' election shall deduct such amount from the
   Purchase Price for the Securities.

        SECTION 2.3.  Registration of Securities.  The Company shall cause to
   be kept at its principal office (i) a register for the registration and
   transfer of the Notes (the "Note Register") and (ii) a register for the
   registration and transfer of the Warrants (the "Warrant Register").  The
   names and addresses of the Holders of Notes, the transfer of Notes, and
   the names and addresses of the transferees of the Notes shall be
   registered in the Note Register.  The names and addresses of the Holders
   of Warrants, the transfer of Warrants and the names and addresses of the
   transferees of Warrants shall be registered in the Warrant Register.

        The Person in whose name any registered Security shall be registered
   shall be deemed and treated as the owner and holder thereof for all
   purposes of this Agreement and the Company shall not be affected by any
   notice to the contrary, until due presentment of such Security for
   registration of transfer so provided in this Section 2.3.  Payment of or
   on account of the principal, premium, if any, and interest on, or any
   other amount in respect of, any registered Securities shall be made to or
   upon the written order of such registered holder.

        SECTION 2.4.  Delivery Expenses.  If a Holder surrenders any Note or
   Warrant to the Company for any reason, the Company agrees to pay the cost
   of delivering to such Holder's home office or to the office of such
   Holder's designee from the Company each Security issued in substitution or
   replacement for the surrendered Security.

        SECTION 2.5.  Issue Taxes.  The Company agrees to pay all taxes
   (other than taxes in the nature of income, franchise or gift taxes) in
   connection with the issuance, sale, delivery or transfer by the Company to
   each Purchaser of the Notes and the Warrants and the execution and
   delivery of the agreements and instruments contemplated hereby and any
   modification of any of such Securities, agreements and instruments and
   will save such Purchaser harmless without limitation as to time against
   any and all liabilities with respect to all such taxes.  The obligations
   of the Company under this Section 2.5 shall survive the payment or
   prepayment of the Notes, the exercise of the Warrants and the termination
   of this Agreement.

        SECTION 2.6.  General Provisions Regarding Payments.

        (a)  Manner and Time of Payment.  All payments by the Company of
   principal, premium, if any, and other amounts hereunder shall be made in
   Dollars in same day funds, without defense, setoff or counterclaim, free
   of any restriction or condition, and delivered to each Holder's account
   not later than 12:00 Noon (New York time) on the date due unless such date
   is a day which is not a Business Day, in which case the Company shall make
   such payments on the next succeeding Business Day, and interest shall
   accrue on the aggregate amount of such payments until such amount is paid
   and payment of such accrued interest shall be made concurrently with the
   payment of such amount.  Funds received by a Holder after 12:00 Noon
   (New York time) on the date due shall be deemed to have been paid by the
   Company on the next succeeding Business Day and interest shall accrue on
   such amount paid until such next succeeding Business Day.

        (b)  Application of Payments to Principal and Interest.  All payments
   in respect of the principal amount of any Note shall include payment of
   accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all
   such payments shall be applied to the payment of interest before
   application to principal.

        SECTION 2.7.  Lost Securities, etc.  If a mutilated Security is
   surrendered to the Company or if the Holder of a Security claims and
   submits an affidavit or other evidence, satisfactory to the Company to the
   effect that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the
   Company shall issue a replacement Security subject to the terms of the
   immediately succeeding sentence.  If required by the Company, such Holder
   must provide an indemnity bond, or other form of indemnity, sufficient in
   the judgment of the Company to protect the Company from any loss which it
   may suffer if a Security is replaced; provided that, if any Purchaser or
   any other institutional Holder (or nominee thereof) is the owner of any
   such lost, stolen or destroyed Security, then the affidavit of an
   authorized officer of such owner, setting forth the fact of loss, theft or
   destruction and of its ownership of the Security at the time of such loss,
   theft or destruction shall be accepted as satisfactory evidence thereof
   and no further indemnity shall be required as a condition to the execution
   and delivery of a new Security other than the unsecured written agreement
   of such owner reasonably satisfactory to indemnify the Company or at the
   option of such Purchaser or such institutional Holder an indemnity bond in
   the amount of the Security remaining outstanding.

        Every replacement Security is an obligation of the Company.

        SECTION 2.8.  Indemnification.  The Company (the "Indemnifying
   Party") hereby agrees, without limitation as to time, to indemnify each
   Holder and each director, officer, partner, member,  employee, counsel,
   agent and Affiliate of such Holder (collectively, the "Indemnified
   Parties") against, and hold it and them harmless from, all losses, claims,
   damages, liabilities, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees and
   disbursements) (collectively, "Losses") incurred by it or them and arising
   out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Securities, the Credit
   Agreement, the Warrant Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or the
   transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (or any other document or
   instrument executed herewith or pursuant hereto or thereto), whether or
   not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated and
   whether or not any Indemnified Party is a formal party to any proceeding,
   other than to the extent that any Losses result from action on the part of
   any Indemnified Party which is finally judicially determined to constitute
   either gross negligence or willful misconduct.  For the purpose of the
   preceding sentence, "Losses" shall not include any losses by any Holder
   resulting solely from the reduction in value of the Securities or
   Transaction Documents.  The Indemnifying Party agrees to reimburse any
   Indemnified Party promptly for all such Losses as they are incurred by
   such Indemnified Party.  The obligations of the Indemnifying Party to each
   Indemnified Party hereunder shall be separate obligations and each
   Indemnifying Party's liability to any such Indemnified Party hereunder
   shall not be extinguished solely because any other Indemnified Party is
   not entitled to indemnity hereunder.  The obligations of the Indemnifying
   Party under this Section 2.8 shall survive the payment or prepayment of
   the Notes, at maturity, upon acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the
   exercise of the Warrants purchased by any Purchaser, the redemption or
   repurchase by the Company of the Warrants purchased by any Purchaser, the
   redemption or repurchase of any Warrant Shares, any transfer of the
   Securities by any Holder and the termination of this Agreement, the
   Securities, the Warrant Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  This
   indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company
   may otherwise have, including under this Agreement and any other
   indemnification agreements contained in the Warrant Agreement or any other
   Transaction Document.

        In case any action shall be brought against any Indemnified Party
   with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Indemnifying
   Party hereunder, such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the
   Indemnifying Party in writing and the Indemnifying Party shall, if it so
   desires, assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel
   reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party and payment of such
   counsel's reasonable fees and expenses.  The failure to so notify the
   Indemnifying Party shall not affect any obligation it may have to any
   Indemnified Party under this Agreement or otherwise unless it is
   materially adversely affected by such failure.  Each Indemnified Party
   shall have the right to employ separate counsel in such action and
   participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such
   counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless:  (a) the
   Indemnifying Party has agreed in writing to pay such expenses, (b) the
   Indemnifying Party has failed to assume such defense and employ counsel or
   (c) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties)
   include any Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such
   Indemnified Party shall have been advised by outside counsel that there
   may be one or more significant legal defenses available to it which are
   materially inconsistent with or additional to those available to the
   Indemnifying Party; provided that, if such Indemnified Party notifies the
   Indemnifying Party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel in
   the circumstances described in the preceding clause (b) or (c), the
   Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such
   action or proceeding; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall
   not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but
   substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same
   jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances,
   be responsible hereunder for the fees and expenses of more than one such
   firm of separate counsel (in addition to any necessary local counsel),
   which counsel shall be designated by such Indemnified Party.  The
   Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such
   action effected without its written consent.  Without limiting the effect
   of the immediately preceding sentence, the Indemnifying Party agrees that
   it will not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Parties,
   settle or compromise any pending or threatened claim, action or suit in
   respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder
   unless the foregoing contains an unconditional release of the Indemnified
   Parties from all liability and obligation arising therefrom.

        If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is
   unavailable to any Indemnified Party in respect of any Losses referred to
   herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Persons,
   shall have an obligation to contribute to the amount paid or payable by
   such Persons as a result of such Losses in such proportion as is
   appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party, its
   Subsidiaries and/or any other Person or Persons (other than each Purchaser
   and the other Indemnified Parties) and each Purchaser and the other
   Indemnified Parties in connection with the actions which resulted in such
   Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The amount
   paid or payable by any such Person as a result of the Losses referred to
   above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in
   this Section 2.8, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred
   by such Person in connection with any investigation, lawsuit or legal or
   administrative action or proceeding.

        The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if
   contribution pursuant to this Section 2.8 were determined by pro rata
   allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take
   account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately
   preceding paragraph.

        SECTION 2.9.  Use of Proceeds.  The net cash proceeds of the
   Securities, together with other funds available to the Company, shall be
   applied by the Company in accordance with the first recital.

        SECTION 2.10.  Margin Regulations.  No portion of the proceeds of any
   Securities under this Agreement shall be used by any Transaction Party in
   any manner that might cause the issuance and sale of the Securities or the
   application of such proceeds to violate Regulations G, U, T or X of the
   Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other regulation
   of such Board or to violate the Exchange Act, in each case as in effect on
   the date or dates of such issuance and sale and such use of proceeds.

        SECTION 2.11.  Taxes.  (a)  All sums payable by the Company under
   this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall be paid free and
   clear of and (except to the extent required by law) without any deduction
   or withholding on account of any Tax (other than a Tax on the overall net
   income of any Holder) imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by
   or within the United States or any political subdivision in or of the
   United States or any other jurisdiction from or to which a payment is made
   by or on behalf of the Company or by any federation or organization of
   which the United States or any such jurisdiction is a member at the time
   of payment.

        (b)  If the Company or any other Person is required by law to make
   any deduction or withholding on account of any such Tax from any sum paid
   or payable by the Company to any Holder under any of the Transaction
   Documents:

             (i)  the Company shall notify each Holder of any such
        requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as the
        Company becomes aware of it;

             (ii)  the Company shall pay any such Tax before the date on
        which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the
        liability to pay is imposed on the Company) for its own account or
        (if that liability is imposed on such Holder) on behalf of and in the
        name of such Holder; provided, that the Company shall be entitled to
        seek reimbursement for any such amounts so paid, including by seeking
        setoff against interest due and payable on the Notes;

             (iii)  the sum payable by the Company in respect of which the
        relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be
        increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of
        that deduction, withholding or payment, such Holder receives on the
        due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such
        deduction, withholding or payment been required or made; provided,
        that the Company shall be entitled to seek reimbursement for any such
        amounts so paid, including by seeking setoff against interest due and
        payable on the Notes; and

             (iv)  within 30 days after paying any sum from which it is
        required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within 30
        days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by
        clause (b)(ii) above to pay, the Company shall deliver to such Holder
        evidence satisfactory to it of such deduction, withholding or payment
        and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other
        authority.


                                   ARTICLE III

                               CLOSING CONDITIONS

        The obligation of each Purchaser to purchase and pay for the Notes
   and the Warrants to be delivered on the Closing Date shall be subject to
   the prior or concurrent satisfaction of each of the conditions precedent
   set forth in this Article III.

        SECTION 3.1.  Organic Documents, Resolutions, etc.  On or before the
   Closing Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each
   Purchaser (with sufficient originally executed copies, where appropriate,
   for such Purchaser and its counsel) the following, each, unless otherwise
   specified, dated the Closing Date:

             (a)  certified copies of its certificate of incorporation,
        together with an Officer's Certificate certifying that the Company
        (i) is in good standing and is duly qualified and licensed in each
        state wherein the character of its real property or the nature of its
        business makes such qualification or qualification necessary, and
        (ii) has paid any applicable franchise or similar taxes which are due
        and owing as of the Closing Date;

             (b)  copies of its by-laws, certified as of the Closing Date by
        its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary;

             (c)  resolutions of the independent member of its Board of
        Directors approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and
        performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to
        which it is a party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
        each Purchaser and its counsel, certified as of the Closing Date by
        its corporate secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full
        force and effect without modification or amendment; and

             (d)  signature and incumbency certificates of its officers
        executing this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which
        it is a party.

        SECTION 3.2.  Execution of this Agreement and each other Transaction
   Document.  On or before the Closing Date, each Purchaser shall received
   original copies of the following:

             (a)  this Agreement duly executed by the Company and each
        Purchaser;

             (b)  the Notes duly executed by the Company;

             (c)  the Warrant Agreement duly executed by the Company and the
        Purchaser;

             (d)  the Warrant Certificates evidencing the Warrants duly
        executed by the Company; 

             (e)  the Registration Rights Agreement duly executed by the
        Company;

             (f)  each other Transaction Document duly executed by the party
        or parties to it.

        SECTION 3.3.  Capitalization.  Each Purchaser shall be reasonably
   satisfied with the capital, organization, ownership and management
   structure of the Company.

        SECTION 3.4.  Necessary Consents.  The Company shall have obtained
   all consents necessary in connection with the  transactions contemplated
   by the Transaction Documents (including pursuant to the Credit Agreement),
   and each of the foregoing shall be in full force and effect and in form
   and substance reasonably satisfactory to each Purchaser.

        SECTION 3.5.  Financials; Pro Forma Balance Sheets.  On or before the
   Closing Date, the Purchaser shall have received from the Company
   (i) audited financial statements for the Company for the fiscal year
   ending December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993 (the "Audited Financial
   Statements"), (ii) the unaudited financial statements of the Company as of
   November 30, 1995 (the "Interim Financial Statements", and, together with
   the Audited Financial Statements, the "Financial Statements"), and
   (iii) an estimated pro forma balance sheet of the Company as at the
   Closing Date, prepared in accordance with GAAP after giving effect to all
   the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction
   Documents, which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
   the Purchaser.

        SECTION 3.6.  Closing Expenses, etc.  Each Purchaser shall have
   received all costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 2.2.3
   (including counsel fees), if then invoiced.

        SECTION 3.7.  Approvals.  Each Purchaser shall have received the
   approvals of its investment advisory committee and/or other committees
   needed to approve its investment under this Agreement.

        SECTION 3.8.  Investment by Other Purchasers.  On the Closing Date,
   each Purchaser shall have purchased and paid for the Securities required
   to be purchased by it hereunder.

        SECTION 3.9.  Representations and Warranties.  The Purchasers shall
   have received an Officer's Certificate to the effect that (i)
   representations and warranties contained in Article IV shall be true,
   correct and complete on and as of the Closing Date to the same extent as
   though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such
   date (except to the extent that any such representations and warranties
   specifically apply to a prior date) and (ii) after giving effect to the
   transactions set forth in the transaction documents, no default or event
   of default shall exist under the Credit Agreement.

        SECTION 3.10.  Opinions of Counsel to Company.  Each Purchaser and
   its counsel shall have received originally executed copies of one or more
   opinions of counsel for the Company, each in form and substance reasonably
   satisfactory to each Purchaser and its counsel, addressed to each
   Purchaser, dated the Closing Date.

        SECTION 3.11.  Satisfactory Legal Form.  All documents executed or
   submitted pursuant hereto by or on behalf of the Company shall be
   satisfactory in form and substance to the Requisite Purchasers and one
   counsel for the Purchasers appointed by the Requisite Holders; each
   Purchaser and one counsel for the Purchasers appointed by the Requisite
   Holders shall have received all information, approvals, opinions or
   instruments as such Purchaser or counsel may reasonably request.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

        In order to induce the Purchasers to enter into this Agreement and to
   purchase the Notes and the Warrants, the Company represents and warrants
   to each Purchaser, as of the Closing Date (except to the extent any of the
   following representations or warranties specifically apply or relate to a
   prior date, in which event the Company represents and warrants such
   representations and warranties to be true and correct as of such prior
   date), as follows:

        SECTION 4.1.  Corporate Existence.  The Company is a corporation duly
   incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
   State of Wisconsin and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
   corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the
   ownership or use of its assets or properties, or the conduct or nature of
   its business, makes such qualification necessary.

        SECTION 4.2.  Power and Authority.  The Company has all requisite
   corporate power and authority, and has taken all required corporate and
   other action necessary, to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and
   all other Transaction Documents and to issue and sell the Securities as
   herein provided.  None of the foregoing actions will (i) violate any
   provision of the Organic Documents of the Company, (ii) result in the
   breach of or constitute a default under any contract, agreement or
   instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or any
   of its properties is bound, (iii) result in the creation or imposition of
   any material Lien, claim or encumbrance on any properties of the Company,
   (iv) give any Person rights to terminate any contracts or agreements with
   the Company or otherwise to exercise rights against the Company or
   (v) violate any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, statute, rule
   or regulation of any court, tribunal or governmental entity applicable to
   or bearing upon the Company or any of its respective assets or businesses. 
   The Securities to be delivered to each Purchaser will be duly authorized
   and validly issued and will be delivered to such Purchaser free and clear
   of any Liens, encumbrances, pre-emptive rights, escrows, options, rights
   of first refusal or other agreements, arrangements, commitments,
   understandings or obligations, whether written or oral, or any other
   restrictions affecting rights and other incidents of record and beneficial
   ownership, other than (i) as set forth herein or in the other Transaction
   Documents and (ii) restrictions on transferability imposed generally under
   the Securities Act and under the securities laws of the several states and
   the rules and regulations issued in respect thereto (such state laws,
   rules and regulations, being, collectively, "Blue Sky Laws").  The
   issuance and delivery of the Securities is exempt from the registration
   requirements of the Securities Act and the Blue Sky Laws or has been
   qualified as may be necessary.

        SECTION 4.3.  Binding Obligation.  Each of the Transaction Documents
   has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and is the legally
   valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against such
   Transaction Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may
   be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
   similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by
   equitable principles relating to enforceability.

        SECTION 4.4.  Capitalization.  As of the date hereof, the authorized
   Capital Stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common
   Stock, of which 30,177,100 shares are outstanding.  All outstanding shares
   of Common Stock are fully paid and nonassessable and are free of all Liens
   and there are no other outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company. 
   The stockholders of record and holders of subscriptions, warrants,
   options, convertible securities and other rights (contingent or other) to
   purchase or otherwise acquire capital stock of the Company, and the number
   of shares of capital stock and the number of such subscriptions, warrants,
   options, convertible securities, and other such rights held by each, are
   as set forth in Item 4.4 of the Disclosure Schedule.  The designations,
   powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions
   in respect of each class and series of authorized capital stock of the
   Company are as set forth in the Company's charter, copies of which will be
   delivered to the purchasers on the closing date, and all such
   designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and
   restrictions are valid, binding and enforceable and in accordance with all
   applicable laws.  Except as set forth in Item 4.4 of the Disclosure
   Schedule, (i) no Person owns of record or is known to the Company to own
   beneficially any shares of capital stock, (ii) no subscription, warrant,
   option, convertible security or other right (contingent or other) to
   purchase or otherwise acquire capital stock of the Company is authorized
   or outstanding and (iii) there is no commitment by the Company to issue
   shares, subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities or other
   such rights or to distribute to holders of any of its capital stock any
   evidence of indebtedness or asset.  Except as provided for in the Charter
   or as set forth in Item 4.4 of the Disclosure Statement, the Company has
   no obligation (contingent or other) to purchase, redeem or otherwise
   acquire any of its capital stock or any interest therein or to pay any
   dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof.  Except for
   the Warrant Documents and as set forth in Item 4.4 of the Disclosure
   Statement, there are no voting trusts or agreements, stockholders'
   agreements, pledge agreements, buy-sell agreements, rights of first
   refusal, preemptive rights or proxies relating to any securities of the
   Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not the Company or any of
   its Subsidiaries is a party thereto). All of the outstanding securities of
   the Company were issued in compliance with all applicable Federal and
   state securities laws.  

        SECTION 4.5.  Consents, Approvals and Non-Contravention.  Neither the
   execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement or any other
   Transaction Document by the Company, nor the consummation of any
   transaction related hereto or thereto, nor the issuance, sale or delivery
   of the Securities will

             (a)  require any consent or approval of, filing or taking of any
        other action with, or notice to, any Person;

             (b)  violate any contract, agreement, instrument or other
        arrangement to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of
        its properties is bound; or

             (c)  violate any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
        statute, law, rule or regulation of any court, tribunal or
        governmental entity or authority applicable to or bearing upon the
        Company or any of its properties or businesses.

        SECTION 4.6.  Pro Forma Balance Sheet.  The pro forma balance sheet
   referred to in Section 3.5 fairly presents the financial condition of the
   Company upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and by
   the other Transaction Documents.

        SECTION 4.7.  Financial Statements.  The Financial Statements have
   been prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, and fairly
   present the financial position of the Company and the results of its
   consolidated operations and cash flows for the periods covered thereby.

        SECTION 4.8.  No Material Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed on
   Item 4.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, since December 31, 1994, no event or
   change has occurred that has caused or could cause, or evidences, either
   in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

        SECTION 4.9.  Events Subsequent to the Date of the Last Financial
   Statement.  Except as disclosed on Item 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule,
   since the date of the last Audited Financial Statements, except as
   contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in the Interim Financial
   Statements, the Company has not (i) issued any stock, bond or other
   corporate security, (ii) borrowed any amount or incurred or become subject
   to any liability (absolute, accrued or contingent), except current
   liabilities incurred and liabilities under contracts entered into in the
   ordinary course of business, (iii) discharged or satisfied any Lien or
   encumbrance or incurred or paid any obligation or liability (absolute,
   accrued or contingent) other than current liabilities shown on the Interim
   Financial Statements and current liabilities incurred since the date of
   the last applicable Interim Financial Statement in the ordinary course of
   business, (iv) declared or made any payment or distribution to
   stockholders or purchased or redeemed any of its capital stock,
   (v) mortgaged, pledged or subjected to any Lien or encumbrance any of its
   assets, tangible or intangible, other than Liens of current real property
   taxes not yet due and payable, (vi) sold, assigned or transferred any of
   its tangible assets except in the ordinary course of business, or
   cancelled any debt or claim owed to it except in the ordinary course of
   business, (vii) sold, assigned, transferred or granted any exclusive
   license with respect to any patent, trademark, trade name, service mark,
   copyright, trade secret or other intangible asset, (viii) suffered any
   substantial loss of property or waived any right of substantial value
   other than in the ordinary course of business, (ix) made any change in
   officer compensation except in the ordinary course of business and
   consistent with past practice, (x) made any material change in the manner
   of its business or operations, (xi) entered into any transaction except in
   the ordinary course of business or as otherwise contemplated hereby or
   (xii) entered into any commitment, obligation, understanding or other
   arrangement, contingent or otherwise, to effect, directly or indirectly,
   any of the foregoing.

        SECTION 4.10.  Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities.  Since the date of
   the last Audited Financial Statements, the Company has no material
   liabilities (matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent), which are not
   fully reflected or provided for on the Interim Financial Statements, or
   any material loss contingency (as defined in Statement of Financial
   Accounting Standards No. 5) whether or not required by GAAP to be shown on
   the Interim Financial Statements, except (i) obligations to perform under
   commitments incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) tax and
   related liabilities which have been disclosed pursuant to Section 4.11.

        SECTION 4.11.  Taxes.  The Company has filed all tax returns,
   Federal, state, county, local and foreign, required to be filed by it, as
   well as all informational returns required of it.  All taxes shown as due
   on all such returns have been paid.  Each such return and filing is true
   and correct and the Company neither has nor will have any additional
   liability for taxes with respect to any return or other filing heretofore
   filed or which was required by law to be filed, other than as reflected as
   liabilities on the Financial Statements or which may result from pending
   or subsequent audits.  All taxes which the Company is required by law to
   withhold or collect, including without limitation, sales and use taxes,
   and amounts required to be withheld for taxes of employees, have been duly
   withheld or collected and, to the extent required, have been paid over to
   the proper governmental authorities or are held in separate bank accounts
   for such purpose.  All such taxes with respect to which the Company has
   become obligated pursuant to elections made by the Company in accordance
   with generally accepted practice have been paid and adequate reserves have
   been established for all taxes accrued but not yet payable.  No deficiency
   assessment with respect to or proposed adjustment of the Company's
   Federal, state, county or local taxes is pending or, to the Company's best
   knowledge, threatened, and the Company is not aware of any fact which
   would constitute grounds for the assessment of any additional taxes by any
   taxing authority with respect to the taxable years of the Company
   beginning on or before the Closing Date.  The Company has not granted or
   been requested to grant waivers of any statutes of limitations applicable
   to any claim for taxes.  There is no tax lien, whether imposed by any
   Federal, state, county or local taxing authority, outstanding against the
   assets, properties or business of the Company.  Neither the Company nor
   any of its stockholders has ever filed (a) an election pursuant to Section
   1362 of the Code, that the Company be taxed as an S corporation or
   (b) consent pursuant to Section 341(f) of the Code, relating to
   collapsible corporations.

        SECTION 4.12.  Litigation.  Other than as set forth on Item 4.12 of
   the Disclosure Schedule, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, orders,
   investigations or claims pending or threatened against or affecting the
   Company, or any of its respective properties, businesses, assets or
   revenues or any of its respective directors or employees, at law or in
   equity, before any court, arbitration panel, tribunal or governmental
   department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality which
   could have a Material Adverse Effect or which could materially adversely
   affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
   other Transaction Document or materially adversely affect the transactions
   contemplated by the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

        SECTION 4.13.  Insurance.  The Company holds valid policies in full
   force and effect covering all of the insurance required to be maintained
   by it pursuant to Section 6.5.

        SECTION 4.14.  Licenses; Compliance with Laws, Other Agreements, etc. 
   All governmental approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses and
   permits, which are necessary or required for the conduct of the businesses
   currently conducted by the Company are referred to collectively herein as
   "Licenses".  The Company knows of no basis upon which the renewal of any
   License would be denied in the future.  Each such License has been validly
   issued to the Company, and is in full force and effect, and the Company,
   is not in violation of any such License.

        SECTION 4.15.  Investment Company Act.  The Company is not an
   "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of
   1940, as amended; or a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a
   "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a
   "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", within the meaning of the
   Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

        SECTION 4.16.  Brokers, etc.  The Company has not dealt with, nor is
   the Company obligated to pay any fee or commission in connection with, any
   broker, finder or other similar Person in connection with the offer or
   sale of the Securities or any of the transactions contemplated by this
   Agreement, and the Company hereby indemnifies each Purchaser against, and
   agrees that it will hold each Purchaser harmless from, any claim, demand
   or liability for any such broker's or finder's fees alleged to have been
   incurred in connection herewith or therewith and any expenses (including
   reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel) arising in
   connection with any such claim, demand or liability.

        SECTION 4.17.  Private Sale.  The Company has not, either directly or
   through any agent, offered any Securities or any other securities to, or
   solicited any offers to acquire any Securities or any other securities
   from, or otherwise approached, negotiated or communicated in respect of
   any Securities or any other securities with, any Person in such a manner
   as to require that the offer or sale of the Securities or any such other
   securities be registered pursuant to the Securities Act or any Blue Sky
   Laws.  The Purchasers are the sole purchasers of the Securities and no
   securities have been issued and sold by the Company within the four-month
   period immediately prior to the date hereof.

        SECTION 4.18.  Disclosure.  Neither this Agreement, nor any other
   Transaction Document nor any of the exhibits, schedules, attachments,
   written or oral statements, documents, certificates or other items
   prepared or supplied to any of the Purchasers by or on behalf of the
   Company, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby
   contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit a material fact
   necessary to make each statement contained herein or therein not
   misleading; provided, however, that with respect to the financial
   projections furnished to any of the Purchasers by or on behalf of the
   Company, the Company represents and warrants only that such projections
   were based upon assumptions reasonably believed by the Company to be
   reasonable and fair as of the date the projections were prepared in the
   context of the Company's history and current and reasonably foreseeable
   business conditions.  There is no fact which the Company have not
   disclosed to any of the Purchasers in writing and of which any of its
   officers and directors is aware (other than general economic conditions)
   and which has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material
   Adverse Effect.

        SECTION 4.19.  Subsidiaries.  The Company has no Subsidiaries.

        SECTION 4.20.  Ownership of Properties.  The Company owns good and
   marketable title to all of its respective properties and assets, real and
   personal, tangible and intangible, of any nature whatsoever (including
   patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights), free and
   clear of all Liens (including infringement claims with respect to patents,
   trademarks, copyrights and the like).

        SECTION 4.21.  Pension and Welfare Plans.  Except as disclosed in
   Item 4.24 of the Disclosure Schedule, during the twelve-consecutive-month
   period prior to the date of the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
   no steps have been taken to terminate any Pension Plan, and no
   contribution failure has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan
   sufficient to give rise to a Lien under section 302(f) of ERISA.  No
   condition exists or event or transaction has occurred with respect to any
   Pension Plan which might result in the incurrence by the Company, or any
   member of its Controlled Group of any material liability, fine or penalty. 
   Except as disclosed in Item 4.24 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the
   Company nor any member of its Controlled Group has any contingent
   liability with respect to any post-retirement benefit under a Welfare
   Plan, other than liability for continuation coverage described in Part 6
   of Title I of ERISA.

        SECTION 4.22.  Environmental Warranties.  Except as set forth in Item
   4.22 of the Disclosure Schedule

             (a)  the Company's real properties are free of contamination
        from any Hazardous Materials.  In addition, Item 4.22 discloses
        material environmental liabilities of the Company of which it has
        knowledge (i) related to noncompliance with any Environmental Laws,
        or (ii) associated with its real properties.  The Company has not
        caused or suffered to occur any Release with respect to any Hazardous
        Materials at, under, above or upon any real property which it owns or
        leases.  The Company is not involved in operations that are likely to
        result in the imposition of any Lien on its assets or any material
        liability on the Company, under any Environmental Laws, and the
        Company has not permitted any tenant or occupant of such premises to
        engage in any such activity.  The Company has provided to the
        Purchasers copies of all existing environmental reports, reviews and
        audits and all written information pertaining to actual or potential
        Environmental Claims, in each case relating to the Company.

             (b)  there have been no Releases of Hazardous Materials at, on
        or under any property now or previously owned or leased by the
        Company that, singly or in the aggregate, have, or may reasonably be
        expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect;

             (c)  the Company has been issued and are in material compliance
        with all permits, certificates, approvals, licenses and other
        authorizations relating to environmental matters and necessary or
        desirable for their businesses;

             (d)  no property now or previously owned or leased by the
        Company is listed or proposed for listing (with respect to owned
        property only) on the National Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, on
        the CERCLIS or on any similar state list of sites requiring
        investigation or clean-up;

             (e)  there are no underground storage tanks, active or
        abandoned, including petroleum storage tanks, on or under any
        property now or previously owned or leased by the Company that,
        singly or in the aggregate, have, or may reasonably be expected to
        have, a Material Adverse Effect;

             (f)  there are no polychlorinated biphenyls or friable asbestos
        present at any property now or previously owned or leased by the
        Company that, singly or in the aggregate, have, or may reasonably be
        expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect; and

             (g)  no conditions exist at, on or under any property now or
        previously owned or leased by the Company which, with the passage of
        time, or the giving of notice or both, could give rise to liability
        under any Environmental Law.

        SECTION 4.23.  Securities Activities.  (a)  The Company is not
   engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the
   business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any
   Margin Stock.

        (b)  No portion of the proceeds of the issuance of the Securities
   under this Agreement shall be used by the Company in any manner that might
   cause such issuance and sale or the application of such proceeds to
   violate Regulations G, U, T or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal
   Reserve System or any other regulation of such Board or to violate the
   Exchange Act, in each case as in effect on the date or dates of such
   issuance and sale and such use of proceeds.

        SECTION 4.24.  Solvency.  The Company is and, upon consummation of
   the transactions contemplated hereby, will be, Solvent.


                                    ARTICLE V

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASERS

        Each of the Purchasers severally, not jointly, represent and warrant
   to the Company, at and as of the Closing Date that:

        SECTION 5.1.  Purchase for Own Account.  Such Purchaser is purchasing
   the Notes and Warrants solely for its own account and not as nominee or
   agent for any other Person and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in
   connection with, any distribution thereof (within the meaning of the
   Securities Act) that would be in violation of the securities laws of the
   United States of America or any state thereof, without prejudice, however,
   to its right at all times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part
   of said Notes and Warrants pursuant to a registration statement under the
   Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration
   requirements of the Securities Act, and subject, nevertheless, to the
   disposition of its property being at all times within its control.

        SECTION 5.2.  Accredited Investor.  Such Purchaser is  knowledgeable,
   sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters; it
   previously invested in securities similar to the Notes and Warrants and it
   acknowledges that the Notes and Warrants have not been registered under
   the Securities Act and understands that the Notes and Warrants must be
   held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the
   Securities Act or such sale is permitted pursuant to an available
   exemption from such registration requirement; it is able to bear the
   economic risk of its investment in the Notes and Warrants and is presently
   able to afford the complete loss of such investment; it is an "accredited
   investor" as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act;
   and it has been afforded access to information about the Company and its
   respective financial condition, results of operations, business, property,
   management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate its
   investment in the Notes and Warrants.  Such Purchaser acknowledges that it
   has conducted its own analysis of the foregoing factors.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

        The Company covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of all
   the Obligations, the Company shall perform, or cause the performance of,
   all covenants set forth in this Article VI.

        SECTION 6.1.  Financial Statements and Other Reports.  The Company
   will maintain, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, a
   system of accounting established and administered in accordance with sound
   business practices to permit preparation of financial statements in
   conformity with GAAP.  The Company will furnish, or will cause to be
   furnished, to each Holder of at least 10% of the aggregate principal
   amount of the outstanding Notes (each a "Qualified Holder"), unless such
   Qualified Holder has notified the Company that he or it elects not to
   receive such information, copies of the following financial statements,
   reports, notices and information:

             (a)  promptly when available and in any event when furnished
        pursuant to the Credit Agreement, copies of all financial statements,
        certificates, audit and other reports, filings, projections,
        management letters and other information furnished pursuant thereto;

             (b)  as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after
        the end of each of the first three Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal
        Year of as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter statements of earnings,
        stockholders' equity and cash flow of the Company for such Fiscal
        Quarter and for the period commencing at the end of the previous
        Fiscal Year and ending with the end of such Fiscal quarter, certified
        by the chief financial Authorized Officer of the Company;

             (c)  as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after
        the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company, a copy of the annual
        audit report for such Fiscal Year for the Company, including therein
        consolidated balance sheets the Company and its Subsidiaries as of
        the end of such Fiscal Year and statements of earnings, stockholders'
        equity and cash flow of the Company for such Fiscal Year, in each
        case certified in a manner acceptable to the Requisite Holders by
        Arthur Andersen LLP or other independent public accountants
        acceptable to the Requisite Holders, and to the effect that, in
        making the examination necessary for the signing of such annual
        report by such accountants, they have not become aware of any Default
        or Event of Default that has occurred and is continuing, or, if they
        have become aware of such Default or Event of Default, describing
        such Default or Event of Default and the steps, if any, being taken
        to cure it;

             (d)  if, as a result of any material change in accounting
        principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the
        Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.7, the consolidated
        financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries delivered
        pursuant to clause (b), (c) or (k) of this Section 6.1 will differ in
        any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that
        would have been delivered pursuant to such clauses had no such change
        in accounting principles and policies been made, then, at the
        reasonable request of the Requisite Holders, financial statements of
        the Company for (i) the then current Fiscal Year to the effective
        date of such change and (ii) the one full Fiscal Year immediately
        preceding the Fiscal Year in which such change is made, in each case
        prepared on a pro forma basis as if such change had been in effect
        during such periods, and a written statement of the chief accounting
        Authorized Officer or chief financial Authorized Officer of the
        Company setting forth the differences which would have resulted if
        such financial statements had been prepared without giving effect to
        such change;

             (e)  promptly upon receipt thereof (unless restricted by
        applicable professional standards), copies of all material reports
        submitted to the Company or its Subsidiaries by independent certified
        public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special
        audit of the financial statements of the Company made by such
        accountants, including any comment letter submitted by such
        accountants to management in connection with their annual audit;

             (f)  promptly after the sending or filing thereof, copies of
        (i) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements
        sent or made available generally by the Company to its
        securityholders, (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all
        registration statements (other than on Form S-8 or a similar form)
        and prospectuses, if any, filed by the Company with any securities
        exchange or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
        governmental or private regulatory authority, and (iii) all press
        releases and other statements made available generally by the Company
        to the public concerning material developments in the business of the
        Company;

             (g)  promptly upon any officer of the Company obtaining
        knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or
        Event of Default, or becoming aware that the any Holder has given any
        notice or taken any other action with respect to a claimed Default or
        Event of Default, (ii) that any Person has given any notice to the
        Company or taken any other action with respect to a claimed default
        or event or condition of the type referred to in Section 9.1.2,
        (iii) of any condition or event that would be required to be
        disclosed in a current report filed by the Company or its
        Subsidiaries with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 8-K
        (Items 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 of such Form as in effect on the date hereof)
        if the Company were required to file such reports under the Exchange
        Act, or (iv) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused
        or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material
        Adverse Effect, an Officers' Certificate specifying the nature and
        period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying
        the notice given or action taken by any such Person and the nature of
        such claimed Event of Default, Default, event or condition, and what
        action the Company has taken, is taking and proposes to take with
        respect thereto;

             (h)  promptly upon any officer of the Company obtaining
        knowledge of (i) the institution of, or non-frivolous threat of, any
        action, suit, proceeding (whether administrative, judicial or
        otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration against or
        affecting the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of its properties
        (collectively, "Proceedings") not previously disclosed in writing by
        the Company to the Holders or (ii) any material development in any
        Proceeding that:

                  (A)  if adversely determined, could give rise to a Material
             Adverse Effect, or

                  (B)  seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation
             of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of,
             the transactions contemplated hereby,

        written notice thereof together with such other information as may be
        reasonably available to the Company to enable the Holders and their
        counsel to evaluate such matters; and within twenty days after the
        end of each Fiscal Quarter of the Company, a schedule of all
        Proceedings involving an alleged liability of, or claims against or
        affecting, the Company equal to or greater than $50,000, and promptly
        after request by the Requisite Holders such other information as may
        be reasonably requested by the Requisite Holders to enable the
        Holders and their respective counsel to evaluate any of such
        Proceedings;

             (i)  immediately upon becoming aware of the institution of any
        steps by the Company to terminate any Pension Plan, or the failure to
        make a required contribution to any Pension Plan if such failure is
        sufficient to give rise to a Lien under section 302(f) of ERISA, or
        the taking of any action with respect to a Pension Plan which could
        result in the requirement that the Company furnish a bond or other
        security to the PBGC or such Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any
        event with respect to any Pension Plan which could result in the
        incurrence by the Company of any material liability, fine or penalty,
        or any material increase in the contingent liability of the Company
        with respect to any post-retirement Welfare Plan benefit, notice
        thereof and copies of all documentation relating thereto;

             (j)  as soon as available and in any event no later than 60 days
        after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a plan and financial
        forecast for such Fiscal Year, including (i) forecasted balance
        sheets and forecasted statements of income, stockholders' equity and
        cash flow of the Company for each such Fiscal Year, together with an
        explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based,
        (ii) forecasted statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash
        flows of the Company for each month of each such Fiscal Year,
        together with an explanation of the assumptions on which such
        forecasts are based, and (iii) such other information and projections
        as the Requisite Holders may reasonably request;

             (k)  as soon as practicable and in any event by the last day of
        each Fiscal Year, a report in form and substance reasonably
        satisfactory to the Requisite Holders outlining all material
        insurance coverage maintained as of the date of such report by the
        Company and all material insurance coverage planned to be maintained
        by the Company in the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year;

             (l)  as soon as practicable following receipt thereof, copies of
        all environmental audits and reports, whether prepared by personnel
        of the Company or by independent consultants, with respect to
        significant environmental matters at any Facility or which relate to
        an Environmental Claim which could result in a Material Adverse
        Effect;

             (m)  with reasonable promptness, written notice of any change in
        the Board of Directors of the Company;

             (n)  promptly upon any Person becoming a Subsidiary of the
        Company, (i) a written notice setting forth with respect to such
        Person the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary of the
        Company and (ii) an Officer's Certificate demonstrating in reasonable
        detail compliance with the restrictions contained in Article VII; and

             (o)  with reasonable promptness, such other information and data
        with respect to the financial condition, business, property, assets,
        revenues and operations of the Company as the Requisite Holders may
        from time to time reasonably request; provided, that the Company
        shall not be required to deliver any of the information specified in
        this Section 6.1 to any Holder which the Company reasonably
        determines to be in, or be affiliated with a Person in, a line of
        business which is competitive with the Company's line of business.

        SECTION 6.2.  Corporate Existence, etc.  The Company will, and will
   cause its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force
   and effect its corporate existence and all rights and franchises material
   to its business.

        SECTION 6.3.  Compliance with Laws, etc.  The Company will, and will
   cause its Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all
   applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to
   include:

             (a)  the maintenance and preservation of its corporate existence
        and qualification as a foreign corporation; and

             (b)  the payment, before the same become delinquent, of all
        taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or any of
        its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income,
        businesses or franchises before any penalty accrues thereon, and all
        claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies)
        for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may
        become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time
        when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto;
        provided that no such charge or claim need be paid if the same is
        being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
        and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have
        been set aside on its books.

        SECTION 6.4.  Maintenance of Properties.  The Company will, and will
   cause its Subsidiaries to, maintain, preserve, protect and keep its
   properties (including all its Intellectual Property) in good repair,
   working order and condition, and make necessary and proper repairs,
   renewals and replacements so that its business carried on in connection
   therewith may be properly conducted at all times unless the Company
   determines in good faith that the continued maintenance of any of its
   properties is no longer economically desirable.

        SECTION 6.5.  Insurance.  The Company will, and will cause its
   Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained with responsible
   insurance companies insurance with respect to its properties and business
   (including business interruption insurance) against such casualties and
   contingencies and of such types and in such amounts as is customary in the
   case of similar businesses and will, upon request of the Requisite
   Holders, furnish to each Qualified Holder at reasonable intervals a
   certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Company setting forth the
   nature and extent of all insurance maintained by the Company and its
   Subsidiaries in accordance with this Section.

        SECTION 6.6.  Books and Records.  The Company will, and will cause
   its Subsidiaries to, keep books and records which accurately reflect all
   of its business affairs and transactions and permit each Holder of greater
   than 25% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes or any of
   their respective representatives, at reasonable times and intervals, to
   visit all of its offices, to discuss its financial matters with its
   officers and independent public accountant (and the Company hereby
   authorizes such independent public accountant to discuss their financial
   matters with each such Holder or its representatives whether or not any
   representative of the Company is present) and to examine (and, at the
   expense of the Company, photocopy extracts from) any of its books or other
   corporate records.  The Company shall pay reasonable fees of such
   independent public accountant incurred in connection with any such
   Holder's exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section.

        SECTION 6.7.  Environmental Covenant.  The Company will, and will
   cause its Subsidiaries to,

             (a)  use and operate all of its Facilities and properties in
        material compliance with all Environmental Laws, keep all necessary
        permits, approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations
        relating to environmental matters in effect and remain in material
        compliance therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in material
        compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws;

             (b)  promptly notify each of the Qualified Holders of (i) any
        proposed acquisition of stock, assets or property by the Company or
        any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to expose
        the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in,
        Environmental Claims that could have a Material Adverse Effect or
        that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect
        on any Governmental Authorization then held by the Company or any of
        its Subsidiaries and (ii) any proposed action to be taken by the
        Company or any of its Subsidiaries to commence manufacturing,
        industrial or other operations that could reasonably be expected to
        subject any such Person to additional Environmental Laws, including
        Environmental Laws requiring additional environmental permits or
        licenses; and

             (c)  provide such information, certifications and copies of
        documents (at the expense of the Company) which the Requisite Holders
        may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with
        this Section 6.7.

        SECTION 6.8.  The Company's Remedial Action Regarding Hazardous
   Materials.  The Company will promptly take, and will cause each of its
   Subsidiaries to promptly take, any and all necessary remedial action in
   connection with the presence, storage, use, disposal, transportation or
   Release of any Hazardous Materials on, under or about any Facility in
   order to comply with all applicable Environmental Laws and Governmental
   Authorizations applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries in respect of
   such Facility.  In the event the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
   undertakes any remedial action with respect to any Hazardous Materials on,
   under or about any Facility, the Company or such Subsidiary will conduct
   and complete such remedial action in compliance with all applicable
   Environmental Laws, and in accordance with the applicable policies, orders
   and directives of all federal, state and local governmental authorities
   except when, and only to the extent that, the liability of the Company or
   such Subsidiary for such presence, storage, use, disposal, transportation
   or discharge of any Hazardous Materials is being contested in good faith
   by such Person.

        SECTION 6.9.  Maintenance of Office or Agency.  The Company will
   maintain (a) an office or agency where the applicable Securities may be
   presented for payment, (b) an office or agency where the applicable
   Securities may be presented for registration and transfer and for exchange
   as provided in this Agreement, and (c) an office or agency where notices
   and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the applicable Securities
   may be served.  The location of such office or agency initially shall be
   at 5481 South Packard Avenue, Cudahy, Wisconsin 53110.  The Company shall
   give to each applicable Holder written notice of any change of location
   thereof.

        SECTION 6.10.  Private Offering.  The Company agrees that neither it,
   nor anyone acting on its behalf, will offer or sell the Securities, or any
   portion of them, other than as contemplated by the Undertaking, if such
   offer or sale might bring the issuance and sale of the Securities to any
   Purchaser hereunder within the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities
   Act nor offer any similar securities for issuance or sale to, or solicit
   any offer to acquire any of the same from, or otherwise approach or
   negotiate with respect thereto with, anyone if the sale of the Securities
   and any such securities could be integrated as a single offering for the
   purposes of the Securities Act, including Regulation D thereunder.

        SECTION 6.11.  Information to Prospective Purchasers.  The Company
   shall, upon the request of any Holder, deliver to such Holder and any
   prospective purchaser designated by such Holder promptly following the
   request of such Holder or such prospective purchaser, such information
   which such Holder or such prospective purchaser may reasonably request in
   order to comply with the information requirements of Rule 144 or Rule 144A
   under the Securities Act.

        SECTION 6.12.  Further Assurances.  At any time and from time to time
   upon the request of the Requisite Holders, the Company will, and will
   cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at their own expense, promptly execute,
   acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and
   things as the Requisite Holders may reasonably request in order to effect
   fully the purposes of the Transaction Documents and to provide for payment
   of the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the
   Notes and the other Transaction Documents.

        SECTION 6.13.  Board of Directors.  The Company and the Purchasers
   shall, on or prior to March 15, 1996, use their respective best efforts to
   amend the Company's Organic Documents and to take any and all other
   actions reasonably necessary to permit the Company's Board of Directors to
   consist of four directors.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

        The Company covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of all
   of the Obligations, the Company shall perform the obligations set forth in
   this Article VII.

        SECTION 7.1.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

        SECTION 7.2.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

        SECTION 7.3.  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED].

        SECTION 7.4.  Modification of Certain Agreements.  The Company will
   not consent to any amendment, supplement or other modification of any of
   the terms or provisions contained in, or applicable to, the Transaction
   Documents, Warrant, other than any amendment, supplement or other
   modification which does not affect the rights of the Holders under the
   Transaction Documents.

        SECTION 7.5.  Transactions with Affiliates.  The Company will not,
   and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into, or cause,
   suffer or permit to exist any arrangement or contract with any of its
   other Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is fair and equitable
   to the Company or such Subsidiary and is an arrangement or contract of the
   kind which would be entered into by a prudent Person in the position of
   the Company or such Subsidiary with a Person which is not one of its
   Affiliates.

        SECTION 7.6.  Inconsistent Agreements.  The Company will not, and
   will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement or
   arrangement which is inconsistent with the obligations of the Company or
   any of its respective Subsidiaries under this Agreement or any other
   Transaction Document.

        SECTION 7.7.  Fiscal Year.  The Company will not change its Fiscal
   Year.

        SECTION 7.8.  Limitation of Ranking of Future Indebtedness.  The
   Company will not, directly or indirectly, incur, create, or suffer to
   exist any Indebtedness which is subordinate or junior in right of payment
   (to any extent) to any Senior Debt and which is senior or superior in
   right of payment (to any extent) to the Notes.

        SECTION 7.9.  Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.  The Company covenants
   and agrees (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not,
   and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time insist upon,
   plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit of or
   advantage of, and will use its best efforts to resist any attempts to
   claim or take the benefit of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever
   enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the
   covenants or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the
   Notes or any other Transaction Document, and the Company (to the extent it
   may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of
   any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law,
   hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
   Holders, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as
   though no such law has been enacted.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   REDEMPTION

        SECTION 8.1.  Mandatory Redemption.  Upon the occurrence of a Change
   of Control, and subject to Article X, the Company shall offer to redeem
   all of the then outstanding Notes at a redemption price equal to the
   aggregate principal amount thereof then outstanding plus accrued and
   unpaid interest, within 30 days of the occurrence of such Change in
   Control, and shall provide a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.4.

        SECTION 8.2.  The Company's Right to Redeem.  Subject to Article X,
   the Company, at its option, may redeem, at any time, all of the then
   outstanding Notes at a redemption price equal to the aggregate principal
   amount thereof then outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest.

        SECTION 8.3.  Selection of Notes and Portions of Notes to Be
   Redeemed.  If less than all of the then outstanding Notes are being
   redeemed, the Company shall redeem the Notes pro rata, in such manner as
   complies with applicable legal requirements, if any.  Notes in
   denominations of $1,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Company may
   select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple
   thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than
   $1,000.  Provisions of this Agreement that apply to Notes called for
   redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

        SECTION 8.4.  Notice of Redemption.  A notice of redemption ("Notice
   of Redemption") shall be mailed by the Company to each Holder whose Notes
   are to be redeemed at such Holder's registered address by first class mail
   (i) in the event such Notes are being redeemed pursuant to Section 8.1 in
   connection with a Change in Control, not more than 10 days after the
   occurrence of such Change in Control, or (ii) in the event such Notes are
   being redeemed pursuant to Section 8.2, at least 20 days but not more than
   60 days before the applicable Redemption Date.  Each Notice of Redemption
   shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

             (a)  the applicable Redemption Date;

             (b)  the applicable Redemption Price;

             (c)  the name and address of the Company;

             (d)  that the Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to
        the Company to collect the applicable Redemption Price;

             (e)  that, unless the Company defaults in payment of the
        Redemption Price, interest on the Notes called for redemption ceases
        to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, and the only
        remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of
        the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Company of the Notes
        redeemed;

             (f)  if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the
        principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
        Redemption Date, and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes
        in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof
        will be issued setting forth the remaining principal amount due on
        the Stated Maturity Date;

             (g)  if less than all the Notes then outstanding are to be
        redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion(s)
        thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of
        Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Note(s) to
        be outstanding after such partial redemption; and

             (h)  the Section of this Agreement pursuant to which the Notes
        are to be redeemed.

        SECTION 8.5.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.  Once a Notice of
   Redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 8.4 in connection with
   a redemption pursuant to Section 8.2, the Notes called for redemption
   thereunder shall become due and payable on the applicable Redemption Date
   at the applicable Redemption Price.

        SECTION 8.6.  Payment of Redemption Price.  On presentation and
   surrender of any Notes in connection with a mandatory redemption in
   respect of a Change of Control or an optional redemption with respect to
   which a Notice of Redemption has been given, at the place of payment
   specified in Section 6.9, such Notes or specified portions thereof shall
   be paid and redeemed by the Company on the applicable Redemption Date at
   the applicable Redemption Price.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        SECTION 9.1.  Listing of Events of Default.  Each of the following
   events or occurrences described in this Section 9.1 shall constitute an
   "Event of Default".

        SECTION 9.1.1.  Non-Payment of Obligations.  The Company shall
   default in the payment when due, whether at stated maturity, by
   acceleration, by notice of optional redemption or prepayment, by mandatory
   redemption or prepayment or otherwise, of (a) any principal or premium of
   any Note, (b) any interest on any Note, or (c) any other Obligation (and
   the failure to pay such Obligation shall remain unremedied for a period of
   ten days).

        SECTION 9.1.2.  Breach of Warranty.  Any representation or warranty
   of the Company made or deemed to be made hereunder or in any other
   Transaction Document executed by it or any other writing or certificate
   furnished by or on behalf of the Company to any Purchaser or any Holder
   for the purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any such other
   Transaction Document (including any certificates delivered pursuant to
   Article III) is or shall be incorrect when made in any material respect.

        SECTION 9.1.3.  Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations. 
   The Company shall default in the due performance and observance of any of
   its obligations under Article VII or Section 6.1, 6.2, 6.13 or 6.14.

        SECTION 9.1.4.  Non-Performance of Other Covenants and Obligations. 
   The Company shall default in the due performance and observance of any
   other agreement contained herein or in any other Transaction Document
   executed by it, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of
   fifteen days after the earlier of (i) an officer of the Company becoming
   aware of such default or (ii) notice thereof shall have been given to the
   Company by any Holder.

        SECTION 9.1.5.  Default on Other Indebtedness.  A default shall occur
   in the payment when due (subject to any applicable grace period), whether
   by acceleration or otherwise, of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness
   described in Section 9.1.1) of the Company having a principal amount,
   individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $2,000,000, or a default
   shall occur in the performance or observance of any obligation or
   condition with respect to such Indebtedness if the effect of such default
   is to accelerate the maturity of any such Indebtedness or such default
   shall continue unremedied for any applicable period of time sufficient to
   permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness, or any trustee or agent
   for such holders, to cause such Indebtedness to become due and payable
   prior to its expressed maturity.

        SECTION 9.1.6.  Judgments.  Any judgment or order for the payment of
   money in excess of $500,000 shall be rendered against the Company, and
   either

             (a)  enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any
        creditor upon such judgment or order; or

             (b)  there shall be any period of 10 consecutive days during
        which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a
        pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect.

        SECTION 9.1.7.  Pension Plans.  Any of the following events shall
   occur with respect to any Pension Plan

             (a)  the institution of any steps by the Company, any member of
        its Controlled Group or any other Person to terminate a Pension Plan
        if, as a result of such termination, the Company or any such member
        could be required to make a contribution to such Pension Plan, or
        could reasonably expect to incur a liability or obligation to such
        Pension Plan, in excess of $100,000; or

             (b)  a contribution failure occurs with respect to any Pension
        Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under section 302(f) of ERISA.

        SECTION 9.1.8.  Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc.  The Company shall

             (a)  become insolvent or generally fail to pay, or admit in
        writing its inability or unwillingness to pay, debts as they become
        due;

             (b)  apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of
        a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Company
        or any property of it, or make a general assignment for the benefit
        of creditors; 

             (c)  in the absence of such application, consent or
        acquiescence, permit or suffer to exist the appointment of a trustee,
        receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for the Company or for a
        substantial part of the property of any thereof, and such trustee,
        receiver, sequestrator or other custodian shall not be discharged
        within 60 days, provided that the Company expressly authorizes each
        Holder to appear in any court conducting any relevant proceeding
        during such 60-day period to preserve, protect and defend their
        rights hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents;

             (d)  permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any
        bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or
        proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any
        dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect of the
        Company and, if any such case or proceeding is not commenced by the
        Company, such case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced
        in by the Company or shall result in the entry of an order for relief
        or shall remain for 60 days undismissed, provided that the Company
        expressly authorizes each Holder to appear in any court conducting
        any such case or proceeding during such 60-day period to preserve,
        protect and defend their rights hereunder and under the other
        Transaction Documents; or 

             (e)  take any corporate action authorizing, or in furtherance
        of, any of the foregoing.

        SECTION 9.1.9.  Dissolution.  Any order, judgment or decree shall be
   entered against the Company decreeing the dissolution or split up of the
   Company, such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in
   excess of 30 days.

        SECTION 9.1.10.  Impairment of Transaction Documents, etc.  Any
   Transaction Document shall (except in accordance with its terms), in whole
   or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be the legally
   valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Company, or the Company
   shall, directly or indirectly, contest in any manner such effectiveness,
   validity, binding nature or enforceability.  Without limiting the
   foregoing, if the Undertaking is conducted other than in accordance with
   (i) Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and (ii) Blue Sky
   Laws or is declared to be null and void, or the Company denies in writing
   that it has any further liability thereunder or under any other
   Transaction Document to which it is a party.

        SECTION 9.2.  Action if Bankruptcy.  If any Event of Default
   described in clauses (a) through (d) of Section 9.1.8 shall occur, the
   outstanding principal amount of all outstanding Notes and all other
   Obligations shall automatically be and become immediately due and payable,
   without notice or demand.

        SECTION 9.3.  Action if Other Event of Default.  If any Event of
   Default (other than any Event of Default described in clauses (a) through
   (d) of Section 9.1.8) shall occur for any reason, whether voluntary or
   involuntary, and be continuing, the Requisite Holders (or, in the case
   such Event of Default is an Event of Default described in Section 9.1.1,
   Holders holding at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the then
   outstanding Notes) may, upon notice or demand and subject to Article X,
   declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the
   Notes and other Obligations, to be due and payable, whereupon the full
   unpaid amount of such Notes and any and all other Obligations which shall
   be so declared due and payable shall be and become immediately due and
   payable, without further notice, demand or presentment.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                  SUBORDINATION

        SECTION 10.1.  Agreement to Subordinate.  The Company and each
   Holder, by its acceptance of a Note, covenant and agree that the
   Subordinated Debt shall, to the extent and in the manner set forth herein
   and in Section 11.16, be subordinated in right of payment to the prior
   payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents by the Company of the Senior
   Debt, whether now outstanding or hereafter created, incurred, assumed or
   guaranteed.  The provisions of this Article X shall be given independent
   effect so that if a particular payment is prohibited by any one of such
   provisions, it shall be prohibited although it otherwise would not be
   prohibited by another provision.  All provisions of this Article X are for
   the benefit of the Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders and the Senior
   Agent and the Senior Debtholders are entitled to enforce such provisions
   in all respects and each Holder waives acceptance of such provisions by
   the Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders.

        SECTION 10.2.  General Subordination to Senior Debt.  (a)  Until the
   Senior Debt is repaid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents and all
   commitments to extend Senior Debt have been terminated, no payment or
   distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character shall be
   made by the Company for or on account of the Subordinated Debt or any
   principal, interest, fees or judgment related thereto, or on account of
   the purchase or redemption or other acquisition of Subordinated Debt,
   other than payment-in-kind of interest on the Notes pursuant to paragraph
   1 thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the Senior
   Debtholders shall not be required for the surrender by holders of
   Subordinated Debt of Notes to the Company as consideration for all or any
   portion of the exercise price for the Warrants. 

        SECTION 10.3.  Subordination on Dissolution, Liquidation or
   Reorganization of the Company.  Upon any payment or distribution of cash,
   securities or other property of the Company of any kind or character to
   creditors upon any dissolution, winding up, total or partial liquidation,
   reorganization or marshaling of assets of the Company, whether voluntary
   or involuntary, or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership proceedings or
   upon assignment for the benefit of creditors:

             (i)  all Senior Debt shall first be paid in full in cash or Cash
        Equivalents before any Holder may receive or retain any payment or
        distribution of assets of any kind, and

             (ii)  any payment or distribution of cash, securities or other
        property of any kind to which any Holder would be entitled, except
        for the provisions of this Article X, shall be paid directly to the
        Senior Agent for the benefit of the Senior Debtholders to the extent
        necessary to pay all Senior Debt in full in cash or Cash Equivalents,
        after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the
        Senior Debtholders, before any such payment or distribution is made
        to any Holder.

        SECTION 10.4.  Limitation on Remedies.  (a)  So long as any Senior
   Debt remains outstanding, no Holder may 

             (i)  declare, or join in the declaration of, any Subordinated
        Debt to be due and payable prior to the maturity thereof or otherwise
        accelerate the maturity of the principal of the Notes, accrued
        interest thereon or other amounts due thereunder, prior to the
        acceleration of any Senior Debt, or

             (ii)  commence any administrative, legal or equitable action or
        proceeding against the Company or any Collateral, including, without
        limitation, filing or joining in the filing of any insolvency
        petition against the Company.

        (b)  To the extent the Holders of Subordinated Debt have been granted
   a Lien in any assets of the Company to secure the Subordinated Debt, the
   Liens and Security Interests of Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholder
   under the Credit Agreement in the assets of the Company shall be senior
   and have priority over the Liens of the Holders.  In addition, so long as
   any Senior Debt or commitments to advance any Senior Debt remain
   outstanding, the Holders shall not exercise rights or remedies in respect
   of any of its Liens, nor shall any of the Holders contest in any manner
   the validity or enforceability of the Senior Debt or the validity,
   enforceability, priority or perfection of any of the Liens or security
   interests securing the Senior Debt.

        SECTION 10.4.1.  Modifications to Senior Debt.  The Senior
   Debtholders may at any time and from time to time without the consent of
   or notice to Holders, without incurring liability to the Holders and
   without impairing or releasing the obligations of the Holders under this
   Article X or Section 11.16, change the manner or place of payment or
   extend the time of payment of or renew, alter or change the amount of any
   Senior Debt, release any collateral therefor or amend in any manner any
   agreement, note, guaranty or other instrument evidencing or securing or
   otherwise relating the Senior Debt.  Subject to the final sentence of the
   definition of Senior Debt, the terms of this Article X, the subordination
   effected hereby, and the rights and the obligations of the Holders, the
   Senior Agent or Senior Debtholders arising hereunder, shall not be
   affected, modified or impaired in any manner or to any extent by:  (a) any
   amendment or modification of or supplement to the Credit Agreement or any
   of the Subordinated Debt Documents; (b) the validity or enforceability of
   any of such documents; or (c) any exercise or non-exercise of any right,
   power or remedy under or in respect of the Senior Debt or the Subordinated
   Debt or any of the instruments or documents referred to in clause (a)
   above.  The Holders hereby acknowledge that the provisions of this Article
   X are intended to be enforceable at all times, whether before the
   commencement of, after the commencement of, in connection with or premised
   on the occurrence of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding by or
   against the Company.

        SECTION 10.5.  Amendments and Exchanges of Subordinated Debt. 
   Without the prior written consent of the Requisite Senior Debtholders, but
   without limiting the obligations of the Company to the Senior Debtholders
   with regard thereto under the Credit Agreement, the Company and the
   Holders shall not amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms of the
   Subordinated Debt if the effect of such amendment, supplement or other
   modification is to change (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments
   of principal or interest are due on such Subordinated Debt, take any Liens
   in any property of the Company other than as expressly set forth herein
   and in Section 11.16, change any affirmative or negative covenant in any
   significant respect, change the redemption or prepayment provisions
   thereof or change any of the subordination provisions thereof (including,
   without limitation, subordinating the Subordinated Debt to any other
   debt), and if the effect of such amendment, supplement or other
   modification is to increase materially the obligations of the obligor
   thereunder or to confer any additional rights on the Holders (or a trustee
   or other representative on their behalf) which would be adverse to any
   Senior Debtholder.  Notwithstanding any other term or provision of the
   Agreement (including Section 11.1(a)), no amendment, modification,
   termination or waiver of any term or provision of Article X or Section
   11.16 hereof, or of any definitions used therein, or of the form of any
   Note issued hereunder, shall be effective without the express written
   consent of the Requisite Senior Debtholders.

        SECTION 10.6.  Payments Received in Contravention of Subordination
   Provisions.  If any Holder receives any payment or distribution of assets
   in violation of this Article X and Section 11.16, such Holder shall
   receive such payment or distribution of assets in trust for the Senior
   Debtholders' benefit and shall forthwith remit such payment or
   distribution of assets, as the case may be, to the Senior Agent for the
   benefit of the Senior Debtholders in the form in which it was received,
   together with such endorsements or documents as may be necessary to
   effectively negotiate or transfer the same (but without recourse and
   without representation or warranty).

        SECTION 10.7.  Subrogation.  After all Senior Debt of the Company has
   been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents and until the Notes are paid
   in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, the Holders shall be subrogated to
   any rights of the Senior Debtholders to receive payments or distributions
   of assets applicable to such Senior Debt to the extent that payments or
   distributions otherwise payable to the Holders have been applied to the
   payment of such Senior Debt.  A distribution made under this Article X to
   the Senior Debtholders that otherwise would have been made to the Holders
   is not, as between the Company and the Holders, a payment by the Company
   on its Senior Debt.

        SECTION 10.8.  Relative Rights.  This Article X and Section 11.16
   defines the relative rights of Holders and Senior Debtholders and this
   Article X and Section 11.16 shall constitute a continuing offer to all
   persons who become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior Debt.  Nothing
   in this Article X and Section 11.16 or elsewhere in this Agreement or any
   Note is intended to or shall:

             (a)  impair, as between the Company and the Holders, the
        Company's obligations, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay
        principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes in
        accordance with their terms;

             (b)  affect the relative rights of the Holders and the Company's
        creditors other than the rights of the Holders in relation to the
        Senior Debtholders; or

             (c)  prevent the Holders from accelerating the Subordinated Debt
        in accordance with Sections 9.3 and 10.4 (a)(i) and exercising their
        available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, after the
        Senior Debt has been paid in full and the Credit Agreement has been
        terminated.

        The failure to make a payment on account of principal of, or interest
   on, the Notes by reason of any provision of this Article X shall not be
   construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default under
   Section 9.1.1.

        SECTION 10.9.  Reliance on Judicial Order or Decree or Senior Agent
   Certificate.  The Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or
   decree of any court of competent jurisdiction or any certificate of the
   Senior Agent in ascertaining any amount to be paid or distributed to the
   Senior Debtholders and all other facts pertinent to such payment or
   distribution or to this Article X, provided that, in the case of any such
   order or decree, such court has been fully apprised of the provisions of,
   or the order or decree makes reference to, the provisions of this Article
   X.

        SECTION 10.10.  Proof of Claim.  In the event that, while any Senior
   Debt is outstanding, any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is commenced
   by or against the Company or its property and the Holders have not filed
   appropriate proofs of claim as of the tenth business day preceding the bar
   date therefor, the Senior Agent on behalf of the Senior Debtholders will
   be irrevocably authorized and empowered (in its own name or otherwise),
   but shall have no obligation, to file appropriate proofs of claim for the
   exercise or enforcement of any of the rights or interests of the Holders
   with respect to the Subordinated Debt in such proceeding.  Notwithstanding
   the foregoing, neither the Senior Agent nor any Senior Debtholder shall
   have any right whatsoever to vote any claim that any Holder may have in
   such proceeding to accept or reject any plan of partial or complete
   liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, composition or extension.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

        SECTION 11.1.  Amendments and Waivers.

        (a)  Consent of Holders.  No amendment, modification, termination or
   waiver of any provision of this Agreement, the Notes, or consent to any
   departure by the Company therefrom, shall in any event be effective
   without the written concurrence of the Requisite Holders; provided,
   however, that no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
   term or provision of Article X or Section 11.16 hereof, or of any
   definitions used therein, or of the form of any Note issued hereunder,
   shall be effective without the express written consent of the Requisite
   Senior Debtholders.  Without the consent of each Holder affected, no
   amendment, modification, termination or waiver may (with respect to any
   Notes held by a non-consenting Holder of Notes):

             (i)  reduce the principal amount of, or change the Stated
        Maturity Date of, any Note of such Holder;

             (ii)  amend the provisions with respect to the redemption of any
        Note of such Holder pursuant to Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 (including
        reducing any applicable Redemption Price);

             (iii)  reduce the rate of, or change the time for payment of,
        interest on any Note of such Holder;

             (iv)  waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of
        principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes;

             (v)  make the principal of, premium, if any, or the interest on,
        any Note of such Holder payable in any manner other than that stated
        in this Agreement and the Notes;

             (vi)  waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note of
        such Holder;

             (vii)  make any change to the subordination provisions of this
        Agreement that adversely affects any Holder;

             (viii)  make any change to the definition of "Requisite
        Holders";

             (ix)  reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding
        principal amount of Notes necessary to accelerate the Notes under
        Section 9.3 or modify the right of a Holder to accelerate its Note
        under Section 9.3;

             (x)  make any change to the transfer provisions of Section 11.2
        that adversely affects the ability of a Holder to make any transfer
        described therein; or

             (xi)  make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver
        provisions.

        After an amendment, modification, termination or waiver under this
   Section 11.1 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders
   affected thereby a notice briefly describing such amendment, modification,
   termination or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or
   any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the
   validity of any such amendment, modification, termination or waiver.

        (b)  Solicitation of Noteholders.  The Company will not solicit,
   request or negotiate for or with respect to any proposed amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver of any of the provisions of this
   Agreement or the Notes unless each Holder of the Notes (irrespective of
   the amount of Notes then owned by it) shall be informed thereof by the
   Company (but only to the extent the Company has been provided with
   addresses for the Holders) and shall be afforded the opportunity of
   considering the same and shall be supplied by the Company with sufficient
   information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect
   thereto.  Executed or true and correct copies of any amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver effected pursuant to the provisions of
   this Section 11.1 shall be delivered by the Company to each Holder of
   outstanding Notes forthwith following the date on which the same shall
   have been executed and delivered by the Holder or Holders of the requisite
   percentage of outstanding Notes (but only to the extent the Company has
   been provided with the addresses for the Holders).

        (c)  Revocation and Effect of Consents.  Until an amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by
   a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder
   of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
   consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on
   any Note.  However, any such Holder of subsequent Holder may revoke the
   consent as to its Note or portion of its Note by notice to the Company
   received before the date on which the Requisite Holders have consented
   (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to such amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver.

        The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
   the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any
   amendment, modification, termination or waiver, which record date shall be
   at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent.  If a
   record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the
   immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such
   record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons,
   shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not
   such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.

        After an amendment, modification, termination or waiver becomes
   effective, it shall bind every Holder of a Note, unless it makes a change
   described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 11.1(a), in
   which case, the amendment, modification, termination or waiver shall bind
   only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent
   Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the
   consenting Holder's Note; provided that any such waiver shall not impair
   or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of,
   premium (if any) and interest on a Note, on or after the respective due
   dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any
   such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such
   Holder.

        SECTION 11.2.  Transfers.  Each Holder shall be permitted to transfer
   any Note or any portion thereof (and the rights relating thereto under
   this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents) to any Person;
   provided that

             (i)  such transfer is made pursuant to a registration statement
        under the Securities Act (it being acknowledged that the Company
        shall not be obligated to assist in any manner in any such
        registration) or pursuant to an exemption from the registration
        requirements of the Securities Act;

             (ii)  if such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption
        from such registration requirements and if requested by the Company,
        counsel for such Holder (which counsel may be internal counsel)
        furnishes to the Company an opinion to the effect that such transfer
        is being made pursuant such an exemption;

             (iii)  the applicable transferee is an "accredited investor" as
        defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act;

             (iv)  such transferee represents to the Company in writing that
        it is acquiring such Note solely for its own account and not as
        nominee or agent for any other Person (other than for such managed
        accounts, if applicable) and not with a view to, or for offer or sale
        in connection with, any distribution thereof (within the meaning of
        the Securities Act) that would be in violation of the securities laws
        of the United States of America or any state thereof, without
        prejudice, however, to its right at all times to sell or otherwise
        dispose of all or any part of said Note pursuant to a registration
        statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from
        the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and subject,
        nevertheless, to the disposition of its property being at all times
        within its control;

             (v)  unless the Holder making such transfer is making such
        transfer to any of its Affiliates or any of its partners or with the
        Company's prior written consent, such transfer is of (A) all the
        Notes then held by such Holder or (B) a Note or Notes (or a portion
        thereof) evidencing an aggregate principal amount outstanding of not
        less than $1,000,000.  

        Within three Business Days after its receipt of notice that a
   transfer is being made pursuant to this Section 11.2, but not prior to the
   effective date of such transfer, the Company shall deliver to the
   applicable transferee a new Note evidencing the aggregate principal amount
   transferred and, if the Holder making such transfer is retaining an
   interest in the Notes, a replacement Note in the aggregate principal
   amount being retained by such Holder (such Note to be in exchange for, but
   not in payment of, the Note then held by such Holder).  Each such Note
   shall be dated the date of the predecessor Note.  The Holder making such
   transfer shall mark the predecessor Note "exchanged" and deliver it to the
   Company.

        SECTION 11.3.  Notices.  Unless otherwise specifically provided
   herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to
   be given shall be in writing and shall be made by personal service,
   facsimile, United States air mail or reputable courier service:

             (a)  if to the Purchasers or any subsequent Holder, at the
        address or telecopier number set forth on the signature pages hereof,
        or such other address as shall be designated in a written notice
        delivered to the Company, with a copy to Mayer, Brown & Platt,
        1675 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, Facsimile No. (212) 262-
        1910, Attention:  James B. Carlson; and

             (b)  if to the Company, at the address or telecopy number set
        forth on the signature pages hereof, or such other address as shall
        be designated in a written notice delivered to the other parties
        hereto.

        Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other
   communication shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person
   or by courier service, upon receipt of facsimile (electronically
   confirmed), or five Business Days after depositing it in the United States
   air mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed.

        SECTION 11.4.  Independence of Covenants.  All covenants hereunder
   shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or
   condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it
   would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the
   limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a
   Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition
   exists.

        SECTION 11.5.  Survival of Representations, Warranties and
   Agreements.  (a)  All representations, warranties and agreements made
   herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
   issuance and sale of the Securities hereunder.

        (b)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or implied by law to
   the contrary, the agreements of the Company set forth in Sections 2.2,
   2.5, 2.8, and 2.11 shall survive the payment of the Notes, the exercise of
   the Warrants, and the termination of this Agreement.

        SECTION 11.6.  Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. 
   No failure or delay on the part of any Holder in the exercise of any
   power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Transaction
   Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be
   a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or
   partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or
   further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  All
   rights and remedies existing under this Agreement and the other
   Transaction Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights
   or remedies otherwise available.

        SECTION 11.7.  Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement, the
   Notes or any other Transaction Document which is prohibited or
   unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such provision and such
   jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
   unenforceability without invalidating or impairing the remaining
   provisions of this Agreement, the Notes or such other Transaction Document
   or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other
   jurisdiction.

        SECTION 11.8.  Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Senior
   Debtholders' Rights.  The obligations of the Holders hereunder are several
   and no Holder shall be responsible for the obligations of any other Holder
   hereunder.  Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document,
   and no action taken by the Holders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be
   deemed to constitute the Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint
   venture or any other kind of entity.  The amounts payable at any time
   hereunder to each Holder shall be a separate and independent debt, and
   each Holder shall be entitled to protect and enforce, subject to the
   express provisions of this Agreement, its rights arising out of this
   Agreement and it shall not be necessary for any other Holder to be joined
   as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

        SECTION 11.9.  Headings.  Section and subsection headings in this
   Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall
   not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given
   any substantive effect.

        SECTION 11.10.  APPLICABLE LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
   AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE
   STATE OF ILLINOIS.

        SECTION 11.11.  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be
   binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and
   assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the
   successors and assigns of each Purchaser (including each Holder).

        SECTION 11.12.  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.  ALL
   JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY TRANSACTION PARTY ARISING OUT OF
   OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT OR ANY
   OBLIGATION MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT
   JURISDICTION IN THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF
   THIS AGREEMENT AND THE COMPANY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH
   ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NONEXCLUSIVE
   JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON
   CONVENIENS AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY JUDGMENT RENDERED
   THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT
   OR SUCH OBLIGATION.  The Company hereby agrees that service of all process
   in any such proceeding in any such court may be made by registered or
   certified mail, return receipt requested, to such Person at its address
   provided on the signature pages hereto, such service being hereby
   acknowledged by such Person to be sufficient for personal jurisdiction in
   any action against such Person in any such court and to be otherwise
   effective and binding service in every respect.  Nothing herein shall
   affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or
   shall limit the right of any Holder to bring proceedings against the
   Company in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

        SECTION 11.13.  Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS
   AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF
   ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT
   OR ANY OF THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM
   RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION.  The scope of this
   waiver is intended to be all-encompassing of any and all disputes that may
   be filed in any court and that relate to the subject matter of this
   transaction, including contract claims, tort claims, breach of duty claims
   and all other common law and statutory claims.  Each party hereto
   acknowledges that this waiver is a material inducement to enter into a
   business relationship, that each has already relied on this waiver in
   entering into this Agreement, and that each will continue to rely on this
   waiver in their related future dealings.  Each party hereto further
   warrants and represents that it has reviewed this waiver with its legal
   counsel and that it knowingly and voluntarily waives its jury trial rights
   following consultation with legal counsel.  THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE,
   MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THIS
   WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR
   MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS
   OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE SECURITIES ISSUED
   HEREUNDER.  In the event of litigation, this Agreement may be filed as a
   written consent to a trial by the court.

        SECTION 11.14.  Counterparts; Effectiveness.  This Agreement and any
   amendments, waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection
   herewith may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different
   parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed
   and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts
   together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages
   may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a
   single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to
   the same document.

        SECTION 11.15.  Understanding Among the Purchasers.  The
   determination of each Purchaser to purchase the Securities pursuant to
   this Agreement has been made by such Purchaser independent of any other
   Purchaser and independent of any statements (including any projections) or
   opinions as to the advisability of such purchase or as to the properties,
   business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company
   which may have been made or given by any other Purchaser or by any agent
   or employee of any other Purchaser.  In addition, it is acknowledged by
   each Purchaser that no other Purchaser has acted as an agent of or in
   concert with such Purchaser in connection with making its investment
   hereunder and that no other Purchaser will be acting as an agent of such
   Purchaser in connection with monitoring its investment hereunder.

        SECTION 11.16.  Grant of Security.  (a)  The Company hereby assigns
   and pledges to the Purchasers for their respective benefit and the ratable
   benefit of each of the Holders, and hereby grants to the Purchasers, for
   their respective benefit and the ratable benefit of each of the Holders, a
   security interest in all Collateral.  The Company and each Holder, by its
   acceptance of a Note, covenant and agree that the Liens granted hereunder
   or under any other document or instrument to the Holders shall, to the
   extent and in the manner herein set forth, (i) not extend to any property
   of the Company other than the Collateral, and (ii) be subordinated and
   junior to the Liens of the Senior Agent on the terms set forth in this
   Section 11.16.  The provisions of this Section 11.16 shall be given
   independent effect so that if a particular action is prohibited by any one
   of such provisions, it shall be prohibited although it otherwise would not
   be prohibited by another provision.  All provisions of Section 11.16 are
   for the benefit of the Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders and the
   Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders are entitled to enforce such
   provisions in all respects, and each Holder waives acceptance of such
   provisions by the Senior Agent and Senior Debtholders.

        (b)  Notwithstanding the date, manner or order of grant, attachment
   or perfection of the Liens in the Collateral granted to or for the benefit
   of the Holders, and notwithstanding any provision of the Uniform
   Commercial Code, or any other applicable law or decisions, the Senior
   Agent under the Credit Agreement shall have a first and prior lien and
   security interest in the Collateral and all proceeds thereof to secure the
   Senior Debt, and any Lien in the Collateral held by or for the benefit of
   the Holders shall be junior and subordinate to all Liens in the Collateral
   held by or for the benefit of the Senior Agent under the Credit Agreement.

        (c)  Each Holder acknowledges that the priorities provided in this
   Section 11.16 shall not be affected or impaired in any manner whatsoever
   including, without limitation, on account of (i) the invalidity,
   irregularity or unenforceability of all or any part of the Credit
   Agreement, (ii) any amendment, change or modification of the Credit
   Agreement or (iii) any impairment, modification, change, exchange, release
   or subordination of or limitation on, any liability of, or stay of actions
   or lien enforcement proceedings against, any of the Company, its property,
   or its estate in bankruptcy resulting from any bankruptcy, arrangement,
   readjustment, composition, liquidation, rehabilitation, similar proceeding
   or otherwise involving or affecting the Company.  This Section 11.16 shall
   continue and be effective until all Senior Debt shall have been
   indefeasibly paid in full and any commitment to advance Senior Debt has
   been terminated, or all the Liens of the Senior Agent and the Senior
   Debtholders shall have been consensually released by the Senior Agent and
   the Senior Debtholders.

        (d)  Except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Section 11.16,
   (i) the Holders shall not exercise or enforce any rights or remedies with
   respect to the Collateral or in any manner interfere with the Liens and
   security interests of the Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders or the
   enforcement thereof and (ii) the sole right of the Holders with respect to
   the Collateral is to hold a Lien in the Collateral to the extent granted
   herein.  The Senior Agent and Senior Debtholders shall have the right to
   specific performance by the Company and the Holders of the provisions of
   Article X and Section 11.16 hereof, in addition to any other remedies they
   may have at law or in equity.  The Holders and the Company hereby
   irrevocably waive, to the extent that they may do so under applicable law,
   any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law which may be asserted
   as a bar to the remedy of specific performance in any action brought
   against the Company or the Holders for specific performance of the
   provisions of Article X and Section 11.16 hereof by the Senior Agent or
   the Senior Debtholders.

        (e)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Credit
   Agreement or otherwise provided in law or equity, so long as any Senior
   Debt, or any commitment to advance any such Senior Debt, is outstanding,
   the Senior Agent and Senior Debtholders shall have the exclusive right
   (whether exercised pursuant to a bankruptcy or similar proceeding or
   otherwise) solely on behalf of the Senior Debtholders, without the consent
   of any Holder: (i) to take action with respect to, to release or consent
   to the release of the Liens of the Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders
   and of the Holders of the Subordinated Debt in respect of, or to
   substitute, sell or otherwise dispose of, the Collateral, in accordance
   with the Credit Agreement free and clear of the Liens of the Senior
   Debtholders and Holders of the Subordinated Debt or as permitted by
   applicable law; (ii) to enforce and realize upon the Liens on the
   Collateral held by the Senior Agent on behalf of the Senior Debtholders,
   in accordance with the Credit Agreement or as permitted by applicable law,
   including to conduct any public or private sale of all or any portion of
   the Collateral or turnover of all or any portion of the Collateral under
   Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, (iii) to determine whether or
   not to accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar transfer of all or
   any portion of the Collateral, (iv) to enforce all rights and privileges
   related to the Collateral accruing to the Senior Agent or the Senior
   Debtholders by reason of, and in accordance with, the Credit Agreement,
   including, without limitation, to grant or refuse to grant any and all
   consents, approvals and waivers, to exercise all of its rights and
   privileges as attorney-in-fact for purposes of carrying out the terms of
   the Credit Agreement, (v) to take any and all appropriate action and to
   execute any and all documents and instruments related to the Collateral
   which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this
   Section 11.16 or the Credit Agreement and (vi) to make all decisions on
   behalf of itself, and the Senior Debtholders under the Credit Agreement,
   in any such circumstances.  In exercising its rights as aforesaid, the
   Senior Agent shall have sole control over the timing, circumstances and
   manner of exercising its rights.

        (f)  Any proceeds of Collateral received by the Holders in
   contravention of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust for
   the benefit of the Senior Agent and paid over to the Senior Agent in the
   same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of
   competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

        (g)  This Section 11.16 shall be applicable both before and after the
   commencement, whether voluntary or involuntary, of any case of the Company
   under the Bankruptcy Code, and all references herein to the Company, shall
   be deemed to apply to such entity as debtor in possession and to any
   trustee in bankruptcy for the estate of such entity.

        (h)  So long as any Senior Debt, or commitment to advance any Senior
   Debt, is outstanding, in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding of the
   Company, the Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders shall have the sole
   right to seek, and the Holders shall not seek, in respect of any part of
   the Collateral or proceeds thereof or any Lien which may exist thereon any
   adequate protection rights pursuant to Section 361 of the Bankruptcy Code
   or otherwise, any relief from or modification of the automatic stay as
   provided in section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, the entry of
   any cash collateral order pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code
   or otherwise, any sale of all or any portion of the Collateral pursuant to
   Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, or the entry of any
   financing order under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise,
   unless in each instance the Senior Agent shall consent thereto.  The
   Holders shall not oppose any such relief or modification sought by the
   Senior Agent or the Senior Debtholders under the Credit Agreement with
   respect to all or any portion of the Collateral.

        (i)  In the event the Senior Agent or any of the Senior Debtholders
   under the Credit Agreement is required under any bankruptcy or other law
   to return to the Company, the estate in bankruptcy thereof, any third
   party or any trustee, receiver or other representative of the Company, any
   payment or distribution of assets, whether in cash, property or
   securities, including, without limitation, any Collateral or any proceeds
   of the Collateral previously received by the Senior Agent or such Senior
   Debtholder under the Credit Agreement (a "Recovered Distribution"), then
   to the extent permitted by law, this Agreement and the subordination of
   the Liens of the Holders in such Collateral or proceeds as set forth
   herein shall be reinstated on the terms set forth herein with respect to
   any such Recovered Distribution to the extent that the claim of the Senior
   Agent and the Senior Debtholders under the Credit Agreement resulting from
   the return of such Recovered Distribution is entitled to a priority under
   such bankruptcy or other law at least equal to the general unsecured
   obligation of the Company existing prior to the commencement of any such
   bankruptcy case or other proceeding.

        (j)  Nothing contained herein shall prevent the Holders from filing
   claims or pleadings or otherwise participating in any bankruptcy or
   similar proceeding of the Company provided the same is not inconsistent
   with and does not violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

        (k)  So long as any Senior Debt or commitment to extend any such
   Senior Debt, is outstanding, the Holders, to the fullest extent permitted
   by applicable law, waive, with respect to the Collateral, any requirement
   regarding, and agree not to demand, request, plead or otherwise claim the
   benefit of, any marshalling, appraisement, valuation or other similar
   right that may otherwise be available under applicable law.

        (l)  Until all Senior Debt owed to the Senior Agent and the Senior
   Debtholders has been finally and indefeasibly paid in full and any
   commitment to advance Senior Debt has been terminated, the Holders shall
   have no right to subrogation with respect to the Collateral.

        (m)  The Holders agree that neither the Senior Agent nor the Senior
   Debtholders under the Credit Agreement shall have any liability to the
   Holders for, and each of the Holders hereby waives, any claim which such
   Holder may have at any time against the Senior Agent or the Senior
   Debtholders under the Credit Agreement arising out of any and all actions
   which the Senior Agent or the Senior Debtholders under the Credit
   Agreement take or omit to take, in a commercially reasonable manner and
   not otherwise in violation of the express provisions of this Agreement,
   with respect to the possession, administration, foreclosure upon or sale,
   liquidation or other disposition, or valuation, use, protection or
   release, of the Collateral.

        (n)  If any of the Senior Agent, the Senior Debtholders under the
   Credit Agreement, or the Holders shall enforce its rights or remedies in
   violation of the terms of this section 11.16, the Company agrees that it
   shall not raise such violation as a defense to the enforcement by any such
   or other party of the Credit Agreement, nor assert such violation as a
   counterclaim or basis for setoff or recoupment against any such party.

        (o)  This Section 11.16 is solely for the purpose of defining the
   rights and priorities of the Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders, on
   the one hand, and the Holders, on the other, and their respective
   successors and assigns with respect to the Collateral, and no other
   person, firm, entity or corporation shall have any right, benefit,
   priority or interest under, or because of the existence of, this Section
   11.16, nor shall this Section 11.16 affect the obligations of the Company
   to the Senior Debtholders under the Credit Agreement, the Senior Agent or
   the Holders, which obligations shall remain absolute and unconditional in
   all circumstances.  This Section 11.16 shall not inure to the benefit of
   the Company or its respective successors and assigns.  

        (p)  Unless and until the Senior Debt has been paid in full and the
   Credit Agreement shall have been terminated, the Senior Agent shall have
   the sole and exclusive right, subject to the rights of the Company under
   the Agreement, to adjust settlement for any insurance policy covering the
   Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award
   granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the
   Collateral.  Unless and until the Senior Debt shall have been paid in full
   and the Agreement shall have been terminated, all proceeds of any such
   policy and any such award shall be paid to the Senior Agent, provided that
   any such proceeds or awards remaining after payment of the Credit shall be
   promptly delivered to the Holders for application to the Subordinated
   Debt.

        (q)  The Senior Agent hereby agrees to hold, for the benefit of the
   Holders, as possessory agent, any Collateral in respect of which a
   security interest is perfected by possession and has actually been
   delivered to the Senior Agent (the "Possessory Collateral"), including
   without limitation, all negotiable collateral so delivered and the Senior
   Agent hereby acknowledges that it will hold all of such Possessory
   Collateral as agent on behalf of the Holders in order to perfect the Lien
   of the Holders in such Possessory Collateral.  The Senior Agent's sole
   role as agent on behalf of the Holders in accordance with this Section
   11.16 shall be to hold any such Possessory Collateral on behalf of the
   Holders and deliver the same to the Holders (or any agent of the Holders
   designated in writing to the Senior Agent) upon payment in full of the
   Senior Debt and the termination of the Credit Agreement but subject to its
   right to release such Collateral pursuant to the Credit Agreement and this
   Section 11.16.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the
   Senior Agent's obligation to hold Possessory Collateral on behalf of the
   Holders shall extend only to that Possessory Collateral which the Senior
   Agent holds on its own behalf, and the Senior Agent shall have no
   liability to the Holders for its failure to hold any Possessory
   Collateral.

        (r)  Any collateral document executed in connection with this
   Agreement to secure the Subordinated Debt shall expressly state that any
   lien or security interest evidenced by or referenced in such collateral
   document is subordinated to the Liens of the Senior Agent in accordance
   with this Section 11.16.

        (s)  Other than as set forth in the Credit Agreement, no UCC
   statement, mortgage or similar document of record shall be filed in any
   recording office or similar location with respect to the Liens of the
   Holders unless and until a UCC statement, mortgage or similar document of
   record has been filed in such office or location with respect to the Liens
   and security interests of the Senior Agent and the Senior Debtholders. 
   Each UCC or other recording document filed with respect to the Liens of
   the Holders shall contain a description of collateral that is no broader
   than any description filed on behalf of the Senior Agent and the Senior
   Debtholders.

        (t)  Other than as set forth in the Credit Agreement, prior to the
   filing of any UCC statement, mortgage or similar document of record in any
   recording office or similar location, an appropriate UCC termination
   statement or release for such filing in recordable form shall be delivered
   to the Senior Agent to be held in trust and filed in connection with the
   Senior Debtholders' rights under this Section 11.16.  Upon payment in full
   of the Senior Debt and termination of any commitment to extend Senior
   Debt, the Senior Agent shall return such UCC termination statements or
   releases (if not filed) to the Holders.

        (u)  If the Holders obtain any interest in Collateral contrary to any
   provision of this Section 11.16, such interest shall be deemed null and
   void.

        SECTION 11.17.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the
   Securities, the Warrant Agreement and the schedules and exhibits hereto
   and thereto is intended by the parties as a final expression of their
   agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the
   agreement and understanding, written or verbal, of the parties hereto in
   respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein.  There are no
   restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set
   forth or referred to herein and therein.  This Agreement together with the
   Securities and the Warrant Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and
   understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

                [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
   be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as
   of the day and year first above written.


                                 LADISH CO., INC.



                                 By: /s/ Wayne E. Larsen
                                    Name:  Wayne E. Larsen
                                    Title: Secretary

                                 Notice Address:

                                 5481 South Packard Avenue
                                 Cudahy, Wisconsin  53110
                                 Attention:  Wayne E. Larsen
                                 Telephone:  414-747-2935
                                 Facsimile:  414-747-2890



                                 GRACE BROTHERS, LTD.



                                 By: /s/ Bradford T. Whitmore
                                    Name: Bradford T. Whitmore
                                    Title:

                                 Notice Address:

                                 1560 Sherman Avenue
                                 Suite 900
                                 Evanston, Illinois  60201
                                 Attention:  Brad Whitmore
                                 Telephone:  708-733-1230
                                 Facsimile:  708-733-0339


                                       (signature page to Purchase Agreement)


                                 ING EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P. I

                                 By:  Lexington Partners, L.P.,
                                        its General Partner

                                 By:  Lexington Partners, Inc.,
                                        its General Partner



                                 By:  /s/ Gregory P. Flynn
                                    Name: Gregory P. Flynn
                                    Title:

                                 Notice Address:

                                 135 East 57th Street
                                 16th Floor
                                 New York, New York  10022
                                 Attention:  Gregory P. Flynn
                                 Telephone:  212-446-1533
                                 Facsimile:  212-750-2790

                                 STATE STREET RESEARCH
                                 HIGH INCOME FUND

                                 By:  /s/ Scott B. Richards
                                    Name:  Scott B. Richards

                                 STATE STREET RESEARCH MANAGED ASSETS

                                 By:  /s/ Scott B. Richards
                                    Name:  Scott B. Richards

                                 FRANKLIN PRINCIPLE MATURITY TRUST

                                 By:  /s/ Chauncey Lufkin
                                    Name:  Chauncey Lufkin

                                 SALOMON BROTHERS INC.

                                 By:  /s/ Robert Okun
                                    Name:  Robert Okun

                                 WYNNEFIELD PARTNERS


                                 By:  /s/ Nelson Obus
                                    Name:  Nelson Obus

                                 C.C. PARTNERS, LTD.

                                 By:  /s/ Cromwell Coulson
                                    Name:  Cromwell Coulson

                                 EBI INDEMNITY COMPANY

                                 By:  /s/ Robert T. Claiborne
                                    Name:  Robert T. Claiborne

                                 SECURITY REINSURANCE COMPANY

                                 By:  /s/ Robert T. Claiborne
                                    Name:  Robert T. Claiborne

                                 GUARANTY NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

                                 By:  /s/ Raymond J. Schuyler
                                    Name:  Raymond J. Schuyler

                                 CANYON PARTNERS INCORPORATED

                                 By:  /s/ Mitchell R. Julis
                                    Name:  Mitchell R. Julis

                                 NEW GENERATION LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                 By:  /s/ George Putnam
                                    Name:  George Putnam

                                 NEW GENERATION INSTITUTIONAL LIMITED
                                 PARTNERSHIP

                                 By:  /s/ George Putnam
                                    Name:  George Putnam

                                 CARUCCI FAMILY PARTNERS

                                 By: /s/ Walter P. Carucci
                                    Name:  Walter P. Carucci

                                 PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES

                                 By: /s/ David W. Schwartz
                                    Name:  David W. Schwartz

                                 MORGAN STANLEY & CO.

                                 By: /s/ Barry Bergman
                                    Name:  Barry Bergman


                                 /s/ Marcus Lane

                                 /s/ Jay Zidell

                                 /s/ Joel T. Leonard

                                 /s/ Charles F. Nichols

                                 /s/ Chester Sobol

                                 /s/ Robert J. Noel

                                 /s/ Lawrence Hammond

   <PAGE>

                                                                   SCHEDULE I

    Purchasers             Securities                      Purchase Amount

    Grace Brothers Ltd.    Note in principal amount of      $3,435,088
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 17,175,440
                           shares of Common Stock

    ING Equity             Note in principal amount of      $3,435,088
     Partners L.P. I       $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 17,174,440
                           shares of Common Stock

    State Street Research  Note in principal amount of        $181,135
    High Income Fund       $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 905,675
                           shares of Common Stock

    State Street Research  Note in principal amount of         $18,114
    Managed Assets         $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 90,750
                           shares of Common Stock

    Franklin Principle     Note in principal amount of        $895,315
    Maturity Trust         $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 4,476,575
                           shares of Common Stock

    Salomon Brothers Inc   Note in principal amount of        $433,330
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 2,166,650
                           shares of Common Stock

    Wynnefield Partners    Note in principal amount of         $72,280
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 361,400
                           shares of Common Stock

    C.C. Partners, Ltd.    Note in principal amount of         $54,340
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 271,700
                           shares of Common Stock

    EBI Indemnity Company  Note in principal amount of         $27,170
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 135,850
                           shares of Common Stock

    Security Reinsurance   Note in principal amount of         $63,397
    Company                $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 316,985
                           shares of Common Stock

    Guaranty National      Note in principal amount of         $90,567
    Insurance Company      $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 452,835
                           shares of Common Stock

    Canyon Partners        Note in principal amount of        $110,000
    Incorporated           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 550,000
                           shares of Common Stock

    New Generation         Note in principal amount of         $38,491
    Limited Partnership    $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 192,455
                           shares of Common Stock

    New Generation         Note in principal amount of          $6,793
    Institutional Limited  $9,330,866
    Partnership
                           Warrant to purchase 33,965
                           shares of Common Stock

    Carucci Family         Note in principal amount of         $67,576
    Partners               $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 337,880
                           shares of Common Stock

    Prudential Securities  Note in principal amount of        $315,244
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 1,576,220
                           shares of Common Stock

    Morgan Stanley & Co.   Note in principal amount of         $41,800
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 209,000
                           shares of Common Stock

    Marcus Lane            Note in principal amount of          $4,529
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 22,645
                           shares of Common Stock

    Jay Zidell             Note in principal amount of          $6,966
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 34,830
                           shares of Common Stock

    Joel T. Leonard        Note in principal amount of         $13,933
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 69,665
                           shares of Common Stock

    Charles F. Nichols     Note in principal amount of         $17,416
                           $9,330,866

                           Warrant to purchase 87,080
                           shares of Common Stock




                     AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT AGREEMENT,


                          dated as of February 22, 1996


                                     between


                                LADISH CO., INC.


                                       and


                                 the Purchasers

                      listed on the signature pages hereto.



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         Page


   SECTION 1.  Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

   SECTION 2.  Issuance and Delivery of Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

   SECTION 3.  Execution of Warrant Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

   SECTION 4.  Registration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

   SECTION 5.  Warrants; Exercise of Warrants  . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7

   SECTION 6.  Payment of Taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

   SECTION 7.  Fractional Interests  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

   SECTION 8.  Reservation of Warrant Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

   SECTION 9.  Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant
        Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10

   SECTION 10. Payments in Respect of Dividends and Distributions  . . .   16

   SECTION 11.  Preemptive Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16

   SECTION 12.  Registration Rights  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18

   SECTION 13.  Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18

   SECTION 14.  Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18

   SECTION 15.  Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22

   SECTION 16.  Transfers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23

   SECTION 17.  Miscellaneous  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24


   EXHIBIT A  -  Form of Warrant Certificate

   EXHIBIT B  -  Registration Rights Provisions


                     AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT AGREEMENT


                THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED WARRANT AGREEMENT, dated as of
   February 22, 1996 (this "Agreement"), by and among LADISH CO., INC., a
   Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and each of the Purchasers listed
   on the signature pages attached hereto (together with their respective
   successors and assigns, the "Purchasers").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Purchasers are
   parties to the Warrant Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1995 (the
   "Existing Warrant Agreement");

                WHEREAS, the parties to the Existing Warrant Agreement desire
   that such agreement be amended and restated as set forth in this
   Agreement;

                WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue to the Purchasers
   Warrants (such capitalized term and other capitalized terms used in these
   recitals without definition shall have the meanings provided in Section 1)
   to purchase shares of the Common Stock, no par value per share (the
   "Common Stock"), of the Company pursuant to an Amended and Restated Note
   and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended
   from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof and hereof, the "Note and
   Warrant Purchase Agreement"), in the amounts set forth on Schedule I
   attached thereto by and among the Company and the Purchasers;

                NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
   mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree (i) that the
   Existing Warrant Agreement is hereby amended and restated, and (ii)
   further as follows:

                SECTION 1.  Defined Terms.  (a)  The following terms (whether
   or not underscored) when used in this Agreement, including its preamble
   and recitals, shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the
   following meanings:

                "Equivalent Security" means, with respect to any security (a
   "first security") issued or to be issued by any Person, a security (an
   "equivalent security") of such Person that is identical in rights and
   benefits to such first security, except that (a) the equivalent security
   shall not be entitled to vote on any matter on which holders of voting
   securities of such Person are entitled to vote, other than as required by
   applicable law or with respect to any amendment or repeal of any provision
   of the Organic Documents of such Person or any other agreement or
   instrument pursuant to which the equivalent security was issued which
   provision specifically affects such equivalent security, (b) subject to
   such reasonable restrictions as the applicable Holder may request, the
   equivalent security shall be convertible in a one-to-one ratio into the
   first security and (c) the terms of the equivalent security shall include
   such provisions requested by the applicable Holder as are reasonable and
   equitable to ensure that (i) the equivalent security is treated comparably
   to the first security with respect to dividends, distributions, stock
   splits, reclassifications, capital reorganizations, mergers,
   consolidations and other similar events and transactions, (ii) the
   conversion right provided in clause (b) above is equitably protected and
   (iii) the acquisition of the equivalent security will not cause such
   Holder to violate any applicable law.

                "Excluded Securities" means:

                 (a)  securities issued pursuant to a stock dividend, stock
                split or subdivision;

                 (b)  Common Stock issued upon the exercise of any Warrant;
                and

                 (c)  securities issued by the Company in a Qualified Public
                Offering.

                "Fully-Diluted Basis" means, as applied to the calculation of
   the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time, after giving
   effect to (a) all shares of Common Stock outstanding at the time of
   determination, (b) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
   conversion, exercise or exchange of any convertible security, warrant,
   option, subscriptions, calls or other rights to acquire Common Stock
   outstanding at the time of determination, irrespective of whether such
   conversion, exercise or exchange is permitted, restricted or vested at the
   time of determination, and irrespective of the price or consideration
   required by such conversion, exercise or exchange, and (c) all other
   commitments, promises or understandings to issue any shares of Common
   Stock or any convertible security, warrant, option, subscription, call or
   other rights outstanding at the time of determination.  Such calculation
   will reflect the Warrants, and will not be made in accordance with the
   "treasury method in accordance with GAAP".

                "Holder" or "Holders" means the Purchasers (so long as either
   of them holds any Warrants or Warrant Shares) and any other holder of any
   of the Warrants or Warrant Shares.

                "Independent Financial Expert" means a nationally recognized
   investment banking firm (a) that does not (and whose directors, officers,
   employees and Affiliates do not) have a direct or indirect material
   financial interest in the Company, (b) that has not been, and, at the time
   it is called upon to serve as an Independent Financial Expert under this
   Agreement is not (and none of whose directors, officers, employees or
   Affiliates is) a promoter, director or officer of the Company, (c) that
   has not been retained by the Company for any purpose, other than to
   perform an equity valuation, within the preceding twelve months and (d)
   that is otherwise qualified to serve as an independent financial advisor. 
   Any such Person may receive customary compensation and indemnification by
   the Company for opinions or services it provides as an Independent
   Financial Expert.

                "Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any
   applicable period, the total interest expense of such Person and its
   Subsidiaries for such period, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
   including (i) commitment fees paid or owed with respect to the then
   unutilized portion of any credit facility, (ii) all other fees paid or
   owed with respect to the issuance or maintenance of letters of credit,
   bankers' acceptances and similar contingent liabilities, which, in
   accordance with GAAP, would be included as interest expense, (iii) net
   costs in connection with Hedging Obligations and (iv) the portion of any
   payments made in respect of Capitalized Lease Liabilities of such Person
   and its Subsidiaries allocable to interest expense.

                "Liquidity Creation Event" means any of the following:

                 (a)  a Qualified Public Offering;

                 (b)  a sale of all the Common Stock of the Company
                (including the Warrants and all Warrant Shares) pursuant to a
                bona fide transaction in which (i) the consideration therefor
                consists solely of cash and Publicly Traded securities, (ii)
                each holder of shares of Common Stock receives the same form
                and amount of consideration and no such holder or Affiliate
                thereof would be entitled, directly or indirectly, to any
                benefits, fees, payments, inducements or other compensation
                from any of the purchasers except as provided to each other
                such holder; (iii) if any such holder is given an option as
                to the form and amount of consideration to be received, each
                such holder is given the same option; (iv) each Holder, to
                the extent of its unexercised Warrants, is given an
                opportunity to either (A) exercise such Warrants prior to the
                consummation of such sale and participate in such sale as
                holders of Common Stock or (B) upon the consummation of such
                sale, receive in exchange for such Warrants consideration
                equal to the amount determined by multiplying (1) the same
                amount of consideration per share of Common Stock received by
                holders of such Common Stock in connection with such sale
                less the Exercise Price per share of such Common Stock
                pursuant to such Warrants by (2) the number of shares of such
                Common Stock represented by such Warrants; (v) no Holder is
                obligated in connection with such sale to make any
                representations, warranties, indemnities or similar
                agreements other than representations and warranties as to
                such Holder's title to the Warrants or Warrant Shares being
                sold and the authority to sell such Warrants or Warrant
                Shares and indemnities as to such representations and
                warranties, which indemnities shall be several and not joint
                (provided that no Holder shall be required to provide
                indemnification that would result in an aggregate liability
                to such Holder in excess of such Holder's net proceeds from
                the sale of its Warrants or Warrant Shares pursuant to such
                sale); (vii) no Holder is obligated to pay any portion of the
                transaction costs associated with such sale (except for the
                costs of any legal counsel specifically engaged by it); and
                (viii) in the case such sale involves a purchase price
                adjustment based on a closing financial statement of the
                Company as of the closing date of such sale, no Holder is
                obligated to remit to any purchaser in such sale any amount
                after 180 days following such closing date or if such
                adjustment is finally determined and due and payable within
                such 180 days pay any amount which is greater than the lesser
                of (x) such Holder's pro rata share of the amount of such
                adjustment as finally determined and (y) an amount equal to
                10% of the aggregate net proceeds received by such Holder at
                such closing (provided that each Holder shall be entitled to
                receive its full pro rata share of any adjustment in favor of
                the sellers in such sale when and as paid to all such
                sellers); or

                "Market Price" means, with respect to a share of Common Stock
   on any Business Day:

                 (a)  if the Common Stock is Publicly Traded at the time of
                determination, the average of the closing prices for the
                Common Stock on the principal United States domestic
                securities exchange on which such security may at the time be
                listed, or, if there have been no sales on any such exchange
                on such day, the average of the highest bid and lowest asked
                prices on such exchange at the end of such day, or, if on any
                day such security is not so listed, the average of the
                representative bid and asked prices quoted on NASDAQ as of
                4:00 P.M., New York time, on such day, or if on any day such
                security is not quoted in NASDAQ, the average of the highest
                bid and lowest asked prices on such day in the United States
                domestic over-the-counter market as reported by the National
                Quotation Bureau, Incorporated, or any similar successor
                organization, in each such case averaged over a period of 20
                Business Days consisting of the Business Day as of which
                "Market Price" is being determined and 19 consecutive
                Business Days prior to such day; or

                 (b)  if the Common Stock is not Publicly Traded at the time
                of determination, the Market Value per share of Common Stock.

                "Market Value" means the fair market value of the common
   equity interest in the Company as determined in good faith by the Board of
   Directors of the Company.

                "Market Value per share of Common Stock" means the price per
   share of Common Stock obtained by dividing (i) the Market Value by
   (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (on a Fully-Diluted
   Basis) at the time of determination.

                "NASDAQ" means the National Association of Securities
   Dealers, Inc., Automated Quotation System.

                "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any
   applicable period, the net income (or loss) of such Person and its
   Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period determined in
   conformity with GAAP, exclusive of any extraordinary gains or non-cash
   extraordinary losses.

                "Proportionate Percentage" means, with respect to any Holder
   at any time, the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the aggregate number of
   Warrant Shares then held by such Holder by (b) the total number of shares
   of Common Stock then outstanding (on a Fully-Diluted Basis).

                "Publicly Traded" means, with respect to any security, that
   such security is (a) listed on a United States domestic securities
   exchange, (b) quoted on NASDAQ or (c) traded in the United States domestic
   over-the-counter market, which trades are reported by the National
   Quotation Bureau, Incorporated.

                "Qualified Public Offering" means an underwritten public
   offering of Common Stock registered under the Securities Act at an initial
   offering price (subject to appropriate reverse stock splits) of $5.00 per
   share and resulting in gross proceeds to the Company of at least
   $10,000,000.

                "Requisite Holders" means Holders holding Warrants or Warrant
   Shares representing at least a majority of all Warrant Shares issued or
   issuable upon exercise of Warrants outstanding on the date of
   determination.

                "Significant Holder" means a Holder holding Warrants or
   Warrant Shares representing more than 25% of all Warrant Shares issued or
   issuable upon exercise of Warrants outstanding on the date of
   determination.

                "Warrant Certificate" means a certificate evidencing
   Warrants, substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit A hereto. 
   Warrant Certificates shall be dated the date of issuance by the Company.

                "Warrant Shares" means (a) the shares of Common Stock issued
   or issuable upon exercise of a Warrant in accordance with Section 5 or
   upon exchange of a Warrant in accordance with Section 5, (b) all other
   securities or other property issued or issuable upon any such exercise or
   exchange in accordance with this Agreement and (c) any securities of the
   Company distributed with respect to the securities referred to in the
   preceding clauses (a) and (b).  As used in this Agreement, the phrase
   "Warrant Shares then held" by any Holder or Holders (or any similar
   phrase) shall mean Warrant Shares held at the time of determination by
   such Holder or Holders, and shall include Warrant Shares issuable upon
   exercise of Warrants held at the time of determination by such Holder or
   Holders.

                "Warrants" means the Warrants, the Escrowed Warrants and the
   Additional Warrants.

                (b)  The following terms are defined in the Sections or other
   areas indicated:


   Term                                                               Section
   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . preamble
   Board Representative  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
   Common Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  third recital
   Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . preamble
   Convertible Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
   Exercise Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
   Existing Warrant Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  first recital
   Expiration Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
   Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . .  third recital
   Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
   Purchaser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . preamble
   Registration Rights Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
   Reorganizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9
   Section 11 Offer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
   Section 11 Offer Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
   Section 11 Offered Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
   Section 11 Notice of Acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
   Security  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
   Transfer Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

                (c)  Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise
   requires, terms used in this Agreement have the meanings provided in the
   Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement.

                SECTION 2.  Issuance and Delivery of Warrants.  On the terms
   and subject to the conditions of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement
   and this Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Company shall issue and
   deliver to the Purchasers Warrant Certificates evidencing the Warrants.

                SECTION 3.  Execution of Warrant Certificates.  The Warrant
   Certificates shall be signed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of
   the Board or its President or a Vice President.  Each such signature upon
   the Warrant Certificates may be in the form of a facsimile signature of
   the present or any future Chairman of the Board, President or Vice
   President, and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Warrant
   Certificates and for that purpose the Company may adopt and use the
   facsimile signature of any person who shall have been Chairman of the
   Board, President or Vice President, notwithstanding the fact that at the
   time the Warrant Certificates shall be delivered or disposed of he shall
   have ceased to hold such office.  Each Warrant Certificate shall also be
   manually signed on behalf of the Company by its Secretary or an Assistant
   Secretary under its corporate seal.  The seal of the Company may be in the
   form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or
   otherwise reproduced on the Warrant Certificates.

                SECTION 4.  Registration.  The Company shall number and
   register the Warrant Certificates in a register as they are issued.  The
   Company may deem and treat the registered Holders of the Warrant
   Certificates as the absolute owners thereof (notwithstanding any notation
   of ownership or other writing thereon made by anyone) for all purposes and
   shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.  The Warrants shall
   be registered initially in such name or names as the Purchaser shall
   designate.

                SECTION 5.  Warrants; Exercise of Warrants.  Subject to the
   terms of this Agreement, each Holder shall have the right, which may be
   exercised at any time or from time to time until 5:00 p.m., New York time,
   on December 21, 2005 (the "Expiration Date") to receive from the Company
   the number of fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares (and such other
   consideration) which the Holder may at the time be entitled to receive on
   exercise of such Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price then in effect
   for such Warrant Shares.  Each Warrant not exercised prior to 5:00 p.m.,
   New York time, on the Expiration Date shall become void and all rights
   thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall
   cease as of such time; provided that the occurrence of the Expiration Date
   shall not relieve the Company of any obligation to any Holder which arose
   pursuant to the terms of this Agreement prior to such date.

                The price at which each Warrant shall be exercisable (the
   "Exercise Price") shall initially be $0.20 per share of Common Stock.  The
   Company shall not change the par value of its Common Stock.

                A Warrant may be exercised upon surrender to the Company at
   its office designated for such purpose (as provided for in Section 17(b))
   of the Warrant Certificate or Certificates to be exercised with the form
   of election to purchase attached thereto duly filled in and signed, and
   upon payment to the Company of the Exercise Price for the number of
   Warrant Shares in respect of which such Warrants are then exercised. 
   Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price may be made, at the option of the
   applicable Holder, (i) by cash, certified or bank cashier's check or wire
   transfer, (ii) by surrendering to the Company the number of Warrants
   which, if exercised, would entitle the Holder thereof to that number of
   Warrant Shares which is equal to (A) such aggregate Exercise Price divided
   by (B) the excess of (1) the product obtained by multiplying the number of
   Warrant Shares which may be purchased with one Warrant by the Market Price
   per share of Common Stock over (2) the Exercise Price, (iii) by
   surrendering to the Company the number of shares of Common Stock equal to
   the quotient obtained by dividing (A) such aggregate Exercise Price by (B)
   the Market Price per share of Common Stock, (iv) by surrendering Notes to
   the Company in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
   Exercise Price, or (v) any combination of the foregoing.

                Subject to the provisions of Section 6, upon such surrender
   of Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price the Company shall issue and
   cause to be delivered with all reasonable dispatch to or upon the written
   order of the Holder and in such name or names as such Holder may designate
   a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares
   issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants (and such other consideration
   as may be deliverable upon exercise of such Warrants) together with, at
   the sole option of the Company, cash for fractional Warrant Shares as
   provided in Section 7; provided that, if requested by any Holder in its
   sole discretion, such Holder shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of any
   such consideration comprised of securities not constituting shares of
   Common Stock, the same number of shares or other units of an Equivalent
   Security (which the Company agrees to use its best efforts to create,
   including, subject to Section 14(h), amending its Organic Documents). 
   Such certificate or certificates shall be deemed to have been issued and
   the Person so named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of
   record of such Warrant Shares as of the date of the surrender of such
   Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price, irrespective of the date of
   delivery of such certificate or certificates for Warrant Shares.

                Each Warrant shall be exercisable, at the election of the
   Holder thereof, either in full or from time to time in part and, in the
   event that a Warrant Certificate is exercised in respect of fewer than all
   of the Warrant Shares issuable on such exercise at any time prior to the
   date of expiration of the Warrants, a new certificate evidencing the
   remaining Warrant or Warrants will be issued and delivered pursuant to the
   provisions of this Section 5. 

                All Warrant Certificates surrendered upon exercise of
   Warrants shall be cancelled and disposed of by the Company.  The Company
   shall keep copies of this Agreement and any notices given or received
   hereunder available for inspection by the Holders during normal business
   hours at its office.

                SECTION 6.  Payment of Taxes.  The Company will pay all taxes
   and other governmental charges (including all documentary stamp taxes, but
   excluding all foreign, federal, state or local income taxes payable by a
   Holder of a Warrant) in connection with the issuance or delivery of the
   Warrants hereunder, including all such taxes attributable to the initial
   issuance or delivery of Warrant Shares upon the exercise of Warrants and
   payment of the Exercise Price.  The Company shall not, however, be
   required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any subsequent
   transfer of the Warrants.

                SECTION 7.  Fractional Interests.  The Company shall not be
   required to issue fractional Warrant Shares on the exercise of Warrants. 
   If more than one Warrant shall be presented for exercise in full at the
   same time by the same Holder, the number of full Warrant Shares which
   shall be issuable upon the exercise thereof shall be computed on the basis
   of the aggregate number of Warrant Shares purchasable on exercise of the
   Warrants so presented.  If any fraction of a Warrant Share would, except
   for the provisions of this Section 7, be issuable on the exercise of any
   Warrants (or specified portion thereof), the Company shall, at its sole
   option, pay an amount in cash equal to the Market Price of the Warrant
   Share so issuable multiplied by such fraction.

                SECTION 8.  Reservation of Warrant Shares.  The Company shall
   at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights
   (except as otherwise provided herein), out of its authorized and issued
   Common Stock held in its treasury, for the purpose of enabling it to
   satisfy any obligation to issue Warrant Shares upon exercise of Warrants,
   the maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may then be deliverable
   upon the exercise of all outstanding Warrants options, warrants or other
   securities convertible into (including the Warrant Shares) or exchangeable
   or exercisable for Common Stock.

                The Company or, if appointed, the transfer agent for the
   Common Stock and each transfer agent for any shares of the Company's
   capital stock issuable upon the exercise of any of the Warrants
   (collectively, the "Transfer Agent)" will be irrevocably authorized and
   directed at all times to reserve such number of authorized shares as shall
   be required for such purpose.  The Company shall keep a copy of this
   Agreement on file with any such Transfer Agent.  The Company will supply
   any such Transfer Agent with duly executed certificates for such purposes
   and will provide or otherwise make available all other consideration that
   may be deliverable upon exercise of the Warrants.  the Company will
   furnish any such Transfer Agent a copy of all notices of adjustments and
   certificates related thereto transmitted to each Holder pursuant to
   Section 14(a).

                The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares and other
   capital stock issued upon exercise of Warrants will, upon payment of the
   Exercise Price therefor and issue thereof, be validly authorized and
   issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive rights (except as
   may be granted by this Agreement) and free, subject to the provisions of
   Section 6, from all taxes, liens, charges and security interests with
   respect to the issue thereof.

                SECTION 9.  Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of
   Warrant Shares.  The Exercise Price and the number and kind of Warrant
   Shares purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant shall be subject to
   adjustment from time to time in accordance with this Section 9.

                (a)  Adjustment upon Issuance of Common Stock.  (i) If, at
   any time after the Closing Date (other than in connection with the
   Undertaking), the Company shall issue or sell (or, in accordance with
   Section 9(a)(ii), shall be deemed to have issued or sold) any shares of
   Common Stock without consideration or for a consideration per share less
   than the Market Price determined as of the date of such issuance or sale,
   then, effective immediately upon such issuance or sale, the Exercise Price
   shall be reduced to an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying

                 (A)  the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such
                issuance or sale,

                by

                 (B)  a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the sum of

                 (x) the product obtained by multiplying (1) the number of
                 shares of Common Stock outstanding on a Fully-Diluted Basis
                 immediately prior to such issuance or sale by (2) the Market
                 Price as of the date of such issuance or sale, 

                 plus

                 (y) the consideration, if any, received by the Company upon
                 such issuance or sale, and

                the denominator of which shall be the product obtained by
                multiplying (1) the number of shares of Common Stock
                outstanding on a Fully-Diluted Basis immediately after such
                issuance or sale by (2) such Market Price.

   Upon each such adjustment of the Exercise Price hereunder, the number of
   Warrant Shares which may be obtained upon exercise of such Warrant shall
   be increased to the number of shares determined by multiplying (A) the
   number of Warrant Shares which could be obtained upon exercise of such
   Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment by (B) a fraction, the
   numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior
   to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise
   Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

                (ii)  For the purpose of determining the adjusted Exercise
   Price under this Section 9, the following shall be applicable:

                 (A)  Issuance of Rights or Options.  If the Company in any
                manner (other than in connection with the Undertaking) issues
                or grants any rights or options to subscribe for or to
                purchase (A) Common Stock or (B) any stock or other
                securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock
                (such rights or options being herein called "Options" and
                such convertible or exchangeable stock or securities being
                herein called "Convertible Securities"), and the price per
                share for which Common Stock is issuable upon the exercise of
                such Options or upon conversion or exchange of such
                Convertible Securities is less than the Market Price
                determined as of the date of issuance or grant of such
                Options, then the total maximum number of shares of Common
                Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options (or upon
                conversion or exchange of the total maximum amount of such
                Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such
                Options) shall be deemed to be outstanding and to have been
                issued and sold by the Company for such price per share.  For
                purposes of this paragraph, the price per share for which
                Common Stock is issuable upon exercise of Options or upon
                conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities issuable
                upon exercise of Options shall be determined by dividing (x)
                the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the
                Company as consideration for the issuing or granting of such
                Options, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional
                consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise of all
                such Options, plus in the case of such Options which relate
                to Convertible Securities, the minimum aggregate amount of
                additional consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon
                issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities and the
                conversion or exchange thereof by (y) the total maximum
                number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
                such Options or upon the conversion or exchange of all such
                Convertible Securities issuable upon the exercise of such
                Options.  No further adjustment of the Exercise Price shall
                be made upon the actual issuance of such Common Stock or of
                such Convertible Securities upon the exercise of such Options
                or upon the actual issuance of such Common Stock upon
                conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

                 (B)  Issuance of Convertible Securities.  If the Company in
                any manner issues or sells any Convertible Securities having
                an exercise or conversion or exchange price per share of
                Common Stock which is less than the Market Price determined
                as of the date of such issuance or sale, then the maximum
                number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion
                or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to
                be outstanding and to have been issued and sold by the
                Company for such lower price per share.  For purposes of this
                paragraph, the price per share for which Common Stock is
                issuable upon conversion or exchange of Convertible
                Securities is determined by dividing (x) the total amount
                received or receivable by the Company as consideration for
                the issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities, plus the
                minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration, if any,
                payable to the Company upon the conversion or exchange
                thereof, by (y) the total maximum number of shares of Common
                Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of all such
                Convertible Securities.  No further adjustment of the
                Exercise Price shall be made upon the actual issuance of such
                Common Stock upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible
                Securities, and if any such issuance or sale of such
                Convertible Securities is made upon exercise of any Options
                for which adjustments of the Exercise Price had been or are
                required to be made pursuant to other provisions of this
                Section 9(a)(ii), no further adjustment of the Exercise Price
                shall be made by reason of such issuance or sale.

                 (C)  Change in Option Price or Conversion Rate.  If the
                purchase price provided for in any Options, the additional
                consideration, if any, payable upon the issuance, conversion
                or exchange of any Convertible Securities, or the rate at
                which any Convertible Securities are convertible into or
                exchangeable for Common Stock change at any time, then the
                Exercise Price in effect at the time of such change shall be
                readjusted to the Exercise Price which would have been in
                effect at such time had such Options or Convertible
                Securities still outstanding provided for such changed
                purchase price, additional consideration or changed
                conversion rate, as the case may be, at the time initially
                granted, issued or sold and the number of Warrant Shares
                shall be correspondingly readjusted.

                 (D)  Treatment of Expired Options and Unexercised
                Convertible Securities.  Upon the expiration of any Option or
                the termination of any right to convert or exchange any
                Convertible Securities without the exercise of such Option or
                right, the Exercise Price then in effect and the number of
                Warrant Shares acquirable hereunder shall be adjusted to the
                Exercise Price and the number of shares which would have been
                in effect at the time of such expiration or termination had
                such Option or Convertible Securities, to the extent
                outstanding immediately prior to such expiration or
                termination, never been issued.

                 (E)  Calculation of Consideration Received.  If any Common
                Stock, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold
                or deemed to have been issued or sold for cash, then the
                consideration received therefor shall be deemed to be the net
                amount received by the Company therefor.  If any Common
                Stock, Options or Convertible Securities are issued or sold
                for consideration other than cash, then the amount of the
                consideration other than cash received by the Company shall
                be the Market Value of such consideration.

                 (F)  Treasury Shares.  The number of shares of Common Stock
                outstanding at any given time does not include shares owned
                or held by or for the account of the Company or any
                Subsidiary of the Company, and the disposition of any shares
                so owned or held shall be considered an issue or sale of
                Common Stock.

                 (G)  Record Date.  If the Company takes a record of the
                holders of Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them (x)
                to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in Common
                Stock, Options or in Convertible Securities or (y) to
                subscribe for or purchase Common Stock, Options or
                Convertible Securities, then such record date shall be deemed
                to be the date of the issuance or sale of the shares of
                Common Stock deemed to have been issued or sold upon the
                declaration of such dividend or the making of such other
                distribution or the date of the granting of such right of
                subscription or purchase, as the case may be.

                (b)  Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock.  If, at
   any time after the Closing Date, (i) the number of shares of Common Stock
   outstanding is increased by a dividend or other distribution payable in
   shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common
   Stock or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding is
   decreased by a combination or reverse stock split of shares of Common
   Stock, then, in each case, effective as of the effective date of such
   event retroactive to the record date, if any, of such event, (A) the
   Exercise Price shall be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying (x)
   the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such event by (y) a
   fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common
   Stock outstanding immediately prior to such event and the denominator of
   which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after
   giving effect to such event and (B) the number of Warrant Shares subject
   to purchase upon the exercise of any Warrant shall be adjusted effective
   at such time to a number equal to the product of (x) the number of Warrant
   Shares subject to purchase upon the exercise of such Warrant immediately
   prior to such event by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the
   number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after giving effect to such
   event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common
   Stock outstanding immediately prior to such event.

                (c)  Reorganizations.  In case of any capital reorganization
   or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, other than in the
   cases referred to in Section 9(a) or (b), or the consolidation or merger
   of the Company with or into another Person (other than a merger or
   consolidation in which the Company is the surviving entity and which does
   not result in any reclassification of the outstanding shares of Common
   Stock into shares of other stock or other securities or property), or the
   sale of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an
   entirety (collectively, such actions being hereinafter referred to as
   "Reorganizations"), there shall thereafter be deliverable upon exercise of
   any Warrant (in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock theretofore
   deliverable) the number of shares of stock or other securities or property
   to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock that would
   otherwise have been deliverable upon the exercise of such Warrant would
   have been entitled upon such Reorganization if such Warrant had been
   exercised in full immediately prior to such Reorganization.  In case of
   any Reorganization, appropriate adjustment, as determined in good faith by
   the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be
   described in a duly adopted resolution certified by the Company's
   Secretary or Assistant Secretary, shall be made in the application of the
   provisions herein set forth with respect to the rights and interests of
   Holders so that the provisions set forth herein shall thereafter be
   applicable, as nearly as possible, in relation to any shares or other
   property thereafter deliverable upon exercise of Warrants.

                The Company shall not effect or permit any such
   Reorganization unless (i) the successor entity resulting from such
   Reorganization or the Person purchasing such assets (A) is a corporation
   duly organized and validly existing under the laws of a state of the
   United States of America, (B) immediately after giving effect to such
   Reorganization (and the incurrence or anticipated incurrence of any
   Indebtedness to be incurred in connection therewith) shall have a Net
   Worth equal to or greater than the Net Worth of the Company immediately
   preceding such transaction and (ii) prior to or simultaneously with the
   consummation of such Reorganization the successor entity (if other than
   the Company) resulting from such Reorganization or the Person purchasing
   such assets shall expressly assume, by a supplemental Warrant Agreement or
   other acknowledgement executed and delivered to the Holder(s) in form and
   substance satisfactory to the Requisite Holders, the obligation to deliver
   to each such Holder such shares of stock, securities or assets as, in
   accordance with the foregoing provisions, such Holder may be entitled to
   purchase, and all other obligations and liabilities under this Agreement.

                (d)  Notice; Calculations; Etc.  Whenever the Exercise Price
   and the number of Warrant Shares shall be adjusted as provided in this
   Section 9, the Company shall provide to each Holder an Officer's
   Certificate describing in detail the facts requiring such adjustment and
   setting forth a calculation of the Exercise Price and the number of
   Warrant Shares applicable to each Warrant after giving effect to such
   adjustment.  All calculations under this Section 9 shall be made to the
   nearest one hundredth of a cent ($.0001) or to the nearest one hundred
   thousandth of a share, as the case may be.  Adjustments pursuant to
   Sections 9(a), (b) and (c) shall apply to successive events or
   transactions of the type covered thereby.

                (e)  Adjustment Rules.  Any adjustments pursuant to this
   Section 9 shall be made successively whenever an event referred to herein
   shall occur, except that, notwithstanding any other provision of this
   Section 9, no adjustment shall be made to the number of Warrant Shares or
   to the Exercise Price if such adjustment represents less than 1/2 of 1% of
   the number of Warrant Shares then outstanding, but any lesser adjustment
   shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time and together with
   the next subsequent adjustment which together with any adjustments so
   carried forward shall amount to 1/2 of 1% or more of such number of
   Warrant Shares.

                (f)  Form of Warrants.  Irrespective of any adjustments in
   the Exercise Price or the number or kind of Warrant Shares purchasable
   upon the exercise of any Warrant, Warrants theretofore or thereafter
   issued may continue to express the same Exercise Price and number and kind
   of Warrant Shares as are stated in the Warrants initially issuable
   pursuant to this Agreement.

                (g)  Miscellaneous.  In the event that at any time, as a
   result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 9, the Holders shall
   become entitled to purchase any securities of the Company other than, or
   in addition to, shares of Common Stock, thereafter the number or amount of
   such other securities so purchasable upon exercise of each Warrant shall
   be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as
   nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the
   Warrant Shares contained in this Section 9, and the provisions of Sections
   5, 6, 7 and 8 with respect to the Warrant Shares or the Common Stock shall
   apply on like terms to any such other securities.

                SECTION 10.  Payments in Respect of Dividends and
   Distributions.  If the Company pays any dividend or makes any distribution
   (whether in cash, property or securities of the Company) on its capital
   stock which does not result in an adjustment under Section 9, then the
   Company shall simultaneously pay to each Holder the dividend or
   distribution which would have been paid to such Holder on the Warrant
   Shares receivable upon the exercise in full of each Warrant had such
   Warrant been fully exercised immediately prior to the record date for such
   dividend or distribution or, if no record is taken, the date as of which
   the record holders of Common Stock entitled to such dividend or
   distribution are to be determined.

                SECTION 11.  Preemptive Rights.  (a)  The Company shall not
   issue, sell or exchange, agree to issue, sell or exchange, or reserve or
   set aside for issuance, sale or exchange, any (i) Common Stock, (ii) any
   other equity security of the Company, (iii) any debt security of the
   Company which by its terms is convertible into or exchangeable for any
   equity security of the Company or has any other equity feature, (iv) any
   security of the Company that is a combination of debt and equity or (v)
   any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise
   acquire any equity security or any such debt security of the Company (each
   of the foregoing, a "Security"), unless, in each case, the Company shall
   have first offered (each such offer, a "Section 11 Offer") to sell to each
   Holder its Proportionate Percentage of such Securities (such Securities,
   the "Section 11 Offered Securities") (and to sell thereto Section 11
   Offered Securities not subscribed for by other Holders as hereinafter
   provided), at a price and on such other terms as shall have been specified
   by the Company in a written notice (each such notice, a "Section 11 Offer
   Notice") delivered to such Holder, which Offer by its terms shall remain
   open and irrevocable for a period of twenty Business Days from the date it
   is delivered by the Company to such Holder.

                (b)  Notice of each Holder's intention to accept, in whole or
   in part, a Section 11 Offer shall be evidenced by a writing signed by such
   Holder and delivered to the Company prior to the end of the 20-day period
   of such Section 11 Offer, setting forth such portion of the Section 11
   Offered Securities as such Holder elects to purchase (each such writing, a
   "Section 11 Notice of Acceptance").  If any Holder shall subscribe for
   less than its Proportionate Percentage of the Section 11 Offered
   Securities available to such Holder, the other subscribing Holders,
   subject to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, shall be entitled to
   purchase the balance of such Holder's Proportionate Percentage in the same
   proportion in which they were initially entitled to purchase the Section
   11 Offered Securities (excluding for such purposes such Holder subscribing
   for less than its Proportionate Percentage).  The Company shall notify
   each other Holder within five Business Days following the expiration of
   the 20-day period described above of the amount of Section 11 Offered
   Securities which each Holder may purchase pursuant to the foregoing
   sentence, and each Holder shall then have five Business Days from the
   delivery of such notice to indicate such additional amount, if any, that
   such Holder wishes to purchase.

                (c)  In the event that Section 11 Notices of Acceptance are
   not given by the Holders in respect of all the Section 11 Offered
   Securities, the Company shall have 90 days from the expiration of the
   foregoing 20-day period to sell all or any part of such Section 11 Offered
   Securities as to which Section 11 Notices of Acceptance have not been
   given by the Holders (such Securities, the "Refused Securities") to any
   other Person or Persons, but only upon terms and conditions in all
   respects, including unit price and interest rates, which are no more
   favorable, in the aggregate, to such other Person or Persons or less
   favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Section 11 Offer. 
   Upon the closing of the sale of the Refused Securities, the Holders shall
   purchase from the Company, and the Company shall sell to the Holders, the
   Section 11 Offered Securities in respect of which Section 11 Notices of
   Acceptance were delivered to the Company, at the terms specified in the
   Section 11 Offer.

                (d)  The preemptive rights granted in this Section 11 shall
   not apply to the issuance or sale of Excluded Securities.

                (e)  If requested by any Holder in its sole discretion, such
   Holder shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of such number (as it shall
   specify) of shares or other units of Section 11 Offered Securities it
   would otherwise be entitled to acquire pursuant to this Section 11, the
   same number of shares or other units of Common Stock, to the extent such
   Section 11 Offered Securities are comprised of Common Stock, and/or an
   Equivalent Security (which the Company agrees to use its best efforts to
   create, including amending its Organic Documents) to the extent such
   Section 11 Offered Securities are comprised of Securities other than
   Common Stock.

                SECTION 12.  Registration Rights.  The Company hereby grants
   to the Holders the registration rights with respect to the Warrant Shares
   on the terms set forth in Exhibit B hereto (the "Registration Rights
   Agreement"), and all references to "this Agreement" contained herein are
   deemed to include the Registration Rights Agreement.

                SECTION 13.  Representations and Warranties.  The Company
   hereby represents and warrants to the Holders that the representations and
   warranties contained in Article IV of the Note and Warrant Purchase
   Agreement and in any of the other Transaction Documents are hereby
   confirmed and restated, insofar as the representations and warranties
   contained therein by their terms are applicable to the Company or any of
   its Subsidiaries and its or their properties, each such representation and
   warranty (insofar as applicable as aforesaid), together with all related
   definitions and ancillary provisions, being hereby incorporated into this
   Agreement by reference as though specifically set forth in this Section.

                SECTION 14.  Covenants.  (a)  Notices of Certain Actions.  In
   the event that the Company:

                 (i)  shall authorize the issuance to holders of Common Stock
                of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase capital
                stock of the Company or of any other subscription rights or
                warrants; or

                 (ii)  shall authorize a dividend or other distribution to
                holders of Common Stock of evidences of its indebtedness,
                cash or other property or assets; or

                 (iii)  proposes to become a party to any consolidation or
                merger for which approval of any stockholders of the Company
                will be required, or to a conveyance or transfer of the
                properties and assets of the Company substantially as an
                entirety, or of any capital reorganization or
                reclassification or change of the Common Stock; or

                 (iv)  commences a voluntary or involuntary dissolution,
                liquidation or winding up; or

                 (v)  commences discussions with respect to a Qualified
                Public Offering or other Liquidity Creation Event; or

                 (vi)  breaches, or suffers a default under, this Agreement;
                or

                 (vii)  proposes to take any other action which would require
                an adjustment pursuant to Section 9; or

                 (viii)  becomes subject to a Change in Control;

   then the Company shall provide as soon as possible a written notice to
   each Holder stating (A) the date as of which the holders of record of
   Common Stock to be entitled to receive any such rights, warrants or
   distribution are to be determined, (B) the material terms of any such
   consolidation, merger, Liquidity Creation Event, Change in Control,
   conveyance, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up (including
   copies of all documents executed in connection therewith), the date any
   such event is expected to occur or become effective, and, if applicable,
   the date as of which it is expected that holders of record of Common Stock
   will be entitled to exchange their shares for securities or other
   property, if any, deliverable upon the occurrence of any such event or (C)
   the nature and period of existence of any such breach or default.  

                (b)  Financial Statements and Reports.  The Company shall
   furnish to each Holder the financial statements, reports, certificates,
   statements and notices described in Section 6.1 of the Note and Warrant
   Purchase Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, within the periods set
   forth therein, and such clauses, together with all related definitions and
   ancillary definitions, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by
   reference as though specifically set forth in this Section and all of such
   provisions shall survive the repayment of the Note and the termination of
   the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement for the purposes hereof.  

                (c)  Information Rights.  (i)  Each Holder shall have all of
   the rights of a holder of Common Stock under applicable law, whether or
   not such Holder has exercised or exchanged any Warrants, to receive lists
   of stockholders and, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, to
   receive other information respecting the Company, to inspect the books and
   records of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to visit the properties of
   the Company and its Subsidiaries.  

                (ii)  The Company will permit an authorized representative of
   each Significant Holder to visit and inspect any of the properties of the
   Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including its and their financial and
   accounting records, and to make copies and take extracts therefrom, and to
   discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their
   officers and independent public accountants (and the Company hereby
   authorizes such independent public accountant to discuss its and their
   financial matters with each such Significant Holder or its representatives
   whether or not any representative of the Company is present) and to
   examine (and, at the expense of the Company, photocopy extracts from) any
   of its and their books or other corporate records.  The Company shall pay
   reasonable fees of such independent public accountant (up to a $15,000
   maximum aggregate amount) incurred in connection with any Significant
   Holder's exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section.

                (iii)  The Company will hold meetings of its Board of
   Directors at least quarterly.  An authorized representative of each
   Significant Holder (each such representative, a "Board Representative")
   may, at the expense of the Company, attend all meetings of the Board of
   Directors of the Company in a nonvoting observer capacity.  The Company
   shall provide each Board Representative with such notice of, and other
   information with respect to, such meetings as are provided to members of
   the Board of Directors or to members of management at the same time as so
   provided to such Persons.  The Company shall notify each Board
   Representative, as promptly as practicable prior thereto, of the taking of
   any action by written consent of its Board of Directors in lieu of a
   meeting thereof.

                (d)  Covenants Incorporated by Reference.  The Company agrees
   with each of the Holders that, until the performance of all of its
   obligations hereunder, the Company will perform, comply with and be bound
   by all of the agreements, covenants and obligations contained in Articles
   II and VI of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement as in effect on the
   date hereof, which by their terms are applicable to the Company or its
   properties, each such agreement, covenant and obligation, together with
   all related definitions and ancillary provisions, being hereby
   incorporated into this Agreement by reference as though specifically set
   forth in this Section and all of such agreements, covenants and
   obligations shall survive the repayment of the Notes and the termination
   of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement for purposes hereof.

                (e)  Liquidity Creation Event.  The Company agrees to use its
   best efforts to consummate a Liquidity Creation Event prior to the third
   anniversary of this Agreement; provided, however, that, in the event a
   Liquidity Creation Event shall have not been consummated prior to such
   date, the Company shall continue to use its best efforts to consummate a
   Liquidity Creation Event prior to December 21, 2005.

                (f)  Current Public Information.  At all times after the
   Company has filed a registration statement with the Securities and
   Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities
   Act or the Exchange Act, the Company will file all reports required to be
   filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules
   and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission
   thereunder, and will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably
   request, all to the extent required to enable such Holder to sell Warrant
   Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A adopted by the Securities and
   Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.  Upon request, the Company
   will deliver to any such Holder a written statement as to whether it has
   complied with such requirements. 

                (g)  Public Disclosures.  The Company will not disclose any
   Holder's name or identity as an investor in the Company in any press
   release or other public announcement or in any public filing without the
   written consent of such Holder, unless such disclosure is required by
   applicable law or governmental regulations or by order of a court of
   competent jurisdiction, in which case prior to making such disclosure the
   Company will give written notice to such Holder describing in reasonable
   detail the proposed content of such disclosure and will permit the Holder
   to review and comment upon the form and substance of such disclosure.

                (h)  Certain Restrictions.  The Company will not without the
   consent of the Requisite Holders:

                 (i)  permit any amendment to its Organic Documents, as in
                effect on the date hereof, including the creation of any
                class of capital stock other than the Common Stock and Common
                Stock or the alteration of any powers, preferences or special
                rights of the shares of Common Stock so as to affect them
                beneficially or so as to affect the holders of Common Stock
                adversely; or

                 (ii)  take any other action, corporate or otherwise, the
                effect of which would be to alter, impair or affect adversely
                either the rights and benefits of the Holders or the duties
                and obligations of the Company under the Warrant Documents.

                (i)  Specific Performance.  Each Holder shall have the right
   to specific performance by the Company of the provisions of this
   Agreement, in addition to any other remedies it may have at law or in
   equity.  the Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent that it may
   do so under applicable law, any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy
   at law which may be asserted as a bar to the remedy of specific
   performance in any action brought against the Company for specific
   performance of this Agreement by any Holder of the Warrants or Warrant
   Shares.

                SECTION 15.  Amendments and Waivers.  (a)  Consent of
   Holders.  No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
   provision of this Agreement (including the terms of the Note and Warrant
   Purchase Agreement incorporated herein by reference and the Registration
   Rights Agreement) and the Warrant Certificates, or consent to any
   departure by the Company therefrom, shall in any event be effective
   without the written concurrence of the Requisite Holders; provided,
   however, that without the consent of each Holder affected, no amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver may:

                 (i)  make any change to the definition of "Requisite
                Holders";

                 (ii)  make any change to the transfer provisions of Section
                16 that adversely affects the ability of a Holder to make any
                transfer described therein; or

                 (iii)  make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver
                provisions.

                After an amendment, modification, termination or waiver under
   this Section 15 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders
   affected thereby a notice briefly describing such amendment, modification,
   termination or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or
   any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the
   validity of any such amendment, modification, termination or waiver.

                (b)  Solicitation of Holders.  The Company will not solicit,
   request or negotiate for or with respect to any proposed amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver of any of the provisions of this
   Agreement (including the Registration Rights Agreement) and the Warrant
   Certificates, unless each Holder (irrespective of the amount of Warrants
   or Warrant Shares then owned by it) shall be informed thereof by the
   Company (but only to the extent the Company has been provided with
   addresses for the Holders) and shall be afforded the opportunity of
   considering the same and shall be supplied by the Company with sufficient
   information to enable it to make an informed decision with respect
   thereto.  Executed or true and correct copies of any amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver effected pursuant to the provisions of
   this Section 15 shall be delivered by the Company to each Holder of
   outstanding Warrants or Warrant Shares forthwith following the date on
   which the same shall have been executed and delivered by the Holder or
   Holders of the requisite percentage of outstanding Warrant Shares (but
   only to the extent the Company has been provided with the addresses for
   the Holders).

                (c)  Revocation and Effect of Consents.  Until an amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by
   a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder
   of a Warrant or Warrant Shares, even if notation of the consent is not
   made on any Warrant Certificate or stock certificate.  However, any such
   Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke any such consent by notice to the
   Company received before the date on which the Requisite Holders have
   consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to such amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver.

                The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record
   date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any
   amendment, modification, termination or waiver, which record date shall be
   at least 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent.  If a
   record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the
   immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such
   record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons,
   shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not
   such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.  

                SECTION 16.  Transfers.  Each Holder shall be permitted to
   transfer any Warrant or Warrant Share (and the rights relating thereto
   under this Agreement and the other Warrant Documents) to any Person;
   provided that

                 (i)  such transfer is made pursuant to a registration
                statement under the Securities Act (it being acknowledged
                that the Company shall not be obligated to assist in any
                manner in any such registration) or pursuant to an exemption
                from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

                 (ii)  if such transfer is being made pursuant to an
                exemption from such registration requirements and if
                requested by the Company, counsel for such Holder (which
                counsel may be internal counsel) furnishes to the Company an
                opinion to the effect that such transfer is being made
                pursuant such an exemption;

                 (iii)  the applicable transferee is an "accredited investor"
                as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities
                Act;

                 (iv)  such transferee represents to the Company in writing
                that it is acquiring such Warrant or Warrant Share solely for
                its own account and not as nominee or agent for any other
                Person and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in
                connection with, any distribution thereof (within the meaning
                of the Securities Act) that would be in violation of the
                securities laws of the United States of America or any state
                thereof, without prejudice, however, to its right at all
                times to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of said
                Warrant or Warrant Share pursuant to a registration statement
                under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the
                registration requirements of the Securities Act, and subject,
                nevertheless, to the disposition of its property being at all
                times within its control; and

                 (v)  unless the Holder making such transfer is making such
                transfer to any of its Affiliates or any of its partners or
                with the Company's prior written consent, such transfer is of
                (A) all the Warrants and Warrant Shares then held by such
                Holder or (B) Warrants and Warrant Shares (assuming exercise
                of the Warrants) aggregating not less than 5% of the shares
                of Common Stock outstanding (on a Fully-Diluted Basis) as of
                the date hereof, as such amount may be adjusted from time to
                time upon application of the provisions of Section 9.

                The Company shall promptly register the transfer of any
   outstanding Warrants in the Warrant Register and any outstanding Warrant
   Shares in a Common Stock register to be maintained by the Company upon
   surrender thereof accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of
   transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by
   the registered Holder or Holders thereof or by the duly appointed legal
   representative thereof or by a duly authorized attorney.  Upon any such
   registration of transfer, a new Warrant Certificate or Common Stock
   certificate, as the case may be, shall be issued and delivered with all
   reasonable dispatch to the transferee(s) and such transferee(s) shall be
   deemed to have become the Holder(s) of record of the Warrants or Warrant
   Shares evidenced thereby, as the case may be, and the surrendered Warrant
   Certificate or Common Stock certificates, as the case may be, shall be
   canceled and disposed of by the Company.

                SECTION 17.  Miscellaneous.  (a)  Warrant Document.  This
   Agreement is a Warrant Document executed pursuant to the Note and Warrant
   Purchase Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated herein)
   be construed, administered and applied in accordance with the terms and
   provisions thereof, including Article XII thereof. 

                (b)  Notices.  Unless otherwise specifically provided herein,
   any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given
   shall be in writing and shall be made by personal service, facsimile,
   United States airmail or reputable courier service:

                 (i)  if to the Purchasers or subsequent Holder, at the
                address or facsimile number set forth on the signature pages
                to the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, or such other
                address as shall be designated in a written notice delivered
                to the Company, with a copy to Mayer, Brown & Platt, 1675
                Broadway, New York, New York 10019, Facsimile No. (212) 262-
                1910, Attention:  James B. Carlson, Esq.; and

                 (ii)  if to the Company, at the address or facsimile number
                set forth on the signature pages to the Note and Warrant
                Purchase Agreement, or such other address as shall be
                designated in a written notice delivered to the other parties
                hereto.

                Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or
   other communication shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in
   person or by courier service, upon receipt of facsimile (electronically
   confirmed), or five Business Days after depositing it in the United States
   airmail with postage prepaid and properly addressed.

                (c)  Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. 
   No failure or delay on the part of any Holder in the exercise of any
   power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Warrant Document
   shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver
   of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial
   exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further
   exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege.  All rights
   and remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Warrant Documents
   are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise
   available.

                (d)  Severability.  In case any provision in or obligation
   under this Agreement or the Warrant Certificates shall be invalid, illegal
   or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and
   enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such
   provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be
   affected or impaired thereby.

                (e)  Headings.  Section and subsection headings in this
   Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall
   not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose or be given
   any substantive effect.

                (f)  Applicable Law.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
   AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE
   STATE OF ILLINOIS.

                (g)  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding
   upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and
   shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and
   assigns of the Purchaser (including each Holder and its successors and
   assigns).

                (h)  Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process.  The
   Company hereby confirms its agreements under Section 11.12 of the Note and
   Warrant Purchase Agreement.

                (i)  Waiver of Jury Trial.  The Company hereby confirms its
   agreements under Section 11.13 of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement.

                (j)  Counterparts.  This Agreement and any amendments,
   waivers, consents or supplements hereto or in connection herewith may be
   executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
   separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall
   be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute
   but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from
   multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so
   that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.


                [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]



                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
   Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers thereunto duly
   authorized as of the day and year first above written.


                                 LADISH CO., INC.


                                 By:  /s/ Wayne E. Larsen
                                    Name:  Wayne E. Larsen
                                    Title:  Secretary


                                 GRACE BROTHERS, LTD.


                                 By:  /s/ Bradford T. Whitmore               
                                    Name:  Bradford T. Whitmore
                                    Title:


                                 ING EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P. I

                                 By:  Lexington Partners, L.P.,
                                        its General Partner

                                 By:  Lexington Partners, Inc.,
                                        its General Partner

                                 By:  /s/ Gregory P. Flynn
                                    Name: Gregory P. Flynn
                                    Title:


                                 STATE STREET RESEARCH
                                 HIGH INCOME FUND

                                 By:  /s/ Scott B. Richards
                                    Name:  Scott B. Richards


                                 STATE STREET RESEARCH MANAGED ASSETS

                                 By:  /s/ Scott B. Richards
                                    Name:  Scott B. Richards

                                 FRANKLIN PRINCIPLE MATURITY TRUST

                                 By:  /s/ Chauncey Lufkin
                                    Name:  Chauncey Lufkin

                                 SALOMON BROTHERS INC.

                                 By:  /s/ Robert Okun
                                    Name:  Robert Okun

                                 WYNNEFIELD PARTNERS


                                 By:  /s/ Nelson Obus
                                    Name:  Nelson Obus

                                 C.C. PARTNERS, LTD.

                                 By:  /s/ Cromwell Coulson
                                    Name:  Cromwell Coulson

                                 EBI INDEMNITY COMPANY

                                 By:  /s/ Robert T. Claiborne
                                    Name:  Robert T. Claiborne

                                 SECURITY REINSURANCE COMPANY

                                 By:  /s/ Robert T. Claiborne
                                    Name:  Robert T. Claiborne

                                 GUARANTY NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

                                 By:  /s/ Raymond J. Schuyler
                                    Name:  Raymond J. Schuyler

                                 CANYON PARTNERS INCORPORATED


                                 By:  /s/ Mitchell R. Julis
                                    Name:  Mitchell R. Julis

                                 NEW GENERATION LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                                 By:  /s/ George Putnam
                                    Name:  George Putnam


                                 NEW GENERATION INSTITUTIONAL LIMITED
                                 PARTNERSHIP

                                 By:  /s/ George Putnam
                                    Name:  George Putnam


                                 CARUCCI FAMILY PARTNERS

                                 By: /s/ Walter P. Carucci
                                    Name:  Walter P. Carucci

                                 PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES

                                 By: /s/ David W. Schwartz
                                    Name:  David W. Schwartz

                                 MORGAN STANLEY & CO.

                                 By: /s/ Barry Bergman
                                    Name:  Barry Bergman


                                 /s/ Marcus Lane

                                 /s/ Jay Zidell

                                 /s/ Joel T. Leonard

                                 /s/ Charles F. Nichols

                                 /s/ Chester Sobol

                                 /s/ Robert J. Noel

                                 /s/ Lawrence Hammond





               AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


                                                February 22, 1996


   To each of the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Amended and Restated
   Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement of even date herewith and those by the
   terms thereof permitted to join therein (the "Purchasers")


                                    RECITALS


   WHEREAS:  The Company and certain of the Purchasers are parties to
             Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of December 22, 1995
             (the "Existing Registration Rights Agreement");

   WHEREAS:  The parties to the Existing Registration Rights Agreement desire
             that such agreement be amended and restated as set forth in this
             Agreement;

   WHEREAS:  The Purchasers have purchased or may purchase from the Company
             Warrants to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock
             pursuant to the Purchase Agreement; and

   WHEREAS:  As a condition to such purchase, the Company has agreed to grant
             to the Purchasers registration rights with respect to certain
             securities of the Company held by the Purchasers.


                                    AGREEMENT

        NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed that (i) the Existing Registration
   Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated, and (ii) further as
   follows:

        1.   Certain Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following
   terms shall have the following respective meanings:

             "Agreement" shall mean this Amended and Restated Registration
   Rights Agreement, as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or
   otherwise modified from time to time.

             "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission,
        or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities
        Act.

             "Common Stock" shall mean the Common Stock, no par value per
        share, of the Company, as constituted as of the date of this
        Agreement.

             "Company" shall mean Ladish Co., Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

             "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
        as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and
        regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in
        effect at the time.

             "Purchase Agreement" shall mean the Note and Warrant Purchase
        Agreement dated as of the date hereof.

             "Registration Expenses" shall mean the expenses so described in
        Section 7.

             "Registerable Stock" shall mean the Warrant Shares and any
        Common Stock held as of the date hereof or thereafter by the
        Purchasers, but only so long as such shares continue to be Restricted
        Stock.  Any such share shall continue to be Restricted Stock until
        such time as such share (i) has been effectively registered under the
        Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Registration
        Statement covering it, or (ii) has been publicly sold pursuant to
        Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force) under the
        Securities Act.

             "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
        amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and
        regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in
        effect at the time.

             "Selling Expenses" shall mean the expenses so described in
        Section 7.

             "Warrant Shares" shall mean shares of Common Stock issued upon
        exercise of the Warrants.

             "Warrants" shall mean the warrants granted to the Purchasers to
        purchase shares of Common Stock.

        2.   Restrictive Legend.  Each certificate representing shares of
   Registerable Stock shall, except as otherwise provided in this Section 2,
   be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the
   following form:

             "THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
             OF 1933 AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF
             UNLESS IT HAS BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT OR AN EXEMPTION
             FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE."

   A certificate shall not bear such legend if in the opinion of counsel
   satisfactory to the Company the securities being sold thereby may be
   publicly sold without registration under the Securities Act.

        3.   Required Registration.  (a) At any time beginning six months
   after a registration statement covering a public offering of securities of
   the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, the
   holders of Registerable Stock constituting at least 25% of the total
   shares of Registerable Stock then outstanding may request the Company to
   register under the Securities Act all or any portion of the shares of
   Registerable Stock held by such requesting holder or holders for sale in
   the manner specified in such notice.  In addition, at any time following
   the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement, if a registration
   statement on Form S-1 has not yet become effective, the holders of
   Registerable Stock constituting more than 50% of the total shares of
   Registerable Stock then outstanding may request the Company to register
   under the Securities Act all or any portion of the shares of Registerable
   Stock held by such requesting holder or holders for sale in the manner
   specified in such notice.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
   contained herein, no request may be made under this Section 3 within 120
   days after the effective date of a registration statement filed by the
   Company covering a firm commitment underwritten public offering; provided,
   however, that this limitation shall not be utilized by the Company to deny
   the request of holders of Registerable Stock on more than one occasion in
   any twelve month period.

             (b)  Following receipt of any notice under this Section 3, the
   Company shall immediately notify all holders of Registerable Stock from
   whom notice has not been received and shall use its best efforts to
   register under the Securities Act, for public sale in accordance with the
   method of disposition specified in such notice from requesting holders,
   the number of shares of Registerable Stock specified in such notice (and
   in all notices received by the Company from other holders within 30 days
   after the giving of such notice by the Company).  The Company shall be
   obligated to register Registerable Stock pursuant to this Section 3 on two
   occasions only; provided, however, that such obligation shall be deemed
   satisfied only when a registration statement covering all shares of
   Registerable Stock specified in notices received as aforesaid, for sale in
   accordance with the method of disposition specified by the requesting
   holders, shall have become effective and, if such method of disposition is
   a firm commitment underwritten public offering, all such shares shall have
   been sold pursuant thereto.

             (c)  The Company shall be entitled to include in any
   registration statement referred to in this Section 3, for sale in
   accordance with the method of disposition specified by the requesting
   holders, shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company for its own
   account or for sale by others, except as and to the extent that, in the
   opinion of the managing underwriter (if such method of disposition shall
   be an underwritten public offering), such inclusion would adversely affect
   the marketing of the Registerable Stock to be sold.  Except for
   registration statements on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor thereto, the
   Company will not file with the Commission any other registration statement
   with respect to its Common Stock, whether for its own account or that of
   other stockholders, from the date of receipt of a notice from requesting
   holders pursuant to this Section 3 until the completion of the period of
   distribution of the registration contemplated thereby.

        4.   Incidental Registration.  If the Company at any time (other than
   pursuant to Section 3 or Section 5) proposes to register any of its
   securities under the Securities Act for sale to the public, whether for
   its own account or for the account of other security holders or both
   (except with respect to registration statements on Forms S-4, S-8 or
   another form not available for registering the Registerable Stock for sale
   to the public), each such time it will give written notice to all holders
   of outstanding Registerable Stock of its intention so to do.  Upon the
   written request of any such holder, received by the Company within 30 days
   after the giving of any such notice by the Company, to register any of its
   Registerable Stock (which request shall state the intended method of
   disposition thereof), the Company will use its best efforts to cause the
   Registerable Stock as to which registration shall have been so requested
   to be included in the securities to be covered by the registration
   statement proposed to be filed by the Company, all to the extent requisite
   to permit the sale or other disposition by the holder (in accordance with
   its written request) of such Registerable Stock so registered.  In the
   event that any registration pursuant to this Section 4 shall be, in whole
   or in part, an underwritten public offering of Common Stock, the number of
   shares of Registerable Stock to be included in such an underwriting may be
   reduced (pro rata among the requesting holders based upon the number of
   shares of Registerable Stock owned by such holders) if and to the extent
   that the managing underwriter shall be of the opinion that such inclusion
   would adversely affect the marketing of the securities to be sold by the
   Company therein, provided, however, that such number of shares of
   Registerable Stock shall not be reduced if any shares are to be included
   in such underwriting for the account of any person other than the Company
   or requesting holders of Registerable Stock; provided, further, however,
   that in no event may less than twenty (20%) percent of the total number of
   shares of Common Stock to be included in such underwriting be made
   available for shares of Registerable Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
   provisions, the Company may withdraw any registration statement referred
   to in this Section 4 without thereby incurring any liability to the
   holders of Registerable Stock.

        5.   Registration on Form S-3.  If at any time (i) a holder or
   holders of Registerable Stock request that the Company file a registration
   statement on Form S-3 or any successor thereto for a public offering of
   all or any portion of the shares of Registerable Stock held by such
   requesting holder or holders, the reasonably anticipated aggregate price
   to the public of which would exceed $500,000, and (ii) the Company is a
   registrant entitled to use Form S-3 or any successor thereto to register
   such shares, then the Company shall use its best efforts to register under
   the Securities Act on Form S-3 or any successor thereto, for public sale
   in accordance with the method of disposition specified in such notice, the
   number of shares of Registerable Stock specified in such notice.  Whenever
   the Company is required by this Section 5 to use its best efforts to
   effect the registration of Registerable Stock, each of the procedures and
   requirements of Section 3 (including but not limited to the requirement
   that the Company notify all holders of Registerable Stock from whom notice
   has not been received and provide them with the opportunity to participate
   in the offering) shall apply to such registration, provided, however, that
   (i) the Company shall be obligated to register Registerable Stock pursuant
   to this Section 5 on one occasion per calendar year only, (ii) the
   requirements contained in the first sentence of Section 3(a) shall not
   apply to any registration on Form S-3 which may be requested and obtained
   under this Section 5 and (iii) the Company shall not be obligated to
   register Registerable Stock pursuant to this Section 5, if in the opinion
   of counsel acceptable to the Company and the holders of the Registerable
   Stock the shares of Registerable Stock intended to be included in a
   registration on Form S-3 pursuant to the terms of this Section 5 are
   saleable under Rule 144 of the Securities Act within a period of four
   months from the date the holders give notice of their intention to
   register shares of Registerable Stock pursuant to this Section 5.

        6.   Registration Procedures.  If and whenever the Company is
   required by the provisions of Sections 3, 4 or 5 to use its best efforts
   to effect the registration of any shares of Registerable Stock under the
   Securities Act, the Company will, as expeditiously as possible:

             (a)  prepare and file with the Commission a registration
        statement (which, in the case of an underwritten public offering
        pursuant to Section 3, shall be on Form S-1 or other form of general
        applicability satisfactory to the managing underwriter selected as
        therein provided) with respect to such securities and use its best
        efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain
        effective for the period of the distribution contemplated thereby
        (determined as hereinafter provided);

             (b)  prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
        supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in
        connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration
        statement effective for the period specified in paragraph (a) above
        and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to
        the disposition of all Registerable Stock covered by such
        registration statement in accordance with the sellers' intended
        method of disposition set forth in such registration statement for
        such period;

             (c)  furnish to each seller of Registerable Stock and to each
        underwriter such number of copies of the registration statement and
        the prospectus included therein (including each preliminary
        prospectus) as such persons reasonably may request in order to
        facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registerable
        Stock covered by such registration statement;

             (d)  use its best efforts to register or qualify the
        Registerable Stock covered by such registration statement under the
        securities or "blue sky" laws of such jurisdictions as the sellers of
        Registerable Stock or, in the case of an underwritten public
        offering, the managing underwriter reasonably shall request;
        provided, however, that the Company shall not for any such purpose be
        required to qualify generally to transact business as a foreign
        corporation in any jurisdiction where it is not so qualified or to
        consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

             (e)  use its best efforts to list the Registerable Stock covered
        by such registration statement with any securities exchange on which
        the Common Stock of the Company is then listed;

             (f)  immediately notify each seller of Registerable Stock and
        each underwriter under such registration statement, at any time when
        a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the
        Securities Act, of the happening of any event of which the Company
        has knowledge as a result of which the prospectus contained in such
        registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue
        statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
        required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
        therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

             (g)  if the offering is underwritten and at the request of any
        seller of Registerable Stock, use its best efforts to furnish on the
        date that Registerable Stock is delivered to the underwriters for
        sale pursuant to such registration: (i) an opinion dated such date of
        counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such
        registration, addressed to the underwriters and to such seller,
        stating that such registration statement has become effective under
        the Securities Act and that (A) to the best knowledge of such
        counsel, no stop order suspending the effectiveness thereof has been
        issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
        are pending or contemplated under the Securities Act, (B) the
        registration statement, the related prospectus and each amendment or
        supplement thereof comply as to form in all material respects with
        the requirements of the Securities Act (except that such counsel need
        not express any opinion as to financial statements or other financial
        data contained therein) and (C) to such other effects as reasonably
        may be requested by counsel for the underwriters or by such seller or
        its counsel and (ii) a letter dated such date from the independent
        public accountants retained by the Company, addressed to the
        underwriters and to such seller, stating that they are independent
        public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and that,
        in the opinion of such accountants, the financial statements of the
        Company included in the registration statement or the prospectus, or
        any amendment or supplement thereof, comply as to form in all
        material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the
        Securities Act, and such letter shall additionally cover such other
        financial matters (including information as to the period ending no
        more than five business days prior to the date of such letter) with
        respect to such registration as such underwriters reasonably may
        request; and

             (h)  make available for inspection by each seller of
        Registerable Stock, any underwriter participating in any distribution
        pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney, accountant
        or other agent retained by such seller or underwriter, all financial
        and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of
        the Company, and cause the Company's officers, directors and
        employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such
        seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with
        such registration statement.

        For purposes of Section 6(a) and 7(b) and of Section 3(c), the period
   of distribution of Registerable Stock in a firm commitment underwritten
   public offering shall be deemed to extend until each underwriter has
   completed the distribution of all securities purchased by it, and the
   period of distribution of Registerable Stock in any other registration
   shall be deemed to extend until the earlier of the sale of all
   Registerable Stock covered thereby and 120 days after the effective date
   thereof.

        In connection with each registration hereunder, the sellers of
   Registerable Stock will furnish to the Company in writing such information
   with respect to themselves and the proposed distribution by them as
   reasonably shall be necessary in order to assure compliance with federal
   and applicable state securities laws.

        In connection with each registration pursuant to Sections 3, 4 or 5
   covering an underwritten public offering, the Company and each seller
   agree to enter into a written agreement with the managing underwriter
   selected in the manner herein provided in such form and containing such
   provisions as are customary in the securities business for such an
   arrangement between such underwriter and companies of the Company's size
   and investment stature.

        7.   Expenses.  All expenses incurred by the Company in complying
   with Sections 3, 4 and 5, including, without limitation, all registration
   and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and
   independent public accountants for the Company, fees and expenses
   (including counsel fees) incurred in connection with complying with state
   securities or "blue sky" laws, fees of the National Association of
   Securities Dealers, Inc., transfer taxes, fees of transfer agents and
   registrars, costs of insurance and reasonable fees and disbursements of
   one counsel for the sellers of Registerable Stock, but excluding any
   Selling Expenses, are called "Registration Expenses".  All underwriting
   discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registerable
   Stock are called "Selling Expenses".

        The Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with
   each registration statement under Sections 3 and 4 and all Registration
   Expenses in connection with one registration statement under Section 5. 
   All Selling Expenses in connection with each registration statement under
   Sections 3, 4 or 5 shall be borne by the participating sellers in
   proportion to the number of shares sold by each, or by such participating
   sellers other than the Company (except to the extent the Company shall be
   a seller) as they may agree.

        8.   Indemnification and Contribution.  (a)  In the event of a
   registration of any of the Registerable Stock under the Securities Act
   pursuant to Sections 3, 4 or 5, the Company will indemnify and hold
   harmless each seller of such Registerable Stock thereunder, each
   underwriter of such Registerable Stock thereunder and each other person,
   if any, who controls such seller or underwriter within the meaning of the
   Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint
   or several, to which such seller, underwriter or controlling person may
   become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such
   losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof)
   arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
   statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement
   under which such Registerable Stock was registered under the Securities
   Act pursuant to Sections 3, 4 or 5, any preliminary prospectus or final
   prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or
   arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state
   therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
   the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each such
   seller, each such underwriter and each such controlling person for any
   legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with
   investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
   action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such
   case if and to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability
   arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue
   statement or omission or alleged omission so made in conformity with
   information furnished by any such seller, any such underwriter or any such
   controlling person in writing specifically for use in such registration
   statement or prospectus.

             (b)  In the event of a registration of any of the Registerable
   Stock under the Securities Act pursuant to Sections 3, 4 or 5, each seller
   of such Registerable Stock thereunder, severally and not jointly, will
   indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each person, if any, who controls
   the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, each officer of the
   Company who signs the registration statement, each director of the
   Company, each underwriter and each person who controls any underwriter
   within the meaning of the Securities Act, against all losses, claims,
   damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such
   officer, director, underwriter or controlling person may become subject
   under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
   damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are
   based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
   material fact contained in the registration statement under which such
   Registerable Stock was registered under the Securities Act pursuant to
   Sections 3, 4, or 5, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus
   contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of
   or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
   material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
   statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and each
   such officer, director, underwriter and controlling person for any legal
   or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with
   investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
   action; provided, however, that such seller will be liable hereunder in
   any such case if and only to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage
   or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged
   untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and
   in conformity with information pertaining to such seller, as such,
   furnished in writing to the Company by such seller specifically for use in
   such registration statement or prospectus; provided, further, that the
   liability of each seller hereunder shall be limited to the proportion of
   any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense which is equal to the
   proportion that the public offering price of the shares sold by such
   seller under such registration statement bears to the total public
   offering price of all securities sold thereunder, but not in any event to
   exceed the proceeds received by such seller from the sale of Registerable
   Stock covered by such registration statement.

             (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party hereunder of
   notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if
   a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party
   hereunder, notify the indemnifying party in writing thereof, but the
   omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any
   liability which it may have to such indemnified party other than under
   this Section 8 and shall only relieve it from any liability which it may
   have to such indemnified party under this Section 8 if and to the extent
   the indemnifying party is prejudiced by such omission.  In case any such
   action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify
   the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party
   shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it shall wish, to
   assume and undertake the defense thereof with counsel reasonably
   satisfactory to such indemnified party, and, after notice from the
   indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume
   and undertake the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be
   liable to such indemnified party under this Section 8 for any legal
   expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection
   with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation and
   of liaison with counsel so selected; provided, however, that, if the
   defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the
   indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably
   concluded that there may be reasonable defenses available to it which are
   different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party
   or if the interests of the indemnified party reasonably may be deemed to
   conflict with the interests of the indemnifying party, the indemnified
   party shall have the right to select a separate counsel and to assume such
   legal defenses and otherwise to participate in the defense of such action,
   with the expenses and fees of such separate counsel and other expenses
   related to such participation to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party
   as incurred.  No indemnifying party, in defense of any such action, shall,
   except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to the entry of
   any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an
   unconditional term thereof the giving, by the claimant or plaintiff, to
   such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such
   action.

             (d)  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to
   joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i)
   any holder of Registerable Stock exercising rights under this Agreement,
   or any controlling person of any such holder, makes a claim for
   indemnification pursuant to this Section 8 but it is judicially determined
   (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent
   jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the
   last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in
   such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 8 provides for
   indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities
   Act may be required on the part of any such selling holder or any such
   controlling person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided
   under this Section 8; then, and in each such case, the Company and such
   holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or
   liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others)
   in such proportion so that such holder is responsible for the portion
   represented by the percentage that the public offering price of its
   Registerable Stock offered by the registration statement bears to the
   public offering price of all securities offered by such registration
   statement, and the Company is responsible for the remaining portion;
   provided, however, that, in any such case, (A) no such holder will be
   required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price
   of all such Registerable Stock offered by it pursuant to such registration
   statement; and (B) no person or entity guilty of fraudulent
   misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities
   Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who was
   not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

        9.   Changes in Common Stock.  If, and as often as, there is any
   change in the Common Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend,
   combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation,
   reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate
   adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and
   privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Common Stock
   as so changed.

        10.  Rule 144 Reporting.  With a view to making available the
   benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at
   any time permit the sale of the Registerable Stock to the public without
   registration, at all times after 90 days after any registration statement
   covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the
   Securities Act shall have become effective, the Company agrees to:

             (a)  make and keep public information available, as those terms
        are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

             (b)  use its best efforts to file with the Commission in a
        timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company
        under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

             (c)  furnish to each holder of Registerable Stock forthwith upon
        request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with
        the reporting requirements of such Rule 144 and of the Securities Act
        and the Exchange Act, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly
        report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed
        by the Company as such holder may reasonably request in availing
        itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing such
        holder to sell any Registerable Stock without registration.

        11.  Representations and Warranties of the Company.  The Company
   represents and warrants to you as follows:

             (a)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement
        by the Company have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate
        action and will not violate any provision of law, any order of any
        court or other agency of government, the Certificate of Incorporation
        or By-laws of the Company or any provision of any indenture,
        agreement or other instrument to which it or any or its properties or
        assets is bound, conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute
        (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any such
        indenture, agreement or other instrument or result in the creation or
        imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature
        whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.

             (b)  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
        Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
        the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to (i)
        applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and moratorium laws
        and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of
        creditors' rights generally and (ii) the availability of equitable
        remedies as such remedies may be limited by equitable principles of
        general applicability (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in
        a proceeding in equity or at law).

        12.  Miscellaneous.  (a)  All covenants and agreements contained in
   this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and
   inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the
   parties hereto (including without limitation transferees of any
   Registerable Stock), whether so expressed or not; provided, however, that
   registration rights conferred herein on the holders of Registerable Stock
   shall only inure to the benefit of a transferee of Registerable Stock if
   (i) there is transferred to such transferee at least 20% of the total
   shares of Registerable Stock originally issued pursuant to the Purchase
   Agreement applicable to such holder, to the direct or indirect transferor
   of such transferee or (ii) such transferee is a partner, shareholder or
   affiliate of a party hereto.

             (b)  All notices, requests, consents and other communications
   hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by certified or
   registered mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, or telexed,
   in the case of non-U.S. residents, addressed as follows:

             if to the Company or any other party hereto, at the address of
        such party set forth in the Purchase Agreement applicable to such
        party;

             if to any subsequent holder of Registerable Shares, to it at
        such address as may have been furnished to the Company in writing by
        such holder;

   or, in any case, at such other address or addresses as shall have been
   furnished in writing to the Company (in the case of a holder of
   Registerable Stock) or to the holders of Registerable Stock (in the case
   of the Company) in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

             (c)  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
   accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.

             (d)  This Agreement may not be amended or modified, and no
   provision hereof may be waived, without the written consent of the Company
   and the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of
   Registerable Stock.  The Company may not, without the prior written
   consent of holders of at least two- thirds of the then outstanding shares
   of Registerable Stock, grant any rights to any persons to register shares
   of capital stock or securities of the Company if such rights could
   reasonably be expected to conflict with, or be on a parity with the rights
   of the holders of Registerable Stock granted pursuant to this Agreement.

             (e)  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
   each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall
   constitute one and the same instrument.

             (f)  The obligations of the Company to register shares of
   Registerable Stock under Sections 3, 4 or 5 shall terminate on the tenth
   anniversary of the date of this Agreement, unless such obligations
   terminate earlier in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

             (g)  If requested in writing by the underwriters for the initial
   underwritten public offering of securities of the Company, each holder of
   Registerable Stock who is a party to this Agreement shall agree not to
   sell publicly any shares of Registerable Stock or any other shares of
   Common Stock (other than shares of Registerable Stock or other shares of
   Common Stock being registered in such offering), without the consent of
   such underwriters, for a period of not more than 180 days following the
   effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering;
   provided, however, that all persons entitled to registration rights with
   respect to shares of Common Stock who are not parties to this Agreement,
   all other persons selling shares of Common Stock in such offering and all
   executive officers and directors of the Company shall also have agreed not
   to sell publicly their Common Stock under the circumstances and pursuant
   to the terms set forth in this Section 13(g).

             (h)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6(a), the
   Company's obligation to file a registration statement, or cause such
   registration statement to become and remain effective, shall be suspended
   for a period not to exceed 90 days in any 24-month period if there exists
   at the time material non-public information relating to the Company which,
   in the reasonable opinion of the Company, should not be disclosed.

             (i)  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be
   illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such illegality, invalidity or
   unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any
   manner affect or render illegal, invalid or unenforceable any other
   provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if
   any such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained
   herein.

             (j)  Except as otherwise provided herein, neither this Agreement
   nor any provision hereof can be modified, changed, discharged or
   terminated except by an instrument in writing signed by the party against
   whom the enforcement of any modification, change, discharge or termination
   is sought or by the agreement of holders of more than 50% of all shares of
   Registrable Stock held by the Stockholders; provided, however, that no
   modification or amendment shall be effective to reduce the percentage of
   the shares of shares of Registrable Stock the consent of the holders of
   which is required under this Section 12(j).


                            (Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement)

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
   be effective as of this ___ day of February, 1996.


                                      LADISH CO., INC.


                                      By:  /s/ Wayne E. Larsen
                                         Title:  Wayne E. Larsen


        GRACE BROTHERS, LTD.

        By:  /s/ Bradford T. Whitmore
             Name:  Bardford T. Whitmore


        ING EQUITY PARTNERS, L.P. I  

        By:  Lexington Partners, L.P.,
               its General Partner

        By:  Lexington Partners, Inc.,
               its General Partner


        By: /s/ Gregory P. Flynn
           Title: 

        STATE STREET RESEARCH
        HIGH INCOME FUND

        By:  /s/ Scott B. Richards
           Name:  Scott B. Richards

        STATE STREET RESEARCH MANAGED ASSETS

        By:  /s/ Scott B. Richards
             Name:  Scott B. Richards

        FRANKLIN PRINCIPLE MATURITY TRUST


        By:  /s/ Chauncey Lufkin
             Name:  Chauncey Lufkin

        SALOMON BROTHERS INC.

        By:  /s/ Robert Okun
             Name:  Robert Okun

        WYNNEFIELD PARTNERS


        By:  /s/ Nelson Obus
             Name:  Nelson Obus

        C.C. PARTNERS, LTD.

        By:  /s/ Cromwell Coulson
             Name:  Cromwell Coulson

        EBI INDEMNITY COMPANY

        By:  /s/ Robert T. Claiborne
             Name:  Robert T. Claiborne

        SECURITY REINSURANCE COMPANY

        By:  /s/ Robert T. Claiborne
             Name:  Robert T. Claiborne

        GUARANTY NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY

        By:  /s/ Raymond J. Schuyler
             Name:  Raymond J. Schuyler

        CANYON PARTNERS INCORPORATED

        By:  /s/ Mitchell R. Julis
             Name:  Mitchell R. Julis

        NEW GENERATION LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

        By:  /s/ George Putnam
             Name:  George Putnam

        NEW GENERATION LIMITED INSTITUTIONAL
        LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

        By:  /s/ George Putnam
             Name:  George Putnam

        CARUCCI FAMILY PARTNERS

        By: /s/ Walter P. Carucci
             Name:  Walter P. Carucci

        PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES

        By: /s/ David W. Schwartz
             Name:  David W. Schwartz

        MORGAN STANLEY & CO.

        By: /s/ Barry Bergman
             Name:  Barry Bergman


        /s/ Marcus Lane

        /s/ Jay Zidell

        /s/ Joel T. Leonard

        /s/ Charles F. Nichols

        /s/ Chester Sobol

        /s/ Robert J. Noel

        /s/ Lawrence Hammond



                                                                    Exhibit 5

                           F O L E Y  &  L A R D N E R

                          A T T O R N E Y S  A T  L A W

   CHICAGO                       FIRSTAR CENTER                     SAN DIEGO
   JACKSONVILLE             777 EAST WISCONSIN AVENUE           SAN FRANCISCO
   LOS ANGELES           MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN 53202-5367          TALLAHASSEE
   MADISON                  TELEPHONE (414) 271-2400                    TAMPA
   ORLANDO                  FACSIMILE (414) 297-4900         WASHINGTON, D.C.
   SACRAMENTO                                                 WEST PALM BEACH

                               WRITERS DIRECT LINE

                                 (414) 967-5639

                                December 15, 1997

   Ladish Co., Inc.
   5481 South Packard Avenue
   Cudahy, Wisconsin  53110

   Ladies and Gentlemen:

             We have acted as counsel for Ladish Co., Inc., a Wisconsin
   corporation (the "Company"), and certain shareholders of the Company (the
   "Selling Shareholders") with respect to the preparation of a Registration
   Statement of Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement"), including the
   prospectus constituting a part thereof (the "Prospectus"), filed by the
   Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities
   Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), relating to 3,350,000
   shares of the Company's common stock, $0.01 par value per share ("Common
   Stock"), together with up to 502,500 shares of Common Stock being
   registered to cover an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.

             In connection with our representation, we have examined:  (a)
   the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus; (b) the Articles of
   Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, as amended to date; (c)
   resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors relating to the
   authorization of the issuance of certain of the securities covered by the
   Registration Statement; and (d) such other proceedings, documents and
   records as we have deemed necessary to enable us to render this opinion.

             Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:


             1.   The Company is a corporation validly existing under the
   laws of the State of Wisconsin.

             2.   The shares of Common Stock covered by the Registration
   Statement that are to be offered and sold by the Company, when the price
   thereof has been determined by action of the Company's Board of  Directors
   and when issued and paid for in the manner contemplated in the
   Registration Statement and Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid
   and nonassessable, except with respect to wage claims of, or other debts
   owing to, employees of the Company for services performed, but not
   exceeding six months' service in any one case, as provided in section
   180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and judicial
   interpretations thereof.

             3.   The shares of Common Stock covered by the Registration
   Statement that are to be offered and sold by the Selling Shareholders are,
   and when sold in the manner contemplated in the Registration Statement and
   Prospectus will continue to be, validly issued, fully paid and
   nonassessable, except with respect to wage claims of, or other debts
   owning to, employees of the Company for services performed, but not
   exceeding six months' service in any one case, as provided in Section
   180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law and judicial
   interpretations thereof.

             We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the
   Registration Statement and to the references to our firm therein.  In
   giving our consent, we do not admit that we are "experts" within the
   meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or within the category of
   persons whose consent in required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.

                                                Very truly yours,



                                                FOLEY & LARDNER



                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of June 30, 1995

                                      among

                                LADISH CO., INC.

                                  as Borrower,

                            THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN

                                   as Lenders,

                                       and

                      GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,

                               as Agent and Lender

   <PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


   1.   AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
        1.1  Credit Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
        1.2  Letters of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
        1.3  Prepayment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
        1.4  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
        1.5  Interest on Revolving Credit Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
        1.6  Eligible Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
        1.7  Eligible Inventory  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
        1.8  Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
        1.9  Cash Management Systems; Daily Sweep  . . . . . . . . . . .    8
        1.10 Receipt of Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
        1.11 Application and Allocation of Payments  . . . . . . . . . .    9
        1.12 Loan Account and Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
        1.13 Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
        1.14 Access  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
        1.15 Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
        1.16 Capital Adequacy; Increased Costs; Illegality . . . . . . .   13

   2.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
        2.1  Conditions to the Initial Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
        2.2  Further Conditions to Each Revolving Credit Advance . . . .   19

   3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
        3.1  Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law  . . . . . . . . .   20
        3.2  Executive Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
        3.3  Corporate Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations . .   20
        3.4  Financial Statements and Projections  . . . . . . . . . . .   21
        3.5  Collateral Reports  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
        3.6  Material Adverse Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   21
        3.7  Ownership of Property; Liens  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
        3.8  Restrictions; No Default  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
        3.9  Labor Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
        3.10 Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding Stock
             and Indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
        3.11 Government Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
        3.12 Margin Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
        3.13 Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
        3.14 ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
        3.15 No Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
        3.16 Brokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
        3.17 Employment Matters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26
        3.18 Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses  . . . . . . .   26
        3.19 Full Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
        3.20 Hazardous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
        3.21 Insurance Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
        3.22 Deposit and Disbursement Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
        3.23 Government Contracts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
        3.24 Customer and Trade Relations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
        3.25 Agreements and Other Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
        3.26 FEIN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28

   4.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
        4.1  Reports and Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
        4.2  Communication with Accountants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29

   5.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
        5.1  Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business  . . . . .   29
        5.2  Payment of Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
        5.3  Books and Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
        5.4  Litigation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
        5.5  Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   30
        5.6  Compliance with Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
        5.7  [Intentionally Omitted].  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
        5.8  Supplemental Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
        5.9  Employee Plans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
        5.10 Environmental Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   32
        5.11 Landlords' Agreements, Bailee Letters and Mortgagee
             Agreements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
        5.12 Leased Locations of Collateral  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33

   6.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
        6.1  Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
        6.2  Investments; Loans and Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
        6.3  Indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   33
        6.4  Employee Loans and Affiliate Transactions . . . . . . . . .   34
        6.5  Capital Structure and Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
        6.6  Guaranteed Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
        6.7  Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
        6.8  Sale of Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
        6.9  ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
        6.10 Financial Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        6.11 Hazardous Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        6.12 Sale-Leasebacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        6.13 Cancellation of Indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        6.14 Restricted Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        6.15 Management Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        6.16 Leases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   36
        6.17 Fiscal Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
        6.18 Change of Corporate Name or Location  . . . . . . . . . . .   37
        6.19 Cash Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
        6.20 Technology Development Arrangements . . . . . . . . . . . .   37

   7.   TERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
        7.1  Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
        7.2  Survival of Obligations Upon Termination of Financing
             Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38

   8.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT: RIGHTS AND REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
        8.1  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   38
        8.2  Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41
        8.3  Waivers by Borrower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   41

   9.   ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATIONS; APPOINTMENT OF AGENT  . . . . . .   42
        9.1  Assignment and Participations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
        9.2  Appointment of Agent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
        9.3  Agent's Reliance, Etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
        9.4  GE Capital and Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
        9.5  Lender Credit Decision  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
        9.6  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
        9.7  Successor Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   46
        9.8  Setoff and Sharing of Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
        9.9  Disbursement of Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   47
        9.10 Advances; Payments; Information; Non-Funding Lenders  . . .   48

   10.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51
        10.1 Successors and Assigns  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   51

   11.  MISCELLANEOUS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
        11.1  Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement  . . . . . .   52
        11.2  Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
        11.3  Fees and Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
        11.4  No Waiver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
        11.5  Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
        11.6  Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        11.7  Conflict of Terms  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        11.8  Authorized Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        11.9  GOVERNING LAW  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
        11.10 Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
        11.11 Section Titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
        11.12 Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
        11.13 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   56
        11.14 Press Releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57
        11.15 Reinstatement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57

   <PAGE>

                         INDEX OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES


   Exhibit A           -    Form of Notice of Revolving Credit Advance
   Exhibit B           -    Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
   Exhibit C           -    Form of Revolving Credit Note
   Exhibit D           -    Form of Term Note
   Exhibit E           -    Form of Security Agreement


   Schedule  1.1(a)    -    Responsible Individual
   Schedule  1.9       -    List of Bank Accounts
   Schedule  3.2       -    Executive Offices
   Schedule  3.4(A)    -    Financial Statements
   Schedule  3.4(B)    -    Pro Forma
   Schedule  3.4(C)    -    Projections
   Schedule  3.7       -    Real Estate and Leases
   Schedule  3.9       -    Labor Matters
   Schedule  3.10      -    Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates;
                            Outstanding Stock
   Schedule  3.13      -    Tax Matters
   Schedule  3.14      -    ERISA Plans
   Schedule  3.15      -    Litigation
   Schedule  3.16      -    Brokers Fees 
   Schedule  3.17      -    Employment Matters
   Schedule  3.18      -    Intellectual Property
   Schedule  3.20      -    Hazardous Materials
   Schedule  3.21      -    Insurance Policies
   Schedule  3.22      -    Deposit and Disbursement Accounts
   Schedule  3.23      -    Government Contracts
   Schedule  3.25      -    Material Agreements
   Schedule  3.28      -    Fein Numbers
   Schedule  5.1       -    Trade Names
   Schedule  6.3       -    Indebtedness
   Schedule  6.4(a)    -    Transactions with Affiliates
   Schedule  6.4(b)    -    Employee Compensation
   Schedule  6.7       -    Existing Liens
   Schedule  8.1       -    Additional Terms
   Schedule  11.8      -    Authorized Signatures


   Schedule A (Recitals)              -    Definitions
   Schedule B (Section 1.2)           -    Letters of Credit
                                           Documents
   Schedule C (Section 1.6)           -    Eligible Accounts
   Schedule D (Section 1.7)           -    Eligible Inventory
   Schedule E (Section 1.9)           -    Cash Management Systems
   Schedule F (Section 2.1(b))        -    Schedule of Additional Closing
                                           Documents
   Schedule G (Section 4.1(a))        -    Financial Statements and
                                           Projections -- Reporting
   Schedule H (Section 4.1(b))        -    Collateral Reports
   Schedule I (Section 6.11)          -    Financial Covenants
   Schedule J (Section 11.10)         -    Notice Addresses
   Schedule K (Section 9.10(a)(iii))  -    Wire Transfer Account Information

   <PAGE>

             This CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 30, 1995 among LADISH
   CO., INC., a Wisconsin corporation ("Borrower"), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
   CORPORATION, a New York corporation (in its individual capacity, "GE
   Capital"), for itself, as Lender, and as Agent for Lenders, and the other
   Lenders signatory hereto.

                                    RECITALS


             WHEREAS, Borrower desires that Lenders extend a revolving and
   term credit facility to Borrower for the purpose of refinancing certain
   indebtedness of Borrower, to provide working capital financing for
   Borrower and to provide funds for other general corporate purposes of
   Borrower; and Borrower desires to borrow up to Forty-Three Million Dollars
   ($43,000,000) from Lenders, and Lenders are willing to make certain loans
   and other extensions of credit to Borrower of up to such amount upon the
   terms and conditions set forth herein; 

             WHEREAS, Borrower desires to secure all of its obligations under
   the Loan Documents by granting to Agent, on behalf of Lenders, a security
   interest in and lien upon all of its personal and real property;

             WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the
   meanings ascribed to them in Schedule A.  All Schedules, Exhibits and
   other attachments hereto, or expressly identified to this Agreement, are
   incorporated herein by reference, and taken together, shall constitute but
   a single agreement.  These Recitals shall be construed as part of the
   Agreement.

             NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
   covenants hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable
   consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

   1.   AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

             1.1 Credit Facilities.

             (a) Revolving Credit Facility.  (i) Upon and subject to the
   terms and conditions hereof, each Lender, severally and not jointly,
   agrees to make available, from time to time, until the Commitment
   Termination Date, for Borrower's use and upon the request of Borrower
   therefor, its Pro Rata Share of advances (each, a "Revolving Credit
   Advance") in an aggregate amount which shall not at any given time exceed
   the lesser at such time of (A) the Maximum Revolving Credit Loan and (B)
   an amount equal to the Borrowing Base less the amount of the Letter of
   Credit Obligations at such time ("Borrowing Availability"); provided,
   however, that in no event shall the Revolving Credit Loan of any Lender
   exceed its Revolving Credit Loan Commitment less its Pro Rata Share of the
   Letter of Credit Obligations at such time.  Until all amounts outstanding
   in respect of the Revolving Credit Loan shall become due and payable on
   the Commitment Termination Date, subject to the terms and conditions
   hereof Borrower may from time to time borrow, repay and reborrow under
   this Section 1.1(a).  Each Revolving Credit Advance shall be made on
   notice by Borrower to the individual at the Agent identified on Schedule
   1.1(a) at the address specified thereon, given no later than (i) 11:00
   a.m. (Chicago time) on the Business Day of the proposed Revolving Credit
   Advance, in the case of an Index Rate Loan, or (ii) 11:00 a.m. (Chicago
   time) on the day which is three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed
   Revolving Credit Advance in the case of a LIBOR Loan; provided, however,
   that unless Borrower shall also have complied with the requirements of
   Section 1.5(e), all such Revolving Credit Advances shall bear interest by
   reference to the Index Rate; provided, further that any Revolving Credit
   Advance requested as a LIBOR Loan shall be in a minimum amount of
   $1,000,000 and multiples of $500,000 in excess of such amount.  Each such
   notice (a "Notice of Revolving Credit Advance") shall be substantially in
   the form of Exhibit A hereto, specifying therein the requested date, the
   amount and type of such Revolving Credit Advance, and such other
   information as may be required by Agent and shall be given in writing (by
   telecopy or overnight courier) or by telephone confirmed immediately in
   writing.  Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully
   protected under this Agreement in relying upon, any Notice of Revolving
   Credit Advance believed by Agent to be genuine and to assume that each
   Person executing and delivering the same was duly authorized unless the
   responsible individual acting thereon for Agent shall have, at the time of
   reliance thereon, actual knowledge to the contrary.

             (ii)  Borrower shall execute and deliver to each Lender a note
   to evidence the Revolving Credit Loan, such note to be in the principal
   amount of the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment of such Lender, dated the
   Closing Date and substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (each a
   "Revolving Credit Note" and, collectively, the "Revolving Credit Notes"). 
   The Revolving Credit Notes shall represent the obligation of Borrower to
   pay the amount of the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment or, if less, the
   aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by
   Lenders to Borrower and all other obligations together with interest
   thereon as prescribed in Section 1.5.  The date and amount of each
   Revolving Credit Advance and each payment of principal with respect
   thereto shall be recorded on the books and records of Agent, which books
   and records shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the
   information therein recorded.  The entire unpaid balance of the Revolving
   Credit Loan shall be immediately due and payable on the Commitment
   Termination Date.

             (b)  Term Loan.  Upon and subject to the terms and conditions
   hereof, each Lender having a Term Loan Commitment severally and not
   jointly agrees to make a term loan to Borrower on the Closing Date (all
   such term loans, collectively, being the "Term Loan") in the original
   principal amount of its Term Loan Commitment.  The Term Loan shall be
   evidenced by Term Notes substantially in the form of Exhibit D, and
   Borrower shall execute and deliver the same to each such Lender.

             The principal amount of the Term Loan shall be payable in
   sixteen (16) consecutive quarterly installments on the last day of March,
   June, September and December of each year, commencing September 30, 1996,
   in the following respective scheduled installments:

             Installments 1 through 4      $375,000 each;
             Installments 5 through 12     $500,000 each; and
             Installments 13 through 16    $625,000 each.

   Installment 16 shall be due and payable on June 30, 2000 and shall be in
   the amount of $625,000 or the then remaining principal balance of the Term
   Loan if different than such amount.  Amounts paid on the Term Loan may not
   be reborrowed.

             1.2 Letters of Credit.  Subject to the terms and conditions of
   Schedule B, Agent agrees to issue or guaranty Letters of Credit for the
   benefit of Borrower.

             1.3 Prepayment.  (a) In the event that the outstanding balance
   of the Revolving Credit Loan shall, at any time, exceed the lesser at such
   time of (i) the Maximum Revolving Credit Loan and (ii) the Borrowing Base
   less the outstanding amount of the Letter of Credit Obligations, Borrower
   shall immediately repay the Revolving Credit Loan in the amount of such
   excess.  In the event that the sum of the outstanding balance of the
   Revolving Credit Loan plus the Letter of Credit Obligations shall at any
   time exceed the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately repay the
   Revolving Credit Loan in the amount of such excess, together with the
   payment of any LIBOR breakage funding costs in accordance with Section
   1.13(c).

             (b)  Immediately upon receipt by Borrower of net proceeds (after
   deducting all expenses, including commissions, taxes payable, and amounts
   payable to holders of prior liens, if any, and an appropriate reserve for
   income taxes in connection therewith) of any asset disposition permitted
   by Section 6.8(ii) or (iii), Borrower shall prepay the Loans with such net
   proceeds (i) if such proceeds are Special Proceeds, in accordance with
   clause (f) below, and (ii) otherwise in accordance with clause (e) below,
   in each case together with the payment of any LIBOR breakage funding costs
   in accordance with Section 1.13(c).  As used in this Section 1.3(b),
   "Special Proceeds" shall mean (x) proceeds of the sale of Borrower's real
   estate located in Houston, Texas, and (y) proceeds (other than from sales
   of machinery, equipment or dies and other than from the sale of the real
   estate in Houston, Texas) not exceeding in the aggregate $500,000 per
   Fiscal Year on a noncumulative basis.

             (c)  In the event that Borrower receives proceeds from the
   issuance of any Stock after June 30, 1996, no later than the third
   Business Day following the date of receipt of such proceeds Borrower shall
   prepay the Loans in an amount equal to all such proceeds, net of
   underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs
   associated therewith, which prepayment shall be applied in accordance with
   clause (f) below, together with the payment of any LIBOR breakage funding
   costs in accordance with Section 1.13(c).

             (d)  Borrower shall have the right at any time on thirty (30)
   days' prior written notice to Agent to voluntarily prepay all or part of
   the Term Loan, and/or to voluntarily prepay all or part of the Revolving
   Credit Loan and in connection therewith permanently reduce or terminate
   the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment, provided that any such voluntary
   prepayment shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by
   Section 1.8(c), if any, plus the payment of any LIBOR funding breakage
   costs in accordance with Section 1.13(c).  Upon any such prepayment and
   permanent reduction or termination of the Revolving Credit Loan
   Commitment, Borrower's right to receive Revolving Credit Advances shall
   simultaneously terminate or be permanently reduced, as the case may be.

             (e)  Any prepayments required under clause (b) above to be
   applied under this clause (e) shall be applied in satisfaction of the
   Obligations as follows:

             (i)  First, to the Term Loan and accrued interest with respect
        thereto, to prepay scheduled installments of such Term Loan in
        inverse order of maturity until the Term Loan shall have been prepaid
        in full;

            (ii)  Second, to the principal amount of the Revolving Credit
        Loan outstanding and accrued interest with respect thereto until the
        same shall have been paid in full, and the Revolving Credit Loan
        Commitment shall automatically be permanently reduced by the amount
        of such prepayments;

           (iii)  Third, to cash collateralize the undrawn portion of any
        Letters of Credit; and

            (iv)  Fourth, to all remaining Obligations.

             (f)  Any prepayments required under clause (b) or (c) above to
   be applied under this clause (f) shall be applied in satisfaction of the
   Obligations as follows:

             (i) First, to the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan
        outstanding and accrued interest with respect thereto until the same
        shall have been paid in full;

             (ii) Second, to the Term Loan and accrued interest with respect
        thereto, to prepay scheduled installments of such Term Loan in
        inverse order of maturity until the Term Loan shall have been prepaid
        in full;

             (iii) Third, to cash collateralize the undrawn portion of any
        Letters of Credit; and

             (iv) Fourth, to all remaining Obligations.

             (g)  Any cash collateral required by this Section 1.3 shall be
   held by the Agent in a separate cash collateral account subject to the
   security interest and lien of the Security Agreement and the terms of
   Schedule B.  The Borrower shall have no access to such account.

             1.4 Use of Proceeds.   Borrower shall utilize the proceeds of
   Revolving Credit Advances solely for the Refinancing (and to pay any
   related transaction expenses) and for the financing of ordinary working
   capital and general corporate needs (but excluding in any event any direct
   or indirect redemption, purchase, repayment or defeasance of any Stock of
   Borrower. 

             1.5 Interest on Revolving Credit Loan.  (a)  Borrower shall pay
   interest to Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders in accordance with
   the various Loans being made by each Lender, in arrears on each applicable
   Interest Payment Date, at a rate equal to:  (A) with respect to the
   Revolving Credit Loan, the Index Rate plus the Applicable Margin, or, at
   the election of Borrower in accordance with Section 1.5(e), the applicable
   LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin, based on the amounts outstanding
   from time to time under the Revolving Credit Loan; and (B) with respect to
   the Term Loan, the Index Rate plus the Applicable Margin or, at the
   election of Borrower in accordance with Section 1.5(e), the applicable
   LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

             (b)  If any payment on the Revolving Credit Loan becomes due and
   payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be
   extended to the next succeeding Business Day (except as set forth in the
   definition of LIBOR Period) and, with respect to payments of principal,
   interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such
   extension.

             (c)  All computations of interest shall be made by Agent on the
   basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year, in each case for the
   actual number of days occurring in the period for which such interest is
   payable.  The Index Rate shall be determined as of the last day of each
   month and shall be in effect at such rate during the succeeding calendar
   month.  Each determination by Agent of an interest rate hereunder shall be
   conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error or bad
   faith.

             (d)  So long as any Event of Default shall have occurred and be
   continuing, and after written notice from Agent to Borrower, the interest
   rates applicable to the Revolving Credit Loan and any other Obligations
   shall be increased by two percent (2%) per annum above the rate of
   interest otherwise applicable hereunder ("Default Rate").

             (e)  Provided no Event of Default shall have occurred and be
   continuing, Borrower may elect by 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the third
   (3rd) Business Day prior to (i) the date of any proposed Revolving Credit
   Advance which is to bear interest at the LIBOR Rate, (ii) the end of each
   LIBOR Period with respect to any LIBOR Loans, or (iii) the date on which
   Borrower wishes to convert any Index Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan, to have
   all or some portion of the Revolving Credit Loan or the Term Loan bear
   interest at the LIBOR Rate for the next succeeding LIBOR Period as
   designated by Borrower in such election.  If no election is received with
   respect to a LIBOR Loan by 11:00 A.M. (Chicago time) on the third (3rd)
   Business Day prior to the end of the LIBOR Period with respect to such
   LIBOR Loan (or if a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and
   be continuing), such LIBOR Loan shall be converted to an Index Rate Loan
   at the end of the LIBOR Period.  Borrower shall make such election by
   notice to Agent in writing, by telecopy or overnight courier.  Borrower
   shall have the option to (1) convert at any time all or any part of the
   outstanding Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan equal to $1,000,000 and
   integral multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount from Loans bearing
   interest at a rate determined by reference to one basis to Loans bearing
   interest at a rate determined by reference to an alternative basis, or (2)
   upon the expiration of any LIBOR Period applicable to a LIBOR Loan, to
   continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to $1,000,000 and integral
   multiples of $500,000 in excess of that amount as a LIBOR Loan and the
   succeeding LIBOR Period(s) of such continued Loan shall commence on the
   last day of the LIBOR Period of the Loan to be continued; provided that
   LIBOR Loans may only be converted into Index Rate Loans on the expiration
   date of a LIBOR Period applicable thereto; and provided, further, that no
   outstanding Loan may be made or continued as, or be converted into, a
   LIBOR Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and
   provided, further, that no Loan may be made as converted into a LIBOR Loan
   until five (5) days after the Closing Date, and only two (2) LIBOR Periods
   shall be in effect at any one time for the Term Loan and not more than six
   (6) LIBOR Periods shall be in effect at any one time for the Revolving
   Credit Loan.

             (f)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this
   Section 1.5, if, at any time until payment in full of all of the
   Obligations, the rate of interest payable hereunder exceeds the highest
   rate of interest permissible under any law which a court of competent
   jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto (the
   "Maximum Lawful Rate"), then in such event and so long as the Maximum
   Lawful Rate would be so exceeded, the rate of interest payable hereunder
   shall be equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided, however, that if at
   any time thereafter the rate of interest payable hereunder is less than
   the Maximum Lawful Rate, Borrower shall continue to pay interest hereunder
   at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received
   by Agent, on behalf of Lenders, from the making of such advances hereunder
   is equal to the total interest which would have been received had the
   interest rate payable hereunder been (but for the operation of this
   paragraph) the interest rate payable since the Closing Date as otherwise
   provided in this Agreement.  Thereafter, the interest rate payable
   hereunder shall be the rate of interest provided in Sections 1.5(b)
   through (e) of this Agreement, unless and until the rate of interest again
   exceeds the Maximum Lawful Rate, in which event this paragraph shall again
   apply.  In no event shall the total interest received by any Lender
   pursuant to the terms hereof exceed the amount which such Lender could
   lawfully have received had the interest due hereunder been calculated for
   the full term hereof at the Maximum Lawful Rate.  In the event the Maximum
   Lawful Rate is calculated pursuant to this paragraph, such interest shall
   be calculated at a daily rate equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate divided by
   the number of days in the year in which such calculation is made.  In the
   event that a court of competent jurisdiction, notwithstanding the
   provisions of this Section 1.5 (f), shall make a final determination that
   a Lender has received interest hereunder or under any of the other Loan
   Documents in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, Agent shall, to the extent
   permitted by applicable law, promptly apply such excess first to any
   interest due and not yet paid hereunder in respect of the Loans, then to
   the outstanding principal of the Loans, then to Fees and any other unpaid
   Obligations and thereafter shall refund any excess to Borrower or as a
   court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise order.

             1.6 Eligible Accounts.  Based on the most recent Borrowing Base
   Certificate delivered by Borrower to Agent and on other information
   available to Agent, Agent shall determine which Accounts shall be deemed
   to be "Eligible Accounts" for purposes of determining the amounts, if any,
   to be advanced to Borrower under the Revolving Credit Loan.  In
   determining whether a particular Account constitutes an Eligible Account,
   Agent shall not include any such Account which meets any of the criteria
   set forth in Schedule C.

             1.7 Eligible Inventory.  Based on the most recent Borrowing
   Base Certificate delivered by Borrower to Agent and on other information
   available to Agent, Agent shall determine which Inventory shall be deemed
   to be "Eligible Inventory" for purposes of determining the amounts, if
   any, to be advanced to Borrower under the Revolving Credit Loan.  In
   determining whether any particular Inventory constitutes Eligible
   Inventory, Agent shall not include Inventory which meets any of the
   criteria set forth in Schedule D.

             1.8 Fees. (a) Borrower shall pay to GE Capital, individually,
   the fees specified in that certain Fee Letter, dated of even date herewith
   (the "GE Capital Fee Letter"), at the times specified for payment therein.


             (b)  As additional compensation for Lenders' costs and risks in
   making the Revolving Credit Loan available to Borrower, Borrower agrees to
   pay to Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, in arrears, on the first
   Business Day of each month prior to the Commitment Termination Date and on
   the Commitment Termination Date, a fee for Borrower's non-use of available
   funds (the "Non-use Fee") in an amount equal to one-half of one percent
   (1/2%) per annum (calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for actual
   days elapsed) of the difference between the respective daily averages of
   (i) the Maximum Revolving Credit Loan (as it may be adjusted from time to
   time hereunder) and (ii) the amount of the Revolving Credit Loan
   outstanding during the period for which the Non-Use Fee is due.

             (c)  Except as set forth in Section 1.3(d) above, if, prior to
   July 1, 1998, Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans, Borrower shall pay to
   the Agent, for the benefit of Lenders as liquidated damages and
   compensation for the costs of being prepared to make funds available to
   Borrower hereunder an amount determined by multiplying (i) in the case of
   a prepayment of the Term Loan on or before June 30, 1997, two percent (2%)
   by the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan at the
   date of such prepayment (or, in the case of a partial prepayment, by the
   amount so prepaid) and (ii) in the case of a permanent prepayment of the
   Term Loan after June 30, 1997 and on or before June 30, 1998, one percent
   (1%) by the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans at
   the date of such prepayment (or, in the case of a partial prepayment, by
   the amount so prepaid).

             1.9 Cash Management Systems; Daily Sweep.  On or prior to the 
   Closing Date, Borrower will establish and will maintain until the
   Termination Date, the cash management systems described on Schedule E. 
   The Revolving Credit Loan shall be repaid at the close of each Business
   Day to the extent of the balance in the Collection Account as more fully
   described on Schedule E.

             1.10     Receipt of Payments.  Borrower shall make each payment
   under this Agreement not later than noon (Chicago time) on the day when
   due in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately
   available funds to the Collection Account.  For purposes of computing
   interest and fees and determining the amount of funds available for
   borrowing by Borrower pursuant to Section 1.1(a), (a) all payments
   (including cash sweeps) consisting of cash, wire or electronic transfers
   in immediately available funds shall be deemed received on the date of
   deposit thereof in the Collection Account and notice to Agent of such
   deposit before the time specified above, and (b) all payments consisting
   of checks, drafts, or similar non-cash items shall be deemed received on
   the day of receipt of good funds following deposit of any such payment in
   the Collection Account and notice to Agent of such deposit.

             1.11     Application and Allocation of Payments.  Borrower
   hereby irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and
   all payments at any time or times hereafter received from or on behalf of
   Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees that Agent shall have the
   continuing exclusive right to apply any and all such payments against the
   then due and payable Obligations of Borrower, to cash collateralize the
   undrawn portion of any Letters of Credit, and in repayment of the
   Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loans as Agent may deem advisable
   notwithstanding any previous entry by Agent upon the Loan Account or any
   other books and records.  In the absence of a specific determination by
   Agent with respect thereto, the same shall be applied in the following
   order: (i) to then due and payable expenses of the Agent and to then due
   and payable Fees; (ii) to then due and payable interest payments on the
   Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loan; (iii) to principal payments on the
   Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loan; (iv) to cash collateralize the
   undrawn portion of any Letters of Credit, and (v) to all other then due
   and payable Obligations.  Agent is authorized to, and at its option may,
   make or cause to be made Revolving Credit Advances on behalf of Borrower
   for payment of all Fees, expenses, Charges, costs, principal, interest, or
   other Obligations owing by Borrower under this Agreement or any of the
   other Loan Documents if and to the extent Borrower fails to promptly pay
   any such amounts as and when due, even if such Revolving Credit Advance
   would cause total Revolving Credit Advances to exceed Borrowing
   Availability or the Maximum Revolving Credit Loan amount.  At Agent's
   option and to the extent permitted by law, any advances so made shall be
   deemed Revolving Credit Advances constituting part of the Revolving Credit
   Loan hereunder.  Any cash collateral required by this Section 1.11 shall
   be held by the Agent in a separate cash collateral account subject to the
   security interest and lien of the Security Agreement and the terms of
   Schedule B.  The Borrower shall have no access to such account.

             1.12     Loan Account and Accounting.  Agent shall maintain a
   loan account (the "Loan Account") on its books to record: (a) all
   Revolving Credit Advances and the Term Loan, (b) all payments made by
   Borrower, and (c) all other appropriate debits and credits as provided in
   this Agreement with respect to the Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loan or
   any other Obligations.  All entries in the Loan Account shall be made in
   accordance with Agent's customary accounting practices as in effect from
   time to time.  Borrower shall pay all Obligations as such amounts become
   due or are declared due pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

             The balance in the Loan Account, as recorded on Agent's most
   recent printout or other written statement, shall be presumptive evidence
   of the amounts due and owing to Agent and Lenders by Borrower; provided,
   that, any failure to so record or any error in so recording shall not
   limit or otherwise affect Borrower's obligations to pay the Obligations. 
   Agent shall render to Borrower a monthly accounting of transactions under
   the Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loans setting forth the balance of the
   Loan Account.  Each and every such accounting shall (absent manifest
   error) be deemed final, binding and conclusive upon Borrower in all
   respects as to all matters reflected therein, unless Borrower, within
   thirty (30) days after the date any such accounting is rendered, shall
   notify Agent in writing of any objection which Borrower may have to any
   such accounting, describing the basis for such objection with specificity. 
   In that event, only those items expressly objected to in such notice shall
   be deemed to be disputed by Borrower.

             1.13     Indemnity. (a) Borrower shall jointly and severally
   indemnify and hold each of Agent, Lenders, their respective Affiliates,
   and each such Person's respective officers, directors, employees,
   attorneys, agents and representatives (each, an "Indemnified Person"),
   harmless from and against any and all suits, actions, proceedings, claims,
   damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys' fees and
   disbursements and other costs of investigation or defense, including those
   incurred upon any appeal) which may be instituted or asserted against or
   incurred by any such Indemnified Person as the result of credit having
   been extended under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in
   connection with or arising out of the transactions contemplated hereunder
   and thereunder or any actions or failures to act in connection therewith,
   including any and all Environmental Liabilities and Costs; provided, that
   Borrower shall not be liable for any indemnification to such Indemnified
   Person to the extent that any such suit, action, proceeding, claim,
   damage, loss, liability or expense results solely from such Indemnified
   Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct, as finally determined by
   a court of competent jurisdiction after all possible appeals have been
   exhausted.  NEITHER AGENT, ANY LENDER, NOR ANY OTHER INDEMNIFIED PERSON
   SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY HERETO, ANY SUCCESSOR,
   ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF SUCH PERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON
   ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE,
   EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF
   CREDIT HAVING BEEN EXTENDED OR TERMINATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE
   OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

             (b)  Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Agent (i) is
   not now, and has not ever been, in control of any of the Real Estate or
   Borrower's affairs, and (ii) does not have the capacity through the
   provisions of the Loan Documents to influence Borrower's conduct with
   respect to the ownership, operation or management of any of its Real
   Estate.

             (c)  Borrower understands that in connection with Lenders'
   arranging to provide the LIBOR Rate interest option with respect to the
   Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loans from time to time at the option of
   Borrower on the terms provided herein, Lenders may enter into funding
   arrangements with third parties ("Funding Arrangements") on terms and con-
   ditions which could result in losses to such Lenders if such LIBOR Rate
   funds do not remain outstanding at the interest rates provided herein for
   the entire LIBOR Period with respect to which the LIBOR Rate has been
   fixed.  Consequently, in order to induce Lenders to provide such LIBOR
   Rate option on the terms provided herein and in consideration of Lenders
   entering into such Funding Arrangements from time to time, if any LIBOR
   Loans are repaid in whole or in part prior to the last day of any such
   LIBOR Period therefor (whether such repayment is made pursuant to any
   provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or is the result of
   acceleration, by operation of law or otherwise), Borrower shall indemnify
   and hold harmless each Lender from and against and in respect of any and
   all losses, costs and expenses resulting from, or arising out of or
   imposed upon or incurred by such Lender by reason of the liquidation or
   reemployment of funds acquired or committed to be acquired by such Lender
   to fund such LIBOR Loans pursuant to the Funding Arrangements.  The amount
   of any losses, costs or expenses resulting in an obligation of Borrower to
   make a payment pursuant to the foregoing sentence shall not include any
   losses attributable to lost profit to Lenders but shall represent the
   excess, if any, of (A) such Lender's cost of borrowing the LIBOR Rate
   funds pursuant to the Funding Arrangements over (B) the return to such
   Lender on its reinvestment of such funds; provided, however, that if any
   Lender terminates any Funding Arrangements in respect of the LIBOR Loans,
   the amount of such losses, costs and expenses shall include the cost to
   such Lender of such termination.  In reinvesting any funds borrowed by any
   Lender pursuant to the Funding Arrangements, such Lender shall take into
   consideration the remaining maturity of such borrowings.  As promptly as
   practicable under the circumstances, each Lender shall provide Borrower
   with its written calculation of all amounts payable pursuant to the next
   preceding sentence, and such calculation shall be binding on the parties
   hereto unless Borrower shall object thereto in writing within ten (10)
   Business Days of receipt thereof.

             1.14     Access.  (a) Borrower shall provide full access during
   normal business hours, from time to time upon three (3) Business Days'
   prior notice, to Agent and any of its officers, employees and agents, as
   frequently as Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, to be
   appropriate (unless a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
   be continuing, in which event Agent and its officers, employees,
   designees, agents and representatives shall have access at any and all
   times and without any advance notice), to the properties, facilities,
   books, records, suppliers, customers, advisors and employees (including
   officers) of Borrower, to the Collateral, to the accountants (including
   Arthur Andersen LLP) of Borrower and to the work papers of such
   accountants, if available.  Without limiting the generality of the
   foregoing, Borrower shall (i) permit Agent, and any of its officers,
   employees, agents and representatives, to inspect, audit and make extracts
   from all of Borrower's records, files and books of account and (ii) permit
   Agent, and any of its officers, employees, agents and representatives, to
   inspect, review and evaluate the Accounts and Inventory at Borrower's
   locations and at premises not owned by or leased to Borrower.  Borrower
   shall make available to Agent and its counsel, as quickly as is possible
   under the circumstances, originals or copies of all books, records, board
   minutes, contracts, insurance policies, environmental audits, business
   plans, files, financial statements (actual and pro forma), filings with
   federal, state and local regulatory agencies, and other instruments and
   documents which Agent may request.  Borrower shall deliver any document or
   instrument necessary for Agent, as it may from time to time request, to
   obtain records from any service bureau or other Person which maintains
   records for Borrower, and shall maintain records or supporting
   documentation on media, including computer tapes and discs owned by
   Borrower.  Borrower shall instruct their certified public accountants to
   make available to Agent such information and records as Agent may request.

             (b)  A fee of $400 per day per individual (plus all out-of-
   pocket costs and expenses) in connection with Agent's field examinations
   permitted under Section 1.14(a) above and Section 4(c) of the Security
   Agreement shall be charged against the Revolving Credit Facility in
   connection with each field audit conducted after the Closing Date.

             1.15     Taxes. (a)  Any and all payments by Borrower hereunder
   or under the Revolving Credit Notes or Term Notes shall be made, in
   accordance with this Section 1.15, free and clear of and without deduction
   for any and all present or future Taxes.  If Borrower shall be required by
   law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder or
   under the Revolving Credit Notes or Term Notes, (i) the sum payable shall
   be increased as much as shall be necessary so that after making all
   required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums
   payable under this Section 1.15) Agent or Lenders, as applicable, receive
   an amount equal to the sum they would have received had no such deductions
   been made, (ii) Borrower shall make such deductions, and (iii) Borrower
   shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxing or other
   authority in accordance with applicable law.

             (b)  Borrower shall indemnify and pay, within ten (10) days of
   demand therefor, Agent and each Lender for the full amount of Taxes
   (including any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under
   this Section 1.15) paid by Agent or such Lender, as appropriate, and any
   liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising therefrom
   or with respect thereto.

             (c)  Within thirty (30) days after the date of any payment of
   Taxes, Borrower shall furnish to Agent, at its address referred to in
   Section 11.10, the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing
   payment thereof.

             1.16     Capital Adequacy; Increased Costs; Illegality.  (a) 
   In the event that any Lender shall have determined that the adoption after
   the date hereof of any law, treaty, governmental (or quasi-governmental)
   rule, regulation, guideline or order regarding capital adequacy, reserve
   requirements or similar requirements or compliance by any Lender with any
   request or directive regarding capital adequacy, reserve requirements or
   similar requirements (whether or not having the force of law and whether
   or not failure to comply therewith would be unlawful) from any central
   bank or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction has the effect of
   increasing the amount of capital, reserves or other funds required to be
   maintained by such Lender and thereby reducing the rate of return on such
   Lender's capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder, then
   Borrower shall from time to time within fifteen (15) days after notice and
   demand on Borrower by such Lender (together with the certificate referred
   to in the next sentence and with a copy to Agent) pay to Agent, for the
   account of such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such
   Lender for such reduction.  A certificate as to the amount of such cost
   and showing the basis of the computation of such cost submitted by such
   Lender to Borrower and Agent shall, absent manifest error, be final,
   conclusive and binding for all purposes, unless Borrower within ten (10)
   days after demand for payment of such additional amount(s) shall notify
   Agent and such Lender in writing of any objection which Borrower may have
   to such computation, describing the basis for such objection with
   specificity.  In that event, only those items expressly objected to in
   such notice shall be deemed to be disputed by Borrower.  Such Lender's
   determination, based upon the facts available, of the computation shall
   (absent manifest error) be final, binding and conclusive on Borrower.

             (b)  If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in
   or in the judicial or governmental interpretation of any law or regulation
   or (ii) the compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank
   or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law),
   there shall be any increase in the cost to any Lender of agreeing to make
   or making, funding or maintaining of any Loan, then Borrower shall from
   time to time, within fifteen (15) days after notice and demand by such
   Lender (with a copy of such demand to Agent), pay to Agent for the account
   of such Lender additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender for
   such increased cost.  A certificate as to the amount of such increased
   cost, submitted to Borrower and Agent by such Lender, shall be conclusive
   and binding on Borrower for all purposes, absent manifest error, unless
   Borrower within ten (10) days after demand for payment of such additional
   amount(s) shall notify Agent and such Lender in writing of any objection
   which Borrower may have to such computation, describing the basis for such
   objection with specificity.  In that event, only those items expressly
   objected to in such notice shall be deemed to be disputed by Borrower. 
   Such Lender's determination, based upon the facts available, of the
   computation shall (absent manifest error) be final, binding and conclusive
   on Borrower.  Each Lender agrees that, as promptly as practicable after it
   becomes aware of any circumstances referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above
   which would result in any such increased cost to such Lender, such Lender
   shall, to the extent not inconsistent with such Lender's internal policies
   of general application, use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize
   costs and expenses incurred by it and payable to it by Borrower pursuant
   to this Section 1.16(b).

             (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
   if the introduction of or any change in or in the judicial or governmental
   interpretation of any law or regulation shall make it unlawful, or any
   central bank or other Governmental Authority shall assert that it is
   unlawful, for any Lender to agree to make or to make or to continue to
   fund or maintain any LIBOR Loan, then, unless such Lender is able to agree
   to make or to make or to continue to fund or to maintain such LIBOR Loan
   at another branch or office of such Lender without, in such Lender's
   opinion, adversely affecting it or its Loans or the income obtained
   therefrom, on notice thereof and demand therefor by such Lender to
   Borrower through Agent, (i) the obligation of such Lender to agree to make
   or to make or to continue to fund or maintain LIBOR Loans shall terminate
   and (ii) on the last day of each LIBOR Period applicable thereto, Borrower
   shall prepay in full all outstanding LIBOR Loans or convert such LIBOR
   Loans into Index Rate Loans.

             (d)  Upon the Agent obtaining actual knowledge of the occurrence
   of any of the events set forth in this Section 1.16, Agent shall promptly
   notify Borrower of the occurrence of such event.  Borrower shall have the
   right within five (5) days of receipt of such notice to convert any
   outstanding LIBOR Loans to Index Rate Loans.

             (e)  Foreign Lenders.  Each Lender organized under the laws of a
   jurisdiction outside the United States (a "Foreign Lender") as to which
   payments to be made under this Agreement or under the Notes are exempt
   from United States withholding tax or are subject to United States
   withholding tax at a reduced rate under an applicable statute or tax
   treaty shall provide to Borrower and Agent a properly completed and
   executed Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 or Form 1001 or other
   applicable form, certificate or document prescribed by the Internal
   Revenue Service or the United States certifying as to such Foreign
   Lender's entitlement to such exemption or reduced rate or withholding with
   respect to payments to be made to such Foreign Lender under this Agreement
   and under the Notes (a "Certificate of Exemption").  Prior to becoming a
   Lender under this Agreement and within fifteen (15) days after a
   reasonable written request of Borrower or Agent from time to time
   thereafter, each Foreign Lender that becomes a Lender under this Agreement
   shall provide a Certificate of Exemption to Borrower and Agent.  No Person
   may become a Lender hereunder if such Person is unable to deliver a
   Certificate of Exemption.

             If a Foreign Lender does not provide a Certificate of Exemption
   to Borrower and Agent within the time periods set forth in the preceding
   paragraph, Borrower shall withhold taxes from payments to such Foreign
   Lender at the applicable statutory rate and Borrower shall not be required
   to pay any additional amounts as a result of such withholding; provided,
   however, that all such withholding shall cease upon delivery by such
   Foreign Lender of a Certificate of Exemption to Borrower and Agent.

   2.   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

             2.1 Conditions to the Initial Loans.

             Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and
   without affecting in any manner the rights of Agent and Lenders hereunder,
   Borrower shall have no rights under this Agreement (but shall have all
   applicable obligations hereunder), and no Lender shall be obligated to
   make any Loan on the Closing Date, or to take, fulfill, or perform any
   other action hereunder, until the following conditions have been
   satisfied, in Agent's sole discretion, or waived in writing by Agent:

             (a)  Credit Agreement.  This Agreement or counterparts hereof
   shall have been duly executed by, and delivered to, Borrower, Agent and
   Lenders.

             (b)  Loan Documents.  Agent shall have received such documents,
   instruments, agreements and legal opinions as Agent shall request in
   connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
   other Loan Documents, including all documents, instruments, agreements and
   legal opinions listed in the Schedule of Documents attached hereto as
   Schedule F, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

             (c)  Repayment of Prior Loans.  A pay-off letter(s) satisfactory
   to Agent confirming that all of the Prior Lender Obligations will be
   repaid in full from the proceeds of the initial Revolving Credit Advance
   and Term Loan or otherwise terminated and all Liens upon any of the
   property of Borrower in favor of Prior Lender shall be terminated by Prior
   Lender immediately upon such payment or termination.

             (d)  Governmental Approvals.  Evidence satisfactory to Agent
   that Borrower has obtained consents and acknowledgments of all Persons
   whose consents and acknowledgments may be required, including, but not
   limited to, all requisite Governmental Authorities, to the terms, and to
   the execution and delivery, of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents
   and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

             (e)  Insurance.  Evidence satisfactory to Agent that the
   insurance policies provided for in Section 3.21 and Schedule 3.21 are in
   full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss
   payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements, as requested by
   Agent, in favor of Agent, on behalf of Lenders, and in form and substance
   satisfactory to Agent.

             (f)  Opening Availability.  The Eligible Accounts and Eligible
   Inventory supporting the initial Revolving Credit Advance and the amount
   of the reserves to be established on the Closing Date shall be sufficient
   in value, as determined by Agent, to provide Borrower with excess
   Borrowing Availability, after giving effect to the initial Revolving
   Credit Advance, the Term Loan, the amount of any Letter of Credit
   Obligations under the Revolving Credit Loan and any initial Letter of
   Credit Obligations (on a pro forma basis and without any deterioration in
   trade payables) of at least $1,000,000.

             (g)  Payment of Fees.  Payment by Borrower to GE Capital of the
   fees required to be paid on the Closing Date in the respective amounts
   specified in GE Capital Fee Letter.

             (h)  Officer's Certificate.  Agent shall have received duly
   executed originals of a certificate of the chief executive officer and the
   Financial Officer of Borrower, dated the Closing Date, stating that since
   December 30, 1994, to the best of their knowledge and belief, after due
   inquiry (i) there has been no material adverse change in the business,
   results of operations, financial condition or prospects of Borrower or the
   industries in which Borrower operates; (ii) no litigation other than as
   disclosed on Schedule 3.15 has been commenced which, if successful, would
   have a Material Adverse Effect or could challenge any of the transactions
   contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (iii) there
   have been no dividends or other distributions to Borrower's stockholders;
   and (iv) there has been no material increase in liabilities, liquidated or
   contingent, and no material decrease in assets of Borrower.

             (i)  Accountants Letters.  Agent, on behalf of Lenders, shall
   have received a letter satisfactory in form and substance to Agent signed
   by Borrower's independent certified public accountants, acknowledging that
   Agent and Lenders are entitled to rely upon such accountant's
   certification of Borrower's financial statements.

             (j)  Compliance with Laws.  Agent shall have received evidence
   satisfactory to Agent and its counsel that Borrower is in compliance in
   all material respects, with all applicable foreign, federal, state and
   local laws and regulations, including those relating to labor and
   environmental matters and ERISA.

             (k)  Waivers.  Agent, on behalf of Lenders, shall have received
   landlord waivers and consents, bailee letters and mortgagee agreements in
   form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in each case as required
   pursuant to Section 5.11.  In the event Borrower is unable to obtain a
   landlord waiver and consent, bailee letter and/or mortgage agreement
   acceptable to Agent as to any such location on or before the Closing Date,
   Eligible Inventory at that location shall be subject to a reserve
   established by Agent in accordance with Section 5.11.

             (l)  Mortgages.  Mortgages covering all of the Real Estate other
   than Borrower's regional sales office facilities not co-located with a
   manufacturing facility (the "Mortgaged Properties") together with: (a)
   copies of existing title insurance policies, as-built surveys, zoning
   letters and certificates of occupancy, the contents of which are in each
   case satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion; (b) evidence that
   counterparts of the Mortgages have been recorded in all places to the
   extent necessary or desirable, in the judgment of Agent, to create a valid
   and enforceable first priority lien (subject to Permitted Encumbrances) on
   each Mortgaged Property in favor of Agent for the benefit of itself and
   Lenders (or in favor of such other trustee as may be required or desired
   under local law); and (c) an opinion of counsel in each state in which any
   Mortgaged Property is located in form and substance and from counsel
   satisfactory to Agent.

             (m)  Other Indebtedness.  The terms and conditions of all
   long-term debt of Borrower shall be acceptable to Agent, in its sole
   discretion, and Agent and Lenders shall have received any and all
   subordination and/or intercreditor agreements, all in form and substance
   reasonably satisfactory to Agent, in its sole discretion, as Agent shall
   have deemed necessary or appropriate with respect to such indebtedness.

             (n)  Environmental Reports.  Agent shall have received copies of
   existing environmental review and audit reports with respect to the
   properties of Borrower and Agent shall be satisfied, in its sole
   discretion, with the contents of all such environmental reports.

             (o)  Audited Financials.  Agent shall have received Borrower's
   most recent draft financial statements prepared by Arthur Andersen LLP.

             (p)  Real Estate Appraisals.  Agent shall have received copies
   of existing real estate appraisals of the Real Estate owned by Borrower
   and shall be satisfied with the contents thereof in its sole discretion.

             (q)  Financial Condition.  Borrower shall have provided Agent
   with their current operating statements, a consolidated balance sheet and
   statement of cash flows, and projections, and a Borrowing Base Certificate
   certified by Borrower's Financial Officer for each Division, in each case
   in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, and Agent shall be satisfied,
   in its sole discretion, with all of the foregoing, including:

                  (i)  the Pro Forma as of the Closing Date in accordance
        with Section 3.4 hereof;

                 (ii)  Projections in accordance with Section 3.4 hereof;

                (iii)  Borrower's most recent audited and unaudited financial
        statements; and

                 (iv)  a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer and/or
        the Financial Officer of Borrower, based on such Pro Forma,
        Projections and financial statements, to the effect that (A) Borrower
        will be Solvent upon the consummation of the transactions
        contemplated herein; (B) the Pro Forma fairly presents the financial
        condition of Borrower as of the date thereof after giving effect to
        the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (C) the
        Projections are reasonable estimates of the future financial
        performance of the Borrower subsequent to the date thereof based upon
        the historical performance of the Borrower; and (D) containing such
        other statements with respect to the solvency of Borrower and matters
        related thereto as the Agent shall request.

             2.2 Further Conditions to Each Revolving Credit Advance.  It
   shall be a further condition to the Term Loan, to the initial and each
   subsequent Revolving Credit Advance and to the incurrence of the initial
   and any subsequent Letter of Credit Obligations that the following
   statements shall be true on the date of each such advance or funding, as
   the case may be:

             (a)  All of Borrower's representations and warranties contained
   herein or in any of the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct on
   and as of the Closing Date and the date on which each Revolving Credit
   Advance is made (or Letter of Credit Obligation is incurred) as though
   made on and as of such date, except to the extent that any such
   representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date and except
   for changes therein expressly permitted or expressly contemplated by this
   Agreement.

             (b)  No Material Adverse Effect shall have occurred since the
   date hereof.

             (c)  No event shall have occurred and be continuing, or would
   result from the making of any Revolving Credit Advance (or the incurrence
   of any Letter of Credit Obligations), which constitutes or would
   constitute a Default or an Event of Default.

             (d)  After giving effect to each Revolving Credit Advance (or
   Letter of Credit Obligations) the aggregate principal amount of the
   Revolving Credit Loan shall not exceed the maximum amount permitted by
   Section 1.3(a) without requiring that a payment be made to Agent or any
   Lender.

   The request and acceptance by Borrower of the proceeds of the Term Loan or
   any Revolving Credit Advance or the incurrence of any Letter of Credit
   Obligations shall be deemed to constitute, as of the date of such request
   or acceptance, (i) a representation and warranty by Borrower that the
   conditions in this Section 2.2 have been satisfied and (ii) a
   reaffirmation by Borrower of the granting and continuance of Agent's
   Liens, on behalf of itself and Lenders, pursuant to the Collateral
   Documents.

   3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

             To induce Lenders to make the Revolving Credit Loan and Term
   Loan and to incur Letter of Credit Obligations, Borrower makes the
   following representations and warranties to Agent and each Lender, each
   and all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this
   Agreement:

             3.1 Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law.  Borrower (i) is
   a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
   the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has been duly qualified
   to conduct business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction
   where its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business
   requires such qualification; (ii) has the requisite corporate power and
   authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage or otherwise
   encumber and operate its properties, to lease the property it operates
   under lease and to conduct its business as now, heretofore and proposed to
   be conducted; (iii) has all licenses, permits, consents or approvals from
   or by, and has made all filings with, and has given all notices to, all
   Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction, to the extent required for
   such ownership, operation and conduct; (iv) is in compliance with its
   certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws; and (v) is in
   compliance with all applicable provisions of law.

             3.2 Executive Offices.  The current location of Borrower's
   chief executive office and principal place of business is set forth in
   Schedule 3.2 and, as of the Closing Date, none of such locations have
   changed within the past six (6) months.

             3.3 Corporate Power, Authorization, Enforceable Obligations. 
   The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents
   and all other instruments and documents to be delivered by Borrower, and
   the creation of all Liens provided for therein: (i) are within Borrower's
   corporate power; (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary or proper
   corporate and shareholder action; (iii) are not in contravention of any
   provision of Borrower's certificate or articles or incorporation or
   bylaws; (iv) will not violate any law or regulation, or any order or
   decree of any court or governmental instrumentality; (v) will not conflict
   with or result in the breach or termination of, constitute a default under
   or accelerate any performance required by, any indenture, mortgage, deed
   of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to which Borrower is a
   party or by which Borrower or any of its property is bound; (vi) will not
   result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the property
   of Borrower other than those in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and
   Lenders, all pursuant to the Loan Documents; and (vii) do not require the
   consent or approval of any Governmental Authority or any other Person,
   except those referred to in Section 2.1(d), all of which will have been
   duly obtained, made or complied with prior to the Closing Date.  On or
   prior to the Closing Date, each of the Loan Documents shall have been duly
   executed and delivered for the benefit of or on behalf of Borrower, and
   each Loan Document shall then constitute a legal, valid and binding
   obligation of Borrower enforceable against it in accordance with its
   terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency
   or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or by
   application of general principles of equity.

             3.4 Financial Statements and Projections.  All financial
   statements (the "Financial Statements"), except for the Projections,
   concerning Borrower which are referenced below have been prepared in
   accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods involved
   (except as disclosed therein and except, with respect to unaudited
   financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and normal year-end
   audit adjustments) and, to the best of Borrower's knowledge and belief
   after due inquiry, do present fairly in all material respects the
   financial condition of the corporations covered thereby as at the dates
   thereof and the results of their operations for the periods then ended.

             (a)  The following financial statements attached hereto as
   Schedule 3.4(A) have been delivered on the date hereof:

             (i)  The audited balance sheet at December 31, 1993 and related
        statement of income, certified by Arthur Andersen LLP and the draft
        audited balance sheet at December 31, 1994 and related statement of
        income prepared by Arthur Andersen LLP. 

            (ii)  The unaudited balance sheet at March 31, 1995 and the
        related statement of income for the Fiscal Quarter then ended.

             (b)  Pro Forma.  The Pro Forma delivered on the date hereof and
   attached hereto as Schedule 3.4(B) was prepared by Borrower based on the
   unaudited balance sheet of March 31, 1995 and was prepared in accordance
   with GAAP, with only such adjustments thereto as would be required in
   accordance with GAAP.

             (c)  Projections.  The Projections delivered on the date hereof
   and attached hereto as Schedule 3.4(C) have been prepared by Borrower in
   light of past operations of its business, and reflect projections for the
   three-year period beginning on January 1, 1995 on a quarter-by-quarter
   basis for the first year and on a year-by- year basis thereafter.  The
   Projections represent as of the date hereof the good faith and reasonable
   estimates of the future financial performance of Borrower based on its
   historical performance (it being understood that such Projections are not
   warranties of future performance).

             3.5 Collateral Reports.  Borrower has delivered the Collateral
   Reports identified on Schedule H and each such Collateral Report complies
   with the description thereof contained on Schedule H.

             3.6 Material Adverse Effect.  Since December 31, 1994, Borrower
   has not incurred any obligations, contingent liabilities, or liabilities
   for Charges, long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments
   which are not reflected in the pro forma balance sheet of Borrower and
   which could, alone or in the aggregate, have or result in a Material
   Adverse Effect.  No Material Adverse Effect has occurred between December
   31, 1994 and the Closing Date.    

             3.7 Ownership of Property; Liens.  (a) Except as described on
   Schedule 3.7, the real estate ("Real Estate") listed on Schedule 3.7
   constitutes all of the real property owned, leased, or used in its
   business by Borrower.  Borrower (i) owns good and marketable fee simple
   title to all of its owned real estate, and valid and marketable leasehold
   interests in all of its Leases (both as lessor and lessee, sublessee or
   assignee), all as described on Schedule 3.7, and (ii) good and marketable
   title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its other properties and
   assets, and none of the properties and assets of Borrower are subject to
   any Liens, except Permitted Encumbrances; and Borrower has received all
   deeds, assignments, waivers, consents, non-disturbance and recognition or
   similar agreements, bills of sale and other documents, and duly effected
   all recordings, filings and other actions necessary to establish, protect
   and perfect Borrower's right, title and interest in and to all such real
   estate and other assets or property.  Except as described on Schedule 3.7,
   (i) neither Borrower nor any other party to any such Lease described on
   Schedule 3.7 is in default of its obligations thereunder or has delivered
   or received any notice of default under any such Lease, and no event has
   occurred which, with the giving of notice, the passage of time or both,
   would constitute a default under any such Lease; (ii) Borrower does not
   own or hold nor is obligated under or a party to, any option, right of
   first refusal or any other contractual right to purchase, acquire, sell,
   assign or dispose of any real property owned or leased by Borrower except
   as set forth therein; and (iii) no portion of any real property owned or
   leased by Borrower has suffered any material damage by fire or other
   casualty loss or a Release which has not heretofore been completely
   repaired and restored to its original condition or is being remedied.  All
   permits required to have been issued or appropriate to enable the real
   property owned or leased by Borrower to be lawfully occupied and used for
   all of the purposes for which they are currently occupied and used, have
   been lawfully issued and are, as of the date hereof, in full force and
   effect.

             3.8 Restrictions; No Default.  No contract, lease, agreement or
   other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its
   properties or assets is bound or affected and no provision of applicable
   law or governmental regulation has or results in a Material Adverse
   Effect, or could have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Borrower is
   not in default, and to Borrower's knowledge no third party is in default,
   under or with respect to any material contract, agreement, lease or other
   instrument to which it is a party.

             3.9 Labor Matters.  No strikes or other labor disputes against
   Borrower are pending or, to Borrower's knowledge, threatened.  Hours
   worked by and payment made to employees of Borrower have not been in
   violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable federal,
   state, local or foreign law dealing with such matters.  All payments due
   from Borrower on account of employee health and welfare insurance have
   been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Borrower.  Except as
   set forth in Schedule 3.9, Borrower has no obligations under any
   collective bargaining agreement, management agreement, consulting
   agreement or any material employment agreement.  There is no organizing
   activity involving Borrower pending or, to Borrower's knowledge,
   threatened by any labor union or group of employees.  Except as set forth
   in Schedule 3.9, there are no representation proceedings pending or, to
   Borrower's knowledge, threatened with the National Labor Relations Board,
   and no labor organization or group of employees of Borrower has made a
   pending demand for recognition.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.9,
   there are no complaints or charges against Borrower pending or threatened
   to be filed with any federal, state, local or foreign court, governmental
   agency or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or
   otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment by
   Borrower of any individual.

             3.10     Ventures, Subsidiaries and Affiliates; Outstanding
   Stock and Indebtedness.  Borrower has no Subsidiaries, is not engaged in
   any joint venture or partnership with any other Person, and, except as set
   forth on Schedule 3.10, is not an Affiliate of any other Person.  Borrower
   previously has furnished Agent the identity of each Shareholder known by
   Borrower to own or control all the issued and outstanding Stock of
   Borrower. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.10, there are no outstanding
   rights to purchase, options, warrants or similar rights or agreements
   pursuant to which Borrower may be required to issue or sell any Stock or
   other equity security.  As of the Closing Date, all outstanding
   Indebtedness of Borrower is described in Section 6.3 (including Schedule
   6.3).

             3.11     Government Regulation.  Borrower is not an "investment
   company" or an "affiliated person" of, or "promoter" or "principal
   underwriter" for, an "investment company," as such terms are defined in
   the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended.  Borrower is not subject to
   regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the
   Federal Power Act, or any other federal or state statute that restricts or
   limits its ability to incur Indebtedness or to perform its obligations
   hereunder, and the making of the Revolving Credit Advances and Term Loan
   by Lenders, the incurrence of the Letter of Credit Obligations, the
   application of the proceeds thereof and repayment thereof by Borrower and
   the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
   the other Loan Documents will not violate any provision of any such
   statute or any rule, regulation or order issued by the Securities and
   Exchange Commission.

             3.12     Margin Regulations.  Borrower is not engaged, nor will
   it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the
   business of extending credit for the purpose of "purchasing" or "carrying"
   any "margin security" as such term is defined in Regulation U or G of the
   Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve
   Board") as now and from time to time hereafter in effect (such securities
   being referred to herein as "Margin Stock").  Borrower does not own any
   Margin Stock, and the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Advances and Term
   Loan will not be used, directly or indirectly, for the purpose of
   purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock, for the purpose of reducing or
   retiring any indebtedness which was originally incurred to purchase or
   carry any Margin Stock or for any other purpose which might cause any of
   the loans or other extensions of credit under this Agreement to be
   considered a "purpose credit" within the meaning of Regulation G, T, U or
   X of the Federal Reserve Board.

             3.13     Taxes.  All federal, state, local and foreign tax
   returns, reports and statements, including, but not limited to,
   information returns required to be filed by Borrower have been filed with
   the appropriate Governmental Authority and all Charges and other
   impositions shown thereon to be due and payable have been paid prior to
   the date on which any fine, penalty, interest or late charge may be added
   thereto for nonpayment thereof (or any such fine, penalty, interest, late
   charge or loss has been paid), and Borrower has paid when due and payable
   all Charges required to be paid by it excluding, in each case, Charges or
   other amounts being contested in accordance with Section 5.2(b).  Proper
   and accurate amounts have been withheld by Borrower from its respective
   employees for all periods in full and complete compliance with the tax,
   social security and unemployment withholding provisions of applicable
   federal, state, local and foreign law and such withholdings have been
   timely paid to the respective Governmental Authorities.  Schedule 3.13
   sets forth as of the Closing Date those taxable years for which Borrower's
   tax returns are currently being audited by the IRS or any other applicable
   Governmental Authority and any assessments or threatened assessments in
   connection with such audit, or otherwise currently outstanding.  Except as
   described on Schedule 3.13, Borrower has not executed or filed with the
   IRS or any other Governmental Authority any agreement or other document
   extending, or having the effect of extending, the period for assessment or
   collection of any Charges.  Borrower is not liable for any Charges or the
   documents delivered in connection therewith: (i) under any agreement
   (including, without limitation, any tax sharing agreements) or (ii) to the
   best of Borrower's knowledge, as a transferee. As of the Closing Date,
   Borrower has not agreed or been requested to make any adjustment under IRC
   Section 481(a) by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise
   which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

             3.14     ERISA.  (a)  Schedule 3.14 lists all Plans maintained
   or contributed to by Borrower and all Qualified Plans maintained or
   contributed to by any ERISA Affiliate, and separately identifies the Title
   IV Plans, Multiemployer Plans, any multiple employer plans subject to
   Section 4064 of ERISA, unfunded Pension Plans, Welfare Plans and Retiree
   Welfare Plans.  Each Qualified Plan has been determined by the IRS to
   qualify under Section 401 of the IRC, and the trusts created thereunder
   have been determined to be exempt from tax under the provisions of Section
   501 of the IRC, and to the best knowledge of Borrower nothing has occurred
   which would cause the loss of such qualification or tax-exempt status. 
   Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the
   IRC, including the filing of reports required under the IRC or ERISA, and
   with respect to each Plan, other than a Qualified Plan, all required
   contributions and benefits have been paid in accordance with the
   provisions of each such Plan.  Neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate,
   with respect to any Qualified Plan, has failed to make any contribution or
   pay any amount due as required by Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of
   ERISA or the terms of any such Plan.  With respect to all Retiree Welfare
   Plans, the present value of future anticipated expenses pursuant to the
   latest actuarial projections of liabilities does not exceed $55,000,000 as
   of September 30, 1994, and copies of such latest projections have been
   provided to Agent.  Neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate thereof has
   engaged in a prohibited transaction, as defined in Section 4975 of the IRC
   or Section 406 of ERISA, in connection with any Plan, which would subject
   Borrower (after giving effect to any exemption) to a material tax on
   prohibited transactions imposed by Section 4975 of the IRC or any other
   material liability.

             (b)  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.14 and the Borrower's
   audited financial statements for the period ended December 31, 1994: (i)
   no Title IV Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (ii) no ERISA Event
   or event described in Section 4062(e) of ERISA with respect to any Title
   IV Plan has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (iii) there are
   no pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or
   lawsuits (other than claims for benefits in the normal course), asserted
   or instituted against (x) any Plan or its assets, (y) any fiduciary with
   respect to any Plan or (z) Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate with respect
   to any Plan; (iv) neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate thereof has
   incurred or reasonably expects to incur any withdrawal liability (and no
   event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of
   ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 of ERISA as a
   result of a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan; (v)
   within the last five years neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate
   thereof has engaged in a transaction which resulted in a Title IV Plan
   with Unfunded Liabilities being transferred outside of the "controlled
   group" (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA) of any such
   entity; (vi) no Plan which is a Retiree Welfare Plan provides for
   continuing benefits or coverage for any participant or any beneficiary of
   a participant after such participant's termination of employment (except
   as may be required by Section 4980B of the IRC and at the sole expense of
   the participant or the beneficiary of the participant); (vii) Borrower and
   each ERISA Affiliate have complied with the notice and continuation
   coverage requirements of Section 4980B of the IRC and the regulations
   thereunder except where the failure to comply could not have or result in
   any Material Adverse Effect; and (viii) no liability under any Plan has
   been funded, nor has such obligation been satisfied, with the purchase of
   a contract from an insurance company that is not rated AAA by the Standard
   & Poor's Corporation or the equivalent by another nationally recognized
   rating agency.

             3.15     No Litigation.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.15,
   no action, claim or proceeding is now pending or, to the knowledge of
   Borrower, threatened against Borrower, before any court, board,
   commission, agency or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or
   foreign government or of any agency or subdivision thereof, or before any
   arbitrator or panel of arbitrators, (i) which challenges Borrower's right
   or power to enter into or perform any of its obligations under the Loan
   Documents, or the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any
   action taken thereunder, or (ii) which, if determined adversely, would
   have or result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor to the best knowledge of
   Borrower does a state of facts exist which is reasonably likely to give
   rise to such proceedings.

             3.16     Brokers.  Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16, no
   broker or finder acting on behalf of Borrower thereof brought about the
   obtaining, making or closing of the loans made pursuant to this Agreement
   or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and Borrower has no
   obligations to any Person in respect of any finder's or brokerage fees in
   connection therewith.

             3.17 Employment Matters.  Except as set forth in Schedules 3.9
   and 3.17, there are no material employment, consulting or management
   agreements covering any management employee or Affiliate of Borrower.  A
   true and complete copy of each such agreement has been furnished to Agent.

             3.18     Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses.  Except
   as otherwise set forth in Schedule 3.18, Borrower owns all material
   licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, service marks,
   trademarks, trademark applications, and trade names necessary to continue
   to conduct its business as heretofore conducted by it or proposed to be
   conducted by it, each of which is listed, together with Copyright Office
   or Patent and Trademark Office application or registration numbers, where
   applicable, on Schedule 3.18. Schedule 3.18 also lists all tradenames or
   other names under which Borrower conducts business.  To the best of
   Borrower's knowledge, the conduct of its business does not infringe upon
   any intellectual property right of any other Person.

             3.19     Full Disclosure.  No information contained in this
   Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, the Projections, the
   Financials, the Collateral Reports or any written statement furnished by
   or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, which
   has previously been delivered to Agent, contains any untrue statement of a
   material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the
   statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the
   circumstances under which they were made.  The Liens granted to Agent, on
   behalf of itself and Lenders, pursuant to the Collateral Documents will at
   the Closing Date be fully perfected first priority Liens in and to the
   Collateral described therein, subject only to Liens set forth in Schedule
   3.7 and the Liens granted to Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders,
   pursuant to the Mortgages will at the Closing Date be fully protected
   first priority Liens in and to the Mortgaged Property described therein
   and Permitted Liens.  

             3.20     Hazardous Materials.  Except as set forth in Schedule
   3.20, the Real Property is free of contamination from any Hazardous
   Material.  In addition, Schedule 3.20 discloses material environmental
   liabilities of Borrower of which it has knowledge (i) related to
   noncompliance with the Environmental Laws, or (ii) associated with the
   Real Estate.  Borrower has not caused or suffered to occur any Release
   with respect to any Hazardous Material at, under, above or upon any real
   property which it owns or leases.  Borrower is not involved in operations
   that are likely to result in the imposition of any Lien on its assets or
   any material liability on Borrower, under any Environmental Law, and
   Borrower has not permitted any tenant or occupant of such premises to
   engage in any such activity.  Borrower has provided to Agent copies of all
   existing environmental reports, reviews and audits and all written
   information pertaining to actual or potential Environmental Liabilities
   and Costs, in each case relating to Borrower.

             3.21     Insurance Policies.  Schedule 3.21 lists all insurance
   of any nature maintained for current occurrences by Borrower, as well as a
   summary of the terms of such insurance.  

             3.22     Deposit and Disbursement Accounts.  Schedule 3.22
   lists all banks and other financial institutions at which Borrower
   maintains deposits and/or other accounts, including any disbursement
   accounts, and such Schedule correctly identifies the name, address and
   telephone number of each depository, the name in which the account is
   held, a description of the purpose of the account, and the complete
   account number.

             3.23     Government Contracts.  Except as set forth in Schedule
   3.23, Borrower is not a party to any contract or agreement with the
   federal government and none of the Accounts are subject to the Federal
   Assignment of Claims Act (31 U.S.C. Section 3727).

             3.24     Customer and Trade Relations.  There exists no actual
   or threatened termination or cancellation of, or any material adverse
   modification or change in:  (a) the business relationship of Borrower with
   any customer or group of customers whose purchases during the preceding
   twelve (12) months caused them to be ranked among the ten largest
   customers of Borrower taken as a whole; or (b) the business relationship
   of Borrower with any supplier material to the operations of Borrower.

             3.25     Agreements and Other Documents.  As of the Closing
   Date, Borrower has provided to Agent or its counsel, on behalf of Lenders,
   accurate and complete copies (or summaries) of all of the following
   agreements or documents to which Borrower is subject and each of which are
   listed on Schedule 3.25: (a) Plans; (b) supply agreements not terminable
   by Borrower, within sixty (60) days following written notice issued by
   Borrower; (c) purchase agreements not terminable by Borrower, within 60
   days following written notice issued by Borrower; (d) Leases; (e) any
   lease of equipment having a remaining term of one year or longer and
   requiring aggregate rental and other payments in excess of $50,000 per
   annum; (f) licenses and permits necessary for the conduct of Borrower's
   businesses; (g) instruments or documents evidencing Indebtedness of
   Borrower and any security interest granted by Borrower with respect
   thereto; (h) instruments and agreements evidencing the issuance of any
   equity securities, warrants, rights or options to purchase equity
   securities of Borrower; (i) employment and consulting agreements; and (j)
   all agreements providing for compensation of or payments to senior members
   of management and/or stockholders of Borrower.  The Management Agreements
   are the only agreements in effect for the provision to the Borrower of
   management services.

             3.26     FEIN.  Borrower's federal employer identification
   number is 31-1145953.

   4.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

             4.1 Reports and Notices.  (a)  Borrower hereby covenants and
   agrees that from and after the Closing Date and until the Termination
   Date, it shall deliver to Agent and/or Lenders, as required, financial
   statements, notices and Projections at the times, to the Persons and in
   the manner set forth in Schedule G.

             (b)  Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that from and after
   the Closing Date, they shall deliver to Agent and/or Lenders, as required,
   the various Collateral Reports at the times, to the Persons and in the
   manner set forth in Schedule H.

             4.2 Communication with Accountants.  Borrower authorizes Agent
   and each Lender to communicate directly with its independent certified
   public accountants including Arthur Andersen LLP, and authorizes those
   accountants and advisors to disclose to Agent and each Lender any and all
   financial statements and other supporting financial documents and
   schedules relating to Borrower (including, without limitation, copies of
   any issued management letters) with respect to the business, financial
   condition and other affairs of Borrower.  On or before the Closing Date,
   Borrower shall obtain a letter from such accountants, on which the Agent
   shall be designated as a recipient, acknowledging that Borrower intends
   the financial statements certified by such accountants to benefit or
   influence Lenders and that Lenders may rely upon such certification.

   5.   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

             Borrower covenants and agrees that, unless Agent shall otherwise
   consent in writing, from and after the date hereof and until the
   Termination Date:

             5.1 Maintenance of Existence and Conduct of Business.  Borrower
   shall: (a) do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and
   keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and its rights and
   franchises; (b) continue to conduct its business substantially as now
   conducted or as otherwise permitted hereunder; (c) at all times maintain,
   preserve and protect all of its copyrights, patents, trademarks, trade
   names and all other intellectual property and rights as licensee or
   licensor thereof and preserve all the remainder of its assets and
   properties, used or useful in the conduct of its business, and keep the
   same in good repair, working order and condition (taking into
   consideration ordinary wear and tear) and from time to time make, or cause
   to be made, all necessary or appropriate repairs, replacements and
   improvements thereto consistent with industry practices; and (d) transact
   business only in such corporate and trade names as are set forth in
   Schedule 5.1.  In addition, Schedule 5.1 lists the FEIN or Federal
   Employer Identification Number of Borrower.

             5.2 Payment of Obligations.  (a) Subject to Section 5.2(b),
   Borrower shall pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged
   promptly all (A) Charges imposed upon it, its income and profits, or any
   of its property (real, personal or mixed), and (B) lawful claims for
   labor, materials, supplies and services or otherwise, before any thereof
   shall become past due.

             (b)  Borrower may in good faith contest, by appropriate
   proceedings, the validity or amount of any Charges or claims described
   Section 5.2(a); provided, that, at the time of commencement of any such
   action or proceeding, and during the pendency thereof (i) no Default or
   Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) adequate
   reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of Borrower, in
   accordance with GAAP, (iii) such contest is maintained and prosecuted
   continuously and with diligence, (iv) none of the Collateral  becomes
   subject to forfeiture or loss as a result of such Charges or claims, (v)
   no Lien shall be imposed to secure payment of such Charges or claims other
   than inchoate tax liens, and (vi) Borrower shall promptly pay or discharge
   such contested Charges and all additional charges, interest, penalties and
   expenses, if any, and shall deliver to Agent evidence acceptable to Agent
   of such compliance, payment or discharge, if such contest is terminated or
   discontinued adversely to Borrower or the conditions set forth in this
   Section 5.2(b) are no longer met.

             5.3 Books and Records.  Borrower shall keep adequate records
   and books of account with respect to Borrower's business activities, in
   which proper entries, reflecting all financial transactions, are made in
   accordance with GAAP and on a basis consistent with the Financial
   Statements referred to in Schedule 3.4.

             5.4 Litigation.  Borrower shall notify Agent in writing,
   promptly upon learning thereof, of any litigation commenced or threatened
   against Borrower, and of the institution against it of any suit or
   administrative proceeding that (a) seeks damages in excess of $100,000 or
   (b) seeks injunctive relief.

             5.5 Insurance.  (a)  Borrower shall, at its sole cost and
   expense, maintain the policies of insurance described on Schedule 3.21 in
   form and with insurers rated AA or better by Bests.  Such policies shall
   be in such amounts as are set forth in Schedule 3.21.  Borrower shall
   notify Agent promptly of any occurrence causing a material loss or decline
   in value of any real or personal property and the estimated (or actual, if
   available) amount of such loss or decline.  So long as any Event of
   Default shall have occurred and be continuing or if the casualty loss
   exceeds $100,000: Borrower hereby directs all present and future insurers
   under its "All Risk" policies of insurance to pay all proceeds payable
   thereunder directly to Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders and
   irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints Agent (and all officers,
   employees or agents designated by Agent) as Borrower's true and lawful
   agent and attorney-in-fact for the purpose of making, settling and
   adjusting claims under such "All Risk" policies of insurance and endorsing
   the name of Borrower on any check or other item of payment for the
   proceeds of such "All Risk" policies of insurance.  In the event Borrower
   at any time or times hereafter shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the
   policies of insurance required above or to pay any premium in whole or in
   part relating thereto, Agent, without waiving or releasing any Obligations
   or Default or Event of Default hereunder, may at any time or times
   thereafter (but shall not be obligated to) obtain and maintain such
   policies of insurance and pay such premiums and take any other action with
   respect thereto which Agent deems advisable.  All sums so disbursed,
   including attorneys, fees, court costs and other charges related thereto,
   shall be payable, on demand, by Borrower to Agent and shall be additional
   Obligations hereunder secured by the Collateral, provided, that, if and to
   the extent Borrower fails to promptly pay any of such sums upon demand
   therefor, Agent is authorized to, and at its option may, make or cause to
   be made Revolving Credit Advances on behalf of Borrower for payment
   thereof.

             (b)  Agent reserves the right at any time, upon any change in
   Borrower's risk profile (including, without limitation, any change in the
   product mix maintained by Borrower or any laws affecting the potential
   liability of Borrower), to require additional forms and limits of
   insurance to, in Agent's reasonable opinion, adequately protect both Agent
   and Lenders' interests in all or any portion of the Collateral and to
   ensure that Borrower is protected by insurance in amounts and with
   coverage customary for its industry.  If requested by Agent, Borrower
   shall deliver to Agent from time to time a report of a reputable insurance
   broker, satisfactory to Agent, with respect to its insurance policies.

             (c)  Borrower shall deliver to Agent endorsements (i) to all
   "All Risk" and business interruption insurance naming Agent, on behalf of
   itself and Lenders, as loss payee, and (ii) to all general liability and
   other liability policies naming Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, as
   additional insured.

             (d)  The loss, if any, under any property insurance required to
   be carried by this Section 5.5 shall be adjusted with the insurance
   companies or otherwise collected, including the filing of appropriate
   proceedings by Borrower, subject to the reasonable approval of the Agent
   in the case of claims in excess of $100,000.  If the proceeds payable
   under any policy of property insurance are $100,000 or less, Borrower
   shall have the right to use such proceeds to repair or replace the damaged
   or destroyed property, provided that a Default or an Event of Default
   shall not have occurred and be continuing at the time the proceeds are
   paid.  If a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
   continuing at the time such insurance proceeds are paid, or if such
   insurance proceeds are more than $100,000, such insurance proceeds shall
   be applied to the Obligations in accordance with Section 1.3(f) (and,
   notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in this Agreement or
   otherwise, to permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment by
   the amount of such proceeds that are, or are available to be, applied
   against the Revolving Credit Loan) unless the Requisite Lenders agree to
   permit part or all of such insurance proceeds to be used to repair or
   replace the damaged or destroyed property.

             5.6 Compliance with Laws.  (a)  Borrower shall comply in all
   material respects with all federal, state and local laws and regulations
   applicable to it, including those relating to licensing, ERISA and labor
   matters.

             5.7 [Intentionally Omitted].

             5.8 Supplemental Disclosure.  On the request of Agent (in the
   event that such information is not otherwise delivered by Borrower to
   Agent pursuant to this Agreement), so long as there are Obligations
   outstanding hereunder, but not more frequently than quarterly absent the
   occurrence and continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, Borrower
   will supplement each schedule or representation herein with respect to any
   matter hereafter arising which, if existing or occurring at the date of
   this Agreement, would have been required to be set forth or described in
   such schedule or as an exception to such representation or which is
   necessary to correct any information in such schedule or representation
   which has been rendered inaccurate thereby; provided, however, that such
   supplement to such schedule or representation shall not be deemed an
   amendment thereof unless expressly consented to in writing by Agent and
   Requisite Lenders, and no such amendments, except as the same may be
   consented to in a writing which expressly includes a waiver, shall be or
   be deemed a waiver of any Default or Event of Default disclosed therein.

             5.9 Employee Plans.  Borrower shall notify Agent of (i) any and
   all claims, actions, or lawsuits asserted or instituted, and of any
   threatened litigation or claims, against Borrower, or against any ERISA
   Affiliate, in connection with any Plan maintained, at any time, by
   Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate, or to which Borrower or such ERISA
   Affiliate has or had at any time any obligation to contribute, or/and
   against any such Plan itself, or against any fiduciary of or service
   provider to any such Plan and (ii) the occurrence of any material
   Reportable Event with respect to any Pension Plan of Borrower or such
   ERISA Affiliate.

             5.10     Environmental Matters.  Borrower shall (i) comply in
   all material respects with the Environmental Laws applicable to it, (ii)
   notify Agent promptly after Borrower becomes aware of any Release upon or
   at any premises owned or occupied by it (other than Releases of immaterial
   quantities of cleaning materials, lubricants, solvents and similar
   products within any building which can be remediated promptly without any
   adverse environmental effect and without any required notification to
   regulatory authorities), and (iii) promptly forward to Agent a copy of any
   order, notice, permit, application, or any communication or report
   received by Borrower in connection with any Release or any other matter
   relating to the Environmental Laws that may affect such premises or
   Borrower.  The provisions of this Section 5.10 shall apply whether or not
   the Environmental Protection Agency, any other federal agency or any
   state, local or foreign environmental agency has taken or threatened any
   action in connection with any Release or the presence of any Hazardous
   Materials.

             5.11     Landlords' Agreements, Bailee Letters and Mortgagee
   Agreements.  Borrower shall use its best efforts to obtain a landlord's
   agreement in form and substance acceptable to Agent from the lessor of its
   manufacturing facility in Cythiana, Kentucky.  If Borrower is unable to
   obtain a landlord's agreement within ninety (90) days after the Closing
   Date, Eligible Inventory at that location shall be subject to a reserve
   equal to two (2) month's lease payments for purposes of calculating
   Borrowing Availability.  No real property or warehouse space shall be
   leased or acquired by Borrower after the Closing Date, unless and until a
   landlord or mortgagee agreement or bailee letter, as appropriate, shall
   first have been obtained with respect to such location.

             5.12     Leased Locations of Collateral.  Borrower shall timely
   and fully pay and perform its obligations under all leases and other
   agreements with respect to each leased location or public warehouse where
   any Collateral is or may be located.  Borrower shall promptly deliver to
   Agent copies of (i) any and all default notices received under or with
   respect to any such leased location or public warehouse, and (ii) such
   other notices or documents as Agent may request in its reasonable
   discretion. 

   6.   NEGATIVE COVENANTS

             Borrower covenants and agrees that, without the prior written
   consent of Agent and the Requisite Lenders, from and after the date hereof
   until the Termination Date:

             6.1 Mergers, Subsidiaries, Etc.  Borrower shall not directly or
   indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, (i) form or acquire any
   Subsidiary, or (ii) merge with, consolidate with, acquire all or
   substantially all of the assets or capital stock of, or otherwise combine
   with, any Person.

             6.2 Investments; Loans and Advances.  Except as otherwise
   permitted by Section 6.3 or 6.4 below, Borrower shall not make any
   investment in, or make or accrue loans or advances of money to any Person,
   through the direct or indirect lending of money, holding of securities or
   otherwise.

             6.3 Indebtedness.  Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or
   permit to exist any Indebtedness, except (i) Indebtedness secured by Liens
   permitted under Section 6.7, (ii) the Revolving Credit Loan, the Term Loan
   and the other Obligations, (iii) deferred taxes, (iv) unfunded pension
   fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities to the
   extent they are permitted to remain unfunded under applicable law, (v)
   existing Indebtedness set forth in Schedule 6.3 and refinancings thereof
   on terms and conditions acceptable to Agent, in its reasonable discretion,
   which shall in any event be on terms no less favorable to Borrower, Agent
   or any Lender than the terms of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and
   (vi) Capital Lease Obligations in an amount outstanding at any one time
   which, when added to all then remaining lease obligations under operating
   leases in which Borrower is lessee and including all renewal periods at
   the option of lessor, does not exceed $2,000,000.

             6.4 Employee Loans and Affiliate Transactions.  (a) Borrower
   shall not enter into or be a party to any transaction with an Affiliate of
   Borrower except in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable
   requirements of Borrower's business and upon fair and reasonable terms
   that are fully disclosed to Agent in advance and are no less favorable to
   Borrower than would be obtained in a comparable arm's length transaction
   with a Person not an Affiliate of Borrower.  All such transactions
   existing as of the date hereof are described on Schedule 6.4(a).

             (b)  Borrower shall not enter into any lending or borrowing
   transaction with any of its employees.  

             6.5 Capital Structure and Business.  Borrower shall not (i)
   make any changes in any of its business objectives, purposes or operations
   which could in any way adversely affect the repayment of the Revolving
   Credit Loan or Term Loan or any of the other Obligations or could have or
   result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) make any change in its capital
   structure that is not acceptable to Agent in its reasonable discretion or
   (iii) amend its certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws in a
   manner which would adversely affect the Lenders or its duty or ability to
   repay the Obligations.  Borrower shall not engage in any business other
   than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or businesses
   reasonably related thereto.

             6.6 Guaranteed Indebtedness.  Borrower shall not incur any
   Guaranteed Indebtedness except (i) by endorsement of instruments or items
   of payment for deposit to the general account of Borrower, and (ii) for
   Guaranteed Indebtedness incurred for the benefit of Borrower if the
   primary obligation is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

             6.7 Liens.  Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit
   to exist any Lien on or with respect to any of its properties or assets
   (including Accounts, instruments, or chattel paper) of Borrower, whether
   now owned or hereafter acquired except (i) Permitted Encumbrances, (ii)
   presently existing or hereinafter created Liens in favor of Agent, on
   behalf of Lenders, (iii) Lessor's interests under Capital Leases permitted
   by Section 6.3(vi), and (iv) Liens existing on the date hereof and
   described on Schedule 6.7.

             In addition, Borrower shall not become a party to any agreement,
   note, indenture or instrument, or take any other action, which would
   prohibit the creation of a Lien on any of its properties or other assets
   in favor of Agent, on behalf of itself and Lenders, as additional
   collateral for the Obligations, except operating leases,  Capital Leases
   or intellectual property licenses which prohibit liens upon the assets
   that are subject thereto.

             6.8 Sale of Assets.  Borrower shall not sell, transfer, convey,
   assign or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or other assets,
   including any of its Accounts, other than (i) the sale of Inventory in the
   ordinary course of business, (ii) the sale, transfer, conveyance or other
   disposition of assets having a value not exceeding $50,000 in any single
   transaction or $250,000 in the aggregate in any Fiscal Year, and (iii) the
   sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of obsolete or redundant
   assets.  Borrower shall promptly deliver to Agent all of the cash proceeds
   (after deducting all expenses, including commissions, taxes payable, and
   amounts payable to holders of prior liens, if any, and an appropriate
   reserve for income taxes in connection therewith) of sales or dispositions
   permitted under clauses (ii) and (iii) above, which proceeds shall be
   applied to the repayment of the Obligations.  With respect to any
   disposition of assets or other properties permitted pursuant to this
   Section 6.8, Agent agrees on reasonable prior written notice to release
   its Lien on such assets or other properties in order to permit Borrower to
   effect such disposition and shall execute and deliver to Borrower, at
   Borrower's expense, appropriate UCC-3 termination statements and other
   releases as reasonably requested by Borrower.

             6.9 ERISA.  Borrower shall not, nor shall it cause or permit
   any ERISA Affiliate thereof (without Agent's prior written consent) to,
   (i) acquire any ERISA Affiliate that maintains or has an obligation to
   contribute to a Pension Plan that has either an "accumulated funding
   deficiency", as defined in Section 302 of ERISA, or any "unfunded vested
   benefits", as defined in Section 4006(a)(3)(E)(iii) of ERISA, in the case
   of any plan other than a Multiemployer Plan, and as defined in Section
   4211 of ERISA in the case of a Multiemployer Plan, in excess of $50,000,
   (ii) permit or suffer any representation set forth in Schedule 3.14 to
   cease to be met and satisfied at any time, (iii) terminate any Title IV
   Plan where such termination could reasonably be anticipated to result in
   liability in excess of $50,000 to such Person, (iv) permit any accumulated
   funding deficiency, as defined in Section 302(a)(2) of ERISA, to be
   incurred with respect to any Pension Plan, in excess of $50,000, (v) fail
   to make any material contributions or fail to pay any amounts due and
   owing as required by the terms of any Plan before such contributions or
   amounts become delinquent, (vi) make a complete or partial withdrawal
   (within the meaning of Section 4201 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan,
   or (vii) fail to promptly provide Agent with copies of any Plan documents
   or governmental reports or filings, if requested by Agent.

             6.10     Financial Covenants.  Borrower shall not breach or
   fail to comply with any of the Financial Covenants (the "Financial
   Covenants") set forth in Schedule I.

             6.11     Hazardous Materials.  Borrower shall not cause or
   permit any other Person within its control to, cause or permit a Release
   or the presence, use, generation, manufacture, installation, Release,
   discharge, storage or disposal of any Hazardous Materials on, under, in,
   above or about any of its real estate or the transportation of any
   Hazardous Materials to or from any real estate where such Release or such
   presence, use, generation, manufacture, installation, Release, discharge,
   storage or disposal would violate in any material respect, or form the
   basis for any material liability under, any Environmental Laws.  If a
   Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
   Borrower, at its own expense, shall cause the performance of such
   investigation and remediation and preparation of such environmental
   reports as Agent may from time to time request as to any location at which
   Collateral is then located, by reputable environmental consulting firms
   acceptable to Agent, and in form and substance acceptable to Agent.

             6.12     Sale-Leasebacks.  Borrower shall not engage in any
   sale-leaseback or similar transaction involving any of its assets.

             6.13     Cancellation of Indebtedness.  Borrower shall not
   cancel any claim or debt owing to it, except for reasonable consideration
   negotiated on an arm's-length basis and in the ordinary course of its
   business consistent with past practices.

             6.14     Restricted Payments.  Borrower shall not make any
   Restricted Payment.

             6.15     Management Agreements.  Without Agent's consent,
   Borrower shall not amend, modify, supplement, extend or renew the
   Management Agreements, except of terms substantially the same as currently
   exist or pay compensation thereunder in excess of the amounts set forth
   therein.

             6.16     Leases.  (a) Borrower shall not enter into any lease
   of real property or similar agreement or arrangement except existing
   leases disclosed on Schedule 6.16 and renewals thereof on substantially
   the same terms.

             (b)  Borrower shall not enter into or permit to exist any
   operating lease for equipment or personal property, if the aggregate of
   operating lease payments remaining to be paid under all outstanding
   operating leases in which Borrower is lessee, including all renewal
   periods at the option of lessor, together with all outstanding Capital
   Lease Obligations, at any time exceeds $2,000,000.

             6.17     Fiscal Year.  Borrower shall not change its Fiscal
   Year.

             6.18     Change of Corporate Name or Location.  (a) Borrower
   shall not (i) change its corporate name or (ii) change its chief executive
   office, principal place of business, corporate offices or warehouses or
   Collateral locations, or the location of its records concerning the
   Collateral, in any case without at least thirty (30) days' prior written
   notice to Agent and after Agent's written acknowledgment that any
   reasonable action requested by Agent in connection therewith, including,
   without limitation, to continue the perfection of any Liens in favor of
   Agent, on behalf of Lenders, in any Collateral has been completed or taken
   and provided that any such new location shall be in the Continental United
   States; (b) in furtherance of and without limiting the scope of clause (a)
   above, Borrower shall not change its name, identity or corporate structure
   in any manner which might make any financing or continuation statement
   filed in connection herewith seriously misleading within the meaning of
   Section 9.402(7) of the Code or any other then applicable provision of the
   Code except upon prior written notice to Agent and Lenders and after
   Agent's written acknowledgement that any reasonable action requested by
   Agent in connection therewith, including, without limitation, to continue
   the perfection of any Liens in favor of Agent, on behalf of Lenders, in
   any Collateral has been completed or taken.

             6.19     Cash Management.  Borrower shall not accumulate or
   maintain cash in disbursement, imprest or payroll accounts as of any date
   of determination in excess of checks outstanding against such accounts as
   of that date and amounts necessary to meet minimum balance requirements.

             6.20     Technology Development Arrangements.  Any term or
   provision of this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower
   shall be permitted to enter into technology development arrangements in
   the ordinary course of business with Persons other than Affiliates,
   provided that (i) the aggregate amount of expenditures and commitments
   therefor during the term of this Agreement shall not exceed $100,000 per
   annum on a non-cumulative basis, and (ii) such arrangements do not involve
   the creation of or investment in any legal entity established under
   applicable law.

   7.   TERM

             7.1 Termination.  The financing arrangements contemplated
   hereby shall be in effect until the Commitment Termination Date, and the
   Revolving Credit Loan, the Term Loan and all other Obligations shall be
   automatically due and payable in full on such date.

             7.2 Survival of Obligations Upon Termination of Financing
   Arrangements.  Except as otherwise expressly provided for in the Loan
   Documents, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or
   procedure) of any financing arrangement under this Agreement shall in any
   way affect or impair the obligations, duties and liabilities of Borrower
   or the rights of Agent and Lenders relating to any unpaid portion of the
   Revolving Credit Loan, the Term Loan or any other Obligation, due or not
   due, liquidated, contingent or unliquidated or any transaction or event
   occurring prior to such termination, or any transaction or event, the
   performance of which is required after the Commitment Termination Date. 
   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any other Loan
   Document, all undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and
   representations of or binding upon Borrower, and all rights of Agent and
   each Lender, all as contained in the Loan Documents shall not terminate or
   expire, but rather shall survive such termination or cancellation and
   shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of the
   Obligations have been paid in full in accordance with the terms of the
   agreements creating such Obligations.

   8.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT: RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

             8.1 Events of Default.  The occurrence of any one or more of
   the following events (regardless of the reason therefor) shall constitute
   an "Event of Default" hereunder:

             (a)  Borrower shall fail to pay any regularly scheduled
   installment of principal of, or interest on, the Revolving Credit Loan or
   the Term Loan when due and payable, and such failure shall remain
   unremedied for a period of two (2) Business Days or more, or Borrower
   shall fail to make payment of any of the other Obligations (other than as
   set forth in clause (b) below) when due and payable or declared due and
   payable.

             (b)  Borrower shall fail to pay any Fees, costs or expenses
   payable or reimbursable by Borrower under this Agreement or under any
   other Loan Document, and such failure shall have remained unremedied for a
   period of 5 days or more after Borrower has received notice of such
   failure from Agent or any Lender.

             (c)  Borrower shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe
   any of the provisions of (i) Sections 1.9, 5.5 or 6, or any of the
   provisions set forth in Schedules E or I, respectively; or (ii) Section 4
   or any provisions set forth in Schedules G or H, respectively, within ten
   (10) days after written notice from Agent.

             (d)  Borrower shall fail or neglect to perform, keep or observe
   any other provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan
   Documents (other than any provision embodied in or covered by any other
   clause of this Section 8.1) and the same shall remain unremedied for ten
   (10) days or more after Borrower has received written notice of any such
   failure from Agent or any Lender.

             (e)  A default or breach shall occur under any other agreement,
   document or instrument to which Borrower is a party and such default is
   not cured within any applicable grace period and such default or breach
   (i) involves the failure to make any payment when due in respect of any
   Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of Borrower in excess of $50,000
   in the aggregate, or (ii) causes such Indebtedness or a portion thereof in
   excess of $50,000 in the aggregate to become due prior to its stated
   maturity or prior to its regularly scheduled dates of payment, or (iii)
   entitles any holder of such Indebtedness or a trustee to cause such
   Indebtedness or a portion thereof in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate to
   become due prior to its stated maturity or prior to its regularly
   scheduled dates of payment, regardless of whether such right is exercised
   or waived by such holder or trustee. 

             (f)  Any representation or warranty herein or in any Loan
   Document or in any written statement, report, financial statement or
   certificate made or delivered to any Lender by Borrower shall be untrue or
   incorrect in any material respect, as of the date when made or deemed
   made.

             (g)  Assets of Borrower with a fair market value of $50,000 or
   more shall be attached, seized, levied upon or subjected to a writ or
   distress warrant, or come within the possession of any receiver, trustee,
   custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors of Borrower and such
   condition shall continue for thirty (30) days or more.

             (h)  A case or proceeding shall have been commenced against
   Borrower in a court having competent jurisdiction seeking a decree or
   order in respect of Borrower (i) under Title 11 of the United States Code,
   as now constituted or hereafter amended or any other applicable federal,
   state or foreign bankruptcy or other similar law, (ii) appointing a
   custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or
   similar official) for Borrower or for any substantial part of Borrower's
   assets, or (iii) ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of
   Borrower and such case or proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed
   for forty-five (45) days or more or such court shall enter a decree or
   order granting the relief sought in such case or proceeding.

             (i)  Borrower shall (i) file a petition seeking relief under
   Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter
   amended, or any other applicable federal, State or foreign bankruptcy or
   other similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of proceedings
   thereunder or to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of
   or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee,
   trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of Borrower or of any
   substantial part of Borrower's assets, (iii) make an assignment for the
   benefit of creditors, or (iv) take any corporate action in furtherance of
   any such action.

             (j)  A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in
   excess of $50,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against Borrower and
   the same shall not (i) be fully covered by insurance, or (ii) within
   thirty (30) days after the entry thereof, have been discharged or
   execution thereof stayed pending appeal, or shall not have been discharged
   prior to the expiration of any such stay.

             (k)  With respect to any Plan: (i) which is a Defined
   Contribution Plan or Welfare Plan, Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate thereof
   or any other party-in-interest or disqualified Person shall engage in any
   transactions which in the aggregate results in a final assessment to
   Borrower in excess of $50,000 under Section 409 or 502 of ERISA or IRC
   Section 4975 which assessment has not been paid within 30 days of final
   assessment and which is not being contested pursuant to Sections 6.2(b) or
   (c) hereof; (ii) Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate thereof shall incur any
   accumulated funding deficiency, as defined in IRC Section 412, in the
   aggregate in excess of $50,000, or request a funding waiver from the IRS
   for contributions in the aggregate in excess of $50,000; (iii) Borrower or
   any ERISA Affiliate thereof shall not pay any withdrawal liability which
   involves annual withdrawal liability payments which exceed $50,000, as a
   result of a complete or partial withdrawal within the meaning of Section
   4203 or 4205 of ERISA, within 30 days after the date such payment becomes
   due, unless such payment is being contested pursuant to Sections 6.2(b) or
   (c) hereof; (iv) Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate thereof shall fail to
   make a required contribution by the due date under Section 412 of the IRC
   or Section 302 of ERISA which would result in the imposition of a lien
   under Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA within 30 days after
   the date such payment becomes due; or (v) an ERISA Event (other than an
   event described in 29 CFR Section 2615.23) with respect to a Plan has
   occurred, and within thirty (30) days Borrower has not contested such
   ERISA Event by appropriate proceedings.

             (l)  Any material provision of any Loan Document shall for any
   reason cease to be valid or enforceable in accordance with its terms
   (Borrower shall challenge the enforceability of any Loan Document), or any
   security interest created under any Loan Document shall cease to be a
   valid and perfected first priority security interest or Lien (except as
   otherwise permitted herein or therein) in any of the Collateral purported
   to be covered thereby.

             (m)  Any "Change of Control" shall occur.

             8.2 Remedies.  If any Default or Event of Default shall have
   occurred and be continuing, Agent may (and at the written request of the
   Requisite Lenders shall), without notice terminate this facility with
   respect to further Revolving Credit Advances, whereupon any further
   Revolving Credit Advances shall be made in Agent's sole discretion.  If
   any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Agent may (and
   at the written request of the Requisite Lenders shall), without notice,
   (a) declare all or any portion of the Obligations, including all or any
   portion of the Revolving Credit Loan and/or Term Loan, to be forthwith due
   and payable, and require that the Letter of Credit Obligations be cash
   collateralized as provided in Schedule B, all without presentment, demand,
   protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived
   by Borrower; (b) increase the rate of interest applicable to the Revolving
   Credit Loan and/or Term Loan to the Default Rate, as provided in Section
   1.5(d); and (c) exercise any rights and remedies provided to Agent under
   the Loan Documents and/or at law or equity, including all remedies
   provided under the Code; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an
   Event of Default specified in Sections 8.1 (j) or (k), all of the
   Obligations, including the Revolving Credit Loan, shall become immediately
   due and payable without declaration, notice or demand by any Person. 

             8.3 Waivers by Borrower.  Except as otherwise provided for in
   this Agreement or by applicable law, Borrower waives: (i) presentment,
   demand and protest and notice of presentment, dishonor, notice of intent
   to accelerate, notice of acceleration, protest, default, nonpayment,
   maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or
   all commercial paper, accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments,
   chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by Agent on which Borrower
   may in any way be liable, and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Agent
   may do in this regard, (ii) all rights to notice and a hearing prior to
   Agent's taking possession or control of, or to Agent's replevy, attachment
   or levy upon, the Collateral or any bond or security which might be
   required by any court prior to allowing Agent to exercise any of its
   remedies, and (iii) the benefit of all valuation, appraisal and exemption
   laws.  Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel of its
   choice with respect to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the
   transactions evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

   9.   ASSIGNMENT AND PARTICIPATIONS; APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

             9.1 Assignment and Participations.  (a)  Borrower hereby
   consents to Agent's and any Lender's sale of participations, and to
   Agent's and any Lender's assignment, at any time or times, of any of the
   Loan Documents, any Commitment or of any portion thereof or interest
   therein, including, without limitation, Agent's and any Lender's rights,
   title, interests, remedies, powers or duties thereunder, whether evidenced
   by a writing or not; provided, however, that any assignment by a Lender of
   all or any part of its Commitment shall (i) require the consent of
   Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided such
   consent shall not be required in connection with any loan portfolio
   transfer made by GE Capital; (ii) require the consent of Agent and the
   execution of a Lender Addition Agreement in form and substance
   satisfactory to Agent; (iii) be conditioned on such assignee Lender
   representing to the assigning Lender and the Agent that it is purchasing
   the portion of the Revolving Credit Loan and/or Term Loan to be assigned
   to it for its own account, for investment purposes and not with a view to
   the distribution thereof; (iv) if a partial assignment, be in an amount at
   least equal to $5,000,000 and, after giving effect to any such partial
   assignment, the assigning Lender shall have retained Commitments in an
   amount at least equal to $5,000,000; and (v) include a payment by the
   assigning Lender to the Agent of an assignment fee of $3,000; and,
   provided, further, that any participation by a Lender of all or any part
   of its Commitments shall be in an amount at least equal to $5,000,000, and
   with the understanding that all amounts payable by Borrower hereunder
   shall be determined as if that Lender had not sold such participation, and
   that the holder of any such participation shall not be entitled to require
   such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except actions
   directly affecting (i) any reduction in the principal amount, interest
   rate or fees payable hereunder in which such holder participates, (ii) any
   extension of the final scheduled maturity date of the principal amount of
   the Revolving Credit Loan and/or Term Loan in which such holder
   participates, and (iii) any release of all or substantially all of the
   Collateral (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the
   Collateral Documents or the other Loan Documents).  Borrower hereby
   acknowledges and agrees that any participation will give rise to a direct
   obligation of Borrower to the participant and the participant shall for
   purposes of Sections 1.15, 1.16 and 9.8 be considered to be a "Lender".

             (b)  In the case of an assignment by a Lender under this Section
   9.1, the assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment, the same
   rights, benefits and obligations as it would if it were a Lender
   hereunder.  The assigning Lender shall be relieved of its obligations
   hereunder with respect to its Commitments or assigned portion thereof. 
   Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that any assignment will give rise
   to a direct obligation of Borrower to the assignee and that the assignee
   shall be considered to be a "Lender".  In all instances, each Lender's
   liability to make Loans hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall
   be limited to such Lender's Pro Rata Share.

             (c)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.1, no Lender
   shall, as between Borrower and that Lender, be relieved of any of its
   obligations hereunder as a result of any sale, assignment, transfer or
   negotiation of, or granting of participation in, all or any part of the
   Loans, the Notes or other Obligations owed to such Lender.

             (d)  Borrower shall assist any Lender permitted to sell
   assignments or participations under this Section 9.1 as reasonably
   required to enable the assigning or selling Lender to effect any such
   assignment or participation, including the execution and delivery of any
   and all agreements, notes and other documents and instruments as shall be
   requested and the preparation of informational materials for, and the
   participation of management in meetings with, potential assignees or
   participants.  Borrower shall certify the correctness, completeness and
   accuracy of all descriptions of Borrower and its affairs contained in any
   selling materials provided by Borrower and all other information provided
   by Borrower and included in such materials, except that any projections
   delivered by Borrower shall only be certified by Borrower as having been
   prepared by Borrower in good faith and based on reasonable assumptions
   consistent with Borrower's anticipated business plans.

             (e)  A Lender may furnish any information concerning Borrower in
   the possession of such Lender from time to time to assignees and
   participants (including prospective assignees and participants); provided,
   however, that such Lender shall utilize commercially reasonable procedures
   to cause such assignees or participants to maintain the confidentiality of
   confidential information of Borrower.  In the event Agent or any Lender
   assigns or otherwise transfers all or any part of a Note, Agent or any
   such Lender shall so notify Borrower and Borrower shall, upon the request
   of Agent or such Lender, execute new Notes in exchange for the Notes being
   assigned.

             9.2 Appointment of Agent.  GE Capital is hereby appointed Agent
   to act on behalf of all Lenders as Agent under this Agreement and the
   other Loan Documents.  The provisions of this Section 9.2 are solely for
   the benefit of Agent and Lenders and neither Borrower nor any other Person
   shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the
   provisions hereof.  In performing its functions and duties under this
   Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Agent shall act solely as an agent
   of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any
   obligation toward or relationship of agency or trust with or for Borrower
   or any other Person.  Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities
   except for those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan
   Documents.  The duties of Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in
   nature and Agent shall not have, or be deemed to have, by reason of this
   Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise a fiduciary relationship
   in respect of any Lender.  Neither Agent nor any of its officers,
   directors, employees, agents or representatives shall be liable to any
   Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or
   under any other Loan Document, or in connection herewith or therewith,
   except for damages caused by its or their own gross negligence or willful
   misconduct as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction
   after all possible appeals have been exhausted.

             If Agent shall request instructions from Requisite Lenders with
   respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with
   this Agreement or any other Loan Document, then Agent shall be entitled to
   refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until Agent shall
   have received instructions from Requisite Lenders, and Agent shall not
   incur liability to any Person by reason of so refraining.  Agent shall be
   fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder or
   under any other Loan Document (a) if such action would, in the opinion of
   Agent, be contrary to law or the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan
   Document or (b) if Agent shall not first be indemnified to its
   satisfaction against any and all liability and expense which may be
   incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. 
   Without limiting the foregoing, no Lender shall have any right of action
   whatsoever against Agent as a result of Agent acting or refraining from
   acting hereunder or under any other Loan Document in accordance with the
   instructions of Requisite Lenders.

             9.3 Agent's Reliance, Etc.  Neither Agent nor any of its
   directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action
   taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under or in connection with
   this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, except for its or their own
   gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally determined by a court of
   competent jurisdiction after all possible appeals have been exhausted. 
   Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, Agent:  (i)  may
   treat the payee of any Revolving Credit Note or Term Note as the holder
   thereof until Agent receives written notice of the assignment or transfer
   thereof signed by such payee and in form satisfactory to Agent; (ii) may
   consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other
   experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or
   omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of
   such counsel, accountants or experts; (iii) makes no warranty or
   representation to any Lender and shall not be responsible to any Lender
   for any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection
   with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; (iv) shall not have any
   duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any
   of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan
   Documents on the part of Borrower or to inspect the Collateral (including
   the books and records) of Borrower; (v) shall not be responsible to any
   Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
   genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or the other Loan
   Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or
   thereto; and (vi) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this
   Agreement or the other Loan Documents by acting upon any notice, consent,
   certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telecopy,
   telegram, cable or telex) believed by it to be genuine and signed or sent
   by the proper party or parties.

             9.4 GE Capital and Affiliates.  With respect to its commitment
   hereunder to make the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Advances, GE Capital
   shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other
   Loan Documents as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it
   were not Agent; and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, unless otherwise
   expressly indicated, include GE Capital in its individual capacity.  GE
   Capital and its Affiliates may lend money to, invest in, and generally
   engage in any kind of business with, Borrower, and any of its Affiliates
   and any Person who may do business with or own securities of Borrower or
   any Affiliate, all as if GE Capital were not Agent and without any duty to
   account therefor to Lenders.  GE Capital and its Affiliates may accept
   fees and other consideration from Borrower for services in connection with
   the Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to
   Lenders.

             9.5 Lender Credit Decision.  Each Lender acknowledges that it
   has, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender and
   based on the financial statements referred to in Section 3.4 and such
   other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
   credit and financial analysis of Borrower and its own decision to enter
   into this Agreement.  Each Lender also acknowledges that it will,
   independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender and
   based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at
   the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not
   taking action under this Agreement.  Each Lender acknowledges the
   potential conflict of interest of each other Lender as a result of the
   Lenders holding disproportionate interests in the Loans, and expressly
   consents to, and waives any claim based upon, such conflict of interest.

             9.6 Indemnification.  Lenders agree to indemnify Agent (to the
   extent not reimbursed by Borrower and without limiting the Obligations of
   Borrower hereunder), ratably according to their respective Pro Rata
   Shares, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses,
   damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
   disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on,
   incurred by, or asserted against Agent in any way relating to or arising
   out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or
   omitted by Agent in connection therewith; provided, however, that no
   Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations,
   losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
   disbursements resulting from Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct
   as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction after all
   possible appeals have been exhausted.  Without limiting the foregoing,
   each Lender agrees to reimburse Agent promptly upon demand for its ratable
   share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees) incurred by
   Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery,
   administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through
   negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in
   respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement and each other
   Loan Document, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such
   expenses by Borrower.

             9.7 Successor Agent.  Agent may resign at any time by giving
   not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice thereof to Lenders
   and Borrower.  Upon any such resignation, the Requisite Lenders shall have
   the right to appoint a successor Agent which shall be reasonably
   acceptable to Borrower.  If no successor Agent shall have been so
   appointed by the Requisite Lenders and shall have accepted such
   appointment, within 30 days after the resigning Agent's giving notice of
   resignation then the resigning Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders,
   appoint a successor Agent, which shall be a Lender, if a Lender is willing
   to accept such appointment, or otherwise shall be a commercial bank or
   financial institution organized under the laws of the United States of
   America or of any State thereof having a combined capital and surplus of
   at least $300,000,000, which is reasonably acceptable to Borrower.  Upon
   the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent,
   such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all
   the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the resigning Agent, and the
   resigning Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under
   this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, except that any indemnity
   rights or other rights in favor of such resigning Agent shall continue. 
   After any resigning Agent's resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions
   of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or
   omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement and the
   other Loan Documents.  

             9.8 Setoff and Sharing of Payments.  In addition to any rights
   now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation
   of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any
   Event of Default, each Lender and each holder of any Note is hereby
   authorized at any time or from time to time, without notice to Borrower or
   to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set
   off and to appropriate and to apply any and all balances held by it at any
   of its offices for the account of Borrower (regardless of whether such
   balances are then due to Borrower) and any other properties or assets any
   time held or owing by that Lender or that holder to or for the credit or
   for the account of Borrower against and on account of any of the
   Obligations which are not paid when due.  Any Lender or holder of any Note
   having a right to set off shall, to the extent the amount of any such set
   off exceeds its Pro Rata Share of the Obligations, purchase for cash (and
   the other Lenders or holders shall sell) such participations in each such
   other Lender's or holder's Pro Rata Share of the Obligations as would be
   necessary to cause such Lender to share such excess with each other Lender
   or holder in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.  Borrower
   agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (a) any Lender or
   holder may exercise its right to set off with respect to amounts in excess
   of its Pro Rata Share of the Obligations and may sell participations in
   such excess to other Lenders and holders and (b) any Lender or holders so
   purchasing a participation in the Revolving Credit Advances or Term Loan
   made or other Obligations held by other Lenders or holders may exercise
   all rights of set-off, bankers' lien, counterclaim or similar rights with
   respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender or holder were a
   direct holder of Revolving Credit Advances, Term Loan and other
   Obligations in the amount of such participation.

             9.9 Disbursement of Funds.  Agent may, on behalf of Lenders,
   disburse funds to Borrower for Revolving Credit Advances requested.  Each
   Lender shall reimburse Agent on demand for all funds disbursed on its
   behalf by Agent, or if Agent so requests, each Lender will remit to Agent
   its Pro Rata Share of any Revolving Credit Advance before Agent disburses
   same to Borrower.  If any Lender fails to pay the amount of its Pro Rata
   Share forthwith upon Agent's demand, Agent shall promptly notify Borrower
   and Borrower shall immediately repay such amount to Agent.  Nothing in
   this Section 9.9 or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan
   Documents shall be deemed to require Agent to advance funds on behalf of
   any Lender or to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its
   Revolving Credit Loan Commitment hereunder or to prejudice any rights that
   Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such
   Lender hereunder.

             9.10     Advances; Payments; Information; Non-Funding Lenders.

                  (a)  Revolving Credit Advances; Payments; Fee Payments.

                  (i)  The Revolving Credit Loan balance may fluctuate from
   day to day through Agent's disbursement of funds to, and receipt of funds
   from, Borrower.  In order to minimize the frequency of transfers of funds
   between Agent and each Lender, Revolving Credit Advances and payments in
   respect thereof will be settled according to the procedures described in
   Sections 9.10(a)(ii) and 9.10(a)(iii) below.  Notwithstanding these
   procedures, each Lender's obligation to fund its portion of any advances
   made by Agent to Borrower will commence on the date such advances are made
   by Agent.  Such payments will be made by each Lender without setoff,
   counterclaim or reduction of any kind.

                  (ii) Not later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the second
   (2nd) Business Day of each week, or more frequently (including daily) if
   Agent so elects or if Borrower has requested a Revolving Credit Advance in
   excess of $500,000 (each such day being a "Settlement Date"), Agent will
   advise each Lender by telephone, telex or telecopy of the amount of such
   Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Credit Loan balance as of the
   close of business on the first (1st) Business Day immediately preceding
   the Settlement Date.  In the event that payments are necessary to adjust
   the amount of such Lender's portion of the Revolving Credit Loan to such
   Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Credit Loan as of any Settlement
   Date, the party from which such payment is due will pay the other, in same
   day funds, by wire transfer to the other's account not later than
   2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the Settlement Date.  Notwithstanding the
   foregoing, if Agent so elects, Agent may require that each Lender make its
   Pro Rata Share of any requested Revolving Credit Advance available to
   Agent for disbursement prior to the funding of such Revolving Credit
   Advance.  If Agent elects to require that such funds be so made available,
   Agent shall advise each Lender by telephone, telex or telecopy of the
   amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the requested Revolving Credit
   Advance no later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the date of funding
   thereof, and each such Lender shall pay Agent such Lender's Pro Rata Share
   of such requested Revolving Credit Advance, in same day funds, by wire
   transfer to the Agent's account not later than 2:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on
   the date of funding such Revolving Credit Advance.

                  (iii)  For purposes of this Section 9.10(a)(iii), the
   following terms and conditions will have the following meanings:

                  (A)  "Daily Loan Balance" means, with respect to the
                       Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan, an amount
                       calculated as of the end of each calendar day by
                       subtracting (i) the cumulative principal amount paid
                       by Agent to a Lender with respect to such Loan from
                       the Closing Date through and including such calendar
                       day, from (ii) the cumulative principal amount of such
                       Loan advanced by such Lender to Agent from the Closing
                       Date through and including such calendar day.

                  (B)  "Daily Interest Rate" means, with respect to the
                       Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan, an amount
                       calculated by dividing the interest rate payable to a
                       Lender on such Loan (as set forth in Section 1.5) as
                       of each calendar day by three hundred sixty (360)
                       days.

                  (C)  "Daily Interest Amount" means, with respect to the
                       Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan,  an amount
                       calculated by multiplying the Daily Loan Balance of
                       such Loan by the associated Daily Interest Rate
                       applicable to such Loan.

                  (D)  "Interest Ratio" means, with respect to the Revolving
                       Credit Loan or Term Loan, a number calculated by
                       dividing the total amount of interest on such Loan
                       received by Agent during the immediately preceding
                       month by the total amount of interest on such Loan due
                       from Borrower during the immediately preceding month.

   On the first (1st) Business Day of each calendar month (an "Interest
   Settlement Date"), Agent will advise each Lender by telephone, telex or
   telecopy of the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of principal,
   interest and Fees paid for the benefit of Lenders on the Revolving Credit
   Loan and Term Loan as of the end of the last day of the immediately
   preceding month.  Provided that such Lender has made all payments required
   to be made by it under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Agent
   will pay to such Lender, by wire transfer to such Lender's account (as
   specified by such Lender on Schedule K or the applicable Lender Addition
   Agreement, as amended by such Lender from time to time after the date
   hereof pursuant to the notice provisions contained herein or in the
   applicable Lender Addition Agreement) not later than 12:00 noon (Chicago
   time) on the next Business Day following the Interest Settlement Date,
   such Lender's Pro Rata Share of principal, interest and Fees paid for the
   benefit of Lenders on the Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loan, as
   applicable.  Such Lender's Pro Rata Share of interest on the Revolving
   Credit Loan and Term Loans, as applicable, will be calculated by adding
   together the Daily Interest Amounts for each calendar day of the prior
   month for such Loan and multiplying the total thereof by the Interest
   Ratio for such Loan.

             (b)  Availability of Lender's Pro Rata Share.

             (i)  Agent may assume that each Lender will make its Pro Rata
   Share of each Revolving Credit Advance available to Agent on the first
   (1st) Business Day following each Settlement Date.  If such Pro Rata Share
   is not, in fact, paid to Agent by such Lender when due, Agent will be
   entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender without
   set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

             (ii) Nothing contained in this Section 9.10(b) will be deemed to
   relieve any Lender of its obligation to fulfill its Commitments or to
   prejudice any rights Agent or Borrower may have against any Lender as a
   result of any default by such Lender under this Agreement.

             (c)  Return of Payments.

             (i)  If Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in
   the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be
   received by Agent from Borrower and such related payment is not received
   by Agent, then Agent will be entitled to recover such amount from such
   Lender on demand without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

             (ii) If Agent determines at any time that any amount received by
   Agent under this Agreement must be returned to Borrower or paid to any
   other Person pursuant to any insolvency law or otherwise, then,
   notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other
   Loan Document, Agent will not be required to distribute any portion
   thereof to any Lender.  In addition, each Lender will repay to Agent on
   demand any portion of such amount that Agent has distributed to such
   Lender, together with interest at such rate, if any, as Agent is required
   to pay to Borrower or such other Person, without set-off, counterclaim or
   deduction of any kind.

             (d)  Dissemination of Information.

             Agent will use reasonable efforts to provide Lenders with any
   information received by Agent from Borrower which is required to be
   provided to Lenders hereunder, with any notice of Default or Event of
   Default received by Agent from Borrower, with any notice of Default or
   Event of Default delivered by Agent to Borrower, with notice of any
   Default or Event of Default of which Agent has actually become aware and
   with notice of any action taken by Agent following any Default or Event of
   Default; provided, however, that Agent shall not be liable to any Lender
   for any failure to do so, except to the extent that such failure is
   attributable to Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally
   determined by a court of competent jurisdiction after all possible appeals
   have been exhausted.

             (f)  Non-Funding Lenders.  The failure of any Lender (such
   Lender, a "Non-Funding Lender") to make any Revolving Credit Advance to be
   made by it on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other
   Lender (each such other Lender, an "Other Lender") of its obligations to
   make its Revolving Credit Advance on such date, but neither any Other
   Lender nor Agent shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding
   Lender to make a Revolving Credit Advance to be made by such Non-Funding
   Lender, and no Non-Funding Lender shall have any obligation to Agent or
   any Other Lender for the failure by such Non-Funding Lender. 
   Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, a Non-Funding
   Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect
   to any Loan Document or constitute a "Lender" (or be included in the
   calculation of "Required Lenders" hereunder) for any voting or consent
   rights under or with to any Loan Document.  Anything in this Agreement to
   the contrary notwithstanding, each Lender hereby agrees with each other
   Lender that no Lender shall take any action to protect or enforce its
   rights arising out of this Agreement or the Notes (including, without
   limitation, exercising any rights of set-off) without first obtaining the
   prior written consent of Agent or Required Lenders, it being the intent of
   Lenders that any such action to protect or enforce rights under this
   Agreement and the Notes shall be taken in concert and at the direction or
   with the consent of the Agent.

   10.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

             10.1     Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement and the other
   Loan Documents shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of
   Borrower, Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns,
   except as otherwise provided herein or therein.  Borrower may not assign,
   transfer, hypothecate or otherwise convey its rights, benefits,
   obligations or duties hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents
   without the prior express written consent of Agent and Requisite Lenders. 
   Any such purported assignment, transfer, hypothecation or other conveyance
   by Borrower without the prior express written consent of Agent shall be
   void.  The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of
   defining the relative rights and obligations of Borrower, Agent and
   Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there
   shall be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions
   of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

   11.  MISCELLANEOUS

             11.1     Complete Agreement; Modification of Agreement.  The
   Loan Documents constitute the complete agreement between the parties with
   respect to the subject matter thereof and may not be modified, altered or
   amended except as set forth in Section 11.2 below.  Any letter of interest
   or commitment letter and/or fee letter between Borrower and Agent or any
   of its affiliates, predating this Agreement and relating to a financing of
   substantially similar form, purpose or effect shall be superseded by this
   Agreement.

             11.2     Amendments and Waivers. (a) Except as otherwise
   provided herein, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any
   provision of this Agreement or any of the Notes or consent to any
   departure by Borrower therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless
   the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent, Requisite Lenders and
   Borrower.

             (b)  In furtherance of and without limiting the foregoing, no
   amendment, modification, termination or waiver of or consent with respect
   to any provision of this Agreement which (i) increases the percentage
   advance rates set forth in the definition of Borrowing Base or (ii) makes
   less restrictive the nondiscretionary criteria for exclusion from Eligible
   Accounts and Eligible Inventory set forth in Schedule C and Schedule D
   hereto shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed
   by Agent, Requisite Lenders and Borrower.

             (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except to the extent
   permitted by any applicable Lender Addition Agreement, no amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver shall, unless in writing and signed by
   Agent and each affected Lender, do any of the following: (a) increase the
   principal amount of the Commitment of any affected Lender; (b) reduce the
   principal of, rate of interest on or Fees payable with respect to any
   Revolving Credit Advance, Letter of Credit Obligations or Term Loan; (c)
   extend the final scheduled maturity date of the principal amount of any
   Loan; (d) waive, forgive, defer, extend or postpone any payment of
   interest or Fees required hereunder; (e) except as otherwise contemplated
   herein or in one of the other Loan Documents, permit Borrower to sell or
   otherwise dispose of any Collateral with a value exceeding $5,000,000 in
   the aggregate; (f) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the
   aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans which shall be required for
   Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder; and (g) amend or
   waive this Section 11.2 or the definitions of the terms used in this
   Section 11.2 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this
   Section 11.2; and provided, further, that no amendment, modification,
   termination or waiver affecting the rights or duties of Agent under this
   agreement or any other Loan Document shall in any event be effective,
   unless in writing and signed by Agent, in addition to Lenders required
   hereinabove to take such action.  Each amendment, modification,
   termination or waiver shall be effective only in the specific instance and
   for the specific purpose for which it was given.  No amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver shall be required for Agent to take
   additional Collateral pursuant to any Loan Document.  No amendment,
   modification, termination or waiver of any provision of any Note shall be
   effective without the written concurrence of the holder of that Note.  No
   notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any
   other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.  Any
   amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in
   accordance with this Section 11.2 shall be binding upon each holder of the
   Notes at the time outstanding and each future holder of the Notes. 

             11.3     Fees and Expenses.  Borrower shall reimburse Agent for
   all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with (a) the
   preparation of the Loan Documents (including the reasonable fees and
   expenses of all of its special loan counsel, advisors, consultants and
   auditors retained in connection with the Loan Documents and the
   transactions contemplated thereby and advice in connection therewith), and
   (b) wire transfers to the account of Borrower.  Borrower shall reimburse
   Agent for all fees, costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and
   expenses of counsel or other advisors (including environmental and
   management consultants) for advice, assistance, or other representation in
   connection with:

               (i)     the forwarding to Borrower or any other Person on
   behalf of Borrower by Agent of the proceeds of the Revolving Credit
   Advances and Term Loan;

              (ii)     any amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent
   with respect to, any of the Loan Documents or advice in connection with
   the administration of the loans made pursuant hereto or its rights
   hereunder or thereunder;

             (iii)     any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, proceeding or
   action (whether instituted by Agent, any Lender, Borrower or any other
   Person) in any way relating to the Collateral, any of the Loan Documents
   or any other agreement to be executed or delivered in connection therewith
   or herewith, whether as party, witness, or otherwise, including any
   litigation, contest, dispute, suit, case, proceeding or action, and any
   appeal or review thereof, in connection with a case commenced by or
   against Borrower or any other Person that may be obligated to Agent by
   virtue of the Loan Documents;

              (iv)     any attempt to enforce any rights of Agent or any
   Lender against Borrower or any other Person that may be obligated to Agent
   or any Lender by virtue of any of the Loan Documents;

               (v)     efforts to (A) monitor the Loans or any of the other
   Obligations, (B) evaluate, observe, assess Borrower, any Subsidiary
   thereof or their respective affairs, and (C) verify, protect, evaluate,
   assess, appraise, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of any of
   the Collateral;

   including, without limitation, all the attorneys' and other professional
   and service providers' fees arising from such services, including those in
   connection with any appellate proceedings; and all expenses, costs,
   charges and other fees incurred by such counsel and others in any way or
   respect arising in connection with or relating to any of the events or
   actions described in this Section 11.3 shall be payable, on demand, by
   Borrower to Agent.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such
   expenses, costs, charges and fees may include: fees, costs and expenses of
   accountants, environmental advisors, appraisers, investment bankers,
   management and other consultants and paralegals; court costs and expenses;
   photocopying and duplication expenses; court reporter fees, costs and
   expenses; long distance telephone charges; air express charges; telegram
   charges; secretarial overtime charges; and expenses for travel, lodging
   and food paid or incurred in connection with the performance of such legal
   or other advisory services.

             11.4     No Waiver.  Agent's or any Lender's failure, at any
   time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision
   of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents shall not waive,
   affect or diminish any right of Agent or such Lender thereafter to demand
   strict compliance and performance therewith.  Any suspension or waiver of
   an Event of Default under this Agreement or any of the other Loan
   Documents shall not suspend, waive or affect any other Event of Default
   under this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents whether the same
   is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or of a different
   type.  None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and
   representations of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any of the
   other Loan Documents and no Default or Event of Default by Borrower under
   this Agreement and no defaults by Borrower under any of the other Loan
   Documents shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by Agent or any
   Lender, unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing
   signed by an officer of or other authorized employee of Agent and
   Requisite Lenders and directed to Borrower specifying such suspension or
   waiver.

             11.5     Remedies.  Agent's and Lenders' rights and remedies
   under this Agreement shall be cumulative and nonexclusive of any other
   rights and remedies which Agent or any Lender may have under any other
   agreement, including the other Loan Documents, by operation of law or
   otherwise.  Recourse to the Collateral shall not be required.

             11.6     Severability.  Wherever possible, each provision of
   this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be interpreted in such a
   manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any
   provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under
   applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such
   prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
   provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

             11.7     Conflict of Terms.  Except as otherwise provided in
   this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by specific reference to
   the applicable provisions of this Agreement, if any provision contained in
   this Agreement is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in
   any of the other Loan Documents, the provision contained in this Agreement
   shall govern and control.

             11.8     Authorized Signature.  Until Agent shall be notified
   by Borrower to the contrary, the signature upon any document or instrument
   delivered pursuant hereto of an officer of Borrower listed on Schedule
   11.8 shall bind Borrower and be deemed to be the act of Borrower affixed
   pursuant to and in accordance with resolutions duly adopted by Borrower's
   Board of Directors.

             11.9     GOVERNING LAW.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED
   IN ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, IN ALL RESPECTS, INCLUDING ALL MATTERS OF
   CONSTRUCTION, VALIDITY AND PERFORMANCE, THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OBLIGATIONS
   ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
   ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS (WITHOUT
   REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS) AND ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE
   UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.  BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND AGREES THAT THE
   STATE OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN COOK COUNTY, CITY OF CHICAGO, ILLINOIS,
   SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR
   DISPUTES BETWEEN BORROWERS, AGENT AND LENDERS PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT
   OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR
   RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, PROVIDED,
   THAT AGENT, LENDERS AND BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY APPEALS FROM THOSE
   COURTS MAY HAVE TO BE HEARD BY A COURT LOCATED OUTSIDE OF COOK COUNTY,
   CITY OF CHICAGO, ILLINOIS AND, PROVIDED, THAT NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT
   SHALL BE DEEMED OR OPERATE TO PRECLUDE AGENT FROM BRINGING SUIT OR TAKING
   OTHER LEGAL ACTION IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL
   OR ANY OTHER SECURITY FOR THE OBLIGATIONS, OR TO ENFORCE A JUDGMENT OR
   OTHER COURT ORDER IN FAVOR OF AGENT.  BORROWER EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND
   CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED
   IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION WHICH BORROWER
   MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM
   NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR
   EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT.  BORROWER HEREBY
   WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED
   IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS,
   COMPLAINTS AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL
   ADDRESSED TO BORROWER AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SCHEDULE J OF THIS
   AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE
   EARLIER OF BORROWER'S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER
   DEPOSIT IN THE U.S. MAILS, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.

             11.10    Notices.  Except as otherwise provided herein,
   whenever it is provided herein that any notice, demand, request, consent,
   approval, declaration or other communication shall or may be given to or
   served upon either of the parties by the other party, or whenever either
   of the parties desires to give or serve upon the other party any
   communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice, demand,
   request, consent, approval, declaration or other communication shall be in
   writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or
   delivered (i) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business
   Days after deposit in the United States Mail, registered or certified
   mail, return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid, (ii) upon
   transmission, when sent by telecopy or other similar facsimile
   transmission (with such telecopy or facsimile promptly confirmed by
   delivery of a copy by personal delivery or United States Mail as otherwise
   provided in this Section 11.10), (iii) one (1) Business Day after deposit
   with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid or (iv) when
   delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed
   to the party to be notified and sent to the address or facsimile number
   indicated on Schedule J or to such other address (or facsimile number) as
   may be substituted by notice given as herein provided.  The giving of any
   notice required hereunder may be waived in writing by the party entitled
   to receive such notice.  Failure or delay in delivering copies of any
   notice, demand, request, consent, approval, declaration or other
   communication to any Person (other than Borrower or Agent) designated on
   Schedule J to receive copies shall in no way adversely affect the
   effectiveness of such notice, demand, request, consent, approval,
   declaration or other communication.

             11.11    Section Titles.  The Section titles and Table of
   Contents contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive
   meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the
   agreement between the parties hereto.

             11.12    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
   number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and
   separately constitute one agreement.

             11.13    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN
   CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND
   ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES
   WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION
   RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE
   APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS.  THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION
   OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, THE PARTIES
   HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING
   BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR
   OTHERWISE, AMONG AGENT, LENDERS AND BORROWER ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED
   WITH, RELATED TO, OR INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED AMONG THEM
   IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR
   THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO.

             11.14    Press Releases.  Borrower hereby agrees that it is not
   on the date hereof issuing any press releases with respect to this
   Agreement or the Related Transactions which mentions or uses the name of
   General Electric Capital Corporation or its affiliates.  Borrower further
   agrees that it will not make in the future any press releases using the
   name of General Electric Capital Corporation or its affiliates referring
   to this Agreement without the prior written consent of GE Capital unless
   Borrower is required to do so under law and then, in any event, Borrower
   will consult with GE Capital before issuing such press release.

             11.15    Reinstatement.  This Agreement shall remain in full
   force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed
   by or against Borrower for liquidation or reorganization, should Borrower
   become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or
   creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any
   significant part of Borrower's assets, and shall continue to be effective
   or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and
   performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to
   applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be
   restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a
   "voidable preference," "fraudulent conveyance," or otherwise, all as
   though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that
   any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or
   returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by
   such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.


                            [signature pages follow]

   <PAGE>

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of
   the date first written above.


                                 LADISH CO., INC.


                                 By:   /s/

                                 Title: Secretary



                                 By:  /s/

                                 Title: Treasurer_




                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
                                   CORPORATION,
   Revolving Credit Loan           as Agent and Lender
     Commitment:
   $35,000,000.00                By: /s/

   Term Loan Commitment:         Title: Region Operations Manager
   $8,000,000.00

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
    

             This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is
   entered into as of this 15th day of September, 1995 by and among LADISH
   CO., INC., a Wisconsin corporation ("Borrower"), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
   CORPORATION, a New York corporation (in its individual capacity, "GE
   Capital"), for itself as Lender and as Agent for Lenders, and the other
   Lenders signatory hereto.  Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized
   terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them by
   the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

                                    RECITALS

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders have entered into that
   certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995 (as amended,
   supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
   "Credit Agreement"); and

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders wish to amend the Credit
   Agreement to increase the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment from Thirty-
   Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) to Thirty-Seven Million Dollars
   ($37,000,000), thereby increasing the Commitments from Forty-Three Million
   Dollars ($43,000,000) to Forty-Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000);

             NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual execution hereof
   and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as
   follows:

             SECTION 1.     Amendments to the Credit Agreement.

             (a)  The first recital to the Credit Agreement is amended in its
   entirety to read as follows:

                  WHEREAS, Borrower desires that Lenders extend a revolving
        and term credit facility to Borrower for the purpose of refinancing
        certain indebtedness of Borrower, to provide working capital
        financing for Borrower and to provide funds for other general
        corporate purposes of Borrower; and Borrower desires to borrow up to
        Forty-Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000) from Lenders, and Lenders
        are willing to make certain loans and other extensions of credit to
        Borrower of up to such amount upon the terms and conditions set forth
        herein;

             (b)  The definition of "Commitments" in Schedule A to the Credit
   Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Commitments" shall mean (a) as to any Lender, the
        aggregate commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Credit Advances
        and the Term Loan as set forth on the signature page to the Agreement
        or in the most recent Lender Addition Agreement executed by such
        Lender and (b) as to all Lenders, the aggregate commitment of all
        Lenders to make Revolving Credit Advances and the Term Loan, which
        aggregate commitment shall be Forty-Three Million Dollars
        ($43,000,000) on the Closing Date and shall increase to Forty-Five
        Million Dollars ($45,000,000) on September 15, 1995, as such amount
        may be further adjusted, if at all, from time to time in accordance
        with the Credit Agreement.

             (c)  The definition of "Revolving Credit Loan Commitment" in
   Schedule A to the Credit Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as
   follows:

                  "Revolving Credit Loan Commitment" shall mean (a) as to any
        Lender, the aggregate commitment of such Lender to make Revolving
        Credit Advances as set forth on the signature page to the Agreement
        or in the most recent Lender Addition Agreement executed by such
        Lender and (b) as to all Lenders, the aggregate commitment of all
        Lenders to make Revolving Credit Advances, which aggregate commitment
        shall be Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) on the Closing
        Date and shall increase to Thirty-Seven Million Dollars ($37,000,000)
        on September 15, 1995, as such amount may be further adjusted, if at
        all, from time to time in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

             (d)  The Revolving Credit Loan Commitment of GE Capital set
   forth on the signature page of the Credit Agreement is amended from
   Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) to Thirty-Seven Million Dollars
   ($37,000,000).

             Section 2.     Representations and Warranties of Borrower. 
   Borrower represents and warrants that:

                  (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of
        this Amendment, the new Revolving Credit Note and the amended
        Mortgages have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
        and that this Amendment is a legal, valid and binding obligation of
        Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms,
        except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) the effect of
        any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
        similar law affecting creditors' rights generally and (ii) general
        principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is
        sought in a proceeding in equity or at law); 

                  (b)  Each of the representations and warranties contained
        in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects
        on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof;

                  (c)  Neither the execution, delivery and performance of
        this Amendment nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
        hereby does or shall contravene, result in a breach of, or violate
        (i) any provision of Borrower's certificate or articles of
        incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any law or regulation, or any order or
        decree of any court or government instrumentality or (iii) indenture,
        mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to
        which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or any of its property
        is bound, except in any such case to the extent such conflict or
        breach has been waived by a written waiver document a copy of which
        has been delivered to Agent on or before the date hereof;

                  (d)  Since the Closing Date, no provisions of Borrower's
        certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws  have been
        amended or changed; and

                  (e)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
        continuing.

             Section 3.     Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit
   Agreement.

             (a)  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement
   and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are
   hereby ratified and confirmed.

             (b)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment
   shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or
   any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, nor constitute
   a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document,
   except as specifically set forth herein.  Upon the effectiveness of this
   Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement",
   "hereunder", "hereof", "herein" or words of similar import shall mean and
   be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.  Each reference
   in the Credit Agreement to the "Revolving Credit Note" shall mean and be a
   reference to the Revolving Credit Note executed of even date with this
   Amendment.

             Section 4.     Costs and Expenses.  As provided in Section 11.3
   of the Credit Agreement, Borrower agrees to reimburse Agent for all costs
   and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of counsel or other
   advisors for advice, assistance, or other representation in connection
   with this Amendment.  

             Section 5.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
   BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO
   CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

             Section 6.     Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are
   included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute
   a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

             Section 7.     Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
   any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
   an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
   instrument.

             Section 8.     Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become
   effective upon:

             (a) the receipt of executed original signature pages to this
   Amendment by Lenders and Borrower;

             (b) the receipt of an executed original Revolving Credit Note in
   the amount of Thirty-Seven Million Dollars ($37,000,000), evidencing the
   Revolving Credit Loan, both existing outstanding amounts and future
   borrowings, and the return of the prior Revolving Credit Note in the
   amount of Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000);

             (c) receipt of an executed original certificate from the
   Secretary of the Borrower, certifying as to (i) resolutions of the Board
   of Directors of Borrower duly authorizing the execution, delivery and
   effectiveness of this Amendment and all other instruments and documents to
   be delivered by the Borrower; and (ii) incumbency of qualified officers of
   the Borrower;

             (d)  receipt of an executed original certificate from an
   authorized officer of the Borrower, certifying that no Default or Event of
   Default has occurred and is continuing;

             (e)  receipt of executed original signature pages to amended
   Mortgages covering all of the Mortgaged Properties;

             (f)  receipt of a satisfactory original opinion of counsel from
   Wayne Larsen, General Counsel of Borrower; and

             (g)  reimbursement of Agent's costs and expenses as provided in
   Section 4 hereof.


                            [signature pages follow]

   <PAGE>

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as
   of the date and year first above written.


                                 LADISH CO., INC.

                                 By:   /s/

                                 Title: Vice President Law//Finance & 
                                        Secretary


                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                 individually and as Agent
                                 for the Lenders

                                 By:   /s/

                                 Title:  Region Operations Manager

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

             THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment")
   dated as of December 22, 1995, by and among Ladish Co., Inc., a Wisconsin
   corporation ("Borrower") and General Electric Capital Corporation, a New
   York corporation (in its individual capacity, "GE Capital"), for itself as
   Lender, and as Agent for the Lenders.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and GE Capital have entered into that
   certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995, as amended on
   September 15, 1995 (the "Credit Agreement");

             WHEREAS, Borrower proposes to enter into a Note and Warrant
   Purchase Agreement (the "Initial Purchase Agreement") with certain
   purchasers listed on the schedule thereto (the "Purchasers"), pursuant to
   which the Purchasers shall purchase (i) $4,000,000 principal amount of
   senior subordinated notes (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") and (ii)
   warrants (the "Warrants") exercisable for 20,000,000 shares of the
   Borrower's common stock, and also proposes to enter into a Warrant
   Agreement with the Purchasers (a "Warrant Agreement") and a Registration
   Rights Agreement with the Purchasers (a "Registration Rights Agreement");

             WHEREAS, Borrower proposes to enter into one or more additional
   note purchase agreements on or before June 30, 1996 (individually, a
   "Subsequent Purchase Agreement," and collectively or together with the
   Initial Purchase Agreement, the "Purchase Agreements"), pursuant to which
   up to an additional $6,600,000 principal amount of Senior Subordinated
   Notes shall be sold, and also proposes to enter into further Warrant
   Agreements and Registration Rights Agreements;

             WHEREAS, Section 6.3 of the Credit Agreement provides that the
   Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any
   Indebtedness, except in limited circumstances;

             WHEREAS, Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement provides that the
   Borrower shall not make any change in its capital structure that is not
   acceptable to Agent in its reasonable discretion;

             WHEREAS, Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement provides that the
   Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or
   with respect to its properties or assets, except in limited circumstances;

             WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend the Credit Agreement
   to, among other things, allow Borrower to enter into the Purchase
   Agreements, Warrant Agreements and Registration Rights Agreements.

             NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

   1.   Definitions.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall
   have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

   2.   Amendments to the Credit Agreement.

        (a)  The definition of "Change of Control" in Schedule A to the
   Credit Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Change of Control" shall mean any event, transaction or
        occurrence as a result of which, without the consent of the Agent
        (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), either (i) (x)
        Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.) Capital Corporation and its
        Affiliates shall cease to own or control at least 15% of the
        outstanding Stock (or rights to acquire Stock), on a fully diluted
        basis and (y) Grace Brothers Ltd. and its Affiliates shall cease to
        own or control at least 10% of the outstanding Stock (or rights to
        acquire Stock), on a fully diluted basis, or (ii) any other Person
        and its Affiliates shall own or control, directly or indirectly, in
        the aggregate 51% or more of the Voting Stock, on a fully diluted
        basis.

        (b)  Section 6.3 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the
   word "and " immediately before clause (vi) thereof and adding the
   following after such clause (vi):

        , and (vii) up to $10,600,000 original principal amount at the time
        of issue of senior subordinated notes (the "Senior Subordinated
        Notes") pursuant to that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement
        (the "Initial Purchase Agreement"), dated as of December 22, 1995
        among Borrower and the purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto and
        pursuant to any subsequent note purchase agreement (individually, a
        "Subsequent Purchase Agreement," and, together with the Initial
        Purchase Agreement, the "Purchase Agreements"), the notes for which
        are purchased on or before June 30, 1996, provided, that the terms
        and conditions of each such Purchase Agreement are substantially
        identical to the Initial Purchase Agreement, provided further, that
        the provisions of Article X and Section 11.16 of each such Purchase
        Agreement, the definitions used therein and the form of notes issued
        thereunder shall be identical in all respects to the provisions of
        Article X and Section 11.16 of the Initial Purchase Agreement, the
        definitions used therein and the form of notes issued thereunder,
        respectively, and provided further, that the Agent shall be provided
        with a true and complete copy of each Subsequent Purchase Agreement
        five Business Days prior to the effective date of such Subsequent
        Purchase Agreement.

        (c)  Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding the
   following at the end of clause (ii) thereof:

        , except for the issuance of up to 53,000,000 warrants in the
        aggregate pursuant to (x) the Purchase Agreements, (y) that certain
        Warrant Agreement (the "Warrant Agreement")  dated as of December 22,
        1995 between the Borrower and the purchasers listed therein and one
        or more subsequent warrant agreements (together with the Warrant
        Agreement, the "Warrant Agreements"), the terms of which are
        substantially identical to the Warrant Agreement and which are
        executed concurrently with one of the Purchase Agreements, (z) that
        certain Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Rights
        Agreement")  dated as of December 22, 1995 between the Borrower and
        the purchasers listed therein and one or more subsequent registration
        rights agreements (together with the Registration Rights Agreement,
        the "Registration Rights Agreements"), the terms of which are
        substantially identical to the Registration Rights Agreement and
        which are executed concurrently with one of the Warrant Agreements
        and one of the Purchase Agreements.

        (d)  Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the
   word "and" immediately before clause (iv) thereof and adding the following
   after such clause (iv):

        , and (v) Liens in connection with any of the Purchase Agreements,
        provided that such Liens shall be junior and subordinated to the
        Liens under this Agreement on the express terms set forth in Article
        X and Section 11.16 of the Purchase Agreements, and the Borrower in
        all respects shall comply with the requirements thereof, and provided
        further, that the Borrower shall furnish to the Agent and its counsel
        a true and complete copy of each agreement, document and instrument
        granting or creating any such lien including any UCC statement,
        mortgage, recordation and similar filing documents, and any proposed
        amendments or modifications thereto from time to time, at least five
        Business Days prior to the execution thereof.

        (e)  Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding the
   following:

             (n)  Any payment shall be made on account of any of the Senior
        Subordinated Notes or Subordinated Debt (as defined in the Purchase
        Agreements) or any breach of the provisions of Article X or Section
        11.16 of any of the Purchase Agreements shall occur or be continuing
        prior to termination of the Commitments and payment in full of the
        Revolving Credit Loan and the Term Loan and all fees, costs and
        expenses payable or reimbursable by Borrower pursuant to the Credit
        Agreement or any other Loan Agreement.

             (o)  Any modification or amendment shall be made to any of the
        Purchase Agreements, Senior Subordinated Notes, Warrant Agreements or
        Registration Rights Agreements without the prior written consent of
        Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

   3.   Incorporated Representations and Warranties. The representations and
   warranties contained in Article 3 of the Credit Agreement are and will be
   true and correct and complete in all material respects on and as of the
   date hereof to the same extent as though made on and as of the date
   hereof, except to the extent such representations and warranties
   specifically relate to an earlier date, in which they are true, correct
   and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date.

   4.   Representations and Warranties.    In order to induce Agent to enter
   into this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants that the copies
   of the Initial Purchase Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the
   Registration Rights Agreement most recently caused by the Borrower to be
   provided to Agent are true and complete copies of the duly and validly
   executed Initial Purchase Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the
   Registration Rights Agreement.

   5.   Return of Closing Fee.   Upon the effectiveness of the Initial
   Purchase Agreement and receipt by the Borrower of the proceeds of the
   Senior Subordinated Notes purchased thereunder, GE Capital will promptly
   credit the Borrower's account by the aggregate amount of $344,000,
   pursuant to Section 1 of the GE Capital Fee Letter.  Upon the
   effectiveness of any Subsequent Purchase Agreement on or before June 30,
   1996 and receipt by the Borrower of the proceeds of the Senior
   Subordinated Notes purchased thereunder, GE Capital will promptly further
   credit the Borrower's account by an aggregate amount equal to 8.6% of the
   net proceeds of the sale of the Senior Subordinated Notes, provided that
   the total amount of the Closing Fee returned by GE Capital on account of
   the Purchase Agreement and all Additional Purchase Agreements shall not
   exceed $645,000, pursuant to Section 1 of the GE Capital Fee Letter.

   6.   Miscellaneous.  The parties hereto hereby further agree as follows:

        6.1  Further Assurances.  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees to
   do such further acts and things and to execute, deliver and acknowledge
   such additional agreements, powers and instruments as any other party
   hereto may reasonably require to carry into effect the purposes of this
   Amendment.  

        6.2  Costs, Expenses and Taxes; Indemnity.  The provisions of Section
   11.3 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference as if
   fully set forth herein mutatis mutandis and made applicable to this
   Amendment.

        6.3  Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in one or more
   counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed
   to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken together, shall
   constitute but one and the same document with the same force and effect as
   if the signatures of all of the parties were on a single counterpart, and
   it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce
   more than one (1) such counterpart.

        6.4  Headings.  Headings used in this Amendment are for convenience
   of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Amendment.

        6.5  Governing Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT
   MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL
   BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL
   LAWS AND DECISIONS OF SAID STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF
   CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

        6.6  Binding Effect.  This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure
   to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their
   respective successors and assigns.  Except as expressly set forth to the
   contrary herein, this Amendment shall not be construed so as to confer any
   right or benefit upon any Person other than the parties to this Amendment
   and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

        6.7  Amendment; Waiver; Reaffirmation of Loan Documents. The parties
   hereto agree and acknowledge that nothing contained in this Amendment in
   any manner or respect limits or terminates any of the provisions of the
   Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents other than as expressly set
   forth herein and further agree and acknowledge that the Credit Agreement
   and each of the other Loan Documents remain and continue in full force and
   effect and are hereby ratified and reaffirmed in all respects.  No delay
   on the part of Agent in exercising any of their respective rights,
   remedies, powers and privileges under the Credit Agreement or any of the
   other Loan Documents or partial or single exercise thereof, shall
   constitute a waiver thereof.  

        6.8  Financing Statements and Public Filings.  The Agent agrees to
   consent or object to the form of any UCC statement or other recording
   document submitted to it on behalf of the Holders within five Business
   Days; provided, that no such consent shall be unreasonably withheld; and,
   provided, further, that the failure to object within five Business Days of
   such submission to the Agent shall be deemed a consent by the Agent to the
   filing of such UCC statement or other recording document on behalf of the
   Holders; and provided, further that such UCC statement or other recording
   document shall comply with the terms and provisions of Section 11.16 of
   the Purchase Agreements.


      [Balance of page intentionally left blank.  Signature pages follow.]

   <PAGE>

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of
   the date first written above.


                                 LADISH CO., INC.


                                 By:  /s/

                                 Title:  Vice President Law/Finance
                                         & Secretary


                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                   As Agent and as Lender


                                 By:  /s/

                                 Title: Senior Vice President Commercial
                                          Finance

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

             THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment")
   dated as of June 17, 1996, by and among Ladish Co., Inc., a Wisconsin
   corporation ("Borrower") and General Electric Capital Corporation, a New
   York corporation (in its individual capacity, "GE Capital"), for itself as
   Lender, and as Agent for the Lenders.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and GE Capital have entered into that
   certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995, as amended (the
   "Credit Agreement");

             WHEREAS, the Borrower is the sponsor of the defined benefit
   pension plans (the "Plans") set forth in Exhibit A hereto, covered by
   Title IV of ERISA; and

             WHEREAS, the Borrower has applied under section 412(d) of the
   Internal Revenue Code and section 303 of ERISA to the U.S. Internal
   Revenue Service ("IRS") for conditional waivers of the minimum funding
   standard for the Plans ("Funding Waivers") for plan year 1995.  As a
   condition to granting the requested Funding Waivers, the IRS may require
   that security perfected and enforced by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
   Corporation ("PBGC") be provided to the Plans; and

             WHEREAS, in the event the Funding Waivers are granted, the
   Borrower has agreed to grant to the Plans and to PBGC a security interest
   and lien in the amount of $11.2 million on the property described in
   Exhibit B hereto (the "PBGC Collateral") to secure full and timely payment
   of all amounts owing by the Borrower to the Plans as payment for the
   Funding Waivers and payment to PBGC for liabilities that may arise under
   the provisions of Section 4062 of ERISA in the event that one or more of
   the Plans terminates prior to full payment of the amounts owing for the
   Funding Waivers; and

             WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to amend the Credit Agreement
   to, among other things, allow Borrower to obtain the Funding Waivers and
   grant the PBGC Liens on the terms and conditions set forth in this
   Amendment No. 3.

             NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

             I.   Definitions.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein
   shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

             II.  Amendments to the Credit Agreement.

             (a)  Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting
   the word "and" immediately before clause (v) thereof and adding the
   following after such clause (v):

        , and (vi) Liens granted to the PBGC in all real estate currently
        owned by the Borrower and located in Cudahy, Wisconsin, and in all
        equipment and fixtures owned by the Borrower and located on such real
        estate and securing an amount payable to the PBGC under the
        Borrower's defined benefit pensions not to exceed $11,200,000,
        provided that (i) such Liens shall continue and be outstanding only
        as long as the Borrower has not repaid the amount of its minimum
        funding requirements waived as of the date hereof by the PBGC for the
        Borrower's 1995 plan year, (ii) such Liens shall be junior and
        subordinated to the Liens under this Agreement on the express terms
        set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 17, 1996,
        by the Agent, ING Equity Partners, L.P. I, as agent for the holders
        of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the PBGC, as amended,
        supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the "PBGC
        Intercreditor Agreement"), (iii) the Borrower shall not amend or
        otherwise modify without the prior written consent of the Agent that
        certain Payment and Security Agreement, dated June 17, 1996 by and
        between the Borrower and the PBGC (the "PBGC Agreement"), which
        consent of the Agent shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided
        that the Agent shall in its sole and absolute discretion have the
        right to consent to any additional Liens that might be proposed by
        the Borrower to secure any obligations to the PBGC, and (iv) the
        Borrower shall furnish to the Agent and its counsel a true and
        complete copy of each agreement, document and instrument granting or
        creating any such lien including any UCC statement, mortgage,
        recordation and similar filing documents, and any proposed amendments
        or modifications thereto from time to time, at least five Business
        Days prior to the execution thereof.

        (b)  Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended by adding the
   following:

             (p) Any breach by the Borrower or any of the holders of the
        Senior Subordinated Notes of the PBGC Intercreditor Agreement shall
        occur or be continuing.

             (q) Any breach by the Borrower shall occur or be continuing
        under the PBGC Agreement or any other document or instrument related
        thereto or arising thereunder.

             III. Incorporated Representations and Warranties.  The
   representations and warranties contained in Article 3 of the Credit
   Agreement are and will be true and correct and complete in all material
   respects on and as of the date hereof to the same extent as though made on
   and as of the date hereof, except to the extent such representations and
   warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which they are true,
   correct and complete in all material respects as of such earlier date.

             IV.  Representations and Warranties.  In order to induce Agent
   to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants that
   the copy of the PBGC Agreement most recently caused by the Borrower to be
   provided to Agent is a true and complete copy of the duly and validly
   executed PBGC Agreement.

             V.   Waiver.  GE Capital, individually and in its capacity as
   Agent, hereby waives any breach of the Credit Agreement caused by the
   failure of the Borrower to pay the amount of the Funding Waivers prior to
   the Borrower's entering into the PBGC Agreement.

             VI.  Miscellaneous.  The parties hereto hereby further agree as
   follows:

             6.1  Further Assurances.  Each of the parties hereto hereby
        agrees to do such further acts and things and to execute, deliver and
        acknowledge such additional agreements, powers and instruments as any
        other party hereto may reasonably require to carry into effect the
        purposes of this Amendment.

             6.2  Costs, Expenses and Taxes; Indemnity.  The provisions of
        Section 11.3 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by
        reference as if fully set forth herein mutatis mutandis and made
        applicable to this Amendment.

             6.3  Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in one or
        more counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall
        be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts, taken
        together, shall constitute but one and the same document with the
        same force and effect as if the signatures of all of the parties were
        on a single counterpart, and it shall not be necessary in making
        proof of this Amendment to produce more than one (1) such
        counterpart.

             6.4  Headings.  Headings used in this Amendment are for
        convenience of reference only and shall not affect the construction
        of this Amendment.

             6.5  Governing Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A
        CONTRACT MADE UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS, AND FOR ALL
        PURPOSES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN
        ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS AND DECISIONS OF SAID STATE,
        WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

             6.6  Binding Effect.  This Amendment shall be binding upon and
        inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and
        their respective successors and assigns.  Except as expressly set
        forth to the contrary herein, this Amendment shall not be construed
        so as to confer any right or benefit upon any Person other than the
        parties to this Amendment and their respective successors and
        permitted assigns.

             6.7  Amendment; Waiver; Reaffirmation of Loan Documents.  The
        parties hereto agree and acknowledge that nothing contained in this
        Amendment in any manner or respect limits or terminates any of the
        provisions of the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents other
        than as expressly set forth herein and further agree and acknowledge
        that the Credit Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents remain
        and continue in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and
        reaffirmed in all respects.  No delay on the part of Agent in
        exercising any of their respective rights, remedies, powers and
        privileges under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan
        Documents or partial or single exercise thereof, shall constitute a
        waiver thereof.

             6.8  Financing Statements and Public Filings.  The Agent agrees
        to consent or object to the form of any UCC statement or other
        recording document submitted to it on behalf of the PBGC within five
        Business Days; provided, that no such consent shall be unreasonably
        withheld; and, provided, further that such UCC statement or other
        recording document shall comply with the terms and provisions of the
        PBGC Intercreditor Agreement.


                   [Balance of page intentionally left blank.
                            Signature pages follow.]

    <PAGE>

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been duly executed as of
   the date first written above.



                                 LADISH CO., INC.


                                 By: /s/

                                 Title:________________________
 


                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                   As Agent and as Lender


                                 By: /s/

                                 Title:_________________________

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


             This AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is
   entered into as of this 12th day of November, 1996 by and among LADISH
   CO., INC., a Wisconsin corporation ("Borrower"), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
   CORPORATION, a New York corporation (in its individual capacity, "GE
   Capital"), for itself as Lender and as Agent for Lenders, and the other
   Lenders signatory hereto.  Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized
   terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them by
   the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

                                    RECITALS

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders have entered into that
   certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995 (as amended,
   supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
   "Credit Agreement"); and

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders wish to amend the Credit
   Agreement to increase the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment from Thirty-
   Seven Million Dollars ($37,000,000) to Forty-Five Million Dollars
   ($45,000,000), thereby increasing the Commitments from Forty-Five Million
   Dollars ($45,000,000) to Fifty-Three Million Dollars ($53,000,000);

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders wish to amend the Credit
   Agreement to reduce the Non-Use Fee;

             NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual execution hereof
   and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as
   follows:

             SECTION 1.     Amendments to the Credit Agreement.

             (a)  The first recital to the Credit Agreement is amended in its
   entirety to read as follows:

                  WHEREAS, Borrower desires that Lenders extend a revolving
        and term credit facility to Borrower for the purpose of refinancing
        certain indebtedness of Borrower, to provide working capital
        financing for Borrower and to provide funds for other general
        corporate purposes of Borrower; and Borrower desires to borrow up to
        Fifty-Three Million Dollars ($53,000,000) from Lenders, and Lenders
        are willing to make certain loans and other extensions of credit to
        Borrower of up to such amount upon the terms and conditions set forth
        herein;

             (b)  Section 1.8(b) of the Credit Agreement is amended in its
   entirety to read as follows:

                  (b)  As additional compensation for Lenders' costs and
        risks in making the Revolving Credit Loan available to Borrower,
        Borrower agrees to pay to Agent, for the ratable benefit of  Lenders,
        in arrears, on the first Business Day of each month prior to the
        Commitment Termination Date and on the Commitment Termination Date, a
        fee for Borrower's non-use of available funds (the "Non-use Fee") in
        amount equal to one-quarter of one percent (1/4%) per annum
        (calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for actual days elapsed)
        of the difference between the respective daily averages of (i) the
        Maximum Revolving Credit Loan (as it may be adjusted from time to
        time hereunder) and (ii) the amount of the Revolving Credit Loan
        outstanding during the period for which the Non-use Fee is due.

             (c)  The definition of "Commitments" in Schedule A to the Credit
   Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  "Commitments" shall mean (a) as to any Lender, the
        aggregate commitment of such Lender to make Revolving Credit Advances
        and the Term Loan as set forth on the signature page to the Agreement
        or in the most recent Lender Addition Agreement executed by such
        Lender and (b) as to all Lenders, the aggregate commitment of all
        Lenders to make Revolving Credit Advances and the Term Loan, which
        aggregate commitment shall be Forty-Three Million Dollars
        ($43,000,000) on the Closing Date, shall increase to Forty-Five
        Million Dollars ($45,000,000) on September 15, 1995, and shall
        increase to Fifty-Three Million Dollars ($53,000,000) on November __,
        1996, as such amount may be further adjusted, if at all, from time to
        time in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

             (d)  The definition of "Revolving Credit Loan Commitment" in
   Schedule A to the Credit Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as
   follows:

                  "Revolving Credit Loan Commitment" shall mean (a) as to any
        Lender, the aggregate commitment of such Lender to make Revolving
        Credit Advances as set forth on the signature page to the Agreement
        or in the most recent Lender Addition Agreement executed by such
        Lender and (b) as to all Lenders, the aggregate commitment of all
        Lenders to make Revolving Credit Advances, which aggregate commitment
        shall be Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000) on the Closing
        Date, shall increase to Thirty-Seven Million Dollars ($37,000,000) on
        September 15, 1995 and shall increase to Forty-Five Million Dollars
        ($45,000,000) on November __, 1996, as such amount may be further
        adjusted, if at all, from time to time in accordance with the Credit
        Agreement.

             (e)  The Revolving Credit Loan Commitment of GE Capital set
   forth on the signature page of the Credit Agreement is amended from
   Thirty-Seven Million Dollars ($37,000,000) to Forty-Five Million Dollars
   ($45,000,000).

             Section 2.     Representations and Warranties of Borrower. 
   Borrower represents and warrants that:

                  (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of
        this Amendment, the new Revolving Credit Note and the amended
        Mortgages have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
        and that this Amendment is a legal, valid and binding obligation of
        Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms,
        except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) the effect of
        any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
        similar law affecting creditors' rights generally and (ii) general
        principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is
        sought in a proceeding in equity or at law); 

                  (b)  Each of the representations and warranties contained
        in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects
        on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof;

                  (c)  Neither the execution, delivery and performance of
        this Amendment nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
        hereby does or shall contravene, result in a breach of, or violate
        (i) any provision of Borrower's certificate or articles of
        incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any law or regulation, or any order or
        decree of any court or government instrumentality or (iii) indenture,
        mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to
        which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or any of its property
        is bound, except in any such case to the extent such conflict or
        breach has been waived by a written waiver document a copy of which
        has been delivered to Agent on or before the date hereof;

                  (d)  Since the Closing Date, no provisions of Borrower's
        certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws  have been
        amended or changed; and

                  (e)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
        continuing.

             Section 3.     Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit
   Agreement.

             (a)  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement
   and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are
   hereby ratified and confirmed.

             (b)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment
   shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or
   any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, nor constitute
   a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document,
   except as specifically set forth herein.  Upon the effectiveness of this
   Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement",
   "hereunder", "hereof", "herein" or words of similar import shall mean and
   be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.  Each reference
   in the Credit Agreement to the "Revolving Credit Note" shall mean and be a
   reference to the Revolving Credit Note executed of even date with this
   Amendment.

             Section 4.     Costs and Expenses.  As provided in Section 11.3
   of the Credit Agreement, Borrower agrees to reimburse Agent upon demand
   for all costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of
   counsel or other advisors for advice, assistance, or other representation
   in connection with this Amendment.  

             Section 5.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
   BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO
   CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

             Section 6.     Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are
   included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute
   a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

             Section 7.     Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
   any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
   an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
   instrument.

             Section 8.     Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become
   effective upon:

             (a) the receipt of executed original signature pages to this
   Amendment by Lenders and Borrower;

             (b) the receipt of an executed original Revolving Credit Note in
   the amount of Forty-Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000), evidencing the
   Revolving Credit Loan, both existing outstanding amounts and future
   borrowings, and the return of the prior Revolving Credit Note in the
   amount of Thirty-Seven Million Dollars ($37,000,000);

             (c) receipt of an executed original certificate from the
   Secretary of the Borrower, certifying as to (i) resolutions of the Board
   of Directors of Borrower duly authorizing the execution, delivery and
   effectiveness of this Amendment and all other instruments and documents to
   be delivered by the Borrower; and (ii) incumbency of qualified officers of
   the Borrower;

             (d)  receipt of an executed original certificate from an
   authorized officer of the Borrower, certifying that no Default or Event of
   Default has occurred and is continuing;

             (e)  receipt of executed original signature pages to amended
   Mortgages covering all of the Mortgaged Properties;

             (f)  receipt of a satisfactory original opinion of counsel from
   Wayne Larsen, General Counsel of Borrower; and

             (g)  reimbursement of Agent's costs and expenses as provided in
   Section 4 hereof.


             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as
   of the date and year first above written.


                                 LADISH CO., INC.

                                 By:  /s/

                                 Title:


                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                 individually and as Agent
                                 for the Lenders

                                 By:  /s/

                                 Title:                             

<PAGE>
                       AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

             This AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is
   entered into as of this 8th day of April, 1997 by and among LADISH CO.,
   INC., a Wisconsin corporation ("Borrower"), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
   CORPORATION, a New York corporation (in its individual capacity, ("GE
   Capital"), for itself as Lender and as Agent for Lenders, and the other
   Lenders signatory hereto.  Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized
   terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them by
   the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

                                    RECITALS

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders have entered into that
   certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995 (as amended,
   supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
   ("Credit Agreement");

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders wish to terminate the
   Borrower's right to choose the LIBOR pricing option; and

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders wish to amend the Credit
   Agreement to provide for adjustments to the Applicable Margin for LIBOR
   Loans and to change the amount to be paid to Agent, for the benefit of the
   Lenders, as a result of a voluntary prepayment.

             NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good
   and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
   hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

             SECTION 1.     Termination of LIBOR Pricing Option.  Upon the
   effectiveness of this Amendment pursuant to Section 9 hereof, the Borrower
   shall no longer have the option to elect LIBOR pricing and all existing
   LIBOR Loans immediately shall be converted to Index Rate Loans.

             SECTION 2.     Amendments to the Credit Agreement.

             (a)  Section 1.3(d) of the Credit Agreement is amended in its
   entirety to read as follows:

                  "(d) Borrower shall have the right at any time on thirty
   (30) days' prior written notice to Agent to voluntarily:

                  (i) prepay all or part of the Term Loan, provided that any
   such voluntary prepayment shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee
   required by Section 1.8(c), if any, plus the payment of any LIBOR funding
   breakage costs in accordance with Section 1.13(c); and

                  (ii) permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Loan
   Commitment in whole or in part ratably among the Lenders in a minimum
   aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000,000
   excess thereof; provided, however, that the amount of the Revolving
   Outstanding Advances; provided further that any such voluntary reduction
   shall be accompanied by the payment of the fee required by Section 1.8(c),
   if any, plus the payment of any LIBOR funding breakage costs in accordance
   with Section 1.13(c)."

             (b)  The second sentence of Section 1.5(c) of the Credit
   Agreement is deleted and replaced by the following text:

             "The Index Rate shall be determined each day based upon the
   Index Rate as in effect each day."

             "(c) Except as set forth in Section 1.3(d) above, if, prior to
   July 1, 1999, Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans or permanently reduce
   the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment, Borrower shall pay to the Agent, for
   the benefit of Lenders as liquidated damages and compensation for the
   costs of being prepared to make funds available to Borrower hereunder an
   amount determined by multiplying one percent (1%) by, in the case of a
   prepayment of the Term Loan, the amount of such prepayment, and in the
   case of a permanent reduction in the Revolving Credit Loan Commitment, the
   amount of such reduction."

             (d)  The definition of "Applicable Margin" in Schedule A to the
   Credit Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  ""Applicable Margin" shall mean, for Index Rate Loans,
   until June 1, 1997, two and one-half percent (2.5%), and thereafter a
   percentage in effect for the ten applicable Margin Period equal to the
   percentage shown below opposite the Borrower's EBITDA for the twelve (12)
   full consecutive calendar months ending with the most recent Fiscal Month
   prior to such Margin Period for which Borrower has delivered its monthly
   financial statements to Agent pursuant to clause (a) of Schedule G
   ("EBITDA Calculation Period"):

                                 Applicable Margin for 
   EBITDA for the EBITDA         Index Rate Loans for the
   Calculation Period            Related Margin Period

   Greater than $23,500,000           2.00%

   Greater than $20,750,000
   but less than or equal to
   $23,500,000                        2.50%

   Less than or equal to
   $20,750,000                        3.00%


   As used in this definition:  "Margin Period" shall mean, on any date of
   determination, the period (i) commencing five (5) days after the delivery
   of its monthly financial statements by the Borrower to the Agent as
   required by clause (a) of Schedule G for its most recent Fiscal Month, and
   (ii) ending four (4) days after the delivery of such monthly financial
   statements for the next succeeding Fiscal Month."

             (e)  The definition of "Index Rate" in Schedule A to the Credit
   Agreement is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

                  ""Index Rate" shall mean, for any day, the published rate
   for the thirty-day dealer placed commercial paper (sold through the
   dealers by major corporations) which normally is published in the "Money
   Rates" section of The Wall Street Journal for such day or, in the event
   such reports shall not so appear, in such other nationally recognized
   publications as Agent may, from time to time, specify to Borrower."

             Section 3.     Representations and Warranties of Borrower. 
   Borrower represents and warrants that:

                  (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of
   this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
   and that this Amendment is a legal, valid and binding obligation of
   Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except
   as the enforcement thereof may be subject to (i) the effect of any
   applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar
   law affecting creditors' rights generally and (ii) general principles of
   equity (regardless of whether such enforcement is sought in a proceeding
   in equity or at law);

                  (b)  Each of the representations and warranties contained
   in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects on
   and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof;

                  (c)  Neither the execution, delivery and performance of
   this Amendment nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
   hereby does or shall contravene, result in a breach of, or violate (i) any
   provision of Borrower's certificate or articles of incorporation or
   bylaws, (ii) any law or regulation, or any order or decree of any court or
   government instrumentality or (iii) indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
   lease, agreement or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by
   which Borrower or any of its property is bound, except in any such case to
   the extent such conflict or breach has been waived by a written waiver
   document a copy of which has been delivered to Agent on or before the date
   hereof;

                  (d)  Since the Closing Date, no provisions of Borrower's
   certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws have been amended or
   changed; and

                  (e)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
   continuing.

             Section 4.     Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit
   Agreement.

             (a)  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement
   and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are
   hereby ratified and confirmed.

             (b)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment
   shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or
   any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, nor constitute
   a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document,
   except as specifically set forth herein.  Upon the effectiveness of this
   Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement",
   "hereunder", "hereof", "herein" or words of similar import shall mean and
   be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.  Each reference
   in the Credit Agreement to the "Revolving Credit Note" shall mean and be a
   reference to the Revolving Credit Note executed of even date with this
   Amendment.

             Section 5.     Costs and Expenses.  As provided in Section 11.3
   of the Credit Agreement, Borrower agrees to reimburse Agent upon demand
   for all costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of
   counsel or other advisors for advice, assistance, or other representation
   in connection with this Amendment.

             Section 6.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
   BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO
   CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

             Section 7.     Headings. Section headings in this Amendment are
   included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute
   a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

             Section 8.     Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
   any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
   an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
   instrument.

             Section 9.     Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become
   effective upon:

             (a)  the receipt of executed original signature pages to this
   Amendment by Lenders and Borrower;

             (b)  receipt of an executed original certificate from the
   Secretary of the Borrower, certifying as to (i) resolutions of the Board
   of Directors of Borrower duly authorizing the execution, delivery and
   effectiveness of this Amendment and all other instruments and documents to
   be delivered by the Borrower; and (ii) incumbency of qualified officers of
   the Borrower;

             (c)  receipt of an executed original certificate from an
   authorized officer of the Borrower, certifying that no Default or Event of
   Default has occurred and is continuing;

             (d)  receipt of a satisfactory original opinion of counsel from
   Wayne Larsen, General Counsel of Borrower; and

             (e)  reimbursement of Agent's costs and expenses as provided in
   Section 5 hereof.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as
   of the date and year first above written.

                                 LADISH CO., INC.

                                 By:  /s/                                

                                 Title:                               

                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                 individually and as Agent
                                 for the Lenders

                                 By:   /s/                                    
                       

                                 Title: Duly Authorized Signatory             
                                           

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


             This AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is
   entered into as of this 23rd day of May, 1997 by and among LADISH CO.,
   INC., a Wisconsin corporation ("Borrower"), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL
   CORPORATION, a New York corporation (in its individual capacity, "GE
   Capital"), for itself as Lender and as Agent for Lenders, and the other
   Lenders signatory hereto.  Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized
   terms used in this Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them by
   the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined).

                                    RECITALS

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders have entered into that
   certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995 (as amended,
   supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
   "Credit Agreement");

             WHEREAS, Borrower has entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement
   dated April 24, 1997 (the "Trinity Asset Purchase Agreement") with Trinity
   Fitting & Flange Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Trinity"), pursuant
   to which Borrower is selling and Trinity is purchasing certain assets
   related to the Borrower's Industrial Products Division;

             WHEREAS, Borrower proposes to purchase (the "Stowe Purchase")
   substantially all of the assets (the "Stowe Assets") of Stowe Machine
   Company, Incorporated, a Connecticut corporation ("Stowe"); and

             WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to enter into this Amendment to
   consent to the Trinity Asset Purchase Agreement, waive any Defaults caused
   thereby, consent to the Stowe Purchase and amend the Credit Agreement as
   provided herein.

             NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good
   and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
   hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

             SECTION 1.     Consent and Waiver.  Subject to the satisfaction
   of each of the conditions set forth in Section 9 of this Amendment, Agent
   and Lenders hereby consent to the execution and consummation of the
   Trinity Asset Purchase Agreement and waive any existing Default caused
   solely by the execution of the Trinity Asset Purchase Agreement; provided
   that the proceeds received pursuant thereto is applied to the Revolving
   Credit Loan; provided further that the escrow agent under that certain
   Escrow Agreement to be executed pursuant to Section 11.1. of the Trinity
   Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Escrow Agreement") shall have acknowledged
   that Agent has a first priority perfected security interest in the
   Borrower's interest in any funds deposited in escrow pursuant to the
   Escrow Agreement, such acknowledgment to be in form and substance
   satisfactory to Agent, and provided further that the Trinity Asset
   Purchase Agreement shall not be materially amended without the consent of
   the Agent.

             SECTION 2.     Amendments to the Credit Agreement.

             (a)  Section 1.4 of the Credit Agreement is amended in its
   entirety to read as follows:

                  "1.4  Use of Proceeds.   (a) Borrower shall utilize the
        proceeds of Revolving Credit Advances solely for the Refinancing (and
        to pay any related transaction expenses) and for the financing of
        ordinary working capital and general corporate needs (but excluding
        in any event any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, repayment
        or defeasance of any Stock of Borrower). 

                  (b)  Notwithstanding Section 1.4(a), but subject to Section
        1.1 (a), Borrower shall not utilize proceeds of the Trinity Asset
        Purchase which flow through the Revolving Credit Advances to pay to
        its Pension Plans except in an amount not to exceed  ten million
        dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate; provided that on or before
        the date of such Revolving Credit Advances, each of the following
        shall have occurred in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent: 
        (i) the PBGC shall have released its Liens on Borrower's property and
        withdraw all other conditions and requirements imposed in connection
        with its conditional waiver of the minimum funding standards for
        Borrower's Plans, (ii) that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated as
        of June 17, 1996, by Agent, ING Equity Partners, L.P. I, as agent for
        the Noteholders and the PBGC shall have been terminated, and (iii)
        that certain Payment and Security Agreement dated as of June 17, 1996
        between Borrower and the PBGC shall have been terminated.

                  (c)  Notwithstanding Section 1.4(a), but subject to Section
        1.1 (a), Borrower shall not utilize proceeds of Revolving Credit
        Advances Borrower to purchase assets other than in the ordinary
        course of business except for an amount not to exceed eight million
        five hundred thousand dollars ($8,500,000) in the aggregate to
        purchase the Stowe Assets; provided that the terms and conditions of
        the Stowe Purchase are satisfactory to Agent in its reasonable
        discretion and provided further that on or before the date of such
        Revolving Credit Advances, any Liens on Stowe Assets shall have been
        released and Borrower shall have executed and delivered in form and
        substance satisfactory to Agent (i) mortgages with respect to any
        Stowe Assets which constitute real property and (ii) UCC financing
        statements for each jurisdiction in which Stowe Assets are located.

                  (d)  Notwithstanding Section 1.4(a) and Section 6.3, but
        subject to Section 1.1(a) and the provisos contained in Section
        1.4(c), Borrower may execute a note in the principal amount of one
        million dollars ($1,000,000) in favor of the shareholders of Stowe
        and use proceeds of Revolving Credit Advances to pay interest and
        principal on the note."

             (c)  Schedule I to the Credit Agreement is amended in its
   entirety to read as provided in Exhibit A hereto.

             SECTION 3.     Representations and Warranties of Borrower. 
   Borrower represents and warrants that:

                  (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of
        this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
        action and that this Amendment is a legal, valid and binding
        obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance
        with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to
        (i) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
        reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors' rights
        generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of
        whether such enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at
        law); 

                  (b)  Each of the representations and warranties contained
        in the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects
        on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof;

                  (c)  Neither the execution, delivery and performance of
        this Amendment nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
        hereby does or shall contravene, result in a breach of, or violate
        (i) any provision of Borrower's certificate or articles of
        incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any law or regulation, or any order or
        decree of any court or government instrumentality or (iii) indenture,
        mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to
        which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or any of its property
        is bound, except in any such case to the extent such conflict or
        breach has been waived by a written waiver document a copy of which
        has been delivered to Agent on or before the date hereof;

                  (d)  Since the Closing Date, no provisions of Borrower's
        certificate or articles of incorporation or by-laws  have been
        amended or changed; and

                  (e)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
        continuing.

             SECTION 4.     Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit
   Agreement.

             (a)  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement
   and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are
   hereby ratified and confirmed.

             (b)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment
   shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or
   any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, nor constitute
   a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document,
   except as specifically set forth herein.  Upon the effectiveness of this
   Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement",
   "hereunder", "hereof", "herein" or words of similar import shall mean and
   be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.  Each reference
   in the Credit Agreement to the "Revolving Credit Note" shall mean and be a
   reference to the Revolving Credit Note executed of even date with this
   Amendment.

             SECTION 5.     Costs and Expenses.  As provided in Section 11.3
   of the Credit Agreement, Borrower agrees to reimburse Agent upon demand
   for all costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of
   counsel or other advisors for advice, assistance, or other representation
   in connection with this Amendment.  

             SECTION 6.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
   BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO
   CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

             SECTION 7.     Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are
   included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute
   a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

             SECTION 8.     Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
   any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
   an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
   instrument.

             SECTION 9.     Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become
   effective upon:

             (a) the receipt of executed original signature pages to this
   Amendment by Lenders and Borrower;

             (b) receipt of an executed original certificate from the
   Secretary of the Borrower, certifying as to (i) resolutions of the Board
   of Directors of Borrower duly authorizing the execution, delivery and
   effectiveness of this Amendment and all other instruments and documents to
   be delivered by the Borrower; and (ii) incumbency of qualified officers of
   the Borrower;

             (c)  receipt of an executed original certificate from an
   authorized officer of the Borrower, certifying that no Default or Event of
   Default has occurred and is continuing;

             (d)  receipt of a satisfactory original opinion of counsel from
   Wayne Larsen, Vice President Law/Finance of Borrower;

             (e)  reimbursement of Agent's costs and expenses as provided in
   Section 5 hereof; and

             (f)  receipt of a Borrowing Base Certificate certified by
   Borrower's Financial Officer after giving effect to the Trinity Asset
   Purchase Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as
   of the date and year first above written.


                                 LADISH CO., INC.

                                 By:  /s/

                                 Title:  Treasurer


                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                 individually and as Agent
                                 for the Lenders


                                 By:  /s/

                                 Title:   Duly Authorized Signatory

<PAGE>

                       AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


             This AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is
   entered into as of this 2nd day of July, 1997 by and among LADISH CO.,
   INC., a Wisconsin corporation ("Borrower"), STOWE MACHINE CO., INC., a
   Nevada corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Borrower
   ("Guarantor"), GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, a New York
   corporation (in its individual capacity, "GE Capital"), for itself as
   Lender and as Agent for Lenders, and the other Lenders signatory hereto. 
   Unless otherwise specified herein, capitalized terms used in this
   Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed to them by the Credit Agreement
   (as hereinafter defined).

                                    RECITALS

             WHEREAS, Borrower, Agent and Lenders have entered into that
   certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995 (as amended,
   supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the
   "Credit Agreement");

             WHEREAS, Borrower entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement dated
   June 18, 1997 (the "Stowe Asset Purchase Agreement") with Stowe Machine
   Company, Incorporated, a Connecticut corporation ("Stowe"), pursuant to
   which Borrower purchased substantially all of the assets of Stowe (the
   "Stowe Assets").

             WHEREAS, Borrower caused Guarantor to be formed as a wholly-
   owned subsidiary of Borrower and caused some or all of the Stowe Assets to
   be transferred to Guarantor;

             WHEREAS, as a condition to making the Loans under the Credit
   Agreement to fund the purchase of the Stowe Assets and allowing the
   formation of Guarantor, Agent requires that (i) the Borrower pledge the
   Stowe Assets to secure the Obligations and (ii)  Guarantor guarantee the
   Obligations and pledge the Stowe Assets to secure such guaranty;

             WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to enter into this Amendment to
   consent to the formation of Guarantor and the transfer of the Stowe Assets
   to Guarantor, waive any Defaults caused thereby and amend the Credit
   Agreement as provided herein.

             NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good
   and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
   hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

             SECTION 1.     Consent and Waiver.  Subject to the satisfaction
   of each of the conditions set forth in Section 10 of this Amendment, Agent
   and Lenders hereby consent to the formation of Guarantor and the transfer
   of the Stowe Assets to Guarantor and waive any existing Default caused
   solely thereby.

             SECTION 2.     Amendments to the Credit Agreement.

             (a)  Sections 5 and 6 of the Credit Agreement are amended by (i)
   deleting each reference therein to "Borrower shall not" and replacing each
   such reference with a reference to "Borrower shall not, and shall not
   cause or permit any Subsidiary to," and (ii) deleting each other reference
   therein to "Borrower shall" and replacing each such reference with a
   reference to "Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to,".

             (b)  Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting
   the following text at the end of such Section:

        ", provided that Borrower may make loans and advances to Guarantor
        and Guarantor may make loans and advances to Borrower.

             (c)  The financial covenants referred to in Section 6.10 of the
   Credit Agreement and Schedule I thereto henceforth shall be calculated for
   Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.  All defined terms
   used therein shall henceforth be deemed to refer to Borrower and its
   Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

             (d)  The following text is added as Section 12 of the Credit
   Agreement:

        "12. GUARANTY

                  Guarantor hereby unconditionally guarantees the due and
        punctual payment of all Obligations of Borrower from time to time
        outstanding, including without limitation the due and punctual
        payment of the principal of and interest on the Loans made to
        Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and the due and punctual payment
        of all other amounts payable by Borrower under this Agreement or the
        other Loan Documents (collectively, the "Guaranteed Obligations").

                  The obligations of Guarantor under this Section 12 and
        under any other Loan Document executed by Guarantor shall be
        unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of
        the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise
        affected by:

             (a)  any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or
        release in respect of any Guaranteed Obligation of Borrower or the
        Collateral therefor under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents
        unless such extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or
        release expressly applies to any Guaranteed Obligation;

             (b)  any modification or amendment of or supplement to this
        Agreement or the other Loan Documents unless such modification,
        amendment or supplement expressly releases or discharges the
        Guaranteed Obligations;

             (c)  any change in the corporate existence, structure or
        ownership of Borrower, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization
        or other similar proceeding affecting Borrower or its Collateral or
        assets;

             (d)  the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which
        Borrower may have at any time against Guarantor, the Agent, any
        Lender or any other Person, whether in connection herewith or any
        unrelated transactions, provided that nothing herein shall prevent
        the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory
        counterclaim;

             (e)  any invalidity or unenforceability for any reason of any
        provision or all of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents
        relating to or against Borrower, or any provision of applicable law
        or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by Borrower of the
        principal of or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by
        it under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; or

             (f)  any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by
        Borrower, Agent, any Lender or any other Person, or any other
        circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this
        paragraph, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of Borrower's
        obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

                  Guarantor's obligations under this Section 12 and under any
        other Loan Document executed by Guarantor shall remain in full force
        and effect until all Guaranteed Obligations shall have been paid in
        full and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall have
        terminated in accordance with their terms.  If at any time any
        payment of the principal of or interest on any Note made by Borrower
        or any other amount payable by Borrower under this or the other Loan
        Documents is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon
        the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower or
        otherwise, Guarantor's obligations under this Section 12 with respect
        to such payment shall be revived and continued in full force and
        effect.

                  Guarantor irrevocably waives notice, presentment, protest,
        notice, demand or action on delinquency in respect of the Guaranteed
        Obligations or any part thereof, including any right to require the
        Agent or the Lenders to sue the Borrower, any other guarantor or any
        other Person obligated with respect to the Obligations or any part
        thereof, or otherwise to enforce payment thereof against any
        collateral securing the same.  

                  Until the Obligations are paid in full, the Guarantor shall
        not exercise any right of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution or
        indemnity with respect to payments made by the Guarantor pursuant to
        this Section 12 or under any other Loan Document executed by
        Guarantor.  In the event that the demand for payment of any amount
        payable by Borrower under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents
        is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of
        Borrower, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under
        the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents shall
        nonetheless be payable by the Guarantor hereunder forthwith upon
        demand by the Agent.

                  If in any action or proceeding involving any state, federal
        or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency or other law affecting the rights
        of creditors generally, the obligations of Guarantor set forth in
        this Section 12 or under any other Loan Document executed by
        Guarantor would be held or determined to be void, invalid or
        unenforceable on account of the amount of the aggregate liability of
        Guarantor hereunder, then notwithstanding any other provision of this
        Section 12 or under any other Loan Document executed by Guarantor to
        the contrary, the aggregate amount of Guarantor's liability shall,
        without any further action of Agent or any other Person, be
        automatically limited and reduced with respect to Guarantor to the
        highest amount which is valid and enforceable as determined in such
        action or proceeding."

             (e)  Schedules 1.9, 3.7, 3.9, 3.10, 3.15, 3.17, 3.28, 5.1, 6.3,
   6.4(a), 6.4(b), 6.7, 11.8 to the Credit Agreement are amended in their
   entirety to read as provided in Exhibit A hereto. 

             (f)  The definitions of "Accounts," "Copyright License,"
   "Copyrights," "Documents," "Equipment," "Fiscal Quarter," "Fixtures,"
   "General Intangibles," "Goods," "Hazardous Material," "Instruments,"
   "Inventory," "License," "Material Adverse Effect," "Mortgages," "Patent
   License," "Patents," "Permitted Encumbrances," "Proceeds," "Trademark
   License," "Trademarks" and "Work-in-Process" in Schedule A to the Credit
   Agreement are amended by deleting each reference therein to "Borrower" and
   replacing each such reference with a reference to "Borrower or any
   Subsidiary" and deleting each reference therein to "Borrower's" and
   replacing each such reference with a reference to "Borrower's or any
   Subsidiary's."

             (g)  The definition of "Agreement" in Schedule A to the Credit
   Agreement is amended by inserting the word "Guarantor," directly after the
   reference to "Borrower."

             (h)  The definition of "Obligations" in Schedule A to the Credit
   Agreement is amended by inserting the words "or Guarantor" directly after
   each reference to "Borrower."

             (i)  The definition of "Security Agreement" in Schedule A to the
   Credit Agreement is amended by inserting the words " and Guarantor"
   directly after the reference to "Borrower."

             (j)  Schedule A to the Credit Agreement is amended by inserting
   the following definition in appropriate alphabetical order:

                  ""Guarantor" shall mean Stowe Machine Co., Inc., a Nevada
        corporation."

             (k)  The financial statements and operating plans to be
   delivered pursuant to Sections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of Schedule G to the
   Credit Agreement henceforth shall be prepared for Borrower and its
   Subsidiaries on a consolidated and a consolidating basis. 

             SECTION 3.     Representations and Warranties of Borrower. 
   Borrower represents and warrants that:

                  (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of
        this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
        action and that this Amendment is a legal, valid and binding
        obligation of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance
        with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be subject to
        (i) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
        reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors' rights
        generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of
        whether such enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at
        law); 

                  (b)  After giving effect to this Amendment, each of the
        representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement is
        true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date
        hereof as if made on the date hereof with respect to Borrower and its
        Subsidiaries;

                  (c)  Neither the execution, delivery and performance of
        this Amendment nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
        hereby does or shall contravene, result in a breach of, or violate
        (i) any provision of Borrower's certificate or articles of
        incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any law or regulation, or any order or
        decree of any court or government instrumentality or (iii) indenture,
        mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to
        which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or any of its property
        is bound, except in any such case to the extent such conflict or
        breach has been waived by a written waiver document a copy of which
        has been delivered to Agent on or before the date hereof;

                  (d)  After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or
        Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

             SECTION 4.     Representations and Warranties of Guarantor. 
   Guarantor represents and warrants that:

                  (a)  Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly
        existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of
        incorporation;

                  (b)  Guarantor is duly qualified to do business and is in
        good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership
        or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such
        qualification;

                  (c)  Guarantor has the requisite corporate power and
        authority and the legal right to own, pledge, mortgage and operate
        its properties, to lease the property it operates under lease, and to
        conduct its business as now, heretofore and proposed to be conducted;

                  (d)  Guarantor has all licenses, permits, consents or
        approvals from or by, and has made all material filings with, and has
        given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities having
        jurisdiction, to the extent  required for such ownership, operation
        and conduct;

                  (e)  Guarantor is in compliance with its charter and by-
        laws;

                  (f)  Guarantor is in compliance with all applicable
        provisions of law, except where the failure to comply, individually
        or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a
        Material Adverse Effect;

                  (g)  After giving effect to this Amendment, each of the
        representations and warranties made by Borrower in Sections 3.2,
        3.7,3.9, 3.10, 3.13, 3.15, 3.17, 3.18, 3.20, 3.21, 3.22, 3.23, 3.25
        and 3.26 of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as if made by
        Guarantor with respect to Guarantor and its properties on the date
        hereof.

                  (h)  The execution, delivery and performance by Guarantor
        of this Amendment have been duly authorized by all necessary
        corporate action and that this Amendment is a legal, valid and
        binding obligation of Guarantor enforceable against Guarantor in
        accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be
        subject to (i) the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
        reorganization, moratorium or similar law affecting creditors' rights
        generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of
        whether such enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at
        law); 

                  (i)  Neither the execution, delivery and performance of
        this Amendment nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated
        hereby does or shall contravene, result in a breach of, or violate
        (i) any provision of Guarantor's certificate or articles of
        incorporation or bylaws, (ii) any law or regulation, or any order or
        decree of any court or government instrumentality or (iii) indenture,
        mortgage, deed of trust, lease, agreement or other instrument to
        which Guarantor is a party or by which Guarantor or any of its
        property is bound, except in any such case to the extent such
        conflict or breach has been waived by a written waiver document a
        copy of which has been delivered to Agent on or before the date
        hereof; and

                  (j)  Guarantor's federal employee identification number is
        06-1487703.

             SECTION 5.     Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit
   Agreement.

             (a)  Except as specifically amended above, the Credit Agreement
   and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect and are
   hereby ratified and confirmed.

             (b)  The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment
   shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or
   any Lender under the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document, nor constitute
   a waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any Loan Document,
   except as specifically set forth herein.  Upon the effectiveness of this
   Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement",
   "hereunder", "hereof", "herein" or words of similar import shall mean and
   be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

             SECTION 6.     Costs and Expenses.  As provided in Section 11.3
   of the Credit Agreement, Borrower agrees to reimburse Agent upon demand
   for all costs and expenses, including the fees, costs and expenses of
   counsel or other advisors for advice, assistance, or other representation
   in connection with this Amendment.  

             SECTION 7.     GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
   BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO
   CONFLICTS OF LAWS PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

             SECTION 8.     Headings.  Section headings in this Amendment are
   included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute
   a part of this Amendment for any other purposes.

             SECTION 9.     Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
   any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed
   an original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same
   instrument.

             SECTION 10.    Effectiveness.  This Amendment shall become
   effective upon:

             (a) the receipt of executed original signature pages to this
   Amendment by Lenders, Borrower and Guarantor;

             (b)  the receipt of executed original signature pages to that
   certain Amendment No. 1 to Security Agreement, of even date herewith by
   Borrower and Guarantor;

             (c)  the receipt of executed original signature pages to that
   certain Mortgage of even date herewith by Guarantor in favor of Agent,
   covering real estate located in Connecticut;

             (d) evidence satisfactory to Agent that Agent (for the benefit
   of itself and Lenders) has a valid and perfected first priority security
   interest in the Guarantor Collateral, including (i) such documents duly
   executed by Guarantor (including financing statements under the UCC and
   other applicable documents under the laws of any jurisdiction with respect
   to the perfection of Liens) as Agent may request in order to perfect its
   security interests in the Guarantor Collateral and (ii) copies of UCC
   search reports listing all effective financing statements that name
   Guarantor, as debtor, together with copies of such financing statements,
   none of which shall cover the Guarantor Collateral.

             (e) receipt of an executed original certificate from the
   Secretary of each of Borrower and Guarantor, certifying as to (i)
   resolutions of the Board of Directors of such entity duly authorizing the
   execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment and all other
   instruments and documents to be delivered by such entity; and (ii)
   incumbency of qualified officers of such entity;

             (f)  receipt of an executed original certificate from an
   authorized officer of each of  Borrower and Guarantor, certifying that no
   Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

             (g) receipt of (i) certified copies of Guarantor's certificate
   or articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto, (ii) good
   standing certificate (including verification of tax status) for Guarantor
   in its state of incorporation and (iii) for each of Borrower and
   Guarantor, good standing certificates (including verification of tax
   status) and certificates of qualification to conduct business in each
   jurisdiction where Guarantor's ownership or lease of property or the
   conduct of its business requires such qualification, each of the foregoing
   dated a recent date prior to the dated hereof and certified by the
   applicable Secretary of State or other authorized governmental entity.

             (h)  receipt of a satisfactory original opinions of counsel from
   Wayne Larsen, Vice President Law/Finance of Borrower and Vice President
   Law/Finance of Guarantor;

             (i)  receipt of an executed copy of the Stowe Purchase
   Agreement; and

             (j)  reimbursement of Agent's costs and expenses as provided in
   Section 7 hereof; and


             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as
   of the date and year first above written.


                                 LADISH CO., INC.

                                 By:  /s/

                                 Title:  Vice President Law/Finance


                                 STOWE MACHINE CO., INC.

                                 By:

                                 Title: Vice President & Secretary


                                 GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
                                 individually and as Agent
                                 for the Lenders

                                 By:    /s/                            

                                 Title: 



                                 LADISH CO, INC.
                          1996 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


   SECTION 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
        GENERAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
          1.1.  Purpose  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
          1.2.  Participation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1

   SECTION 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
        OPTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
          2.1.  Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
          2.2.  Eligibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
          2.3.  Price  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
          2.4.  Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
          2.5.  Post-Exercise Limitations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
          2.6.  Expiration Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4
          2.7.  Reload Provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5

   SECTION 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
        STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
          3.1.  Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
          3.2.  Eligibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5
          3.3.  Exercise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
          3.4.  Settlement of Award  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
          3.5.  Post-Exercise Limitations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6
          3.6.  Expiration Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6

   SECTION 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
        STOCK AWARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
          4.1.  Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7
          4.2.  Eligibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8
          4.3.  Terms and Conditions of Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . .    8

   SECTION 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
        STOCK PURCHASE PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
          5.1.  Purchase of Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
          5.2.  Matching Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
          5.3.  Restrictions on Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9

   SECTION 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
        PERFORMANCE UNITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
          6.1.  Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
          6.2.  Eligibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
          6.3.  Terms and Conditions of Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . .    9
          6.4.  Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
          6.5.  Termination during Performance Period  . . . . . . . . .   10

   SECTION 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
        OPERATION AND ADMINISTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
          7.1.  Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
          7.2.  Shares Subject to Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
          7.3.  Individual Limits on Awards  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   11
          7.4.  Adjustments to Shares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12
          7.5.  Limit on Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   14
          7.6.  Liability for Cash Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
          7.7.  Performance-Based Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . .   15
          7.8.  Withholding  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
          7.9.  Transferability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
          7.10. Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
          7.11. Form and Time of Elections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   16
          7.12. Agreement With Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
          7.13. Limitation of Implied Rights.  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
          7.14. Evidence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17
          7.15. Action by Company or Related Company . . . . . . . . . .   17
          7.16. Gender and Number  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
          7.17. Termination for Cause  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18

   SECTION 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
        COMMITTEE  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
          8.1.  Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
          8.2.  Selection of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
          8.3.  Powers of Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   18
          8.4.  Delegation by Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   19
          8.5.  Information to be Furnished to Committee . . . . . . . .   19
          8.6.  Liability and Indemnification of Committee . . . . . . .   19

   SECTION 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20
        CHANGE IN CONTROL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20

   SECTION 10  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22
        AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22




                                 LADISH CO, INC.
                          1996 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


                                    SECTION 1

                                     GENERAL


        1.1.   Purpose.  The Ladish Co, Inc. 1996 Long-Term Incentive Plan
   (the "Plan") has been established by Ladish Co, Inc. (the "Company") to:

        (a)  attract and retain employees and other persons providing
             services to the Company and the Related Companies (as defined
             below);

        (b)  motivate Participants, by means of appropriate incentives, to
             achieve long-range goals;

        (c)  provide incentive compensation opportunities that are
             competitive with those of other major corporations; and

        (d)  further identify Participants' interests with those of the
             Company's other stockholders through compensation that is based
             on the Company's common stock;

   and thereby promote the long-term financial interest of the Company and
   the Related Companies, including the growth in value of the Company's
   equity and enhancement of long-term stockholder return.  The term "Related
   Company" means any company during any period in which it is a "subsidiary
   corporation" (as that term is defined in section 424(f) of the Internal
   Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")) with respect to the
   Company.

        1.2.  Participation.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the
   Plan, the Committee (as described in Section 8) shall determine and
   designate, from time to time, from among the Eligible Individuals those
   persons who will be granted one or more awards under Sections 2, 3, 4, 5
   or 6 of the Plan (an "Award"), and thereby become "Participants" in the
   Plan.  In the discretion of the Committee, and subject to the terms of the
   Plan, a Participant may be granted any Award permitted under the
   provisions of the Plan, and more than one Award may be granted to a
   Participant.  Except as otherwise agreed by the Company and the
   Participant, or except as otherwise provided in the Plan, an Award under
   the Plan shall not affect any previous Award under the Plan or an award
   under any other plan maintained by the Company or the Related Companies. 
   For purposes of the Plan, the term "Eligible Individual" shall mean any
   employee of the Company or a Related Company, and any other person
   providing material services to the Company or a Related Company; provided,
   however, that a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company
   or a Related Company shall not be an "Eligible Individual".


                                    SECTION 2

                                     OPTIONS

        2.1.  Definitions.  The grant of an "Option" under this Section 2
   entitles the Participant to purchase shares of common stock of the Company
   ("Stock") at a price fixed at the time the Option is granted, subject to
   the terms of this Section.  Options granted under this Section may be
   either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, as
   determined in the discretion of the Committee.  An "Incentive Stock
   Option" is an Option that is intended to satisfy the requirements
   applicable to an "incentive stock option" described in section 422 of the
   Code.  A "Non-Qualified Stock Option" is an Option that is not intended to
   be an Incentive Stock Option.

        2.2.  Eligibility.  The Committee shall designate the Participants to
   whom Options are to be granted under this Section and shall determine the
   number of shares of Stock subject to each such Option.  To the extent that
   the aggregate fair market value of Stock with respect to which Incentive
   Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any individual during
   any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and all Related
   Companies) exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as Non-
   Qualified Stock Options, to the extent required by section 422 of the
   Code.

        2.3.  Price.  The determination and payment of the purchase price of
   a share of Stock under each Option granted under this Section shall be
   subject to the following:

        (a)  The purchase price shall be established by the Committee at the
             time the Option is granted; provided, however, that in no event
             shall such price be less than the par value of a share of Stock
             on such date; further, provided, in no event shall the purchase
             price of a share of Stock under an Incentive Stock Option be
             less than the Fair Market Value (defined below) of a share of
             stock at the time the Option is granted.

        (b)  Subject to the following provisions of this subsection, the full
             purchase price of each share of Stock purchased upon the
             exercise of any Option shall be paid at the time of such
             exercise and, as soon as practicable thereafter, a certificate
             representing the shares so purchased shall be delivered to the
             person entitled thereto.

        (c)  The purchase price shall be payable in cash or in shares of
             Stock (valued at Fair Market Value as of the day of exercise)
             that have been held by the Participant at least six months, or
             in any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.

        (d)  A Participant may elect to pay the purchase price upon the
             exercise of an Option through a cashless exercise arrangement to
             the extent provided by the Committee.

        (e)  The "Fair Market Value" of a share of Stock of the Company as of
             any date shall be the closing price per share of Stock (or the
             mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share, if the
             Stock is so reported) on the National Association of Securities
             Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ") the NASDAQ
             National Market System or other national or regional securities
             exchange or market system on which the Stock is primarily traded
             (not including "pink sheets" or the over-the-counter market),
             or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that
             date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so
             reported, or if the Stock is not traded on any such exchange or
             system then at a price established by the Committee.

        2.4.  Exercise.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan,
   an Option granted under this Section shall be exercisable in accordance
   with the following terms of this subsection:

        (a)  The terms and conditions relating to exercise of an Option shall
             be established by the Committee, and may include, without
             limitation, conditions relating to completion of a specified
             period of service (subject to paragraph (b) below), achievement
             of performance standards prior to exercise of the Option or
             achievement of Stock ownership objectives by the Participant. 
             The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the
             vesting of any Option under circumstances designated by it at
             the time the Option is granted or thereafter.

        (b)  No Option may be exercised by a Participant after the Expiration
             Date (as defined in subsection 2.6) applicable to that Option.

        (c)  The exercise of an Option will result in the surrender of the
             corresponding rights under a tandem Stock Appreciation Right (as
             described in Section 3), if any.

        2.5.  Post-Exercise Limitations.  The Committee, in its discretion,
   may impose such restrictions on the transfer of shares of Stock acquired
   pursuant to the exercise of an Option (including stock acquired pursuant
   to the exercise of a tandem Stock Appreciation Right) as it determines to
   be desirable.

        2.6.  Expiration Date.  The "Expiration Date" with respect to an
   Option means the date established as the Expiration Date by the Committee
   at the time of the grant; provided, however, that the Expiration Date with
   respect to any Option shall not be later than the earliest to occur of:

        (a)  the ten-year anniversary of the date on which the Option is
             granted;

        (b)  if the Participant's Date of Termination occurs by reason of
             death or Disability, 90 days after such Date of Termination;

        (c)  if the Participant's Date of Termination occurs by reason of
             Retirement, 90 days after such Date of Termination;

        (d)  if the Participant's Date of Termination occurs for reasons
             other than Retirement, death, Disability or Cause, such Date of
             Termination; or

        (e)  if the Participant's Date of Termination occurs for reasons of
             Cause, such Date of Termination.

   On the Date of Termination of Participant, for any reason, all unvested
   Options shall terminate.  Subject to Section 7.17, on the Date of
   Termination of Participant, for Cause, all unvested and unvested Options
   shall terminate.

   For purposes of the Plan, a Participant's "Date of Termination" shall be
   the date on which he both ceases to be an employee of the Company and the
   Related Companies and ceases to perform material services for the Company
   and the Related Companies, regardless of the reason for the cessation;
   provided that a "Date of Termination" shall not be considered to have
   occurred during the period in which the reason for the cessation of
   services is a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Related
   Company which was the recipient of the Participant's services.  Except as
   otherwise provided by the Committee, a Participant shall be considered to
   have a "Disability" during the period in which he is unable, by reason of
   a medically determinable physical or mental impairment, to engage in any
   substantial gainful activity, which condition, in the opinion of a
   physician selected by the Committee, is expected to have a duration of not
   less than 120 days.  "Retirement" of a Participant shall mean the
   occurrence of a Participant's Date of Termination for reasons other than
   death, Disability or Cause after providing at least five years of service
   to the Company or the Related Companies and attaining age 65 or the
   Participant attaining age plus years of service totaling 90 or more.

   For purposes of the Plan, "Cause" shall mean, in the reasonable judgment
   of the Committee (i) the willful and continued failure by the Participant
   to substantially perform his or her duties with the Company or any Related
   Company after written notification by the Company or Related Company, (ii)
   the willful engaging by the Participant in conduct which is demonstrably
   injurious to the Company or any Related Company, monetarily or otherwise,
   (iii) the engaging by the Participant in egregious misconduct involving
   serious moral turpitude, or (iv) the breach or violation by Participant of
   any agreement with the Company, including any option or award agreement
   delivered in connection with grants and any confidentiality agreement
   contained therein, or any employment or stockholders agreement.  For
   purposes hereof, no act, or failure to act, on the Participant's part
   shall be deemed "willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the
   Participant not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such
   action was in the best interest of the Company or Related Company.


                                    SECTION 3

                            STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

        3.1.  Definition.  Subject to the terms of this Section, a "Stock
   Appreciation Right" granted under the Plan entitles the Participant to
   receive, in cash or Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection
   3.4), value equal to all or a portion of the excess of: (a) the Fair
   Market Value of a specified number of shares of Stock at the time of
   exercise over (b) a specified price designated at the time the Stock
   Appreciation Right is granted or, if granted in tandem with an Option, the
   exercise price with respect to shares under the tandem Option.

        3.2.  Eligibility.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the
   Committee shall designate the Participants to whom Stock Appreciation
   Rights are to be granted under the Plan, shall determine the exercise
   price or a method by which the price shall be established with respect to
   each such Stock Appreciation Right and shall determine the number of
   shares of Stock on which each Stock Appreciation Right is based.  A Stock
   Appreciation Right may be granted in connection with all or any portion of
   a previously or contemporaneously-granted Option or not in connection with
   an Option.  If a Stock Appreciation Right is granted in connection with an
   Option then, in the discretion of the Committee, the Stock Appreciation
   Right may, but need not, be granted in tandem with the Option.

        3.3.  Exercise.  The exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be
   subject to the following:

        (a)  If a Stock Appreciation Right is not in tandem with an Option,
             then the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable in
             accordance with the terms established by the Committee in
             connection with such right; and may include, without limitation,
             conditions relating to completion of a specified period of
             service, achievement of performance standards prior to exercise
             of the Stock Appreciation Right or achievement of objectives
             relating to Stock ownership by the Participant.  The Committee,
             in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting of any Stock
             Appreciation Right under circumstances designated by it at the
             time the Stock Appreciation Right is granted or thereafter.  No
             Stock Appreciation Right subject to this paragraph may be
             exercised by a Participant after the Expiration Date (as defined
             in subsection 3.6) applicable to that Stock Appreciation Right.

        (b)  If a Stock Appreciation Right is in tandem with an Option, then
             the Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable at the time
             the tandem Option is exercisable.  The exercise of a Stock
             Appreciation Right will result in the surrender of the
             corresponding rights under the tandem Option.

        3.4.  Settlement of Award.  Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation
   Right, the value to be distributed to the Participant, in accordance with
   subsection 3.1, shall be distributed in shares of Stock (valued at their
   Fair Market Value at the time of exercise), in cash or in a combination
   thereof, in the agreement of the Committee and the Participant.

        3.5.  Post-Exercise Limitations.  The Committee, in its discretion,
   may impose such transfer restrictions on shares of Stock acquired pursuant
   to the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as it determines to be
   desirable.

        3.6.  Expiration Date.  If a Stock Appreciation Right is in tandem
   with an Option, then the "Expiration Date" for the Stock Appreciation
   Right shall be the Expiration Date for the related Option.  If a Stock
   Appreciation Right is not in tandem with an Option, then the "Expiration
   Date" for the Stock Appreciation Right shall be the date established as
   the Expiration Date by the Committee; provided, however, that subject to
   the following provisions of this subsection, the Expiration Date with
   respect to any Stock Appreciation Right shall not be later than the
   earliest to occur of:

        (a)  the ten-year anniversary of the date on which the Stock
             Appreciation Right is granted;

        (b)  if the Participant's Date of Termination occurs by reason of
             death or Disability, 90 days after such Date of Termination; or

        (c)  if the Participant's Date of Termination occurs by reason of
             Retirement, 90 days after such Date of Termination;

        (d)  if the Participant's Date of Termination occurs by reason other
             than Retirement, death, Disability or Cause, such Date of
             Termination; or

        (e)  if the Participant's Date of Termination occurs for reasons of
             Cause, such Date of Termination.


                                    SECTION 4

                                  STOCK AWARDS

        4.1.  Definition.  Subject to the terms of this Section, a Stock
   Award under the Plan is a grant of shares of Stock to a Participant, the
   earning, vesting or distribution of which is subject to one or more
   conditions established by the Committee.  Such conditions may relate to
   events (such as performance or continued employment) occurring before or
   after the date the Stock Award is granted, or the date the Stock is earned
   by, vested in or delivered to the Participant.  If the vesting of Stock
   Awards is subject to conditions occurring after the date of grant, the
   period beginning on the date of grant of a Stock Award and ending on the
   vesting or forfeiture of such Stock (as applicable) is referred to as the
   "Restricted Period".  Stock Awards may provide for delivery of the shares
   of Stock at the time of grant or may provide for a deferred distribution
   date.  A Stock Award may, but need not, be made in conjunction with a
   cash-based incentive compensation program maintained by the Company and
   may, but need not, be in lieu of cash otherwise awardable under such
   program.

        4.2.  Eligibility.  The Committee shall designate the Participants to
   whom Stock Awards are to be granted and the number of shares of Stock that
   are subject to each such Award.

        4.3.  Terms and Conditions of Awards.  Stock Awards granted to
   Participants under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and
   conditions:

        (a)  Beginning on the date of grant (or, if later, the date of
             distribution) of shares of Stock comprising a Stock Award, and
             including any applicable Restricted Period, the Participant as
             owner of such shares shall have the right to vote such shares.

        (b)  Payment of dividends with respect to Stock Awards shall be
             subject to the following:

             (i)  On and after date that a Participant has a fully earned and
                  vested right to the shares comprising a Stock Award, and
                  the shares have been distributed to the Participant, the
                  Participant shall have all dividend rights (and other
                  rights) of a stockholder with respect to such shares.

            (ii)  Prior to the date that a Participant has a fully earned and
                  vested right to the shares comprising a Stock Award, the
                  Committee, in its sole discretion, may award Dividend
                  Rights with respect to such shares.

           (iii)  On and after the date that a Participant has a fully earned
                  and vested right to the shares comprising a Stock Award,
                  but before the shares have been distributed to the
                  Participant, the Participant shall be entitled to Dividend
                  Rights with respect to such shares, at the time and in the
                  form determined by the Committee.

            (iv)  A "Dividend Right" with respect to shares comprising a
                  Stock Award shall entitle the Participant, as of each
                  dividend payment date, to an amount equal to the dividends
                  payable with respect to a share of Stock multiplied by the
                  number of such shares.  Dividend Rights shall be settled in
                  cash or in shares of Stock, as determined by the Committee,
                  shall be payable at the time and in the form determined by
                  the Committee and shall be subject to such other terms and
                  conditions as the Committee may determine.


                                    SECTION 5

                             STOCK PURCHASE PROGRAM

        5.1.  Purchase of Stock.  The Committee may, from time to time,
   establish one or more programs under which Participants will be permitted
   to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan and shall designate the
   Participants eligible to participate under such Stock purchase programs. 
   The purchase price for shares of Stock available under such programs, and
   other terms and conditions of such programs, shall be established by the
   Committee; provided, however, that with respect to shares of Stock
   purchased under a program that does not result in an award of matching
   shares (as provided in subsection 5.2), the purchase price may not be less
   than 50% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock at the time of purchase
   (or, in the Committee's discretion, the average stock value over a period
   determined by the Committee), and further provided that the purchase price
   may not be less than par value.

        5.2.  Matching Shares.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection
   5.1, any Stock purchase program established by the Committee under this
   Section may provide for the award of matching shares of Stock.

        5.3.  Restrictions on Shares.  The Committee may impose such
   restrictions with respect to shares purchased under subsection 5.1, or
   matching shares awarded pursuant to subsection 5.2, as the Committee
   determines to be appropriate.  Such restrictions may include, without
   limitation, restrictions of the type that may be imposed with respect to
   Stock Awards under Section 4.

                                    SECTION 6

                                PERFORMANCE UNITS

        6.1.  Definition.  Subject to the terms of this Section, the Award of
   Performance Units under the Plan entitles the Participant to receive value
   for the units at the end of a Performance Period to the extent provided
   under the Award.  The number of units earned, and the value received for
   them, will be contingent on the degree to which the performance measures
   established at the time of grant of the Award are met.  For purposes of
   the Plan, the "Performance Period" with respect to the award of any
   Performance Units shall be the period over which the applicable
   performance is to be measured.

        6.2.  Eligibility.  The Committee shall designate the Participants to
   whom Performance Units are to be granted and the number of units subject
   to each such Award.

        6.3.  Terms and Conditions of Awards.  For each Participant, the
   Committee will determine the value of units, which may be stated either in
   cash or in units representing shares of Stock; the performance measures
   used for determining whether the Performance Units are earned; the
   Performance Period during which the performance measures will apply; the
   relationship between the level of achievement of the performance measures
   and the degree to which Performance Units are earned; whether, during or
   after the Performance Period, any revision to the performance measures or
   Performance Period should be made to reflect significant events or changes
   that occur during the Performance Period; and the number of earned
   Performance Units that will be paid in cash and the number of earned
   Performance Units to be paid in shares of Stock.

        6.4.  Settlement.  Settlement of Performance Units shall be subject
   to the following:

        (a)  The Committee will compare the actual performance to the
             performance measures established for the Performance Period and
             determine the number of units as to which settlement is to be
             made, and the value of such units.

        (b)  Settlement of units earned shall be wholly in cash, wholly in
             Stock or in a combination of the two and distributed in a lump
             sum or installments, as determined by the Committee.

             (i)  For Performance Units stated in units representing shares
                  of Stock when granted, either one share of Stock will be
                  distributed for each unit earned or cash will be
                  distributed for each unit earned equal to either (A) the
                  Fair Market Value of a share of Stock at the end of the
                  Performance Period or (B) the average Stock value over a
                  period determined by the Committee.

            (ii)  For Performance Units stated in cash when granted, the
                  value of each unit earned will be distributed in its
                  initial cash value or shares of Stock will be distributed
                  based on the cash value of the units earned divided by (A)
                  the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock at the end of the
                  Performance Period or (B) the average Stock value over a
                  period determined by the Committee.

        (c)  Shares of Stock distributed in settlement of the units shall be
             subject to such vesting requirements and other conditions, if
             any, as the Committee shall determine.  Such vesting
             restrictions may include, without limitation, restrictions of
             the type that may be imposed with respect to Stock Awards under
             Section 4.

        6.5.  Termination during Performance Period.  If a Participant's Date
   of Termination occurs during a Performance Period with respect to any
   Performance Units granted to him, the Committee may determine that the
   Participant will be entitled to settlement of all or any portion of the
   Performance Units as to which he would otherwise be eligible and may
   accelerate the determination of the value and settlement of such
   Performance Units or make such other adjustments as the Committee, in its
   sole discretion, deems desirable.

                                    SECTION 7

                          OPERATION AND ADMINISTRATION

        7.1.  Effective Date.  The Plan shall be effective as of the date it
   is adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board");
   provided, however, that Awards granted under the Plan prior to its
   approval by stockholders will be contingent on approval of the Plan by the
   Company's stockholders.  The Plan shall be unlimited in duration and, in
   the event of Plan termination, shall remain in effect as long as any
   shares of Stock awarded under it are outstanding and not fully vested;
   provided, however, that no new Awards shall be made under the Plan on or
   after the tenth anniversary of the date on which the Plan is adopted by
   the Board.

        7.2.  Shares Subject to Plan.  The shares of Stock with respect to
   which Awards may be made under the Plan shall be shares currently
   authorized but unissued or currently held or subsequently acquired by the
   Company as treasury shares, including shares purchased in the open market
   or in private transactions.  Subject to the provisions of subsection 7.4,
   the number of shares of Stock which may be issued with respect to Awards
   under the Plan shall not exceed 5,000,000 shares in the aggregate.  Except
   as otherwise provided herein, any shares subject to an Award which for any
   reason expires or is terminated without issuance of shares (whether or not
   cash or other consideration is paid to a Participant in respect of such
   shares) shall again be available under the Plan.

        7.3.  Individual Limits on Awards.  Notwithstanding any other
   provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant shall receive any
   Award of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan to the
   extent that the sum of:

        (a)  the number of shares of Stock subject to such Award;

        (b)  the number of shares of Stock subject to all other prior Awards
             of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan during
             the one-year period ending on the date of the Award; and

        (c)  the number of shares of Stock subject to all other prior stock
             options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Participant
             under other plans or arrangements of the Company and Related
             Companies during the one-year period ending on the date of the
             Award;

   would exceed the Participant's Individual Limit under the Plan.  The
   determination made under the foregoing provisions of this subsection shall
   be based on the shares subject to the awards at the time of grant,
   regardless of when the awards become exercisable.  Subject to the
   provisions of subsection 7.4, a Participant's "Individual Limit" shall be
   1,000,000 shares.

        7.4.  Adjustments to Shares.

        (a)  If the Company shall effect any subdivision or consolidation of
             shares of Stock or other capital readjustment, payment of stock
             dividend, stock split, combination of shares or recapitalization
             or other increase or reduction of the number of shares of Stock
             outstanding without receiving compensation therefor in money,
             services or property, then the Committee shall adjust (i) the
             number of shares of Stock available under the Plan; (ii) the
             number of shares available under any individual or other limits;
             (iii) the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding
             Awards; and (iv) the per-share price under any outstanding Award
             to the extent that the Participant is required to pay a purchase
             price per share with respect to the Award.

        (b)  If the Company is reorganized, merged or consolidated or is
             party to a plan of exchange with another corporation, pursuant
             to which reorganization, merger, consolidation or plan of
             exchange, the stockholders of the Company receive any shares of
             stock or other securities or property, or the Company shall
             distribute securities of another corporation to its
             stockholders, there shall be substituted for the shares subject
             to outstanding Awards an appropriate number of shares of each
             class of stock or amount of other securities or property which
             were distributed to the stockholders of the Company in respect
             of such shares, subject to the following:

             (i)  If the Committee determines that the substitution described
                  in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this
                  paragraph would not be fully consistent with the purposes
                  of the Plan or the purposes of the outstanding Awards under
                  the Plan, the Committee may make such other adjustments to
                  the Awards to the extent that the Committee determines such
                  adjustments are consistent with the purposes of the Plan
                  and of the affected Awards.

            (ii)  All or any of the Awards may be cancelled by the Committee
                  on or immediately prior to the effective date of the
                  applicable transaction, but only if the Committee gives
                  reasonable advance notice of the cancellation to each
                  affected Participant, and only if either: (A) the
                  Participant is permitted to exercise the Award for a
                  reasonable period prior to the effective date of the
                  cancellation; or (B) the Participant receives payment or
                  other benefits that the Committee determines to be
                  reasonable compensation for the value of the cancelled
                  Awards.

           (iii)  Upon the occurrence of a reorganization of the Company or
                  any other event described in this paragraph (b), the
                  Company will use its best efforts to cause any successor to
                  the Company to be substituted for the Company under the
                  Plan;

        (c)  Upon (or, in the discretion of the Committee, immediately prior
             to) the sale to (or exchange with) a third party unrelated to
             the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the
             Company, all Awards shall be cancelled.  If Awards are cancelled
             under this paragraph, then, with respect to any affected
             Participant, either:

             (i)  the Participant shall be provided with reasonable advance
                  notice of the cancellation, and the Participant shall be
                  permitted to exercise the Award for a reasonable period
                  prior to the effective date of the cancellation; or

            (ii)  the Participant shall receive payment or other benefits
                  that the Committee determines to be reasonable compensation
                  for the value of the cancelled Awards.

             The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall also apply to
             the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
             Company to a related party, if the Committee determines such
             application is appropriate.

        (d)  In determining what action, if any, is necessary or appropriate
             under the foregoing provisions of this subsection, the Committee
             shall act in a manner that it determines to be consistent with
             the purposes of the Plan and of the affected Awards and in a
             manner that it determines to be necessary to preserve the
             benefits and potential benefits of the affected Awards for the
             Participants and the Company.

        (e)  The existence of this Plan and the Awards granted hereunder
             shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or
             its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments,
             recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in the
             Company's capital structure or its business, any merger or
             consolidation of the Company, any issue of bonds, debentures,
             preferred or prior preference stocks ahead of or affecting the
             Company's Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or
             liquidation of the Company, any sale or transfer of all or any
             part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or
             proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

        (f)  Except as expressly provided by the terms of this Plan, the
             issue by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or
             securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for
             cash or property or for labor or services, either upon direct
             sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe
             therefor or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the
             Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall
             not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof, shall be made
             with respect to Awards then outstanding hereunder.

        (g)  Awards under the Plan are subject to adjustment under this
             subsection only during the period in which they are considered
             to be outstanding under the Plan.  For purposes of this
             subsection, an Award is considered "outstanding" on any date if
             the Participant's ability to obtain all benefits with respect to
             the Award is subject to limits imposed by the Plan (including
             any limits imposed by the Agreement reflecting the Award).  The
             determination of whether an Award is outstanding shall be made
             by the Committee.

        7.5.  Limit on Distribution.  Distribution of shares of Stock or
   other amounts under the Plan shall be subject to the following:

        (a)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company
             shall have no liability to deliver any shares of Stock under the
             Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan
             unless such delivery or distribution would comply with all
             applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any
             securities exchange or similar entity.

        (b)  In the case of a Participant who is subject to Section 16(a) and
             16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Committee may,
             at any time, add such conditions and limitations to any Award to
             such Participant, or any feature of any such Award, as the
             Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable
             to comply with Section 16(a) or 16(b) and the rules and
             regulations thereunder or to obtain any exemption therefrom.

        7.6.  Liability for Cash Payments.  Subject to the provisions of this
   Section, each Related Company shall be liable for payment of cash due
   under the Plan with respect to any Participant to the extent that such
   benefits are attributable to the service rendered for that Related Company
   by the Participant.  Any disputes relating to liability of a Related
   Company for cash payments shall be resolved by the Committee.

        7.7.  Performance-Based Compensation.  To the extent that the
   Committee determines that it is necessary or desirable to conform any
   Awards under the Plan with the requirements applicable to "Performance-
   Based Compensation", as that term is used in Code section 162(m)(4)(C), it
   may, at or prior to the time an Award is granted, take such steps and
   impose such restrictions with respect to such Award as it determines to be
   necessary to satisfy such requirements including, without limitation:

        (a)  The establishment of performance goals that must be satisfied
             prior to the payment or distribution of benefits under such
             Awards.

        (b)  The submission of such Awards and performance goals to the
             Company's stockholders for approval and making the receipt of
             benefits under such Awards contingent on receipt of such
             approval.

        (c)  Providing that no payment or distribution be made under such
             Awards unless the Committee certifies that the goals and the
             applicable terms of the Plan and Agreement reflecting the Awards
             have been satisfied.

   To the extent that the Committee determines that the foregoing
   requirements relating to Performance-Based Compensation do not apply to
   Awards under the Plan because the Awards constitute Options or Stock
   Appreciation Rights, the Committee may, at the time the Award is granted,
   conform the Awards to alternative methods of satisfying the requirements
   applicable to Performance-Based Compensation.

        7.8.  Withholding.  All Awards and other payments under the Plan are
   subject to withholding of all applicable taxes, which withholding
   obligations may be satisfied, with the consent of the Committee, through
   the surrender of shares of Stock which the Participant already owns or to
   which a Participant is otherwise entitled under the Plan.

        7.9.  Transferability.  Awards under the Plan are not transferable
   except as designated by the Participant by will or by the laws of descent
   and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as
   defined by the Code, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security
   Act of 1974, as amended, or the rules thereunder.  To the extent that the
   Participant who receives an Award under the Plan has the right to exercise
   such Award, the Award may be exercised during the lifetime of the
   Participant only by the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
   provisions of this subsection, the Committee may permit Awards under the
   Plan to be transferred to or for the benefit of the Participant's family
   (including, without limitation, to a trust for the benefit of a
   Participant's family), subject to such limits as the Committee may
   establish.  In no event shall an Incentive Stock Option be transferable to
   the extent that such transferability would violate the requirements
   applicable to such option under Code section 422.

        7.10.  Notices.  Any notice or document required to be filed with the
   Committee under the Plan will be properly filed if delivered or mailed by
   registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Committee, in care of the
   Company, at its principal executive offices.  The Committee may, by
   advance written notice to affected persons, revise such notice procedure
   from time to time.  Any notice required under the Plan (other than a
   notice of election) may be waived by the person entitled to notice.

        7.11.  Form and Time of Elections.  Unless otherwise specified
   herein, each election required or permitted to be made by any Participant
   or other person entitled to benefits under the Plan, and any permitted
   modification or revocation thereof, shall be in writing filed with the
   Committee at such times, in such form, and subject to such restrictions
   and limitations, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the
   Committee shall require.

        7.12.  Agreement With Company.  At the time of an Award to a
   Participant under the Plan, the Committee may require a Participant to
   enter into an agreement with the Company (the "Agreement") in a form
   specified by the Committee, agreeing to the terms and conditions of the
   Plan and to such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with
   the Plan, as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, prescribe.

        7.13.  Limitation of Implied Rights.

        (a)  Neither a Participant nor any other person shall, by reason of
             the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or
             property of the Company or any Related Company whatsoever,
             including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets, or
             other property which the Company or any Related Company, in its
             sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability
             under the Plan.  A Participant shall have only a contractual
             right to the amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured
             by any assets of the Company and any Related Company.  Nothing
             contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee by the
             Company or any Related Company that the assets of such companies
             shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person.

        (b)  The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and
             selection as a Participant will not give any employee the right
             to be retained in the employ of the Company or any Related
             Company, nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan,
             unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the
             terms of the Plan.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no
             Award under the Plan shall confer upon the holder thereof any
             right as a stockholder of the Company prior to the date on which
             he fulfills all service requirements and other conditions for
             receipt of such rights and shares of Stock are registered in his
             name.

        7.14.  Evidence.  Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be
   by certificate, affidavit, document or other information which the person
   acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or
   presented by the proper party or parties.

        7.15.  Action by Company or Related Company.  Any action required or
   permitted to be taken by the Company or any Related Company shall be by
   resolution of its board of directors, or by action of one or more members
   of the board (including a committee of the board) who are duly authorized
   to act for the board or (except to the extent prohibited by applicable law
   or the rules of any stock exchange) by a duly authorized officer of the
   company.

        7.16.  Gender and Number.  Where the context admits, words in any
   gender shall include any other gender, words in the singular shall include
   the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

        7.17.  Termination for Cause.  Unless the Committee determines
   otherwise, all of a Participant's outstanding and unexercised Awards
   whether vested or unvested under the Plan shall be forfeited on the
   Participant's Date of Termination if the Participant's employment with the
   Company or a Related Company is terminated for Cause.


                                    SECTION 8

                                    COMMITTEE

        8.1.  Administration.  The authority to control and manage the
   operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in a committee
   (the "Committee") in accordance with this Section 8.

        8.2.  Selection of Committee.  The Committee shall be selected by the
   Board, and shall consist of not fewer than two members of the Board or
   such greater number as may be required for compliance with Rule 16b-3
   issued under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, none of whom shall be
   eligible to receive Awards under the Plan.

        8.3.  Powers of Committee.  The authority to manage and control the
   operation and administration of the Plan shall be vested in the Committee,
   subject to the following:

        (a)  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee will have
             the authority and discretion to select employees to receive
             Awards, to determine the time or times of receipt, to determine
             the types of Awards and the number of shares covered by the
             Awards, to establish the terms, conditions, performance
             criteria, restrictions, and other provisions of such Awards,
             including the vesting provisions applicable to such Awards, and
             to cancel or suspend Awards, provided that the cancelled or
             suspended Award is replaced with an Award of at least equal
             value.  In making such Award determinations, the Committee may
             take into account the nature of services rendered by the
             respective employee, his present and potential contribution to
             the Company's success and such other factors as the Committee
             deems relevant.

        (b)  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee will have
             the authority and discretion to determine the extent to which
             Awards under the Plan will be structured to conform to the
             requirements applicable to Performance-Based Compensation, and
             to take such action, establish such procedures, and impose such
             restrictions at the time such Awards are granted as the
             Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate to conform
             to such requirements.

        (c)  The Committee will have the authority and discretion to
             interpret the Plan, to establish, and to prospectively amend and
             rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to
             determine the terms and provisions of any agreements made
             pursuant to the Plan and to make all other determinations that
             may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the
             Plan.

        (d)  Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision
             made by it under the Plan is final and binding on all persons.

        (e)  Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, where the
             Committee is authorized to make a determination with respect to
             any Award.

        8.4.  Delegation by Committee.  Except to the extent prohibited by
   applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange, the Committee may
   allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one
   or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its
   responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it.  Any
   such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

        8.5.  Information to be Furnished to Committee.  The Company and
   Related Companies shall furnish the Committee with such data and
   information as may be required for it to discharge its duties.  The
   records of the Company and Related Companies as to an employee's or
   Participant's employment (or other provision of services), termination of
   employment (or cessation of the provision of services), leave of absence,
   reemployment and compensation shall be conclusive on all persons unless
   determined to be incorrect.  Participants and other persons entitled to
   benefits under the Plan must furnish the Committee such evidence, data or
   information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the terms of
   the Plan.

        8.6.  Liability and Indemnification of Committee.  No member or
   authorized delegate of the Committee shall be liable to any person for any
   action taken or omitted in connection with the administration of the Plan
   unless attributable to his own fraud or willful misconduct.  The
   Committee, the individual members thereof, and persons acting as the
   authorized delegates of the Committee under the Plan, shall be indemnified
   by the Company against any and all liabilities, losses, costs and expenses
   (including legal fees and expenses) of whatsoever kind and nature which
   may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Committee or its
   members or authorized delegates by reason of the performance of a
   Committee function if the Committee or its members or authorized delegates
   did not act dishonestly or in willful violation of the law or regulation
   under which such liability, loss, cost or expense arises.  This
   indemnification shall not duplicate but may supplement any coverage
   available under any applicable insurance.

                                    SECTION 9

                                CHANGE IN CONTROL

   Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in the Agreement reflecting
   the applicable Award, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (i) all
   outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall become immediately
   exercisable, (ii) all shares of Restricted Stock and Performance Stock
   shall become fully vested, (iii) all vesting restrictions imposed under
   subsection 6.3 (relating to restrictions on shares purchased by
   Participants and matching shares) shall cease to apply, and (iv)
   Performance Units may be paid out in such manner and amounts as determined
   by the Committee.  For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control" shall
   be deemed to occur on the earliest of the existence of both of the
   following events:

        (a)  the stockholders of the Company approve a definitive agreement
             to merge the Company into or consolidate the Company with
             another entity, sell or otherwise dispose of all or
             substantially all of its assets or adopt a plan of liquidation,
             provided, however, that a Change in Control shall not be deemed
             to have occurred by reason of a transaction, or a substantially
             concurrent or otherwise related series of transactions, upon the
             completion of which 51% or more of the beneficial ownership of
             the voting power of the Company, the surviving corporation or
             corporation directly or indirectly controlling the Company or
             the surviving corporation, as the case may be, is held by the
             same persons (as defined below) (although not necessarily in the
             same proportion) as held the beneficial ownership of the voting
             power of the Company immediately prior to the transaction or the
             substantially concurrent or otherwise related series of
             transactions, except that upon the completion thereof, employees
             or employee benefit plans of the Company may be a new holder of
             such beneficial ownership; and

        (b)  at any time during any period of two consecutive years,
             individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of
             the Board of Directors of the Company cease for any reason to
             constitute at least a majority of the Board of Directors (unless
             the election, or the nomination for election by the Company's
             stockholders, of each new director was approved by a vote of at
             least two-thirds of the directors still in office at the time of
             such election or nomination who were directors at the beginning
             of such period).

   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, a Change in
   Control will not be deemed to occur solely because (i) the Company effects
   any primary offering of equity securities, including an initial public
   offering, or (ii) of the occurrence of a transaction or series of
   transactions in which either or both of the Company's two largest
   stockholders, determined as of the date the Plan is adopted, disposes of
   all or a portion of its interest in the Company; provided that such
   transaction or series of transactions does not result in a person being
   the beneficial owner of 51% or more of the voting power of the Company who
   was not previously such an owner.


                                   SECTION 10

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

        The Board may, at any time, amend or terminate the Plan, provided
   that, no amendment or termination may materially adversely affect the
   rights of any Participant or beneficiary under any Award made under the
   Plan prior to the date such amendment is adopted by the Board.



                                                                   EXHIBIT 11


   <TABLE>
                                LADISH CO., INC.

                COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

                 (In thousands except share and per share data)
   <CAPTION>

                                                             Year Ended December 31,              Period Ended September 30,
                                                        1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
                                                                                                         (unaudited)
    <S>                                              <C>           <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>
    COMPUTATIONS FOR STATEMENTS OF NET
      INCOME:
    Primary earnings per share of common stock
      (average share outstanding):
      Net Income (loss) from continuing
         operations                                  $(17,028)     $(22,146)        $2,135           $2,163        $13,762
      Interest Savings(1)                                  --            --            306              273             --
                                                    ---------      --------       --------         --------       --------
      Net Income (loss) from continuing
         operations, adjusted                         (17,028)      (22,146)         2,441            2,436         13,762
      Discontinued Operations                             221         1,214         (8,856)              72             --
                                                    ---------      --------       --------         --------       --------
      Net Income (loss)                              $(16,807)     $(20,932)       $(6,415)          $2,508        $13,762
                                                    =========      ========       ========         ========       ========
    Average shares of common stock
      outstanding                                   5,023,353     5,029,517      5,091,957        5,075,828      5,180,011

    Incremental shares applicable to common
      stock options and warrants(1)                        --            --      7,070,580        6,637,247      7,464,067
                                                    ---------     ---------     ----------       ----------     ----------
      Average common shares adjusted                5,023,353     5,029,517     12,162,537       11,713,075     12,644,078
                                                    =========     =========     ==========       ==========     ==========

      Primary and fully diluted earnings per
         share from:
         Continued operations                         $ (3.39)     $  (4.40)      $   0.20         $   0.21       $   1.09
         Discontinued operations                         0.04           .24           (.73)              --             --
                                                       ------        ------         ------           ------         ------
                                                      $ (3.35)      $ (4.16)      $  (0.53)        $   0.21        $  1.09
                                                       ======        ======         ======           ======         ======



    (1)  Interest savings driven by  application of the modified treasury stock method  on proceeds received from the assumed
         exercise of common stock options and warrants.
   </TABLE>



                                                            Exhibit 21


                     Subsidiaries of the Registrant


        The Registrant has one subsidiary, Stowe Machine Co., Inc., a Nevada
  Corporation, which has no trade names other than its corporate name.


                 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS




    As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our
report and to all references to our Firm included in or made a part of this
registration statement.


                                                 ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP


Milwaukee, Wisconsin 
December 18, 1997

  
                                                         Exhibit 23.2


                     Consent of Independent Auditors



We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to 
the use of our report dated March 24, 1997, with respect to the financial
statements of Stowe Machine Company Incorporated, included in the Registration
Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Ladish Co., Inc. for the 
Registration of shares of its common stock.


                                                 ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Hartford, Connecticut
December 19, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1997
<CASH>                                             693
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   33,435
<ALLOWANCES>                                     (300)
<INVENTORY>                                     48,509
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                84,454
<PP&E>                                         123,123
<DEPRECIATION>                                (39,718)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 171,092
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           61,402
<BONDS>                                         33,235
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            52
<OTHER-SE>                                     (1,468)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   171,092
<SALES>                                        157,072
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               157,072
<CGS>                                          134,055
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  139,662
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               2,659
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 14,894
<INCOME-TAX>                                     1,132
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             13,762
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    13,762
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.67
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.11
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission